BULLETIN TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB VOL. 37 FounDED BY WILLIAM HENRY LeEGGETT, 1870 EDITOR MARSHALL AVERY HOWE ASSOCIATE EDITORS JoHN HENDLEY BARNHART Tracy ELLiot HAZEN JEAN BROADHURST WILLIAM ALPHONSO MURRILL PuHiLip Dow CHARLES LOUIS POLLARD HERBERT MAULE RICHARDS ALEXANDER xtensive synonymy. Linnaeus’ species Lichen plicatus, L. barbutus, L. hirtus, and L. [The cil for December, 1909 (36: 651-720) was issued 28 D 1909. } ] 2 R. H. Howe: MANUAL OF THE GENUS USNEA floridus, here named in order of pagination * priority, all seem to intergrade and belong to one species ; with a broader conception, however, true transitional examples are in reality rare, if in some cases occurring at all. The difficulty has been that too many purely contingent varieties have been described and recognized, so that the Linnaean conception and nomenclature has been embarrassed ; whereas, for the papillate species (all he considered), it was exceedingly near the proper elucidation. Each of the following species represents a variable, but a distinct, plant, found both fruited and sterile. Though true intergrades may appear occasionally, they are not im- portant enough to make it necessary for us to blind our under- standing by adopting a special nomenclature to explain their presence ; if we should do this and should follow the present rules of nomenclature, we must cast aside appropriate names, applicable original descriptions, and good recognizable figures, and the general procedure of nearly two hundred years, and use the names simply as handles with no other significant connection whatever. This, it is plain, would be distinctly undesirable. That there must come a reaction from the naming of contingent phases in lichenology is evident. There is no halting if once it is begun, and the inevitable result is, names standing for unique individuals, and type localities reduced to certain fallen logs or crumbling ledges. The law of variability is being sadly over- looked. A study of the limits of variation in species will throw hundreds of names already given into a now tangled synonymy. Two distinct types of subspecies have been recognized, only one of which has a proper claim to recognition. The first type is what I have termed in my former paper ‘“ contingent phases,’ states of development brought about by very local and temporary conditions ; as a result of separations thus based we have in our synonymy such subspecies and forms as /urta, rubiginea,etc. The second type of subspecies, based on the results of actual morpho- logical differentiation, due to the fixed but varied environmental effects of wide geographical distribution or of altitude, are, it is needless to say, scientifically grounded and worthy of recogni- tion, if the separations of this nature are well defined and not of * Unrecognized by the Vienna Rules. R. H. Howe: MANvuAL OF THE GENUS USNEA 3 trivial and opinionable character. Of this type we have, curiously enough, in our area no named examples in this genus. Others based on mere morphological reduction, a condition seen in U, plicata, U. longissima, and U. angulata, as represented by compar- ing specimens from the southern and northern limits of their range, hardly need titles of separation, nor do the abnormally developed examples growing in regions under particularly acceptable condi- tions. Usnea strigosa (Ach.) and U. californica Herre represent this class UsneEa * (Dill.) Adans. Fam. Pl. 2: 7. 1763 DESCRIPTION : Apothecia lateral, subterminal or terminal, peltate, applanate, coriaceous, emarginate, periphery generally ciliate ; thalline exciple glabrous, lacunose, echinate or ciliate, con- colorous, pale stramineous or virescent, sometimes pruinose (rarely dichroic-red). Asct clavate, containing 8 spores ; paraphyses gela- tinous, filamentous. Sores monoblast, hyaline, ellipsoid. Sfer- mogones \ateral, immersed in shallow, colorless conceptacles. Sterigmata simple or subsimple. Spermatia fusiform or acicular- cylindrical, incrassate, apices truncate. Soredia normal, occa- sional on all forms. Cepha/odia lateral, concolorous or darker, sometimes black. Zha/lus erect, subpendulous, or pendulous, branched, fibrillose or efibrillose, terete, compressed or angulate, nitidous, ‘glabrous, scabrous, squamose, or inion papillate or epapillate, pale stramineous, virescent, green, or tawny ; cortex subcrustose, subcontiguous, bambusaceous, or articulate ; gonidia “ Protococcus”’ ; + medulla cottonous, central indurated chondroid cord percurrent.{ Thallus papitlate UsNEA FLORIDA (L.) Web. Type: Species based on Usnea vulgatissima of Dillenius ; the Dillenian specimens “typical and fertile’’ are in the Dillenian her- barium, Botanic Gardens, Oxford, England, and are “‘ Usnea florida (L.)”’ fide Crombie. § * From the Arabi snah + ** Cystococcus humicola’’ according to A. Schneider, Text-Book Lich, 99. 1897. ¢ For Ler ree see Schwendener in Naegeli, Beitr. Wiss Bot. 2: 110- on at 1860. lander, oer Lich. pl. 8. f. 7-21. 1858~60 ; and Schulte, ae Bot. Coane: i 1-22 ; 3 Jour. Linn. Soc. 17: cae 1880. 4 R. H. Howe: MANUAL OF THE GENUS USNEA b] Type LocALity: ‘ Europae.’ ORIGINAL DESCRIPTION: ‘‘ Filamentosus ramosus erectus, scu- tellis radiatis,”’ L. Sp. Pl. 1156. 1753. Figures: [Micheli, Nov. Pl. Gen. p/. 39. fi se. 1739.]* [ Dill. Hist. Musc. p/. 73. f. 12, a,b,c, d; f. 13, a,6,c,d. 1741.] Willd. Rom. & Ust. Mag. Bot. 2: pf. 7. f. 3. 1788. Hoffm. Descript, et. Aduni: Pi..Lich; 2:-p/.. jan 72. 6-4 764, . ACK Kongl. Vet.-Acad. Nya Handl. 16: f/. 8. f. zr. 1795. Schrad. Jour. Bot. 1: f/. 3. f. 1, 2. 1799. Sowerby, Eng. Bot. 13: pi. 872. 1801; 19: pl. 1354. 1804. Ach. Meth. Lich. p/. 6. f. 3. 1803. Sprengel, Anleit. 3: p/. zo. f. ros. 1804. Fée, Essai sures Crypt $1.3.f. 4,6 5 pt. 32. f. 5. 1824, Synonymy: [ Usnea vulgatissima, ete. Dill. loc. cit. 67.| © Lichen floridus L. loc. cit. 1156. Usnea florida Web.; Wigg. Prim. Fl. Holsat. g1. 1780. Diacnosis: Thallus erect, cespitose. DescrIpTION —typical: Zhadl/us erect, cespitose, rigid, terete, virescent ; cortex soon scabrous, and annularly scarred ; primary branches coarse, divaricate (max. length 12 cm.); secondary branches subpedicellate, subdichotomous ; /dri/s short (6 mm.), sudeguiform, frequent or stipate, rectangularly divergent, rarely dichotomous. Apothecia common, terminal, ample, sometimes lacerate; disk pruinose, flesh-colored or buff, rarely virescent; periphery and thalline exciple ciliate. Spores 4-8 » x 3-6 yp. CONTINGENT PHASES: (@) With age blackening, crustose, brittle, leprous, abraded, nodular-bambusaceous, articulate, white medulla exposed, indurated cord visible. (6) Branches sorediate, soredia often becoming confluent near the apices (Lichen hirtus L. loc. cit. 1155). (c) Dichroic (red, either affecting all or part of the plant) (Usvea florida, var. rubiginea Michx. FI. Bor.-Am. 2: 332. 1803). (2) Strigose, apothecia very ample, disk now virescent (Usxea florida, y strigosa Ach. Meth. Lich. 2: 310. 1803). This phase ~ is most common in Mexican and Arizona plants. (e) Apothecia small, cyathiform. (7) Reduced, very cespitose, branches hispid and echinate. (g) Branches somewhat naked, furcate, and apices attenuate. (2) Nitidous or granulate, internodes somewhat inflated, apices * Pre-Linnaean references are enclosed in brackets. R. H. Howe: MANUAL oF THE GENUS USNEA 5 of fibrils recurved and sorediate (Usnea barbata florida f. sorediifera Arn. Flora 57: 569. 1874). SupsTRATA : Living deciduous and coniferous trees, specimens generally degenerate on other substrata. GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION: Common throughout North America, represented in all zones, and reaching its greatest develop- ment and luxuriance in the mountains of Mexico (8000 ft.), and becoming rare and poorly exhibited in the upper Boreal zone. It is not reported from Labrador, but it is generally recorded from Alaska, whence I have seen normal and well-fruited specimens. OpsERVATIONS: This plant, Usnea barbata, a florida Fr. of Tuckerman, is the most cosmopolitan species of the genus ; both its sterile and fertile forms, however, show enormous variation. It is nevertheless the typical species of the papillate group and makes the most-natural starting point for the taxonomy and an understanding of the genus. (‘‘ Typus speciei est forma florida,” PreLich Barop. 19). 183%;) UsNEA PLIcATA (L.) Web. Type: Species based on Usnea vulgaris of Dillenius; the “fertile ’’ Dillenian specimen “sufficiently characteristic, though . broken up into three portions,” is in the Dillenian herbarium, Botanic Gardens, Oxford, England, andis “ Usnea ceratina Ach.” fide Crombie. Type Locatity: ‘‘ Europae & Americae borealis.” (‘‘ Habeo eandem ex Virginia a Jo. Mitchellio et ex Pensylvania a Jo. Bartramo transmissam.”’ — Dill. ORIGINAL DESCRIPTION: “ Filamentosus pendulus, ramis im- plexis, scutellis radiatis,” L. Sp. Pl. 1154. 1753. Ficures: [Dill. Hist. Muse. p/. zz. fz. 1741.] Sowerby, Eng. Bot. 4: pl. 2. 1795. Ach. Nova Acta Soc. Sci. Upsal. 7: pl. 7.f. 2. 1815. Schaer. Enum. Crit. Lich. Europ. f/. 7. f. 7. 1850. 1007 This large leaf, described by Hollick from Gay Head, Marthas Vineyard, and Glen Cove, Long Island, as a species of Eucalyptus, is contained in the collections from Round Bay on the Severn River. THY MELEALES Laurus Hotticki Berry, Bull. N. Y. Bot. Gard. a 79. Pe. $2. J. g. C1903 This species, which is already recorded from Grove Point, is present also in the collections from Round Bay on the Severn River. LAURUS PROTEAEFOLIA Lesq. Bull. U. S. Geol. & Geog. Surv. err, 2 +-393.. 1876 This Dakota Group species, which was previously recorded from the Magothy formation in New Jersey, is present in Mary- land at Grove Point and at Round Bay on the Severn River. Laurus PLUTONIA Heer, Fl. Foss. Arct. 67: 75. pl. 19. f. td, 2-4, ete. 1882 This Upper Cretaceous laurel, which was previously known from Grove Point, Maryland, occurs also at Round Bay on the Severn River. LAUROPHYLLUM ELEGANS Hollick, Mon. U. S. Geol. Surv. $0: 81. pl. 270 f) fa62. 1007 Remains of this species, described originally from the morainic material at Tottenville, Staten Island, and Glen Cove, Long Island, are present at Grove Point and common at Round Bay on the Severn River. Berry: MESOZOIC FLORA OF THE COASTAL PLAIN a7 CINNAMOMUM INTERMEDIUM Newb, FI. Amboy Clays 89. pl. 29. f. 1-8, ro. 1896 Previously recorded from the Magothy formation in New Jersey, Delaware, and Maryland, this species occurs at Round Bay and at Little Round Bay on the Severn River. UMBELLALES Cornus ForcHHAMMER! Heer, FI. Foss. Arct. 6°: 85: pl. gg. folz.” 1882 The Grove Point leaf upon which this record is based is a trifle narrower than the type, otherwise the two are identical. Corno- phytlum vetustum Newb., from the New Jersey Raritan, is possibly the same species. The features in which the Maryland leaf differs from that of Newberry are its more lanceolate form; the sym- metrical base ; the fewer secondaries, which form a much more acute angle with the midrib and are more regular in their course ; the presence of the transverse tertiaries, which are invisible in the Raritan leaf; the more regular margin, the longer petiole, stouter midrib, and coarser secondary system. All of these characters are features in which the Raritan leaf departs from the typical leaves of Cornus. The present species is closely allied to Cornus praecox Lesq., of the Dakota Group. ARALIA Ravniana Heer, FI. Foss. Arct. 6’: 84. pl. 38. Jc ty See This remarkable species of Aralia, described originally from the Atane beds of Greenland by Heer, was recorded by the writer from the Magothy formation at Cliffwood Bluff, N. J., where it is represented by a number of imperfect but characteristic leaves. It has also been recorded by Hollick from Gay Head, Marthas Vineyard, and from Tottenville, Staten Island, but these latter occurrences are based upon material of a very doubtful character. The present record is based upon unequivocal material from Grove Point. The species is closely allied to Avalia Towneri Lesq. of the Dakota group. Aralia washingtoniana sp. nov. Leaves of medium size, broadly trilobate, about 8-10 cm. in length by 8 cm. in greatest width. Sinuses shallow and rounded. Lobes broadly rounded. Petiole and midrib stout. Lateral 28 BERRY : MESOZOIC FLORA OF THE COASTAL PLAIN primaries scarcely to be distinguished from the secondaries. Secondaries 4 or 5 subopposite pairs, rather straight, indifferently camptodrome or craspedodrome. Tertiaries well marked, trans- verse. Margins entire. (PLATE 8, FIGURE 4. The remains of this species arenumerous but fragmentary. In general outlines and venation they suggest a species of Aspidio- phyllum but they lack the characteristic base of that genus. There is some resemblance, not close however, to Arata rotundiloba Newb., and to Aralia nassauensis Hollick. Collected at the Pennsylvania Avenue locality in the District of Columbia. Hedera cecilensis sp. nov. Leaves of medium size, orbicular in general outline with a tend- ency toward trilobation, 6-7 cm. in length by about 6 cm. in greatest width. Margin entire, with shallow undulate lobes. Petiole and midrib stout. Lateral primaries suprabasilar, not dif- ferentiated from the secondaries in some specimens. Secondaries one pair below the lateral primaries and one or two remote pairs above, forking dichotomously and craspedodrome in _ habit. (PLATE 8, FIGURE 2.) This species resembles in a general way several which Lesque- reux referred to Czssztes, as for example Cissites Harkerianus and Cissites acuminatus, In appearance it suggests the somewhat larger Dakota Group leaf which Lesquereux christened Platanus cissoides. It is closely related to Hedera cretacea Lesq., differing in the suprabasilar primaries and in the details of the general outline. Hedera cecilensis is a very well marked species and is evidently allied to Hedera, clearly differentiated however from any of the previously described forms. The genus is rather prominent in Upper Cretaceous floras, both in Europe and America, the pres- ent species and /edera cretacea Lesq. resembling closely the ex- isting species. The present material is from Upper Magothy at Grove Point in Cecil County, from which it takes its name. ERICALES ANDROMEDA GRANDIFOLIA Berry, Bull. Torrey Club 34: 204. 1907 This species, previously recorded from Long Island, New Jer- sey, North Carolina, and Alabama, is present in the collections from Grove Point. Berry : Mesozoic FLORA OF THE COASTAL PLAIN 29 ANDROMEDA Novak-CAkSAREAE Hollick in Newb. Fl. Amboy Clays 121. pl. 42. f. 9-12, 28-31. 1896 This characteristic Magothy form, previously recorded from Grove Point in Maryland, is also present at Round Bay on the Severn River. ANDROMEDA Cooki Berry, Bull. Torrey Club 36: 261. 1909 Recent collections show this species to be present at both Grove Point and at Round Bay on the Severn River. ANDROMEDA ParLaToril Heer, Phyll. Crét. d. Nebr. 18. peel Fite 1S Previously recorded from Deep Cut and Grove Point in the Maryland region, this widespread Upper Cretaceous species is present at Round Bay on the Severn River. PRIMULALES MyrsSINE BOREALIS Heer, FI. Foss. Arct. 37: 113. Pt. 92. F235 1894 Typical material of this common Cenomanian species is con- tained in the collections from Grove Point. Explanation of plate 1. Elacodendron marylandicum Berry. Grove wae Md. Fic. 2, Hedera cecilensis Berry, Grove.Point, Md. 3. Quercus severnensis io Round Bay, Md. Fic. 4. Aralia washingtoniana Berry. Pennsylvania Ave., D. C. Jouns Hopkins UNIVERsITY, BALTIMORE, Mp. The larkspurs of New Mexico ELMER OTTIS WooToN Until quite recently the species of Delphinium found in New Mexico have all been referred to D. azureum Michx., D. scopu- lorum Gray, or D. occidentalis Wats., with a general tendency to call all the large forms D. scopulorum, 1 myself have been respon- sible for sending out at least two very different plants under that name, neither of which was close to true D. scopulorum. Dr. P. A. Rydberg, Dr. Aven Nelson, and Professor T. D. A. Cockerell have each contributed something towards a proper understanding of the genus as it occurs in this Territory, but they have been concerned with other questions than the New Mexican species and have touched them only incidentally. Recently I had occasion to name a specimen from the Black Range, and in comparing it with our herbarium material my “eyes were opened” and I saw that there were various and different speci- mens labeled D. scopulorum, more forms than could properly be- long in what Dr. Gray called ‘‘a collective species.” Whether these various different kinds of plants are to be called different species, varieties, or races is a question which has not yet been decided, but it seems to me proper to call attention to the differ- ences which I think can be seen by any one who is sufficiently interested to look, and I shall follow my own solution of the above question and call them species. Others may do as they like in designating the degrees of differentiation. Through the kindness of Dr. J. N. Rose I was permitted to exam- ine the New Mexican specimens of this genus that are found in the National Herbarium, Among these are Wright's wo. 842, which is the type of D. scopulorum Gray, and Pringle’s no, 7184, the type of D. tenutsectum Greene, besides several other interesting and instructive specimens. Our herbarium contains about one hundred sheets, more than half of which are from New Mexico. * A critical examination of this and the National Herbarium material, along wich the literature of the subject, has led to the following conclusions. 51 be Wooton: THE LARKSPURS OF NEW Mexico Delphinium occurs in New Mexico mainly as a plant of the higher, timber-covered mountains and in these locations is repre- sented by the tall leafy-stemmed forms only. None of the speci- mens seen represent any of the small tuberous-rooted blue-flowered species. The species found in such places belong to what may be called the scopulorum and the occidentale groups. On the plains at the southern end of the Territory occurs D. camporum Greene. According to Dr. Greene this species is to be looked for on the plains east of the Rocky Mountains from New Mexico to Wyoming, but the material I have seen does not show it from any point in this Territory north of the southern third ; and these specimens do not agree exactly with the original description of the species. The material seems to indicate that the species are nearly related, and have relatively small areas of distribution over which they are not variable. Widely separated mountain ranges seem to be occupied by separate species. Key to the species Plants low, with leaves forming a cluster about the base ; stem- leaves few and small, or none Flowers whitish or light- colcwed 1. D. camporum. Flowers blue. Leaves with numerous narrow Sige RN inflores- cence short, flowers small and crowded Leaves few, with thickish Seana ; inflorescence scape-like, flowers rather La and scattered.. 3. Plants tall, 1 m. or more, with leafy Segments of the leaves more or sis oblong to linear, kes age oe the basal segments - ncedly c ; pubescence of short curled fake oe ier rarely if ever glandular. Bracts of the inflorescence expanded and at least the lowest resembling the foliar leaves 4. D. amplibracteatum. Bracts of the inflorescence narrowly linear. lants of medium height, about I m. Ultimate segments of the leaves oblong... S confertiflorum. S . SCaposum. 5. D. scopulorum., Ultimate segments of the leaves narrowly linear . D. tenuisectum. Plants more robust, 2 m. high or more.......... . D. robustum. Segments of the leaves more or less narrowly diamond- shaped in outline with acute or acuminate apex and cuneate base ; pubescence of spreading hairs, more or less glandular, at least in the inflorescence (except in No Flowers deep blue. e 1 = rs 11. D. Cockerelliz. Wooton: THE LARKsPpuRS OF NEw MExico 33 Sepals not acuminate, at least a part of them obtuse. Leaf segments broad, leaves yellowish green ... 12, D. macrophyllum. Leaf segments very narrow, leaves dark Saat above ; Fog ops of the scopu- rum sectio 8. LD. novo-mexicanum. Flowers oe brownish- or greenish-purple, Leaf segments broad (1-2 cM. ).........sceseeeeee 10. D. Sapellonis. Leaf segments narrow (7 mm. or less)......... 9. D. Sierrae-Blancae. 1. DELPHINIUM CAMPORUM Greene, Erythea 2: 183. 1894 Type locality: “A plant of dry sandy plains along the eastern base of the whole Rocky Mountain range, apparently from British America to Mexico,” I have not seen type material of this species, but from what I find of other species of this region it seems doubtful to me that a species occurring on the plains of Wyoming would occur in south- ern New Mexico. In a paper discussing the members of the azureum group of the genus,* Dr. Rydberg has referred two New Mexican specimens to the species under discussion. These are Thurber’s zo, 297 from the Jornado del Muerto and Rusby’s xo. 5 from Mangas Springs. Thurber’s specimenI have not seen, but Rusby’s matches the following specimens : Mangas Springs, New Mexico, May 24, 1903, Metcalfe 85. Flats near Nutt, New Mexico, May, 12, 1905, Metcalfe 1579- Las Cruces (probably Organ Mts.), June, 1898, Herrick 215. Organ Mts., New Mexico, May 26, 1905, Wooton. Besides these, I have also the type of D. Wootoni Rydb.,* which is from the Organ Mts., and it seems to me hardly separ- able from the above named specimens. The Jornado del Muerto (a wide open plain about 75 miles long) ends at the Organ Mts. and it is likely Thurber collected his plant not very far from these mountains. If Dr. Rydberg is incorrect in assigning his New Mexican specimens to D. camporum Greene, all this material be- comes J. IWVootont Rydb.; otherwise the latter name becomes a synonym. 2. Delphinium confertiflorum sp. nov. Plant low, 20 to 30 cm. high, tufted, from a perennial root, finely appressed-pubescent throughout with short white hairs ; * Bull. Torrey Club 26: 583 and 587. 1899. 34 Wooron: THE LARKSPURS OF New MExIco lower leaves with elongated petioles, 10 cm. long or less, almost erect, their bases wing-margined and clasping the stem, upper leaves on petioles about 1 cm. long, blades of all the leaves circu- lar in outline, 3 cm. or less in diameter, twice or thrice parted, the ultimate segments linear-oblong and divergent, with acute callus- tipped apices; inflorescence short, strict or slightly panicled, pedicels 1 cm. long or less; bracts of the inflorescence linear- lanceolate, half as long as the pedicels and adnate to them fora short distance at the bases, floral bracts minute, attached just be- low the receptacle ; flowers small, 10 to 15 mm. long, bright blue, crowded, spur slightly longer than the sepals, bent downward at the tip, horizontal or ascending ; sepals all broadly elliptic, obtuse, the uppermost shortest and broadest, mostly without saccate cal- losities at the tips ; upper petals expanded at the tip, entire, blue, white on the lower edge, limb of the lower petals oblong, entire or retuse, not bifid, claw rather broad, spur at the base I mm. long ; mature fruit not seen, young follicles appressed-pubescent like the other parts. Type collected by E. O. Wooton in the mountains 15 miles southeast of Patterson, New Mexico, near Culbertson’s Ranch, in pine forest, Aug. 16, 1900, at an altitude of about 2300 m. The crowded racemes of small blue flowers suggest a relation- ship to D. strictum A. Nels., but our plant is even smaller, has a different kind of pubescence, and its leaves, clustered about the | base of the stem, are more like those of D. Geyerd Greene, though © the segments are narrower and stiffer; the flowers are smaller and lighter-colored than those of D. Geyeri and the stem less scape- like. It probably is more nearly related to D. camporum Greene, — though the flowers are very different. 3. DELPHINIUM scAPOsUM Greene, Bot. Gaz. 6: 156. 1881. Type locality: “ Hill country between the Gila and San Fran- cisco rivers,” New Mexico. I have never collected this plant in New Mexico, though I have been in the region above mentioned on two separate occasions. The following plants probably belong to the species : Coolidge, New Mexico, June 20, 1887, Zracy (U.S. Nat. Herb., sheet 20. 219,220). | Chusca Mts., New Mexico, June 24, 1883, Marsh (U. S. Nat. | Herb., sheet xo. 2007). Wooton: THE LARKSPURS OF NEw Mexico 35 Defiance, New Mexico, June 18, 1883, Marsh (U. S. Nat. Herb., 70. 7997). Rim of the Grand Cafion (Grand View), Arizona, July 12, 1892, Wooton. Mancos, Colorado, June 24, 1898, Baker, Earle, & Tracy, 79. A small scrap of a Delphinium collected by W. B. Pease in New Mexico (doc. ?) in 1878 (U. S. Nat. Herb., sheet vo. 725,937) belongs in this group, but the material is too scanty for identifica- tion with the means at my command. 4. Delphinium amplibracteatum sp. nov. An erect tall plant, appressed-pubescent throughout; leaves palmately deeply 5-parted into narrowly oblong or cuneate lobes, these again lobed and toothed into narrow oblong divergent divisions or teeth, the ultimate divisions from 3-5 mm. broad, abruptly rounded and tipped with a small callosity, about equally pubescent on both surfaces with short, curled white hairs ; inflo- rescence a strict raceme about 4o cm. long, the lower pedicels 5 cm. long, the upper ones bearing open flowers but 1 cm. long; bracts extremely variable, those of the inflorescence below |leaf- like, twice 3-lobed, making the flower appear axillary, those of the middle of the raceme oblanceolate, few-toothed, 2-3 cm. long, attached to the middle of the pedicels; those toward the top of the raceme smaller and entire, but never linear and acuminate like the bracts of its nearest allies; floral bracts showing the same variation, the lowermost being foliaceous and toothed, only the upper ones being acuminate; flowers bright blue, about 2 cm. long, all parts which are outside in the bud appressed-pubescent, spur slightly longer than the sepals, rather slender, straight, hori- zontal or ascending ; sepals elliptic, obtuse, the uppermost slightly narrower, each with a pronounced saccate callus at the apex ; upper petals blue above, greenish white below; lower petals broadly oblong, irregularly 2~3-toothed, not deeply bifid; ovary appressed-pubescent, not viscid ; mature fruit not seen. Type collected by E. O. Wooton at the N Bar Ranch in the Mogollon Mountains, Aug. 2, 1900, at an altitude of about 2100 m. in open pine forest. This description rests upon a single specimen and but for the peculiar bracts I should not name it. I have waited in vain for several years for more material, but the region is so difficult to get to that no collector has been there since. The material is 36 Wooton: THE LARKSPURS OF NEW MEXxIco well preserved and seems amply distinct. It is evidently related to D. scopulorum. 5. DELPHINIUM SCOPULORUM A. Gray, Pl. Wnght. 2: 9. 1853 Type locality: ‘‘ Mountain ravines near the Mimbres, New Mexico.” Most of the material which has been passing as D. scopulorum is not very closely related to that species if Wright’s zo. 842, as seen in U. S. Nat. Herb., sheet 0. 2027, is to be taken as typical. I have never, to my knowledge, seen the plant growing, though I] have been in the type locality once and near there three times. I have seen but one other speci- men that I unhesitatingly refer to the species, Metcalfe’s xo. 1093 from Kingston, which was distributed as D. calophyllum Greene, a description of which was never published. Two other specimens of my own collecting may be referred to this species provisionally. One is from Wheeler’s Ranch on Apache Creek in western Socorro County, collected July 12, 1906, and the other was taken on Sec. 17, T. 9 N., R. 12 W., near Agua Fria Spring, July 28, 1906. Neither is typical. My material consists of but two specimens of each number and no doubt each pair of specimens is from the same plant. 6. DELPHINIUM TENUISECTUM Greene, Erythea 2: 184. 1894 Type locality: ‘Chihuahua, cool banks of ravines, plains at the base of the Sierra Madre.” Dr. Greene is correct when he says that this species is nearest to D. scopulorum, and the New Mexican material seems to ap- proach a little nearer to that species than do Mexican specimens. All the specimens here referred to have the narrow leaf-segments of the species. The specimens seen are as follows: Santa Rita, Wright 842 (U.S. Nat. Herb., sheet 20. 2074). Near West’ Fork of Gila, Mogollon Mts., Aug. 3, 1903, Met- calfe 364. Middle Fork of Gila, Mogollon Mts., Aug. 5, 1900, Wooton. Mountains southeast of Patterson, Aug. 16, 1900, Wooton. Mountains west of Grant, Aug. 2, 1892, Wooton. Near Colonia Garcia, Sierra Madre of Chihuahua, Aug. 9, | 1899, Townsend & Barber 138. el A PS Nit td Bete go) Wooton: THE LARKSPURS OF NEw MExIco ST 7. DELPHINIUM ROBUSTUM Rydb, Bull. Torrey Club 28: 276. 1901 Type locality : ‘‘ Wahatoya Creek, below the Spanish Peaks,”’ Colorado. I have not seen authentic material of this species, but Dr. Rydberg cites a specimen collected at Raton in 1846 by Abert. We have, in our herbarium, two sheets of a specimen collected in Chicorico Cafion near Raton, New Mexico, by Professor Cock- erell, Aug. 25, 1900, which I am at present unable to place. I took it to be D. robustum Rydb., but Dr. Rydberg feels sure that this determination is incorrect, and is inclined to believe that my proposed D. novo-mexicanum is his D. robustum. There is but one argument (in the present state of our knowledge) in support of my opinion that they are probably separate species, and that is the rather large distance between their distribution areas and lack of specimens of the species from intermediate points where it might be expected; one or two such places having been visited by capable botanists who obtained other species of the genus but not this one (if it be one). Being unacquainted with Professor Cockerell’s plant in the field I hesitate to name it as new, though Dr. Rydberg thinks it such. I believe that a specimen collected by Mr. C. C. Marsh, Sept. 2, 1883, in “*Chusa”’ (Chusca?) Valley, New Mexico (U. S. Nat. Herb., sheet ”o. 2034), and two others from Sierra Grande, New Mexico, collected by Mr. Arthur H. Howell, Aug. 15, 1903, nos, 218 and 228 (U. S. Nat. Herb., sheets uo. 495,103 and 495,113) are the same as Professor Cockerell’s plant. 8. Delphinium novo-mexicanum sp. nov. Plant perennial, with strict stems 1-2 m. high, glabrous up to the inflorescence, bluish along one side and slightly glaucous ; leaves circular in outline, 8-15 cm. in diameter, palmately parted into 5-7 narrowly cuneate segments and these again cleft and parted into a number of lanceolate, divergent, acuminate lobes, evenly and finely appressed-pubescent throughout, dark green above, much lighter below; petioles of the lower leaves 10-15 cm. long, slightly winged at the base; inflorescence elongated, 2-5 dm. long, at first strict and flowers crowded, later becoming paniculate, the pedicels elongating a little in fruit, peduncles, pedi- 38 Wooron: THE LARKSPURS OF New Mexico cels, and exterior of the flowers appressed-pubescent with short curled hairs, not glandular or viscid ; bracts linear, one fourth to three fourths as long as the pedicels, free at the base of the pedi- cels or sometimes adnate part of the way up, floral bracts small, very slender, attached 2-5 mm. below the slightly enlarged re- ceptacle ; flowers 1-2 cm. long, spur about 10 mm. long, slightly curved, horizontal or ascending ; sepals all elliptic-ovate, with a small saccate callus near the apex, dark blue, the upper and lower two sepals acute, the others obtuse ; upper petals thickish and stiff, minutely 2-toothed at the apex, white along the lower margin, — otherwise all petals blue, limb of the lower petals deeply bifid into lanceolate, rather acute lobes, long and white-hairy on upper surface, claw channeled and with a saccate protuberance I mm. long at the base, glandular-pubescent on the back ; follicles about I cm. long, appressed-pubescent, not viscid, veins conspicuous, moderately divergent ; seeds (immature?) irregular, angled, and distinctly winged, not scaly. The type is in the herbarium of the New Mexico College of Agriculture and Mechanic Arts, collected by E. O. Wooton near Cloudcroft, Otero Co., New Mexico, July 31, 1899, at an altitude of about 2700 m. in open coniferous forests. Several other speci- mens from the type locality, and the two following are to be re- ferred here: Near Mescalero Agency, White Mts., July 27, 1897, Wooton 279. Little Creek, White Mts., July 30, 1899, Turner 95. Delphinium novo-mexicanum seems to be related most closely to D. robustum Rydb. and may even prove to be a form of that species, 9. Delphinium Sierrae-Blancae sp. nov. Quite similar in general appearance to D. novo-mexicanum but differing in the following particulars: Leaf segments a_ little broader and of the same color on both surfaces ; bracts at the base of the pedicels much longer, from once to twice the length of the pedicels, the floral bracts larger and attached to the thick- ened base of the receptacle; pubescence more copious and of longer crinkled hairs noticeably viscid on the flowers ; callosities of the sepals wanting ; sepals sometimes all acute, dull purplish — green, drying as if the specimens were partly spoiled in pressing ; upper petals part blue and part white, lower petals not so deeply cleft, purple, with a tuft of yellow hairs on the face ; young follicles Wooton: THE LARKSPURS OF NEw Mexico 39 appressed-pubescent ; follicles * cylindrical, 12-15 mm. long, finely pubescent and viscid ; seeds dark brown, irregularly oblong to tri- angular, scarcely winged. The typical material comes from the upper slopes of the White Mountain Peak at elevations of from 3,200 m. down to about 2,500 m. The specimens seen are: White Mt. Peak, Aug. 1, 1901, Wooton. Townsend’s no. 26 (referred to in footnote), Aug., 1898. Head of South Eagle Creek, Aug. 11, 1899, Turner 192. Near Gilmore’s Ranch on Eagle Creek, Wooton, July 14, 1895, and Wooton & Standley, Aug., 1907, nos. 3661 and 3490. This is the common species of the higher altitudes of the White Mountains of Lincoln Co., and may shade gradually into D. novo-mexicanum, Extreme forms of the two species are amply distinct. It has the habit of that species but also shows some rela- tion to D. Sapellonis in color of flowers, pubescence, and color of leaves. 10. DELPHINIUM SapeLtonis Cockerell, Bot. Gaz. 34: 453. 1902 Type locality : ‘ Beulah, Sapello Cafion,”” New Mexico. This is apparently the common species of the extensive moun- tain region which lies between Santa Fé and Las Vegas. The following specimens were seen : U.S. Nat. Herb., sheet zo. 473,057, the type specimen. Mountains near Las Vegas, July, 1881, Vasey. Two sheets, U.S. Nat. Herb. os, 2780 and 125,892. Two other sheets collected by Professor Cockerell at Beulah. Gallinas Cafion, near Las Vegas, July, 1908, Bartlett 294. Upper Pecos River, Sept., 1904, Bartlett 49. Upper Pecos River, Aug. 6, 1898, Maltby & Coghill 130. Pecos River, National Forest, Winsor Creek, July 28, 1908, Standley 4579. Sandia Mountains, New Mexico, Oct., 1883, Bige/ow, probably belongs here. 11. Derpuintum CocKEerELiu A. Nelson, Bot. Gaz. 42: 51. 1906 Type locality: ‘“ Baldy Mts., Elizabethtown, N. M.” This seems to be a rather rare species, which occurs in the * The type specimen is without fruit ; the description of the follicles is drawn from a specimen collected by Townsend in the same locality in the summer of 1898, 40 Wooton: THE LARKSPURS OF NEW Mexico higher mountains of southern Colorado and the northern part of New Mexico. The following specimens may be referred to the species : Near Pagosa Peak, Colorado, Aug., 1899, 9,000 feet, Baker See. Headwaters of the Pecos River, Aug., 1905, Mrs. W. #7. Bartlett. Pecos River (/oc.?), June 24, 1898, Herrick 15. Upper Pecos River, Aug. 3, 1898, Maltby & Coghill 133. Pecos Baldy, Aug. 12, 1903, Vernon Bailey 596. U.S. Nat. Herb., sheet xo. 443,707. Pecos Baldy, July 11, 1908, 12,000 feet, Standley 4301. 12. Delphinium macrophyllum sp. nov. Stems erect, from a woody (?) root, 7 to 15 dm. high, the largest I cm, in diameter at the base, glabrous almost to the inflorescence, striate ; leaves on petioles which are slightly dilated at the base and 15 cm. or less in length, blades circular to pentagonal in outline, the lowermost 15 to 20 cm. in diameter, apparently 5- to 7-lobed, in reality palmately divided to the base into three parts, the lateral divisions again parted two thirds to three fourths of the way down into two, sometimes three lobes, principal seg- ments rhombic in outline, 6 to 12 cm. long, from one third to one half as wide, with numerous coarse acute teeth, the uppermost leaves gradually growing smaller with narrower and fewer toothed segments, even the lowermost leaves finely pubescent on the veins, the uppermost pubescent on both surfaces ; inflorescence a branch- ing panicle (on oldest plants) or a simple raceme 15 to 40 cm. long, pedicels ascending, 1-2 cm. long, slightly elongated in fruit, bracts 5-8 mm. long, attached at the bases of the pedicels, floral bracts smaller and attached to the enlarged receptacles, all parts ot the inflorescence and the young follicles pubescent with short hairs, more or less glandular ; flowers of medium size, about 2 cm. long, deep blue; spur a little longer than the elliptic-ovate obtuse sepals, rather thick-conical, obtuse, slightly curved, horizontal or ascending ; upper petals minutely 2-toothed at the apex, lower petals blue, limb 2-parted half way to the base, lobes ovate-lanceo- late, erose; corolla with two small saccate outgrowths at the base of the limb, which is almost at right angles to the claw, an- other small saccate projection at the base of the claw; young follicles 3, erect, mature fruit not seen. The type is Metcalfe’s ~o. 737rz collected on Hillsboro Peak Wooton: THE LARKSPURS OF NEW MEXIco 41 of the Black Range, Sierra Co., New Mexico, Sept. 11, 1904, on shady north slopes, altitude about 3000 m. This plant seems to agree pretty well with the description of D. cucullatum A. Nels. but differs in at least two particulars, The sepals are deep blue instead of ‘‘ greenish white or blue tinged”’ and they are not hooded. It is no doubt a segregate from D. occidentale Wats. but is very slightly if at all viscid-pubescent and the sepals are not acute. Metcalfe’s zo. 280, collected on Mogollon Creek, in the Mo- gollon Mts., July 20, 1903, probably belongs here, though the leaves of this plant are smaller and have narrower segments. New Mexico COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE AND MECHANIC ARTS, AGRICULTURAL COLLEGE, NEW MEXICO. INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE (1909) The aim of this Index is to include all current botanical literature written by Americans, published in America, or based upon American material ; the word Amer- ica being used in its broadest sense. Reviews, and papers which relate exclusively to eee agriculture, horticulture, manufactured products of vegetable origin, or laboratory methods are not included, and no attempt is made to index the literature of bacteriology. ei occasional exception is made in ge: of some paper appearing in an American periodical which is devoted wholly to . Reprints are not mentioned unless they differ from the original in some ‘ioc particular. If users of the Index will call the attention of the editor to errors or omissions, their kindness will be appreciated. This Index is reprinted a on cards, and furnished in this form to subscribers, at the rate of one cent for each card. Selections of cards are not permitted ; each subscriber must take all ae published he the term of his subscription. Corre- spondence arises to the card-issue should be addressed to the Treasurer of the Torrey Botanical Clu peas © Flora peices 4: 1-62. f. I-15. Ig09. An. Mus. Nac. Mortevideo, vol. Arthur, J.C. Cultures of pee te in 1908. Mycologia 1: 225- 256. 1 D 1gog. Includes new species in Puccinia (5), and Gymnosporangium. Atkinson, G. F. Some fungus parasites of algae. Bot. Gaz. 48: 321-338. f. 1-8. 15 N 1909. Includes 5 new speciesin Rhizophidium (2), Lagenidium and Phiyctochytrium (2). Atkinson, G. F. Some problems in the evolution of the lower fungi. Ann. Myc. 7: 441-472. O Igo9. Atkinson, J. B. Length of time required to grow trees. Forest Leaves 12: 85-87. D 1909. Bailey, W. Flowers of the mountain. Mountaineer 2: 29-37. N 1909. Bartlett, H. H. Rupture of the exoperidium in Calostoma Ravenelit. Rhodora In: 197, 198. 3 N 1909. Batchelder, F. W. Scirpus lineatus in New Hampshire. Rhodora II: 200. 3N Igog. Benedict, R.C. Ceratopteridaceae. N. Am. Fl. 16: 29, 30. 6N 1909. Benedict, R.C. Osmundaceae. N. Am. Fl. 16: 27, 28. 6N 1909. 45 44 INDEX ‘ro AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE Bergen, J. Y. Concavity of leaves and illumination. Bot. Gaz. 48: 459-461. f. r. 18 D 1909. Bergen, J. Y. The light requirement of plants. Plant World 12: 201-205. S 1909. Berry, E. W. A Miocene flora from the Virginia coastal plain. Jour. Geol. 17: 19-30. f. r-rz. F 1909. Includes 6 new species of spermatophytes. Bessey, C. E. Some beginnings in nature-study. Nature-Study Rev. . 5: 165-167. [N] 1909. Bicknell, E. P. The ferns and flowering plants of Nantucket — V. Bull. Torrey Club 36: 441-456. 35S 1909. Blumer, J.C. On the plant geography of the Chiricahua Mountains. Science II. 30: 720-724. 19 N 1909. Boldingh, I. A contribution to the knowledge of the flora of Anguilla (B. W. I.). Rec. Trav. Bot. Néerland. 6: 1-36. 1go09. Britten, J. Safzwm in the collections of Ruiz and Pavon. Jour. Bot. 47: 422-424. N 1rgo9. Britton, E.G. Arctic mosses. Bryologist 12: 106. 6N 1gog. Brown, N. E. L£ynealophus, N. E. Brown, gen. nov. [In Decades Kewenses, Decas LIV. no. 539.] Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1909: 361, 362. N 1909. Brown, N. E. Opuntia imbricata. Curt. Bot. Mag. 1V. 5: p/. 8290. D 1909. Campbell, D. H. The prothallium and embryo of Danaea. Prelim- inary notes. Ann. Bot. 23: 691. O 1909. y Cannon, W. A. The parasitism of Orthocarpus purpurascens Benth. Plant World 12: 259-261. f. 2. N 1909. Chamberlain, C. J. Déoon spinulosum. Bot. Gaz. 48: 401-413. f. 1-7. 18D 1Igo9. Clements, F.E. The genera of fungi. 1-227. Minneapolis, 1909. Includes 115 new genera in 29 families. (Clute, W. N.] Rare forms of ferns. XII. Polystichum acrostichoides multifida. Fern Bull. 17: 99, 100. [N] 1909. [Illust.] Cockerell, T. D. A. Eocene fossils from the Green River, Wyoming. Am. Jour. Sci. 28: 447, 448. N 1909. Includes a new genus and species of Buettneriaceae, Firmianites aterrimus. Coker, W.C. Additions to the flora of the Carolinas. Bull. Torrey Club 36: 635-638. 16 .N 1909. INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 45 Coker, W.C. A double-flowered Sarracenia. Plant World 12: 253. f. I, a-d. N 1909. Coker, W.C. Leftolegnia from North Carolina. Mycologia I: 262- 264... p/.-£6;° 1 D 1960: Coker, W.C. Liverwort types for elementary classes. Torreya 9: 233-236. 18N Igog. Coker, W. C. Some rare abnormalities in liverworts. Bryologist 12: 104, 105. 0 2;-2.. .6.N 1906. Coker, W. C. Vitality of pine seeds and the delayed opening of cones. Am. Nat. 43: 677-681. N 19009. Collins, F.S. An algological prophecy fulfilled. Rhodora 11: 196, 197- 3N 1909. Cox, C. F. Charles Darwin and the mutation theory. Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci. 18: 431-451. 10 F 1909. Craig, J. Botanicalexcursions. German fieldmethods. Ottawa Nat. 23: 163-167. 6 D Igogo. Davis, B. M. Cytological studies on Ocenothera. I. Pollen develop- ment of Oenothera grandiflora L. Ann. Bot. 23: 551-571. pl. ZI, 42, O 1909. Demcker, R. Die schénsten und gréssten Baume des nordamerikan- ischen Waldes. II. Die Laubholz- und Nadelholzwalder ; ihr Werden und Vergehen. Mitt. Deuts. Dendr. Gesells. 1909: 57-68. Ig09. Dominguez, J. A. Contribucién al estudio de la Arameria t/uca Phil. Trabaj. Mus, Farm. Buenos Aires no. 24: 1-7. pl. I-g. 1909. Dunbar, J. American hawthorns. Some new arborescent species. Gard. Chron. 46: 289. 300 1909; 308. 6N 1909. Eames, A. J. On the occurrence of centripetal xylem in Zgutse/um. Ann. Bot. 23: 587-601. p/. 45. O 1909. Edwards, A. M. Development of the Bacillaria from an amoeboid form and formation of that amoeboid form by energenesis. Nuova Notar. 24: 136-140. O 1909. Eggleston, W. W. New North American Cra/aeg?. Bull. Torrey Club 36: 639-642. 16 N Igog. 3 new species native in the United States. Fernald, M. L. A new variety of Adzes balsamea. Rhodora 11: 201-203. 3 D19gog. Fernald, M.L. Scirpus Smithii in Massachusetts. Rhodora 11: 220. 3 D 1909. 46 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE Fernald, M.L. The status of Arenaria stricta in New Hampshire. Rhodora 11: 184, 185. 3 N 1909. Fischer, C. E.C. The biology of Armillaria mucida Schrader. Ann. Bot. 23: 515-535. f/. 37-38. O 1909. Flynn, N. F. Plants new to Vermont. Rhodora11: 198,199. 3N 1909. Foster, A. S. Ferns of Paradise Park. Muhlenbergia5: 144. 17 N 1909. Fraser, W. P. Collection of the aecial stage of Calyptospora colum- naris (Alb. & Schw.) Kiihn. Science II. 30: 814,815. 3 D 1909. Frothingham, E. H. Die Douglasfichte, ihre Kiistenform und Gebirgs- form. Mitt. Deuts. Dendr. Gesells. 1909: 69-94. 1909. [lllust.] Gates, R. R. Apogamy in Q¢enothera. Science IU. 30: 691-694. 12 N 1g09. ; Gates, R. R. The stature and chromosomes of Oenothera gigas De Vries. Archiv Zellforsch. 3: 525-552. Al. 29, 70. 2N 1909. Gifford, J. A list of the trees of the state of Florida. 1-24. 19009. Gilg, E., & Strauss, H. Uber Siparuna Thea (Seem.) A. DC. Notizbl. Kgl. Bot. Gart. Berlin 5: 113, 114. 18 N 19009. Graebener, L. Seltene Cereen. Monats. Kakteenk. 19: 134-137. 15 S 1909. Graham, M. The development of the sporogonium and adjacent tis- sues of the gametophore of Conocephalum conicum. Bull, T orrey Club 36: 615-623. pl. 30-33. 16 N 19009. Griggs, R.F. Mitosis in Syzchytrium with some observations on the in- dividuality of the chromosomes. Bot. Gaz. 48 : 339-358. pl. 16-18. 15 N 1909. Grout, A. J. Notes on Amdélystegium. Bryologist 12 : 95-100. pi. IZ. 6N 1909. Includes Améblystegium Holzingeri sp. nov. from Wisconsin. Giirke, M. Nachtrag zu der Beschreibung von Cephalocereus DeLaettt Giirke. Monats. Kakteenk. 19: 129-133. 15S 1909. Harper, R. M. Car-window notes on the vegetation of the Delaware peninsula and southern Virginia. Torreya Q: 217-226. 18 N 1909. Harshberger, J. W. Notes on annual tree rings. Forest Leaves 12: 84, 85. D 1909. Harshberger, J. W. The vegetation of the salt marshes and of the salt INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 47 and fresh water ponds of northern coastal New Jersey. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia 61: 373-400. f. 7-5. Au 1909. Herre, A. W. C. T. Suggestions for lichen studies. . Plant World 12: 255-259. N 1909. Herter W. Ein neuer Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Gattung Lycopodium. Hedwigia 49: 88-g2. p/. 37. 6 O 1909. | Includes 4 new South American species, Hill, A. W. The acaulescent species of Malvastrum. Jour. Linn. Soc. 39: 216-230. 28 O 1909. Includes 5 new species from South America. Hill, E. J. Note on Amblystegium noterophilum. Bryologist 12: 108, 10g. 6N Igog. Hill, E. J. The fate of a violet, or the benefit of cleistogamy. Tor- reya Q: 229, 230. 18N Igog. Huber, J. Novitates florae amazonicae. Bol. Mus. Goeldi 6: 60-g0. S 1909. Includes a new species of Bactris and 29 new species and one new genus of dicotyledons. Huber, J. Sobre um caso notavel de polymorphismo nas folhas do abacateiro (Persea gratissima Gaertn.). Bol. Mus. Goeldi 6: 54- 59. 1909. [Illust.] © Jennings, 0. E. Aymenophyllum denticulatum in Central China. Fern Bull. 17: 106, 107. [N] 1909. [Illust. ] Jennings, 0. E. The Labrador tea in Ohio. Ohio Nat. 10: 13. N 1909. Jepson, W. L. A flora of California. 33-64. f. 7-737. 4 N 1909; 337-3608. f. 61-65. 4 .N Ig09. Includes Cupressus Bakerii and Quercus durata spp. nov. and several new forms and new combinations. Jones, L. R. Resting spores of the potato fungus (Phytophthora in- Jestans). Science II. 30: 813, 814. 3 D 1909. Jonge, A. E. de. Canker of cacao. Rec. Trav. Bot. Néerland. 6: 37-61. pl. 1-3}. Ig09. Spicaria colorans sp. nov. is described as the cause of the canker. Jonge, A. E. de, & Drost, A. W. The die-back disease of cacao trees, and the ‘‘brown rot’’ of cacao fruits caused by Diplodia cacaotcola. Rec. Trav. Bot. Néerland. 6: 233-250. p/. 8, 9. Igo9. Kenoyer, L. A. Winter condition of lenticels. Trans. Kansas Acad. Sci. 22: 323-326. 1909. 48 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE Kneucker, A. Bemerkungen zu den ‘‘Gramineae_ exsiccatae.’’ XXV u. XXVI Lieferung 1909. Allgem. Bot. Zeits. 15: 155-160. O 1909. Knowlton, C. H., avd others. Reports on the flora of the Boston dis- trict. Rhodora I1: 204-209. 3 D Igog. Knowlton, F. H. ‘The stratigraphic relationships and palaeontology of the ‘‘ Hell Creek beds,’’ ‘‘ Ceratops beds,’’ and equivalents, and their reference to the Fort Union formation. Proc. Washington Acad. Sci. 11: 179-238. 14 Au 1909. Lewis, I. F. The life history of Grifithsia Bornetiana. Ann. Bot. 23: 639-690. pl. 9-53. O 1909. Livingston, B. E. The heath of Lueneburg. Plant World 12: 231- 237. f. I-4. O 1909. MacDougal, D. T. Influence of aridity upon the evolutionary develop- ment of plants. Plant World 12: 217-231. O 1909. Macoun, J. M. Contributions from the herbarium of the Geological Survey. Ottawa Nat. 23: 146-149. 15 N 1909. Massee, G. Coffee diseases of the New World. Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1909: 337-341. S Igo9. Maxon, W. R. Cyatheaceae [Cyathea]. N. Am. Fl. 16: 65-88. 6 N 1909 Includes Cyathea cubensis, C. araneosa, C. Harrisii, and C. Maxoni Spp. nov. Maxon, W.R. Gileicheniaceae. N. Am. Fl. 16: 53-63. 6N 1909. Includes Dicranopteris Underwoodiana sp. nov. Maxon,W.R. Schizaeaceae. N. Am. Fl. 16: 31-52. 6N 1909. Includes Anemia Underwoodiana, A. obovata, A. sOinttiiaie A. jaliscana, A, guatemalensis, A. Roset, and A. portoricensis Spp. nov Merwin, H. E., & Lyon, H. Sap pressure in thé birch stem. Part I. Bot. Gaz. 48 : 442-458. f. 7-5. 18 D 1909. Millspaugh, C. F. Praenunciae bahamenses II. ' Contributions to a flora of the Bahamian archipelago. Field Columb. Mus. Publ. Bot. * ee 321. Map. Au 1909. Includes new species in Dondia (2), bb ecmn. ena (2), Croton, Heliotro- pium, antec (2) and Ca/licarpa, and £ Morris, F. J. A. Ophioglossum oulgateen 3 in Ontario. Fern Bull. 17: Io2—-105. [N] 1909, Miller, C. Uber karyokinetische Bilder in den Wurzelspitzen von Yucca. Jahrb. Wiss. Bot. 47: 99-117. pl. 1-3. O 1909. Murrill, W. A. A mushroom cultivated in Formosa. Mycologia 1 : 274, 275. f. 5. 1D 1909. INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 49 Murrill,W. A. Soletaceae from Kentucky. Mycologial: 275. 1D 1909. Murrill, W. A. Illustrations of fungi —IV. Mycologia 1: 257-261. pl. 15. 1£D 1909. Nash, G. V. The tropical fern collection. Jour. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 10: 256-261. p/. 77, 72. N 19009. Overton, J. B. On the organization of the nuclei in the pollen mother-cells of certain plants, with special reference to the perma- nence of the chromosomes. Ann. Bot. 23: 19-61. p/. 1-3. Ja 190g. Palmer, T.C. The sluggish diatom. Proc. Delaware Co. Inst. Sci. 4: 131-137. Jl 1909. Parish, S. B. Roezl and the type of MWashingtonia. Bot. Gaz. 48: 462, 463. 18 D 1g09. Parish, S. B. Teratological forms of citrus fruits. TorreyaQ: 227- 229. 18 Nigog. _ [lIllust. ] Peirce, G. J. The botanical aspects of Stanford University. Plant World 12: 245-252. N 1909. Peirce, G. J. What is the use of respiration? Plant World 12: 193- 197. S 1909. Pelourde, F. Recherches comparatives sur la structure des fougeres fossiles et vivantes. Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. IX. 10: 115-147. f. 1-32. N 1909. Pool, V. W. The present status of plant pathology. Plant World 12 : 205-210. S 1909. Prescott, A. Grape ferns. Fern Bull. 17: 100-102. [N] 1909. Pulle, A. Neue Beitrage zur Flora Surinams— II. Rec. Trav. Bot. Néerland. 6: 251-293. 1909. Includes 17 new species distributed through 13 families of spermatophytes. Purpus, J. A. Opuntia utahensis J. A. Purpus nov. spec. Monats. Kakteenk. 19: 133, 134, 135- 15 S 190g. [Illust. ] Regnier, P. R. Note sur la racine du nim-nim (.Spe/anthus uliginosa Sw.) Trabaj. Mus. Farm. Buenos Aires no. 22: I-4. 1909. [Illust. ] Rehder, A. Note on the morphology of the fruit of Lonicera caerulea. Rhodora 11: 209-211. 3 D Igo9. Riddle, L. W. A key to the species and principal varieties of C/adonta occurring in New England. Rhodora 11: 212-214. 3 D 1909. Mu. BOT, GARDE ‘ 1911 —_— Lt 50 INDEX to AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE XXIII. Cla- Riddle, L. W. Preliminary lists of New England plants doniaceae. Rhodora 11: 215-219. 3 D 1909. Rock, J. F. A new Hawaiian Scaevo/a. Bull. Torrey Club 36: 645, 646. 16N 1909. _ [Illust.] Rolfe, R. A. New orchids: decade 34. Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1909: 364-368. N 1909. Includes new American species of Pleurothallis (2), Stanhopea, Mormodes, and Oncidium, Romell, L. Some fungi growing both on coniferous and deciduous trees. Mycologia 1: 265-267. 1 D 1909. Ruedemann, R. Some marine algae from the Trenton limestone of New York. N. Y. State Mus. Bull. 133: 194-216. AZ. 7-37. 1909. Rydberg, P. A. The flowers and fruit of the turtle grass. Jour. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 10: 261-264. f/. 73. N 19009. Sargent, C.S. American Cra/aegi in the Species Plantarum of Lin- naeus. Rhodora 11: 181-183. 3N rgog. Sauer,L. W. Quercus Leana; a hybridoak. Plant World 12: 198- 201.77, 2, 3 t900. Schaffner, J. H. An interesting Botrychium habitat. Ohio Nat. 10: 8,9. N 1909. Schaffner, J. H. The gymnosperms of Ohio. Ohio Nat. 10: g-12. N 1909. Schneider, R. C. New combinations in Araliaceae. Bull. Torrey Club 36: 643, 644. 16 N 1go9. Schwappach, A. F. Neuere Erfahrungen iiber das Verhalten von Pseudotsuga Douglasii und Picea sitkaensis. Mitt. Deuts. Dendr. Gesells. 1909: 95-103. 1909. __[Illust. ] Schwerin, F. v. Monographie der Gattung Samébucus. Mitt. Deuts. Dendr. Gesells. 1909: 1-56. 1909. [{llust. ] Seaver, F. J.. Some plant diseases: their cause and treatment. Jour. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 10: 241-256. 7. 33-377. N 1909. Servettaz, C. Monographie des Eléagnacées. Deuxiéme _ partie. Anatomie et biologie. Beih. Bot. Centralb. 25°: 129-420. f/. 7-140. 9 O 1909. Sherard, S. H. Kapok ( Eriodendron anfractuosum). Philippine Agr. Rev. 2: 440-443. f/. 7-37. Au 1909. * Shull,C. A. Oxygen pressure and the germination of Xanthium seeds. A preliminary report. Bot. Gaz. 48: 387-390. 15 N 1909. VOLUME 37, PLATE IL Buy. ToRREY CLUB lower Austral Gulf Strip os Lower Anstt sestiiemmenain ie Tropit al The dotted parts bola ae mprtis Zones cant Gre vat Pe ees URE ape cetefeal a AONT PCB t 2S ph (Ip ete saat f EX ' of the “ Pend kEV KONA i Naae, ed as he 2 ond Sot arctan atid «| aripurrtan Fatinas The od praetes am the sare Tones are jase as rhe Tran an pper Sonoran anal Lower So } | j | oh : Lae us “ho Ea 105" 0 ” me Be we 73° eS rial STATES, ACCORDING TO C. HART MERRIAM LIFE ZONES OF THE UNITED BULL. TORREY CLUB VOLUME 37, PLATE 2 USNEA FLORIDA (L.) WEs. VOLUME 37, PLATE 3 BuLL. TORREY CLUB USNEA PLICATA (L.) Wes. Buti. ToRREY CLUB VOLUME 37, PLATE 4 1,3. USNEA PLICATA BARBATA (L.) R. H. Howe 2,4. USNEA TRICHODEA Acnw. BuLL. TORREY CLUB VOLUME 37, PLATE 5 1,2. USNEA ARTICULATA (L.) HoFrM. 3,4. USNEA CAVERNOSA Tuck. VOLUME 37, PLATE 6 BuLi. TORREY CLUB USNEA LONGISSIMA Acnu. (Fic. 5) BuLy. TORREY CLUB VOLUME 37, PLATE 7 . USNEA ANGULATA Acu.’ 3,4. USNEA LONGISSIMA Acu. ODENDRON MARYLANDICUM Berry rr. BLA >I 2. HEDERA CECILENSIS Berry 3- QUERCUS SEVERNENSIS Berry 4- ARALIA WASHINGTONIANA Berry. THE BRYOLOGIST WITH THE JANUARY, 1908, NUMBER BEGINS ITS ELEVENTH YEAR ano VOLUME It is a 16-20 page bi-monthly devoted to the study of the Mosses, Hepatics, and Lichens, It is fully illustrated with new, original, and artistic drawings and half-tones. It is indispensable to the working bryologist, professional as wellasamateur. Send forsample copy. Subscription price $1.00 a year Address, Mrs. ANNIE MORRILL SMITH, 78 Orange Street, Brooklyn, N. Y. INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE This Index, printed each month in the BULLETIN, is reissued on library catalogue cards; these are furnished to subscribers at the rate of one cent for each card. Subscriptions to the card-issue may be addressed to the Treasurer of the Torrey Botanical Club, WILLIAM MANSFIELD, CoLiece or PHARMACY, 115 W. 68th St., N. Y. City. from January, 1903, to December, 1909, inclusive, the Index was also reprinted on paper, on one side only, and can be furnished in that form at the rate of $3.00 a year, North American Flora HIS work is designed to present Sewn of all plants growing independently | of cultivation, in North America, here taken to include Greenland, Central America, the Republic of Panama, and the West Indies, except Tisai Tobago, and Curagao “en. other islands off the north coast of Venezuela, whose flora is een South Americ will be sablished in parts at irregular intervals by the New York Botanical aa shines the aid of the income of the David Lydig Fund bequeathed by Charles P. Dal It is planned to issue parts as rapidly as they can be Lie the extent of the work making it possible to commence publication at any n er of points. The completed work will form a series of volumes with the following: sane cet Volume 1. Mycetozoa, Schizophyta, Diatomac olume 2to 10. Fungi Vo umes 14 and I5. hyt Volume 16. oid rab cee ‘Gymnospermae. Volumes ots ae Monocotyledon Volu 0 30. Dicotyledone The eepansion of the work has been Pa Si by the oe ee of the Garden to a committee consisting of Dr. N. L. Britton, Dr. W. A. Murrill and Dr. J. H. Barnhart. Professor George F. Atkinson, of Cornell pea Professors Charles R. Barnes and John M, Coulter, of the University of Chica Mr. ne ‘perks pi Coville, of the United States Department of Agriculture, Profesor Edwar L, Gre <, OF the United States National Museum, Professor Byron D. Halsted, of ee ers Coleg and Pro- fessor William Trelease, of the Missouri ‘Botanical Cai n, have peeing! to act as an advisory committee. e following parts have been published; Vol. 7. Part 1, Ustilaginales, by G, nton. Part 2, Coleosporiaceae, Ure- dinaceae, and Aecidiaceae — by J. C. Avitene. ol. 9. Parts 1 and 2, Polyporaceae, W. A. Murrill. Part 3, pipet by W. A. Mur rill ; Agaricaceae (pars) by W. A. Murrill and G, S. Burlingha Vol. 16, ohats 1; Pe La aor by m M. Underwood and HS C4 Benedient el ap by L Underwood; Osmun eand Cer, i by Benedic | Sciecee, Gieciseccms, mie Coates (pars), by W. -"‘Maxant : Vo t 1, Typhaceae, by P. Wilson; Sparganiaceae, Secheots and Hy- drocharitaceae, ty: ie Rydberg ; eae eae, Zosteraceae, rs mo a 7 Naiadaceae, and Lileeaceae, by N. Taylor; Scheuchzeriaceae, by Britton Alismaceae, by J. K. Small; Butomaceae ~ Poaceae (pars), by G. v. ne h. Part 1, Podos Seba cig Crassulaceae, b Vol. 22. y G. Nash ; y N. L. Br ritton on and J. N. Rose: ; Penthorac kad Pamassacen by PLA A. Rydberg. Part 2, ” rn : Saxifragaceae and Hydrangeaceae, yLK - Smal land P. A. Rydbe Iteaceae, an m i e, b , by ton ; Pterostemonaceae, me Altingiaceae, by P. Wilson; Phyllonomaceae, by H. H. b Part 3, Grossularia- ceae, by if V. Coville and N. L. Britton; Platanaceae, by H. A, Gleason ; Crossoso- mataceae by J. Small ; Connaraceae, by N. L, Britton n; Calycanthaceae, by C. este ard; g pteton (pars), by P. A. Rydbees. Part 4, Rosaceae (pars), by P. A. Vol, 25. Part : Geraniaceae, by Hanks and J. K. Small; Oxalidaceae and Li inaceae, by J. K. Small; ah Sie by N. L. hater ae , teem rnp spa is ech at ait 50 for each part; it is expected that four or ve parts will be require volume. A limited be sold at $2.00 each. Addre uel te THE NEW YORK BOTANICAL GARDEN BRONX PARK, NEw YORK CITY hay ESOT eae PUBLICATIONS BY OFFICERS AND STUDENTS OF THE DEPART- MENT OF BOTANY, COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY . Memoirs oF THE DEPARTMENT : Yo 1. 1. A Monograph of the North American Species of the Genus Pabygonion (1895) By John Kunkel Small, Fellow in Botany, 1893- 1895; or of the Herbarium, 1895-1898. Quarto, 178 pages, 84 plates. Price $6.00. ol. Monograph of the North American Potentilleae (1898). By Per heat Rydberg, Fellow in Botany, PAH Quarto, 224 pages, 112 plates. Price $6. 2. CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE Ratt Vol. 1. Nos. 1-25. 1886-1892. Price $5.00. Vol. 2. Nos, 26-50, 1892-1894. Price $5.00, Vol. 3. Nos, 51-75. 1894-1895. Price $5.00. Vol. 4. Nos. 76-100. 1895-1896. Price $5.00. Vol. 5. Nos. 101-125, 1896-1897. Price $5.00. Vol. 6. Nos. 126-150. 1897-1898. Price $5.00. Vol. 7. Nos. 151-175. 1898-1901. Price $5.00. ~ Vol. 8. Nos. 176-200. 1901-1902. Price $5.00. Vol. 9. Nos. 201-. 1903~-(current). List of separate numbers available on application, 2. ext-book of General Lichenology (1896). By Albert Schneider, Fainw in Botany, 1895-1896. e Department invites propositions slahee ne ‘exchanges of cee barium material for any of the above named pases en. Addres: Dr. rue Curtis, Columbia University, N. Y. City An Tijiwteased F lora of the Northern United raed ‘Canada, and the British Possessions from Newfoundland to the Parallel of the Southern Boundary of Virginia, and from the Atlantic Ocean westward to the 102d Meridian (1896-1898). By Nathaniel Lord Britton, Profes- sor of ntiggt 1891-1896 ; Emeritus Professor 1896—-, and Hon. Addi- son Bro Three volumes, royal octavo. Vol. 1, 612 pages; Vol. pages; Vol. 3, 588 pages; 4162 figures in i the text, illustrating Sates Published by Charles Scribner’s Sons, New York. Price, in cloth, $9.00 for the three volumes; with the indexes and keys bound separ- ately, $10.00. 5. Our Native Ferns and their Allies. (Sixth Edition) 1900. By Lucien Marcus Underwood, Professor of Botany, 1896-1907. Duodecimo, 158 pages, 35 figures. Published by Henry Holt & Co., New York. Price, $1.00 6. Moulds, Mildews, and sorta By Lucien Marcus Un- derwood, Professor of Botany, 1896-1 Duodecimo, 236 pages, 10 sites ° Published by Henry Holt & Co. Price $1.50. 7- Nature and Development of Plants (1907). By Carlton co ence Curtis, Assistant in Botany, 1892-1895; Tutor in Botan 1895-1906 ; Instructor in Botany, 1906-1908 ; Adjunct Professor at Botany, 1908-. Octavo, 471 pages; 42 setrane ae Published by Henry Holt & Co.; New York. . Price e $2. ESTABLISHED 1851 EIMER & AMEND 205-211 Third Ave., Corner 18th Street NEW YORK MANUFACTURERS AND IMPORTERS OF Chemicals and Chemical Apparatus Sole Agents for oe, ae KAHLBAUM’S C. P. Chemicals Our Specialties MICROSCOPES and and Reagents ACCESSORIES ARL eas P SCHLEICHER & SCHULL’S MICROTOMES C. P. Filters : SCHOTT & BALANCES GENOSSEN’S Famous Labora- and ' @ tory Glassware WEIGHTS | And for many other renowned European houses in our line. me LINE OF Bacteriological Apparatus WE HANDLE EVERYTHING NEEDED FOR A LABORATORY Inspection of premises cordially invited. ms = 2 bea MEMOIRS OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB A. series of technical papers on botanical subjects, published at irregular inter =: Price $3.00 a volume. Not offered in exchange. : 1; not furnished separately : a can Bailey, Liberty Hyae. a of the types of various specie: of the genus Carex <7 Pages 1-85. 25 My rg Re Vol. 1, No. 2; not furnished separately : aed Martin dale, Isaac Comly. Marine algae of the ey _Seney ‘coast and iis tncen waters of Staten Island Pages 87-111. 24 Au Vol. 1, No. 3; price, 75 cents a : 3 Spruce, Richard. Aefaticae Bolivianae, in Andibus Ralivike orientalis, anni 1885-6, a cl. H. H. Rusby lectae. Pages 1 ire 20 Ja 1890, © Vol. 1, No. 4; price, 75 cents: Sts a Sturtevant, Edward Lewis. On seedless fruits. ee stele sist 1890, $ ae Vol. 2, No. 1; not furnished separately is ; sted, Byron David. cme food- materials in buds and ——. P Pages 1-26, plates 1, 2. 10S 1890. 7 Vol. 2, No, 2; price, 75 cents: Vail, Anna Murray, & Hollick, Charles Arthur. Contibtions to the Virginia. Pages 27-56, plats 3, g. 23 D 1890. Vol. 2, No. 3; not furnished separately: sea Holm, Herman Theodor. Contributions to the kno pein of the en some North A Auievicass plants. Pages 57-108, plates 5-19. Vol. 2, No. 4; price, 75 cents: ae William Efner. ‘The genus Poupgais in North America, Pages 152. 730 D 1891. Vol. 3, No 1; not furnishet ee = = 3 é 2 "Smal, John Kunkel, & Heller, Amos Arthur. Flora of western Nc ne Sop ne pets ee: = 1-39. 20 ne: eee ity ee ts ' ol 3, No. 2; price, . | Morong, Thomas. The Naiadac seo Noth Aen [wth Bike gener evita kee plates 20-74. 15 Mr 1893. _ ek oe No. 3; not farnished Rusby, Henry umeration of the plants ec = Bang. [Part I. na ies 1-67. 28 ae Brae | a Vol. 5; Price, $3.00: List.of Pieridophyte oe Faget aga grow ing without cultivation in northeastern 8 rth Am 4 D 1893-31 D 1894. | | e , No. 1; price, $1.25: = Rusby, Henry Hurd. a enmeration = the plants collected in Bolivia by Miguel 35 Bang. Part 3. rae 1-130.. 17 N 1896. eB Vol. 6, No. 2; not furnished separa as Grout, Abel Joel. A revision ofthe North American Pde: and Brachythecia.— | Pages 131-210. Ji 1897. ee Vol. 6, No. 3; price, 50 cents Hazen, Tracy Elliot. The life history of Sphaere//a ‘Wie ustris ( Haematococeus pinvinlisy. panes iI- gab: plates 86, 37 (colored ). 8 Je 1899. ae Vol. 6, No. 4; price, 50 cents : Underwood, L Marcus. A review of the genera of feras proposed prior to - 1832. Pages 2 re £ 1 D 1899. Vol. 6, No. 5; 25 ce Fink, Bruce. Notes on lichen satoution in ee upper Mississippi Valley Pages 285-307: 1 D 1899. Vol. 7; price, $3.00 Z Howe, Marshall Avery. tos iguie and A wéloetone of California. Pages 1-208, ees 88-r22, 5 Au : vol nt oe f2 not furnished separately : : Fe pe Mss a t. The comparative embryology of the Rubiaceae. Part 1 $ I~26, oer I=4. ee Au 1899. Part If. Pages 27-112; plates $= 1902. Vol. 8, No, 2; price, $1. rs Evans, Alexander William. ae s — of ie United States and Canada. Paces 113-183, plates 16-22. 15 F Vol. 8, age - ey 75 cents: Britton, Elizabeth Gertrude, erasers it Re life pas be Vittaria lineata, Pages neat peri oe —3F. a Vol. 9; price, $3. PSs Salmon, cea Stanle A monograph of the Erysiphaceae. Pages 1-292, vee i-9. 40 1900... No ies sold except in esbnats sets of the Memoirs. . 10; price, $3 i ee: Edward cag pacagh 2 Histo of Clusian botany i in its relation to Aster, Pages i-xii, 1-447. . 22 N 1902 aC GT at . Sete reich rE he North American SORE et ome, Peas 1-134, at I-19. Vol. 11, No. 2; price, £1.75 nage ee ie Elliot. The v TAR eae and Chaiteple aceae of the United States Pag 5-250, plates 20-4 o O I902 Vv Sr 12, N o. 1; pee, St. 50: or i Alice Rich. Flora of New ig a and Andros «(Rabie stands) Pages 1-98, flates 1-79 + map. 10D Fg Vor 12, No, Ets price, $1.00 Banker, otabiae- ets es. A babar to a revision -of-.the pn American fydnaceae. Pages 99-194. 3 Je 4906. Vol. a te se rice, 75 cents: be Kupfer, Elsie. Studies in plant regeneration. Pages 195-241. 1g Jed ol. 13; price, $3.co: = Burgess, Edward Sandford. gets a variations of Biotian Asters, with cussion of variability in Aster. I-41 - plates. 130° 15 Mr 1906; Vol. 14, pe oe price, $1.25: Re me Pee ie he Se Simmons. oe ey of tHe Lactariae of the: United S BUT ES £5. 26-3 y sts Bs Address: DR. LLIAM MANSFIELD, College of Pharmacy, Aes West 68th St., New Yok VOL. 37_ FEBRUARY, 1910 ee BULLETIN TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB a Se oe. MARSHALL wen deat Bs Associate evitors: = ee ao Sore JOHN Bewicey BARNHART JEAN: ‘BROADHURST. ks ~ PHitip Dowett See Ee aa ios Wuwiaw EVANS : ae = Pe cle “CONTENTS _ ee are tetas ‘cut flowering plants of Nantucket — VIL. ~BUOENE - The development of air chambers in the Riccia iaceae. . LE : Fes onan Houta ime a a - ZA a "Siam ‘GATES THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB aes : President, naan HENRY H. RUSBY, M.D. " Vice- Presidents, ARD S. BURGESS, Pu. D. JOHN HENDLEY BARNHART, A.M.,M.D a eine Secretary, ie ae PERCY WILSON, WILLIAM MANSFIELD, Puar.D. eal Garde, mae: Park, New York City, of P : 115 West 68th St., New York City. ing twice each month fea October 4 May inclusive: the second Tuesday, at the American Museum of Natural His! istory ; the last “Acres int the Museum fer: of the Dees York Botanical Garde ~~ ‘PUBLICATIONS other business communications relating to the publications | be addressed to the oe William Mansfield, College of Wes 6th New Fork Gigs ti _ Monthly, established 1870, Price, eves year; single numbers 30. Se nan chpei volumes, only 24-36 can be supplied separately ; certain numbers other volumes are: available, but the entire stock of sqme numbers has been ed for the ee of sets. Manuscripts intended for publication in the’ 1 be addressed to Marshall A. Howe, Editor, New York Botanical ‘Gare, Ben — New York City. ; New York = Price, ee established 1901. Fae $1.00 a year. Manuscripts in- essed to = Broadhurst, Eee ee eas Es “ion and Peden within 00 miles ok: : \ x ¥ -s - Vol. 37 No 2 BULLETIN TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB FEBRUARY, 1910 The ferns and flowering plants of Nantucket—VI EuGENE P, BICKNELL CHENOPODIACEAE CHENOPODIUM ALBUM L., A common weed of waste places, cultivated fields, and sandy shores, displaying several pronounced phases of variation ; begins to flower in July. A pale and narrow-leaved littoral form is sometimes sugges- tive of Chenopodium leptophyllum Nutt. Another form often found along shores, growing in pure sand, has early deciduous leaves and, in September, its leafless stem and even the crowded panicles often become highly colored with deep reddish purple. * CHENOPODIUM PAGANUM Reich. Fl. Germ. 579. 1830. C. viride L. Sp. Pl. 219, in part — probably. C. album, var. viridescens St. Am, Fl. Agen. 105. 1821. Frequent. This is a common companion of C. a@/dum, dis- tinguished from it by its bright or deep green color and almost non-farinose character. It appears not to have received any at- tention in this country as a different plant from true C. album but has long been definitely recognized by many European botanists under one or another name, often being erroneously referred to C. viride. It is well described by Reichenbach, De Candolle, Saint Amans, Moquin-Tandon, and other authors. Although closely related to C. album it presents a number of marked and fairly constant differences which are strikingly obvious upon com- parison of the living plants. In addition to its bright green color [The BULLETIN for January, 1910 (37: I-50. //. 7-8) was issued 10 F 1910.]} 51 52 BICKNELL: FERNS AND FLOWERING PLANTS DF NANTUCKET and general absence of mealiness, it is characterized by thinner and larger, very long-petioled primary leaves, sometimes over 5 cm. wide, which are more broadly cuneate at base and usually more irregularly and acutely sinuate-toothed, and even aristulate- acute; a larger fruiting calyx with more sharply and abruptly carinate sepals ; a somewhat larger utricle, flatter and rather more abruptly contracted around the edge to a blunter margin and usu- ally darker and more distinctly rugulose-pitted. This plant often becomes coarser and taller and more widely branched than C. album and its flowering period appears to be somewhat later. * CHENOPODIUM LANCEOLATUM Muhl. C. viride L. in part. Occasional or frequent, especially along shores. This plant is nearer to C. paganum than to C. album but in its typical form is widely different in appearance from either. It varies from bright green with little or no mealiness to paler green and somewhat scurfy-farinose. It is often low and diffuse and slenderly much branched, the inflorescence consisting of scattered glomer- ules on very delicate or even thread-form flexuous branchlets, the leaves lanceolate to linear-lanceolate and entire or subentire, the uppermost reduced to narrowly linear bracts subtending many of the glomerules. The citations underlying the Chenopodium viride of Linnaeus make it appear that his species was made up of three distinct factors. One of these was probably the plant later described by Reichenbach as C. paganum ; another seems more certainly to have been the plant proposed over half a century later by Muhlen- berg as C. danceolatum, The remaining citation alone refers to a published plate and may therefore be taken as fixing the type of the species. This plate represents the European plant known as C. opulifolium of Schrader and, indeed, formed the basis of that species. * CHENOPODIUM MURALE L., Occasional or frequent in waste places in or near the town; Madequet ; Siasconset. When growing in dry, sandy soil it is sometimes much reduced in size, with small somewhat fleshy leaves abruptly narrowed to the petiole, and contracted panicles ; BICKNELL : FERNS AND FLOWERING PLANTS OF NANTUCKET 53 in richer soil and more shaded situations it becomes much larger and brighter green, with thinner, acutely cut-sinuate leaves, nar- rowed to a slender petiole, and with larger looser panicles. Flowers from July and early August. CHENOPODIUM HYBRIDUM L, Siasconset, Sept., 1899 — a few large plants in waste ground ; not observed since. Mentioned in Mrs. Owen’s catalogue as having been seen once in waste ground in the town. CHENOPODIUM RUBRUM L. Shores of Sachacha Pond, in full flower and fruit Sept. 16, 1899; sparingly at Miacomet Pond; abundant on Coskaty in sand along the ocean shore, where it was in full flower Aug. 14, 1906. * CHENOPODIUM AMBROSIOIDES L. Street-sides and waste places about town and in neglected barnyards in the suburbs; apparently spreading ; by a barn on Great Neck, 1904; farm yard in Polpis, 1906. It was frequent in the town streets as far back as 1899. Flowering from July and early August. Note. — Chenopodium Botrys L. is included in Mrs. Owen's catalogue, although C. ambrosioides is not mentioned. ATRIPLEX HASTATA L, Common along shores and brackish marshes. It displays much variation, narrower-leaved states appearing to approach 4, patula L. A pronounced form, found near the shore of Long Pond and elsewhere, almost concealed among taller surrounding plants, was bright green and nearly prostrate with wide-spreading flatly interlaced branches and very large lower leaves becoming 14 cm. wide. Flowers through August and September. Earliest leaves beginning to appear May 30, 1909. ATRIPLEX ARENARIA L, A characteristic plant of the sea-beaches, flowering through August and September. SALICORNIA EUROPEA L. Common on salt marshes and mud flats throughout. It is especially abundant on brackish marshes at the south shore, where, 54 BICKNELL: FERNS AND FLOWERING PLANTS OF NANTUCKET in autumns favorable to its highest color development, it forms ex- tensive reaches of vivid scarlet. At the middle of June the seed- ling plants are only 2-5 cm. high. In August and September it is in full flower. Anthers appearing sessile, 0.5 mm. long. SaticorniA BicELovil Torr. Abundant on Coatue; rather common about Polpis Harbor ; local at the western end of the island and along the harbor shore ; flowering in August and September. Anthers appearing sessile, twice the size of those of S.ewropea. In late autumn it turns deep purple-red or claret color. SALICORNIA AMBIGUA Michx. Abundant on wet sand on Coatue, and occurring locally at all points where S. Bigelovii was found. Plant well developed by the middle of June, flowering in August and September. Anthers I mm. or more long on distinctly exserted filaments. In late autumn this species turns light yellowish or brownish red. DonpiA LINeEARIS (EIl.) Millsp. Occurs rather sparingly along shores and the borders of salt marshes, flowering in August and September ; along the harbor ; Bache’s Harbor; Coatue; western end of the island. On Marthas Vineyard, where this species is very common, I have collected a form (it may occur on Nantucket also) which answers perfectly to the description of Swaeda americana (Pers.) Fernald, as interpreted by Fernald in Rhodora g: 146. Au 1907. From observations made in the field in September and October I was unable to convince myself that this form was anything more than a state assumed by the common plant when more or less sub- ject to tidal submersion. Its prostrate or semi-prostrate habit appeared to be the result of a heavier and more fleshy development under strongly saline influence. * Donpia MARITIMA (L.) Druce. Perhaps rather more common than D. dinearis and often found with or near it, but usually in wetter places, flowering at the same seasons, Satsota Katt L. Common on sea-beaches, flowering in August and September. The seedling plants begin to appear early in June. BICKNELL : FERNS AND FLOWERING PLANTS OF NANTUCKET 55 * SALSOLA CAROLINIANA Walter. Sparingly along the ocean side of Sachacha Pond and on the adjoining sea-beach. AMARANTHACEAE AMARANTHUS RETROFLEXUS L. Less common than the next; August, September. * AMARANTHUS HYBRIDUS L, A common weed of cultivated fields and waste places; August, September. Either coarse and erect, or more slender and de- pressed with fewer and more elongated spikes. A single plant seen with purplish-tinged panicle. AMARANTHUS GRAECIZANS L. A common weed, sometimes abundant in cultivated fields flowering through summer and autumn. * AMARANTHUS BLITOIDES S. Wats. Sparingly along the railroad on Washington Street, 1899 to 1907; farm yard in Polpis, 1906; in full flower August and September. AMARANTHUS PUMILUS Raf. “On the beach. S. T. Olney, 1849.” (M. L. Owen, Cat. 50.) The range of this species is commonly given as extending no further east than Rhode Island, yet Olney’s record is explicit and I know of no reason why it should not be accepted as authen- tic, especially in the case of so unmistakable a plant. Nor is this the only record of the occurrence of the species in Massachusetts. In Hovey’s Magazine (13: 219. 1847), itis mentioned by William Oakes as having been found at Gay Head, Marthas Vineyard, in 1820. PHYTOLACCACEAE PHYTOLACCA DECANDRA L. Occasional in waste places near the town and in burned-over spots in the pine scrub; Quaise; Wauwinet. In full flower and fruit September 4, 1904. 56 BICKNELL: FERNS AND FLOWERING PLANTS OF NANTUCKET AIZOACEAE MoLiuGo VERTICILLATA L, Very common, especially so on sandy levels about some of the south shore ponds. In full flower in August and September. Nothing was seen of it in June although in the same latitude it commonly begins to flower before the end of May. PORTULACACEAE PoRTULACA OLERACEA L. Frequent in cultivated fields and occasionally elsewhere ; apparently nowhere common. Noticed in flower as late as September. * PoRTULACA GRANDIFLORA Hooker. Along aneglected roadway at Siasconset in September, 1899, in full flower; not observed since. ILLECEBRACEAE SCLERANTHUS ANNUUS L. Abundant in sterile soil, doubtless flowering at all seasons. CARYOPHYLLACEAE AGrostemMMA GitHaco L. Apparently uncommon. Mrs. Owen mentions it as seen occasionally in fields. I observed it only once, on June 9, 1908, not yet in flower-bud. In midsummer its conspicuous flowers might well show it to be more common. SILENE VULGARIS (Moench) Garcke. Observed at four places, by street-sides and in waste spots in the town, and also in an old field on the Benjamin Coffin farm. In fresh flower June 9, 1908 ; still in bloom Sept. 10, 1904. * SILENE ANTIRRHINA L, A scattered group of very small plants on a bank near Acquid- ness Point, June 2, 1909, the flower buds just appearing. SILENE ARMERIA L, An occasional garden escape into waste ground, not observed, however, since August, 1906. BICKNELL: FERNS AND FLOWERING PLANTS OF NANTUCKET 57 * SILENE DICHOTOMA Ehrh. I failed to meet with this species but have seen specimens col- lected on Nantucket as follows: ‘‘Sandy meadow lot, Aug. 13, 1897,” 7. NV. Vasey, and “‘ Nantucket Sept. 2, 1896,” ex herb. E. & C. E. Faxon, in herb. N. Y. Botanical Garden ; “ Maxcy’s Pond, Aug., 1895,” Jés. M. P. Robinson, in herb. Nantucket Maria Mitchell Association. LycHnis ALBA Mill. Infrequent. Sparingly in a grain field west of the town June 6, 1909, in full flower and with large capsules; one station at Wauwinet, June II, 1909, just in bloom; still in flower Sept. 18, 1907, in a grassy lot on Lily Street. * Lycunis pioica L, Occasional by street-sides and in hay and clover fields near the town; Shawkemo. First flowers June 2, 1909; still in full bloom Sept. 11, 1904, and Sept. 18, 1907. SAPONARIA OFFICINALIS L, Roadsides and waste places, common in the town and suburbs. In full flower August and September, the flowers often double. DIAntTHUs ARMERIA L, Scarce. Two sheets are in the herbarium of the Nantucket Maria Mitchell Association, one from ‘‘ grassy field back of ‘the Cliff’ Aug. 15, 1891,” one collected in a field on the Madequet road, Aug. 20, 1891, by Mrs. Nellie F. Flynn. I observed it only on Grove Lane, a few plants not yet in flower, June 17, 1908. Mrs. Owen has recorded it from Siasconset. ALSINE MEDIA L, Abundant and doubtless to be found in flower at all seasons. * ALSINE GRAMINEA (L.) Britton. A few plants in a low pasture near Monomoy in full flower June 7, 1908. CERASTIUM VULGATUM L. Everywhere in grassy places. In full flower May 30, 1909, but many plants only just in bud; mostly out of bloom by August, although occasional flowers may be found in September. 58 BICKNELL: FERNS AND FLOWERING PLANTS OF NANTUCKET * CERASTIUM SEMIDECANDRUM L, Common in and near the town in sandy fields and lots and along roadsides ; abundant all over the sandy level by the hotel at Wauwinet, June 11,1909; near Miacomet Pond. In full flower and fruit May 30, 1909, evidently blooming much earlier than C. vulgatum. The two species are frequently found together and when thus seen side by side the differences between them are strikingly apparent. C. semidecandrum is decidedly the more viscid-pubescent and particles of sand and other foreign substances often adhere thickly to its viscid cymes. CERASTIUM ARVENSE L. A characteristic plant of the island growing everywhere in sandy fields, on dry banks and along roadsides. In May and early June it is conspicuous from the abundance of its pure white flowers ; by August it is mostly dried up and little noticeable. In full flower May 30, 1909; passing out of bloom June 7, 1908, and no flowers seen after June 15. SAGINA PROCUMBENS L., Frequent, and widely scattered over the island. Often found growing in the crevices of brick sidewalks in the town and common on damp levels by some of the ponds on the south shore; Surfside; head of Tom Never’s Swamp ; Siasconset ; near Hummock Pond. Sometimes growing in contracted tufts in pure white sand, In full flower from May to September. ARENARIA SERPYLLIFOLIA L. Common, usually in poor or sandy soil in dry places. In full flower May 30, 1909, mostly dried up by mid-August. MOEHRINGIA LATERIFLORA (L.) Fenzl. Common or, locally, even abundant in or about thickets on the eastern side of the island through Shimmo, Shawkemo, Quaise, and Polpis, to Pocomo and Squam ; Tom Never’s Swamp; Cos- katy ; among the cedarson Coatue. Just in flower June 2, 1909 ; mostly dried up by the middle of August. Ammodenia maritima (Raf.) comb. nov. Adenarium maritimum Raf. New Fl. N. Am. 1: 62. 1836. Arenaria peploides L., var. robusta Fernald, Rhodora 11: 114. 1909. BICKNELL: FERNS AND FLOWERING PLANTS OF NANTUCKET 59 On the coast sands all around the island, sometimes massed in great abundance along or among the dunes near the shore. Just in flower June 7, 1909. SPERGULA ARVENSIS L. In cultivated fields and along roadsides ; common and widely spread. First flowers June 3, 1909; continuing to bloom through September. * TISSA CANADENSIS (Pers.) Britton. Observed only on Coatue; in full flower and fruit Sept. 7, 1904. Plants small, often forming compactly much branched tufts 6-16 cm. in diameter; sepals obtuse or rounded at apex, about half the length of the oblong-ovoid obtuse capsule ; seeds I mm. in diameter, dark brown, wingless, roughened with minute points. Agrees closely with typical examples of Zissa canadensis from much further north except that it is not wholly smooth but more or less finely glandular-pubescent, at least in its upper parts. I met with the same plant, in October, 1909, on Chappaquiddick Island, Marthas Vineyard, the most southern point, I think, ex- cept Nantucket, from which it has been reported. TissA MARINA (L.) Britton. Common on salt marshes and brackish shores ; observed in flower from early June until late September. Plants larger throughout than those of Zissa canadensis and more widely branched, sometimes spreading over 4 dm., more pubescent and with donger leaves and internodes and larger more acute sepals and capsule, the latter little exserted ; seeds smooth, only half the size of those of 7. canadensis, 0.5 mm. in diameter, and paler in color. No winged seeds were found in any Nantucket specimen. Tissa RuUBRA (L.) Britton. Common in dry sandy places, often in waste ground, Ob- served in flower from May until late September. NYMPHAEACEAE BRASENIA SCHREBERI Gmel. In a number of ponds and pools mainly on the eastern side of the island. 60 BICKNELL: FERNS AND FLOWERING PLANTS OF NANTUCKET NYMPHAEA ADVENA Ait. Mrs. Owen’s catalogue reports the spatterdock as not uncom- mon. I saw nothing of it nor did I succeed by inquiry among the islanders in ascertaining where it grew or had once grown. Since then, however, a letter from Mrs. Mary A. Albertson, Curator of the Nantucket Maria Mitchell Association, has informed me that it has been found by Miss Grace B. Gardner and by Mr. Walter Burdick in a little cove at the east end of Sachacha Pond. CASTALIA ODORATA (Ait.) Woodville & Wood. Common. Just in bloom June 17, 1908; observed still in flower as late as the middle of September. A colony of pond lilies bearing large bright pink flowers was found in Squam, Aug. 13, 1906, in a small deep pool almost hidden by surrounding shrubbery. The locality is in an unin- habited part of the island and the plants had every appearance of being native, but I have been informed by Mrs. Albertson that the pink pond lily is known to have been planted somewhere in that section of the island. CERATOPHYLLACEAE CERATOPHYLLUM DEMERSUM L. Abundant in Long, Hummock, and Miacomet ponds ; Wash- ing Pond. Not observed in flower or fruit. RANUNCULACEAE Copris TRIFOLIA (L.) Salisb. The goldthread is included without comment in Mrs. Owen’s catalogue. When on Nantucket I was not able to learn anything of the status of the species as an island plant and concluded that if it should possibly occur at the present day it must be extremely rare. I have since heard from Mrs. Albertson that she had recently been told by Miss Grace B. Gardner that it had been found by her in the “thorn lot.” The reference is to the tract of land west of the town bordered by cockspur thorn trees which, Mrs. Owen has told us, were set out as a hedge about the year 1830. BICKNELL : FERNS AND-FLOWERING PLANTS OF NANTUCKET 61 * ACTAEA RUBRA (Ait.) Willd. This woodland ‘species occurs along Rattlesnake Bank, where, in favorable seasons, it forms patches of luxuriant growth and fruits prolifically ; a small colony was found also in a dense thicket in Quaise and a single sterile plant in Polpis. Bearing green fruit June 11, 1909; fruit matured Aug. 7, 1906. * AQUILEGIA CANADENSIS L. Discovered in full flower June 2, 1909, near Acquidness Point, growing on a prominent knoll near the shore under a close thickety growth, mainly of bear oak, beach plum, and wild thorn (Crataegus). The colony consisted of perhaps thirty plants scat- tered over a space of about ten yards by three yards in general area. As this bright-flowered plant has never been reported from Nantucket it seems probable that it occurs at no other place on the island and, since the thicket which protects it is wholly isolated and almost surrounded by salt marshes, there is little chance of its ever being able to spread elsewhere. ANEMONE QUINQUEFOLIA L, Common in thickets and open low grounds. In full flower June I, 1909; a few flowers remaining June 9. * RANUNCULUS DELPHINIFOLIUS Torr. In Squam, near Wauwinet, Sept. 5, 1904, —a nearly dried-out pot-hole covered with a dense tangle of leafy runners, no flowers remaining ; a few plants in a similar situation about half a mile distant ; some young plants in a muddy pot-hole near Tristram Coffin’s Homestead, Sept. 12, 1907. RANUNCULUS oBTUsIUSCULUS Raf. In two small pools near the Orange Street railroad crossing, where it was long ago discovered by Judge J. R. Churchill and Mr. Walter Deane; also in a pool east of the Creeks. First leaves appearing May 30, 1909; in full flower in August and some flowers remaining at the middle of September. RanuncuLus Acris L. Abundant, conspicuously so when in full flower in the fields and meadows in and near the town. Generally in flower May 30, 1909, but not yet at its height of bloom; few or no flowers left by the second week in September. 62 BICKNELL: FERNS AND FLOWERING PLANTS OF NANTUCKET The later leaves, as well as those which are produced by a second growth following the mowing of the fields or other injury, are usually less deeply and narrowly cleft than those of the spring and early summer and have broader segments [var. Stevent (Andrz.) Lange]. This is the common state of the plant in the autumn, but, in its extreme form, is scarcely to be found in the spring, when the typical state of the plant prevails. RANUNCULUS BULBOSUS L, Common throughout, preferring a drier, poorer soil than X. acris, and much less noticeable in the late summer and autumn, the branching parts appearing to wither earlier in the season. In full flower May 30, 1909; no flowers remaining by September. RANUNCULUS REPENS L, In luxuriant abundance everywhere in low meadows and springy places in the neighborhood of the town and often growing about yards and along street-sides ; sometimes in out of the way bogs. In full flower May 30, 1909; a few flowers may be found as late as the middle of September. OxyGRAPHIS CyMBALARIA (Pursh) Prantl. Common on damp sandy levels about some of the south shore ponds; Capaum Pond; salt marshes along the Creeks ; Polpis Harbor. First flowers June 8, 1909; some flowers as late as the middle of September. * THALICTRUM REVOLUTUM DC, Rattlesnake Bank, not abundant, but growing with great vigor, some plants becoming nearly eight feet tall; Watt’s Run Bank; thicket by shore pond east of Pocomo Head. Panicles well devel- oped but not yet in flower June 11, 1908; well fruited Aug. 7, 1906. THALICTRUM POLYGAMUM Mulhl. Mrs. Owen's catalogue records, on the authority of Mr. Dame, ‘‘a few depauperate specimens in swamps in Squam.” Note.— The barberry (Berderis vulgaris L.) is admitted to Mrs. Owen’s catalogue upon the occurrence of a single plant found by Mr. Dame by the roadside near Siasconset. This was doubtless only a transient waif. BICKNELL : FERNS AND FLOWERING PLANTS OF NANTUCKET 63 The Japanese Berberis Thunbergit DC. was twice observed in waste places near the town. LAURACEAE SASSAFRAS SASSAFRAS (L.) Karst. Common in thickets, sometimes flowering when only three to four feet high. It is not often seen over ten feet in height, the largest trees occurring in Polpis and on Coskaty. First flowers June 4, 1909. PAPAVERACEAE CHELIDONIUM Majus L, Almost confined to the town where it is common as a street- side and garden weed; occasional in waste ground at outlying points. In full flower May 30, 1909; in some seasons flowers are to be found up to the middle of September. CRUCIFERAE * LEPIDIUM CAMPESTRE (L.) R. Br. A recently introduced weed first observed in 1908 —a single plant by the wharves and a small group in a farm yard west of head of Hummock Pond; in flower and fruit June 10. In June of the following year two plants were seen on the wharves and a single plant by a roadside in Polpis. LEPIDIUM VIRGINICUM L. A very common weed, sometimes flowering casually before the middle of June, but not generally in bloom until later in the month, Forms occur with densely pubescent leaves, others with the lower leaves pinnate with pinnatifid segments, these variations answering to the characters adduced for the so-called varieties pubescens Schmitz and pennatifidum Schultz. * LEPIDIUM DENSIFLORUM Schrad. L. intermedium A, Gray. Not A. Rich. L. apetalum Asch. and auct. Am. Not Willd. fde Thellung. Apparently of only recent appearance on Nantucket ; first observed in September, 1904 — two street-side plants in the town and a small groupin waste ground at Siasconset. It was not seen at all in 1906 and 1907. In June, 1908, it was noticed once in 64 BICKNELL: FERNS AND FLOWERING PLANTS OF NANTUCKET the town and also along a sandy driveway above the cliff. In 1909 it was seen at several places and at as remote a point as the life-saving station near the southwestern end of the island. Specimens collected at Shimmo Valley farm June 2, 1909, too young for satisfactory determination, but doubtless referable to this species, are noteworthy. They are unusually foliaceous, with the rosulate basal leaves pinnate or deeply pinnatifid with laciniate- dentate segments ; the flowers are distinctly petaliferous, the petals varying from rudimentary to 1.5 mm, in length. * LEPIDIUM NEGLECTUM Thell. (?) While I think that there can be no doubt about the occurrence of this species on Nantucket, the interrogation mark is employed because the specimens collected are too immature for positive identification. They grew in waste ground at Shimmo Valley farm June 2, 1909, in flower and early fruit. The plant itself, although common enough in our eastern flora, has not yet made its way into our manuals, and thereby hangs a tale which may appropriately be narrated here. As far back as 1895 I collected in and near Van Cortlandt Park, New York, at three rather widely separated localities, a Lepidium: which was clearly distinct from any of our eastern species then recognized. In that year Doctor B. L. Robinson had completed his study of the genus Lepfidium for the Synoptical Flora of North America and I well remember discussing with him the Van Cortlandt speci- mens at the Columbia University herbarium in its old home in Hamilton Hall. The plant was determined by Doctor Robinson as Lepidium medium Greene and so recorded in Syn. Fl. N. Am. t'; 468, published in 1897. Subsequently, in 1898, I collected the same plant in Bronx Park, N. Y., and also on Mt. Desert, Maine, where a single specimen was found in a clearing near the woodland bicycle path. I noticed it also near Short Hills, New Jersey, in 1900, and of late years have found it to be rather well distributed in southwestern Long Island. In the year 1899 Mr. Percy Wilson collected at random, he tells me, a number of specimens of Lepidium at Bedford Park, New York, near the entrance of the New York Botanical Garden. These were forwarded in an exchange of specimens to Doctor Albert Thellung, at Zurich, who, as it happened, was engaged on his BICKNELL : FERNS AND FLOWERING PLANTS OF NANTUCKET 65 monograph of the genus Lefidium, which appeared in 1906. It developed that Mr. Wilson’s collection included specimens of Z. virgimicum and of L. densiflorum, together with a new species which was described by Doctor Thellung as Lepidium neglectum (Bull. Herb. Boiss. II. 4: 708. 1904). This description makes it plain that the new species is precisely the Van Cortlandt Park Lepidium already referred to. Doctor Thellung had, in 1903, referred the plant, as had Doctor Robinson, to the Lepidiame medium of Greene. Its relationship to this southwestern species is indeed close, but an examination of authentic specimens of JZ, medium does not allow me to doubt that Thellung was finally right in regarding the two plants as distinct. Lepidium neglectum is so nearly intermediate between L. virgini- cumand L. densifiorum that the question of hybridization is readily suggested. Yet in the behavior of the plant and in its environ- ments as I have observed it, no evidence has appeared, aside from the mere fact of association, that it is not a perfectly true species. The three plants sometimes occupy the same square yard of space, yet L. neglectum is also found growing with L. wvirginicum in localities where ZL. densiforum is unknown. Lepidium neglectum, although discussed by Thellung espe- cially in its relation to ZL. densiflorum has much more the aspect of L. virginicum. It is, indeed, sometimes difficult to distinguish from forms of the latter except by reference to the position of the cotyledons in the seed, which is always conclusive — accumbent in L. virginicum, incumbent in ZL. neglectum. The most obvious differences from L. virginicum are more elongated racemes and shorter-pedicelled and often larger and more orbicular capsules, which become over 3 mm. long and broad; it differs also in the form and texture of the leaves and in the character of the obscure pubescence. In the field it may be useful to recall that it begins to flower considerably earlier than L. virginicum. There need be no uncertainty as between L. neglectum and L. densiflorum. The former is at once set apart to the eye by its much larger and less crowded, more broadly orbicular capsules, and by its petals, which are always more or less obvious except in the terminal or later flowers, where they may be rudimentary or even absent. 66 BICKNELL: FERNS AND FLOWERING PLANTS OF NANTUCKET * Coronopus pipyMus (L.) J. E. Smith. In the collection of the Nantucket Maria Mitchell Association I found an unmounted fruiting specimen of this wart cress among a series of plants which, Mrs. Albertson informed me, had been collected in or near the town in August, 1908. * THLASPI ARVENSE L. Wauwinet, June 11, 1909, a small colony of scattered plants in a waste spot back of the beach, growing with Brassica arvensts, Brassica campestris, and Conringia orientalis. The plants were mostly just beginning to flower, but a few bore good-sized pods. SISYMBRIUM LEIOCARPUM Jord. A very common weed of farm yards, old fields, and waste ground. First flowers May 30, 1909. Nothing was seen of typical Szsymbrium officinale (L.) Scop., which, although apparently rare in the eastern states, I have col- lected near New York City and on Long Island. * SISYMBRIUM ALTISSIMUM L. A recently introduced weed which threatens to become trouble- some, First observed June 12, 1908, two plants just in flower in a field west of the town and a single plant in waste ground on the road to Surfside. The following year it was found in considerable abundance at Shimmo Valley farm and also in a cultivated field on the Miacomet Pond farm, just in flower June 2. CAKILE EDENTULA (Bigelow) Hooker. Common on sea-beaches. First leaves May 30, 1909; con- tinuing to bear flowers into September. BRASSICA CAMPESTRIS L. Occasional in old fields and waste places. Back of the shore on the ocean front at Wauwinet it was freshly in flower June 9, 1909 ; the same day in a waste spot near the town it showed well- developed fruit. Plant pale green and glaucous, fleshy, glabrous, or the lowest leaves bearing obscure scattered hairs ; flowers bright, light yellow, the petals about 1 cm. long. * Brassica Rapa L, Frequent in cultivated fields. Scattered plants in a wheat field near the town were freshly in flower June 13, 1900. BICKNELL: FERNS AND FLOWERING PLANTS OF NANTUCKET 67 Plant greener and thinner-leaved than B. campestris ; at least the lower leaves, and often the base of the stem, hispid-pubescent ; flowers deeper yellow, rather small, the petals 7-8 mm. long. * Brassica Napus L. About farms and in old fields, sometimes common as a sur- vival of cultivation ; occasionally in grain fields. In full flower and with well-developed fruit June 12, 1909. Much stouter and taller than the other associated Brassicas, and very conspicuous when in full bloom. Wholly smooth, blue-glaucous and rather fleshy ; flowers resembling those of Brassica oleracea, very pale yellow, large, the petals sometimes 18 mm. long. * BRASSICA JUNCEA (L.) Cosson. Occasional or frequent about the wharves and streets and in outlying old fields. First flowers June 2, 1909; no flowers ob- served as late as September. Brassica NIGRA (L.) Koch. Common about the wharves and fishermen’s houses and in waste places, beginning to flower later than 4. juncea. First flowers June 10, 1909; remaining in full flower through September. * BRASSICA ARVENSIS (L.) Kuntze. About farms and in old fields and waste places, now generally common but apparently infrequent until recent years. First flowers May 31, 1909; continuing to bloom into September. * DIPLOTAXIS MURALIS (L.) DC. Along a cartway in the western outskirts of the town Sept. IT, 1899, some flowers remaining. Not observed since. Plant ex- haling an unpleasant odor, suggesting that of Geranium Robert- anum, RapHANus RAPHANISTRUM L., Abundant in neglected and in cultivated fields. First flowers May 30, 1909; remaining in bloom through September. * RAPHANUS saTivus L. Met with several times near cultivated ground and in waste places. First flowers May 30, 1909; also in full flower at the middle of September. 68 BIcKNELL : FERNS AND FLOWERING PLANTS OF NANTUCKET BARBAREA RIVULARIS Martr. Pl. Crit. du Tarn. 1: 9. 1862; FI. Tarn. 44. 1864. . Barbarea stricta auct. Am. Not Andrz. A plant of comparatively recent introduction to Nantucket and now fast becoming widely established. Mrs. Owen reports Barbarea vulgaris as having first appeared in 1883; this record probably refers to the species here discussed, which was not at that time generally recognized as distinct from B. vulgaris, In September, 1889, I observed two plants in a weedy alley in the town, but saw nothing more of it until June, 1908, when a few plants were observed near the old wharves and by a street-side in the town and a mass of it occupied a shallow gully in the side of the cliff. The next year it had spread extensively and was seen at a number of points in the town as well as in fields near by, and at such distant points as Miacomet Pond farm, Hummock Pond and the life-saving station at the southwestern side of the island. In full flower May 30, 1909. * RapiIcULA NASTURTIUM-AQUATICUM (L.) Britten & Rendle. Growing in luxuriant masses about springs and ditches at Shawaukemmo ; Watt’s Run; near Reed Pond. First flowers May 30, 1909. * RADICULA PALUSTRIS (L.) Moench. A group of half a dozen plants just in flower June 6, 1909, at edge of pool by the Madequet road, just beyond Crooked Lane. * Rapicuta ArmoraciA (L.) Robinson. Frequent in and near the town; ditch in Polpis. Just in flower May 30, 1909. CARDAMINE PENNSYLVANICA Muhl. Not common; ditches west and southwest of the town; Quaise ; Polpis ; Watt’s Run. In full flower May 31, 1909. Along Watt’s Run, in the shade of a dense thicket, occurs a lax and slender form which so closely simulates Cardamine flexu- osa With. that it required a close examination of the siliques and styles to convince me that it was not that species. * CARDAMINE ARENICOLA Britton. Wet meadow west of the town ; Shawkemo ; muddy border of sink-hole near Tristram Coffin’s Homestead. In full flower May 31, 1909. oI eR eee) we ee ee ere BICKNELL: FERNS AND FLOWERING PLANTS OF NANTUCKET 69 Bursa Bursa-pastoris (L.) Britton. A commen weed occurring in various more or less distinct forms or elementary species. DRABA VERNA L, | Common in sandy fields and along roadsides in and near the town ; Monomoy; Shawkemo. Plants past flowering and mostly dried up by May 30, 1909, but in protected spots still green and retaining mature fruit. On June 7, 1908, only withered plants were to be found, many retaining the dried septa of the pods. * ERYSIMUM CHEIRANTHOIDES L, Two plants in waste ground at Shimmo Valley farm, just in flower June 2, 1909. * ALYSSUM ALYSSOIDES L, Along a sandy bank and adjoining grassy level by an old stone foundation on the cliff. In full flower and fruit June 2, 1909. Petals at first yellow, early becoming pure white. * CONRINGIA ORIENTALIS (L.) Dumort. Wauwinet, June 11, 1909, two plants just in flower in waste spot back of the beach with 7h/aspi arvense, Brassica arvensis, and Brassica campestris. Petals palest yellow or cream-colored. Note. — Hesperis matronalis L. is occasionally found by street- sides in the town as a casual escape from adjoining gardens. RESEDACEAE RESEDA LUTEA L, Reported by Mrs. Owen, on the authority of Mr. Dame, as being well established in a pasture in Polpis in August, 1886. SARRACENIACEAE SARRACENIA PURPUREA L, Occurs in a few sphagnum bogs between Polpis and Sachacha. In one of the larger bogs it was numerous enough to be rather conspicuous when in full flower June 15, 1908. DROSERACEAE DROSERA ROTUNDIFOLIA L, Common in sandy and peaty bogs. 70 BICKNELL: FERNS AND FLOWERING PLANTS OF NANTUCKET DROSERA LONGIFOLIA L. Common in bogs and on pond shores. DRoSERA FILIFORMIS Raf. Common on the sandy shores of Tom Never’s Pond and spar- ingly near the head of the swamp. A single flower as late as Sept. 15, 1907. CRASSULACEAE TILLAEAstRUM VaiLiantil (Willd.) Britton. One of the rarer plants of which we have earliest record on Nantucket is the 77//aea simplex of Nuttall, which was recorded by William Oakes as having been collected by him in 1829 ‘‘ on the dried borders of small ponds” (Hovey’s Mag. 7: 182. 1841). Writing in 1888, Mrs. Owen says ‘‘ Not reported since.’ In the herbarium of the Nantucket Maria Mitchell Association and of the New York Botanical Garden are Nantucket specimens of the plant now referred to 72//aeastrum Vaillant (Willd.) Britton which were collected by Mrs. Mabel P. Robinson on the shore of Hum- mock Pond Aug. 15, 1894, and July, 1896. Mrs. Albertson has informed me that the plant still grows at that locality, having been collected there in very recent years. Whether 7i//aeastrum Vaillantii (Willd.) Britton is really dis- tinct from Zi/aeastrum aguaticum (L.) Britton (Tillaea simplex Nutt.) cannot yet be said to be satisfactorily established. The . only diagnostic character adduced for 7. Vai/lantii would seem to be the slender peduncle, but such a character might well prove to be an unstable one in a shore plant which is doubtless sometimes subject to submersion, and it remains to be determined whether the elongation of the peduncle is not related to a chance submersion of the plant during some period of its growth. In one of Mrs, Rob- inson’s Nantucket specimens the lower flowers only are peduncled, the uppermost being subsessile. Should the two plants be distinct, it is not improbable that both are to be credited to Nantucket and that Oakes was quite correct in his record of 7i//aea simplex, which plant, in its perfectly typical form, was collected on Marthas Vineyard, not twenty miles from Nantucket, on September 27, 1909. BICKNELL: FERNS AND FLOWERING PLANTS OF NANTUCKET 71 * SEDUM PURPUREUM Tausch. Bank near the Orange Street railroad crossing ; dry field over a mile west of the town. First observed June, 1908. SEDUM ACRE L. At two localities in dry fields near Millbrook Swamp; bank on Grove Lane; Poor House grounds and roadsides near by. GROSSULARIACEAE GROSSULARIA HIRTELLA (Michx.) Spach. Thickets or open ground either in dry or moist soils, some- times in open boggy places. In full bloom May 31, 1909, a few flowers as late as June 20; some fruit nearly full size June 7. Not a few of the plants of Nantucket differ from the ordinary form of their species found on the mainland. The variations from their common types displayed by such species may be either slight and inconstant or well emphasized and firmly established. And there may be discerned a tendency in a number of species of widely different relationships to follow similar lines of variation, thus affording a hint of some broad influence operating in the flora of the island. The reduced stature of arboreal species on a wind-swept island " may be readily understood and is doubtless correlated with an increased horizontal growth of the branches and their develop- ment low on the trunk, or from its base, which is a frequent con- dition of Nantucket trees. In the herbaceous species which show obvious departures from their usual forms tt seems possible to recognize a drift of variation in two main directions, one towards an increased development of pubescence, the other leading to a tendency in certain erect or ascending species to become declined or even prostrate. The Nantucket gooseberry is a marked example of a species modified by an unusual development of pubescence. In its ex- treme form the young branches, petioles, and lower leaf surfaces are densely white-tomentose and the upper surfaces of the leaves closely soft-pubescent. This increased pubescence often extends to the flowers, which become notably villous, and to the fruit, which is sometimes finely puberulent all over and may even de- 72 BICKNELL: FERNS AND FLOWERING PLANTS OF NANTUCKET velop an occasional weak Spine. In other more variable charac- ters the plant is also noteworthy. The leaves are often smaller and thicker than in the typical form with the larger veins distinctly impressed above; they may also be duller green in color, less deeply cleft, less sharply dentate and with more obtuse lobes. Parts of the stem and branches are often densely bristly but, by the exfoliation of the pale outer bark, become bright reddish brown and wholly unarmed except for the infra-axillary spines. This form of the plant is the prevailing one on Nantucket. The typical plant also occurs and each form appears to shade in- sensibly into the other. Many specimens of the pubescent form are identical with typi- cal material of Aibes oxyacanthoides, var. calcicola Fernald, from the Province of Quebec (Rhodora '7: 153-155. Au 1905). The development of air chambers in the Ricciaceae PAULINE E, HirsH The thallus in the family Ricciaceae is characterized by the presence of clearly defined air spaces, varying in different species in size and shape. On the basis of the structure of the tissues and enclosed air chambers a subdivision of the old genus Riccia into smaller genera is made by some writers. For example, Evans and Nichols in their “‘ Bryophytes of Connecticut’’ have placed in the genus Azccia those species with air spaces in the form of narrow canals lying between rows of cells at right angles to the upper surface of the thallus. Species with the green tissue arranged in layers one cell thick, separating irregular air spaces from one another, they placed in the genera Riccie/la and Riccio- carpus, the latter characterized by an epidermis with pores, the former by an epidermis without pores, though sometimes becoming ruptured irregularly with age. In the Botanical Gazette for September, 1907, Barnes and Land published a paper dealing with the origin of air chambers in the Marchantiales. They studied representatives of as many groups as they could obtain, and described results so uniform as to make it, in their opinion, a matter of doubt whether any other mode of origin exists than that found in every plant investigated. They concluded that the ‘‘ air chambers of Marchantiales arise invariably by the splitting of internal cell walls, usually at the junction of the outermost and first internal layer of cells.’* In the Ricciaceae they examined only Riccia fluitans and R. natans. They stated that in these species “the origin of the air chambers is exactly alike, though the later course of development seems to be differ- ent. The origin of both is certainly by internal cleavage, and it is quite evident that the air chamber is wholly unrelated to the sex-organ pit.” At the time that the present study was undertaken, the only fresh material available was ‘‘ Riccia /utescens,’ the terrestrial form * Barnes and Land. Bot. Gaz. 44: 213. 1907. 7 Barnes and Land. JZ. ¢. 205. 74 Hirsu : AIR CHAMBERS IN THE RICCIACEAE of Ricciocarpus natans, which was obtained from the marshes near the southern end of Cayuga Lake. In addition, material of Riccia Frostii Aust., which had been preserved in alcohol, was used.* For comparative purposes herbarium material of Riccia nigrella, R. glauca, R. Miyakeana, R. crystallina, R. arvensis hirta, R. fluitans, R. Donnellii, and Ricciocarpus natans was studied. This was prepared for sectioning by first soaking it in dilute KOH and warm water before running it through the alcohols and cedar oil, and imbedding finally in paraffin. Although the tissue of this herbarium material was distorted and could not be used as a basis for positive statements or drawings, it was evident that the first three species named presented a different type of air chamber from that found in the two species studied by Barnes and Land; and the earliest stages suggested an entirely different origin. Azecia Frostit Aust. also exhibited the same type of air chamber ; and as this had been preserved in alcohol the tissue was in good condi- tion, so that satisfactory sections through the apical region could be obtained and the development of the air chambers could be followed with certainty. A study of Ricciocarpus natans showed that in every instance the air spaces arise through cleavage. The figures (1-3 inclusive), IGURE Ricciocarpus natans. Verti- FIGURE 2. Ricciocarpus natans. cal longitudinal section of thallus near the Section nearly parallel to the surface growing point. 4, early stage of an air cham- showing origin of air chambers. ber; 8 and C, older chambers which have opened to the outside. made from sections close to the growing point, display this clearly. There is no doubt concerning the origin of space A in FIGURE I. B and C in the same figure show older spaces that have opened out to the surface Ficure 3, A, indicates cell division preparatory * The material was collected near the ‘*Kaw River,’’ Kansas, by an unknown collector, ‘The writer is indebted to Professor Alexander W. Evans for its determination- + HirsH : AIR CHAMBERS IN THE RICCIACEAE 75 to the closing of the air chamber C that has broken out to the sur- face. All of the figures confirm the truth of the statements of Barnes and Land; and they cannot be interpreted in any other way than in consonance with their observations. FIGUR Ricciocarpus na- FIGURE 4. Riccta Frostii. Vertical longitudinal tans. A, cell division prepara- section, showing archegonium and origin of chambers tory to closing the chamber C. and filaments. An examination of Ricca Frost Aust., however, indicates an entirely different structure. FiGuREs 4, 5, and 6 present a condi- tion strikingly in contrast with that shown in the previous figures of Ricciocarpus natans, In FicuRE 6, A is the apical cell; M isa young archegonium; B, C, and D, are tiny depressions lying be- tween the rounded ends of the outermost layer of cells ; N and O show older spaces, and at P is shown the way in which the elon- gated, narrow air spaces are closed at the end. The air chambers of Riccia Frostii Aust. are, therefore, narrow chambers or canals, which are the spaces between the elongated filaments or rows of cells at right angles to the upper surface of the thallus. Ficure 6 shows clearly the way in which these filaments and spaces origi- nate. Immediately back of the apical cell, the superficial cells arch outward in a papillate manner as a result of the cessation of growth at the lines of their junction. As they elongate they are divided by transverse walls so that filaments or rows of cells are formed, which are separate and distinct from one another. The intervening spaces in this species are formed, therefore, not by the cleavage or the separation of mature tissues, but in a manner 76 Hirsu : AIR CHAMBERS IN THE RICCIACEAE almost exactly indicated by the diagrammatic scheme given by Barnes and Land in their figure 1. During the formation of the filaments there is a marked growth in the thallus in which the pro- truding filaments do not share, so that the air spaces broaden per- Ficure 5. éiccia Frostii, Later stage, showing similar structures. ceptibly. In the older parts of the thallus the air spaces may become nearly completely closed (FriGuRE 6, P) through the en- largement of the terminal cells of the filaments; but, nevertheless, they retain their canalicular form and present an entirely different appearance from the irregular but more or less polygonal air spaces of Ricctocarpus natans, This method of development is clearly in harmony with Leit- geb’s account of the origin of intercellular spaces. In his ‘‘ Un- tersuchungen tiber die Lebermoose”’ Leitgeb maintains that near the growing point on the dorsal surface there appear between four cells small pits that in profile view are simply dark points, ‘that these impressions arise not by cleavage but in this way, — that the free outer walls of the enclosing cells grow up over these places.” B, C, and D in Figure 6 are without doubt these pits. He states further that there is a possibility that occasionally these depres- sions could elongate through a splitting from without in; but he rejects this in favor of the view that their increase in size is accom- plished by a growth in thickness of the thallus dorsally.* He thus believed that the sex organs are visible at the same time as the pits that form the very beginning of the intercellular space formation, and that, as in the case of the former, the whole cell * Leitgeb, Untersuchungen iiber die Lebermoose 42 EJ; 27) 1870, HirsH: AIR CHAMBERS IN THE RICCIACEAE 77 becomes imbedded by an upward growth of the surrounding tissue, so in,the case of the latter the bottom of the pit becomes sunken in the3thallus by similar growth. From what has been said it is evident that there are two methods of origin of the air spaces in the Ricciaceae : the first, by partly closed. internal cleavage, resulting in the formation of broad, irregular, chamber-like spaces separated by plates of green cells one layer thick; the second by the upward growth of filaments at right angles to the surface of the thallus, resulting in the formation of elongated, narrow air chambers. The two species studied by Barnes and Land represent only Récciella and Kicciocarpus, in which groups the origin of the air chamber is by internal cleavage. R. Frostii Aust., on the other hand, is a true Riccza, in which the air chambers are formed by the growth of filaments at right angles to the surface. This work was done in the botanical laboratory of Cornell University at the suggestion and under the supervision of Dr. E. J. Durand. The validity of Helianthus illinoensis Gleason as a species FRANK C, GATES The plants to which the name Helianthus tllinoensis Gleason was assigned were collected by Dr. H. A. Gleason on sand dunes along the Illinois River near Havana, Illinois, during 1903 and 1904, where they occur in the Quercus velutina association. The original description was published in the Ohio Naturalist (5: 214. 1904) and reprinted in “On the biology of the sand areas of linois”” by C. A. Hart and H. A. Gleason (Bulletin Illinois State Laboratory of Natural History 7: 188. Ja 1907). The salient points in the description are as follows: “‘ Erect, six to ten dm. high, from a long running rootstock. Stem simple, slightly angled, densely villous below, pubescent above. Leaves six to eight pairs, strictly opposite, slightly sca- brous above, softly pubescent beneath and villous on the veins, obtuse ; the lowest four or five pairs oblong-lanceolate to ovate- lanceolate, three-nerved, entire, ten to fifteen cm. long, tapering at the base into a winged petiole equaling or but little shorter than the leaves ; the upper two or three pairs much smaller or bract- like, petiole short or none. Lower internodes five to eight cm. in length, or the two lowest pairs of leaves approximate, upper inter- nodes much longer. .. . Flowers in August. . . . Helzanthus wlinoensis is evidently closely related to Helianthus occidentalts Riddell, which it resembles in the reduction in size of the upper leaves. It is at once distinguished from the latter species by the villous pubescence and the greater length of the lower internodes. The two are sometimes associated in the field, but in general appearance they are entirely distinct. Helianthus occidentalis has broad, scabrous, light green, short-petioled leaves which are nearly erect in a basal cluster, while in Helianthus illinoensis they are darker green, more or less spreading and scattered on the stem.’ The corresponding features of Helianthus occidentalis Riddell are thus characterized in Britton’s Manual : “Stems appressed-pubescent or sometimes nearly glabrous, slender, mostly simple, 6-9 dm. high. Leaves mainly basal, firm, ovate or oblong-lanceolate, obtuse or obtusish at the apex, nar- rowed at the base, 3—5-nerved, serrulate or entire, mostly scabrous above, pubescent beneath, with slender petioles.” 80 GATES : THE VALIDITY OF HELIANTHUS ILLINOENSIS In the American Naturalist (42: 73-80. F 1908), David Starr Jordan formulates what he terms the “ Law of Geminate Species” in these words: “ Given any species, in any region, the nearest related species is not to be found in the same region nor in a remote region, but in a neighboring district separated from the first by a barrier of some sort or at least by a belt of country, the breadth of which gives the effect of a barrier.’ This state- ment is given in slightly different words and amplified to make its application to plants more obvious by A. E. Ortmann (Science II. 27: 427. 1908) as follows. ‘Closely allied species occupy neighboring areas; more or less closely allied species, occupying the same or nearly the same territory, generally possess different habits.’ This makes it clear that ecological as well as geographic segregation enters into the composition of species. Stated upon an ecological basis, this principle is that closely allied species ought not to occur within the same association in a given geographic area. Variations in any given species are always more or less marked according to local or edaphic factors. This variation, occa- sioned by environment, leads to extreme types between which there may be every gradation. In some cases only the extremes are noticeable but wider observation will reveal the intermediate steps. Ecological consideration of the factors involved clearly shows that these types are variations of one species. When vari- ation in ecological factors has led to the production of two or more apparently well-characterized types, it is frequently necessary, for the sake of definiteness and conciseness in referring to them, to give them recognized names. These names, however, are not of really specific rank. In general, the normal type or the one from which the variations occur ought to bear the specific name and the well-characterized variations, especially those which are connected with the normal form by comparatively few gradations, ought to bear subspecific names, reserving the term “ variety” to horticul- ture where it more properly belongs. Ortmann (Science II. 27: 429. 1908) sums up the idea in the form of a rule. “If further studies should show that there is segregation, geographical or ecological, between these forms, then they are species ; if not, they are varieties (= subspecies), which fact then also will be expressed in their morphological condition, one form running into the other at least in certain parts of their ranges.’’ GATES : THE VALIDITY OF HELIANTHUS II.LINOENSIS 81 As the plants under consideration were both found in the Quercus velutina association where it occurs on sand dunes, it seemed well to look into their status during 1908, when the sand areas of Illinois were studied by Dr. Gleason. During the early part of the summer, plants seemingly belonging to the new species were found associated with the Quercus velutina wherever that association occurred. The following are a number of localities in which this association was studied and from which plants in ques- tion were collected : St. Anne, Kankakee Co., Ill. (Gaves 2437, 2439.) Hanover Station, Jo Daviess Co., Ill. (2662, 2672.) Savanna, Carroll Co., Ill. (2684.) Oregon, Ogle Co., Ill. (2778, 2733.) Winthrop Harbor, Lake Co., Ill. (2774.) Beach, Lake Co., Ill. (2749, 2887, 2936, 2965.) In addition to these localities observations were made in Rock and Kenosha counties, Wisconsin, and McHenry Co., Illinois. Nothing seemed to be amiss until near Winthrop Harbor, IIli- nois, it was discovered that plants which in the spring and early summer were /7/. zl/inoensis, were at the time of blooming and fruiting simply 7. occidentalis. This observation led to careful study of these plants wherever they were found during the season of 1909. The conclusions that were inevitably drawn were that HT. illinoensis was an ecological subspecies of A. occidentalis, pro- voked in response to severer xerophytic conditions or increased food supply. Accordingly I propose that these plants should bear the name: Helianthus occidentalis illinoensis (Gleason) Gates, comb. nov. Helianthus tllinoensis Gleason, Ohio Nat. 5: 214. 1904. Helianthus occidentalis grows both in the black soil prairies of Illinois, etc., and in the sand areas which are distributed over the north and central parts of Illinois. In so far as could be observed those plants of this species growing in the black soil prairies showed no indications whatsoever towards modification in the direction of the subspecies. The latter is a plant of sand regions, but the mere growing of the type in sand does not necessarily mean that any characters of the subspecies will appear. In all 82 GATES: THE VALIDITY OF HELIANTHUS ILLINOENSIS situations this species grows erect from a long running rootstock, by means of which propagation is usually effected from year to year. Reproduction by seeds does not seem to be customary in view of the scarcity of seedlings observed. Observations on the association of the individual seedlings, in the Beach region at least, seemed to point to the dissemination — not of the seeds separately —but by heads containing the full quota of seeds or nearly so. At all events vegetative propagation and reproduction soon lead to the formation of a patch of plants. The patch is usually a closed association and admits of but few interstitials (such as Polygonum tenue or Arabis lyrata), while on the other hand the patch may spread outwards for a meter or more. It was this assemblage in patches that furnished the key to the situation. It was very plainly evident that edaphic factors varied within the extent of the patches. Of these the most important were light and soil. An- other factor, water supply, due to varying amounts of precipitation, varied from season to season and also within a given season. These three factors, acting either singly or conjointly with the compound factor, wind, may produce the subspecific type, 77. occi- dentalis iwllinoensts on sandy soil. In so far as could be determined, the greater amount of pubescence which is characteristic of the subspecies, /7, occidentalis illinoensis, was to afford the plant ade- quate protection from excessive transpiration brought about by varying edaphic conditions. Light, acting singly while the other factors mentioned were constant, could produce the subspecific type, provided the physiological water-content of the soil was such as to make the transpiration ratio (7. ¢. the amount of water transpired divided by the amount of water taken up by the plant) at or below the critical point for the particular plants. Some patches were found which extended from the full sunlight up into the fairly dense shade of oak trees and in every observed case those plants which received full sunlight were more pubescent than those in the shade. It is, however, only in case the water supply is deficient that the difference in pubescence is so marked as to constitute the sub- specific type. Long lower internodes are characteristic of the sub- species but several examples of plants growing in full sunlight with a dense villous pubescence had internodes but very little longer Gates: THE VALIDITY OF HELIANTHUS ILLINOENSIS 83 than the normal type. It seems quite likely that this is due to the inhibiting action of excessive light upon plant growth. Typical plants of this species when growing on sandy soils normally occur in the shade. When growing in the sun on the black soil prairies of Illinois no deviation from the specific type was observed. In the case of the sand prairies of the Beach region the few cases that were found showed otherwise. Ina few places where patches of this sunflower extended from the sandy soil into the edge of the prairie, whose soil, though essentially sandy, was gray on account of admixture with humus, the plants growing in the latter situation had the appearance of the subspecies while those that were in the purer sand remained characteristic of the species. It was very evident that both extremes had arisen from the same parent stock. This shows the tendency of an increased food supply to produce larger plants of the long internode type. The increased pubes- cence seems always to accompany the long internodes, while the latter may be virtually absent in cases where the former is present. Plants growing in sand mixed with humus under the shade of the oaks (Quercus velutina) generally responded with longer inter- nodes. This was, of course, accentuated in the diminished light. The presence of the villous pubescence, which usually is regarded as a protection against excessive transpiration, is not so easy to understand, for the transpiration under the shade of the oaks is obviously not so great as in the open sunlight. As the soil is richer and there is no appreciable difference in the water supply, it may be that the hairs are produced from an excess of materials taken up into the plants, as is suggested by Strasburger for other more or less similar cases and for the grit cells of the pear. The remaining factor that has the power to influence in the production of the subspecific type is the available water-content of the soil. A physiological water supply which is too low decreases the amount of water available for transpiration, consequently in- duces pubescence. Obvious excess of water supply was not observed and very likely seldom occurs, as water in the form of rain sinks rapidly through the sandy soil of the Quercus velutina ridges upon which this Helianthus grows. Normally a sufficient supply of the water is left in the sand as films around the sand grains. As is very well known, rainfall varies widely both from 84 GATES: THE VALIDITY OF HELIANTHUS ILLINOENSIS season to season and even within a given season. This has a decided effect in the production of the subspecific type, as is shown in the following examples. The spring and the first part of the summer of 1908 were characterized by extreme and protracted drought in Illinois. During that time, almost without exception, plants of this sunflower were densely pubescent and had long inter- nodes, whether they occurred in sun or in shade, in poor soil or in a richer soil. This is characteristic of 7. occidentalis illinoensis. The drought was broken in August in Lake County, Illinois, and the result was that virtually all the plants, some of which had been definitely marked, lost their pubescence and to all intents and purposes were normal ZH. occidentalis. The season of 1909 had abundant precipitation throughout and during that entire year but very few plants were found that could be referred to 17. occt- dentalis illinoensis, even in patches which the spring before had been dominated by that type. Flelianthus occidentalis easily maintains itself on the sand but it may also occur on black-soil prairies without apparent modifica- tion. In addition, it may occur on sand prairies where, near Winthrop Harbor at least, it is barely able to hold its own. In such situations, however, the plants are of the pubescent, long- internode type. The subspecific type, termed /7/. occtdentalis ilinoensis, always occurs in sandy soil, within or near the limits of the Quercus velutina association, where it is a response to edaphic conditions in the environment which increase the amount of food supply or which increase the transpiration on a soil more or less deficient with respect to either or both of the factors, physiological water supply and food materials. The preceding conclusions have been based on field observa- tion alone. Culture of the plants under control conditions will in the future give more conclusive results. URBANA, ILLINOIs. Notes on Rutaceae — III PERcyY WILSON Within the past few years, a number of writers on Rutaceae have taken up the name Fagara (L. Syst. ed. 10. 897. 1759) for the species of Zanthoxylum which have both sepals and petals. In his Species Plantarum (270. 1753), Linnaeus mentions only two species of Zanthoxylum, Z. Clava-herculis and Z. trifoliatum ; the second is an Acanthopanax and belongs to the Araliaceae. Z. Clava-hercults is plainly the type of the genus Zanthoxylum. In his Genera Plantarum (ed. 5. 130. 1754), the genus Zan- thoxylum is credited to Colden and said to be without corolla, and it is evident that Linnaeus had in mind Colden’s plant from New York, the species afterward described as Z. americanum Mill. In his Species Plantarum, however, Linnaeus did not refer to Z. americanum, but bases Z. Clava-herculis upon the extended de- scription of Zanthoxyl/um in Hortus Cliffortianus and the descrip- tion and plate of Catesby. The plant of the Hortus Cliffortianus and Catesby possessed a corolla and belongs in what has been called Fagara. Fagara then is a mere synonym of Zanthoxylum and the latter name should be retained for this genus of Rutaceae. ZANTHOXYLUM (Catesby) L. Sp. Pl. 270. 1753 Zanthoxylum Hartii (Krug & Urban) P. Wilson, comb. nov. Fagara Hartii Krug & Urban, Bot. Jahrb. 21: 586. 1806. Jamaica. Zanthoxylum rhodoxylon (Urban) P. Wilson, comb. nov. Fagara rhodoxylon Urban, Symb. Ant. 5: 530. 1908. Jamaica. Zanthoxylum Liebmannianum (Engler) P. Wilson, comb. nov. Fagara Liebmanniana Engler, Bot. Jahrb. 21: beibl. 54: 20. 1896. Mexico. Zanthoxylum elegantissimum (Engler) P. Wilson, comb nov. Fagara elegantissima Engler, E. & P. Nat. Pflanzenfam., 3°: 85 86 Witson : Nores ON RUTACEAE 118. 1896. (Hyponym); Bot. Jahrb. 21: beibl. 54: 25. 1896. Mexico. Zanthoxylum mollissimum (Engler) P. Wilson, comb. nov. Fagara mollissima Engler, Bot. Jahrb. 21: beibl. 54: 22. 1896. Mexico. Zanthoxylum bijugum (Engler) P. Wilson, comb nov. Fagara bijuga Engler, Bot. Jahrb. 21: beibl. 54: 23. 1896. Mexico. Zanthoxylum monophyllum (Lam.) P. Wilson, comb. nov. Fagara monophylla Lam. Tabl. Encycl. 1: 334. 1791. Santo Domingo to Trinidad, Costa Rica, and northern South America, Zanthoxylum granulatum (Krug & Urban) P. Wilson, comb, nov. Fagara granulata Krug & Urban, Bot. Jahrb. 21: 594. 1896. Santo Domingo. Zanthoxylum Harmsianum (Loes.) P. Wilson, comb. nov. Fagara Harmsiana Loes. Bull. Herb. Boiss. I. 3: 96. 1903. Guatemala. Amyris Purpusii P. Wilson, sp. nov. A small tree with grayish branches. Young twigs, branches of the inflorescence, and the petioles minutely hispidulous. Leaves opposite ; leaflets 3, petioluled, elliptic to ovate, 2-3.8 cm. long, 1.2-2.4 cm. broad, coriaceous, rounded and somewhat emarginate at the apex; lustrous above, dull and minutely puberulous on the veins beneath, the margin entire or obsoletely crenate, lateral leaf- lets cordate at the base; inflorescence 3-5 cm. high; flowers not seen, on triangular, ciliate ; drupe (immature) narrowly obovoid, 4-5 m Pee collected in Barranca de Santa Maria, Zacualpan, State of Vera Cruz, Mexico, C. A. Purpus 2355. Related to Amyris elemifera L. and A. balsamifera L., but dif- fering from both in the lateral leaflets, which are cordate at the base and rounded at the apex. The obovoid fruit and presence of hairs on the branches of the inflorescence seem to indicate that this species is closer to A. dalsamifera L. than to A. elemifera L., which usually has a globose or subglobose fruit and the branches of the inflorescence glabrous. New York BOTANICAL GARDEN. \ INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE # (1903-1909) aim of this Index is to include all current botanical literature written by Americans, published in America, or based upon American material ; the word Amer- ica being used in its broadest sense. ws, and papers which relate eae to forestry, agriculture, horticulture, manufactured products of vegetable origin, or laboratory methods are not included, and no attempt is made to index the literature o bacteriology. An occasional exception is made in favor of some paper appearing in an American periodical which is devoted wholly to botany, Reprints are not mentioned unless they differ from the original in some important particular. If users of the Index will call the attention of the editor to errors or omissions, their kindness will be appreciated. This Index is was a monthly on cards, and furnished in this form to subscribers, at the rate of on t for each card. Selections of cards are not permitted ; each subscriber must oe nt cards published during the term of his subscription. Corre- spondence relating to the card-issue should be addressed to the Treasurer of the Torrey Botanical Club. Atkinson, G. F. The influence of mushrooms on the growth of some plants. Cornell Univ. Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 240: 215-234. 7. r16-126. Je 1906. Ball, QO. M. Alfalfa seed testing. Texas Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 81: I-15. Drgos5. _ [Illust.] Bell, W. B. The plants of the Williston area. Rep. North Dakota Agric. Exp. Sta. 18’: 53-75. 1908. Blankinship, J. W. Native economic plants of Montana. Montana Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 56: 1-38. Ap 1905. Bolley, H. L. Rust problems; facts, observations, and theories ; pos- sible means of control. North Dakota Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 68: 605-676. f. 7-70. F 1906. Bolley, H. L. Weeds and methods of eradication. Weed control by means of chemical sprays. North Dakota Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 80: 511-574. f. 1-29. Mr 1908. Brooks, C. Notes on apple diseases. New Hampshire Agric. Exp. Sta. Rep. 20; 371-376. 1909. Brooks, C. Notes on peach diseases. New Hampshire Agric. Exp. Sta. Rep. 20; 376-382. pl. r4+f. 15-17. 1909. Brooks, C. Pine blight. New Hampshire Agric. Exp. Sta. Rep. 20: 379, 371. 1909. 87 88 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE Brooks, C. The fruit spot of apples. New Hampshire Agric. Exp. Sta. Rep. 20: 332-365. A/. 7-7. 1909. Burrill, T. J. Bitter rot of apples. [Illinois Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 118: 553-609. pi. 7-0. S 1907. Burrill, T. J., & Barrett, J. T. Ear rots of corn. [Illinois Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 133: 63-109. p/. 7-17. F 1909. Clinton,G. P. Heteroecious rusts of Connecticut having a peridermium for their aecial stage. Rep. Connecticut Agric, Exp. Sta. 1907— 1908: 369-396. p/. 25-372. My 1908. Clinton, G. P. Notes on fungous diseases, etc., for 1907. Rep. Con- necticut Agric. Exp. Sta, 1907-1908: 339-362. f/. 77-23. My 1908, Clinton, G. P. Root rot of tobacco—II, Rep. Connecticut Agric. Exp. Sta. 1907-1908 : 363-368. f/. 24. My 1908. Davenport, E., & Rietz,H.L. Type and variability in corn. Illinois Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 119: 1-29. O 1907. East, E. M. The relation of certain biological principles to plant breeding. Connecticut Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 158: 1-93. f. 7-6. N 1907. Emerson, R. A. Inheritance of colorin the seeds of the common bean, Phaseolus vulgaris. Nebraska Agric. Exp. Sta. Rep. 22: 65-101. 1 F 1g09. Emerson, R. A. The relation of early maturity to hardiness in trees. Nebraska Agric. Exp. Sta. Rep. 19: 1to1—110. f. 7-737. 1 F 1906. Eustace, H. J. Investigations on some fruit diseases. New York Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 297: 31-48. p/. 7-7. F 1908. Faurot, F. W. Report of fungous diseases occurring on cultivated fruits during the season of 1902. Missouri State Fruit Exp. Sta. Bull. 6: 3-24. f 7-9. 1 Mr 1903. Fulton, H. R. Cotton wilt. Louisiana Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 96: I-15. S1g07. [LIllust.] Fulton, H. R. Diseases affecting rice. Louisiana Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 105: 1-28. f. 7-72. Ap 1908. Fulton, H.R. Diseases of pepper and beans. Louisiana Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. ror: 1-21. f. 7-75. Ja 1908. , Fulton, H.R. The root disease of sugar cane. Louisiana Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 100: 1-21. f. 7-8. Ja 1908. Georgeson, C. C. Brief summary of work. Report Alaska Agric. Exp. Sta. 1906: 9-20. 10 Includes notes on some native Alaskan fruits. INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 89 Giddings, N. J. The occurrence of plant diseases in 1907. Vermont Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 136: 188-190. Je 1908. Green, W. J., & Secrest, E. Forest conditions in Ohio. Ohio Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 204: 237-277. Je 1g09. _ [Illust.] Halsted, B. D. Breeding sweet corn — codperative tests. New Jersey Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 192: 1-30. p/. r-g +f. 7-8. 2 Mr 1906. Halsted, B. D. Forest trees of New Jersey. New Jersey Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 202: 1-52. f. 7-25. 25 Ap 1907. Halsted, B. D., & Owen, E. J. Report of the botanist. Rep. New Jersey Agric. Exp. Sta. 27: 369-514. pl. 1-25. 1907. Halsted, B. D., Owen, E. J., & Shaw, J. K. Report of the botanist. Rep. New Jersey Agric. Exp. Sta. 26: 423-525. p/. 7-17. 1906. Halsted, B. D., Owen, E. J., & Shore, N. D. Report of the botanist. Rep. New Jersey Agric. Exp. Sta. 28: 257-386. p/. 7-27. 1908. Halsted, B. D., Owen, E. J., & Shore, N. D. Report of the botanist. Rep. New Jersey Agric. Exp. Sta. 29: 179-301. A/. 1-73. 1909. Hare, R. F., & Griffiths, D. The tunaas food forman. New Mexico Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 64: 1-88. p/. 7-7. Ap 1907. >» Hartwell, B. L. Effect of sodium on plant composition. Rep. Rhode Island Agric. Exp. Sta. 21: 235-242. 1908. » Hartwell, B. L., & Pember, F. R. Sodium as a partial substitute for potassium. Rep. Rhode Island Agric. Exp. Sta. 21: 243-285. Jit E2665; » Hartwell, B. L., & Pember, F. R. The relation between the effects of liming, and of nutrient solutions containing different amounts of acid, upon the growth of certain cereals. Rep. Rhode Island Agric. Exp. Sta. 20: 358-380. f. 7, 2. 1908. Hartwell, B. L., & Pember, F. R. The relative toxicity of ferrous sulfate to bariey and rye seedlings. Rep. Rhode Island Agric. Exp. Sta. 21: 286-294. 1908. » Hartwell, B. L., Wheeler, H. J., & Pember, F. R. The effect of the “addition of sodium to deficient amounts of potassium, upon the growth of plants in both water and sand cultures. Rep. Rhode Island Agric. Exp. Sta. 20: 299-357. f. 7, 2. . 1908. Heald, F. D. A disease of the cottonwood due to Z//vingia megaloma. Nebraska Agric. Exp. Sta. Rep. 19: 92-100. p/. 7-g. 1 F 1906. Heald, F.D. Report on the plant diseases prevalent in Nebraska during the season of 1905. Nebraska Agric. Exp. Sta. Rep. 19: 19- 81. 1 F 1906. N “ 90 INDEX tro AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE Heald, F.D. Seed treatment for the smuts of winter barley. Nebraska Agric. Exp. Sta. Rep. 28: 45-53. 4 7-3. 29 Ja 1908. Heald, F.D. The black rot of a ples due to Sclerotinia fructigena, Nebraska Agric. Exp. Sta. Rep. 19: 82-91. f/. 7, 2. 1 F 1906. Heald, F. D. The bud-rot of carnations. Nebraska Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 103: 1-24. fl. 1-6. 10 Ja 1908. Heald, F. D. The life history of the cedar rust fungus, Gymnosporan- gium Juniperi-virginianae Schw. Nebraska Agric. Exp. Sta. Rep. 22: 103-127. pl. 1-137 + map. 1 F 1909. Heald, F. D., & Pool, V. W. The influence of chemical stimulation upon the production of perithecia by Me/anospora pampeana Speg. Nebraska Agric. Exp. Sta. Rep. 22: 129-134. p/. z, 2. 1 F 1909. Heald, F. D., & Pool, V. W. The mold of maple syrup. Nebraska Agric. Exp. Sta. Rep. 21: 54-68. f. 1-7. 28 Ja 1908. Heald, F. D., Wilcox, E. M., & Pool, V. W. The life-history and parasitism of Diplodia Zeae (Schw.) Lév. Nebraska Agric. Exp. Sta. Rep. 22: 2-79. pl. 1-10. 1 F 1909. Hedrick, U. P., Taylor, 0. M., & Wellington, R. Ringing herba- ceous plants. New York Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 288: 191-210. pl. 1-4. Ap 1907. Hunt,.T. F. The importance of nitrogen in the growth of plants. Cornell Univ. Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 247: 177-203. fi 83-85. Je 1907. Ingham, N. D. L£ucalyptus in California. California Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 196: 29-112. f. z-69. Jl 1908. Jones, L. R. Concerning disease resistance of potatoes. Rep. Ver- mont Agric, Exp. Sta. 18: 264-267. 1905. Jones, L. R. The black leg disease of the potato. Rep. Vermont Agric. Exp. Sta. 19: 257-265. 1907 Jones,L. R. ‘The black leg disease of the potato. Vermont Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 129: ror—103. Ap 1907. Jones, L. R. The damping off of coniferous seedlings. Vermont Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 136: 205, 206. Je 1908. Jones, L. R., & Giddings, N. J. The occurrence of plant diseases in Vermont in 1906. Vermont Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 129: 92-98. Ap 1907. Jones, L. R., & Giddings, N. J. The occurrence of plant diseases in Vermont in 1906. Rep. Vermont Agric. Exp. Sta. 19: 227-236. Je By Fe 1907, INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 91 Jones, L. R., & Morse, W. J. Potato diseases and their remedies. Rep. Vermont Agric. Exp. Sta. 18: 272-291. 1905. Jones, L. R., & Morse, W. J. The occurrence of plant diseases in Vermont in 1904. Rep. Vermont Agric. Exp. Sta. 18: 267~271. 1905. Jones, L. R., & Pomeroy,C. S. The leaf blotch disease of the potato caused by Cercospora concors. Rep. Vermont Agric. Exp. Sta. 19: 2360-257. f. 9-5. 1907. Jones, L. R., & Pomeroy, C. S. The leaf blotch disease of the potato caused by Cercospora concors. Vermont Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 129: g8-1oo. Ap 1907. Kern, F. D. Indiana plant diseases in 1905. Indiana Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 111: 121-134. Mr 1906. Kern, F. D, Indiana plant diseases in 1906. Indiana Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 119: 425-436. Mr 1907. Knight, H. G., Hepner, F. E., & Nelson, A. Wyoming forage plants and their chemical composition. Studies no. 2. Wyoming Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 70: 1-76. f. 7-37. My 1906. Knight, H. G., Hepner, F. E., & Nelson, A. Wyoming forage plants and their chemical composition. Studies no. 3. Wyoming Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 76: 1-120. fi r-50. Mr 1908. Lang, W. H. On the sporogonium of Mofothy/as. Ann. Bot. 21: 201-210. pl. 27. Ap 1907. Lawrence, W. H. Some important plant diseases of Washington. Washington Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 83: 1-56. f. 7-77. 1907. - Lewis, C. I., & Vincent, C. C. Pollination of the apple. Oregon Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 104: 1-40. pl. r-r1g. F 1909. Lewis, I. M. Apple leaf spot. New Hampshire Agric. Exp. Sta. Rep. 20: 365-369. A/. 8,9. Ig09. Longyear, B. 0. The evergreen trees of Colorado. Colorado Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 130: 1-32. péZ. r-g. . My 1908. Metcalf, H. A preliminary report on the blast of rice, with notes on other rice diseases. South Carolina Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 121: 1-43. My 1906. Milward, J. G. Observations upon the prevalence of early potato blight in Wisconsin. Rep. Wisconsin Agric. Exp. Sta. 24: 343- 350. f. 637-68. 1907. ee Morse, F. W. The respiration of apples and its relation to their keep- é ing. Néw Hampshire Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 135: 85-92. F 1908. [Illust. ] 92 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE Morse, W. J. Notes on plant diseases in 1908. Maine Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 164: 1-28. fi z-4. Ja 1909. Nelson, A. Some potato diseases, their cause and control. Wyoming Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 71: 1-40. f r-zz. Ja 1907. - Norton, J. B. S. Irish potato diseases. Maryland Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 108: 63-72. f. 7-4. Ap 1906. Olive, E. W. Rusts of cereals and other plants. South Dakota Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 109: 1-19. f 7-5. Je 1908. Pernot, E. F. Preserving wild mushrooms. Oregon Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 98: 1-6. Ja 1908. Peters, A. T., & Sturdevant, L. B. Poisoning of horses by the common horsetail weed (Zguisetum arvense). Nebraska Agric. Exp. Sta. Rep. 19: 111-115. 1 F 1906. [Illust.] Pool, V. W. Some tomato fruit rots during 1907. Nebraska Agric. Exp. Sta. Rep. 21: 1-33. p/. 7-10. 29 Ja 1908. Price, H. L., & Drinkard, A. W. Inheritance in tomato hybrids. Virginia Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 177: 15-54. p/. z-ro +f. 7-5. Jl 1908. Reddick, D. Necrosis of the grape vine. Cornell Univ. Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 263: 321-344. f. gr-57. F 1909. Reddick, D. The fungus that causes black rot of grapes. Cornell Univ. Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 253: 365-374. 177-182. Ap 1908. Reed, H.S. Three fungous diseases of the cultivated ginseng. Mis- souri Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 69: 43-66. f. 7-9. O 1905. Rolfs, F. M. Diseases of fruits and fungicides. Missouri State Fruit Exp. Sta. Bull. 16: 1-39. Mr 1907. Sanborn, C. E., & Scholl, E. E. Texas honey plants. Texas Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 102: 1-31. Ja 1908. Seaver, F. J. Notes on North Dakota fungi. Rep. North Dakota Agric. Exp. Sta. 18’: 48-53. 1908. Selby, A. D. A second Ohio weed manual. Ohio Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 175 ; 291-384. f. 1-737. Je 1906. Selby, A. D., & Manus, T. F. Studies in diseases of cereals and grasses. Ohio Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 203: 187-236. pl. 7-14 + f- I-7. Ap 1909. Sheldon, J. L. The ripe rot or mummy disease of guavas. West Vir- ginia Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 104: 299-315. p/. r-4+f.7. Ap 1906. Shull,G. H. A pure-line method in corn breeding. ‘Proc. Am. Breed. Assoc. §: 51-59. My 1909. INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 93 Smith, J. B. The New Jersey salt marsh and its improvement. New Jersey Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 207: 1-24. pd. 7, 2 +f. 1-4 + map. 14 N 1907. Smith, L. H. ‘The effect of selection upon certain physical characters in the corn plant. Illinois Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 132: 47-62. fd. I-5. F i909. ; Smith, R. E. California peach blight. California Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 191: 73-98. f. 7-76. S 1907. Coryneum Beyerinkii Oud. and its growth, Smith, R. E. The brown rot of the lemon. California Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 190: 1-70. fi z-29. Jl 1907. Pythiacystis citrophthora Smith & Smith and its growth. Snyder, H. ‘The water soluble plant food of soils. Minnesota Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 89: 198-202. Jai1go5. Also other papers on related subjects in the same Bulletin. Sprague, T. A. The American species of Microtropis. Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1909: 362-364. N 1909. Includes 2 new species from Mexico and Guatemala. Staber, M. J. Notes on the anatomy of Seshan macrocarpa Muh. Bull. Torrey Club 36: 625-633. Al. 74. 16 N 1909. Stephani, F. Hepaticae mexicanae novae récoltées par le Dr. Pringle de Burlington. Rev. Bryol. 36: 138-140. N 1909. Includes new species, one each in Anthoceros, Cheilolejeunea, Cyathodium, Fim- briaria, Leioscyphus, Metageria, Radula, and Symphyogyna, Stevens, F. L. Apple scurf. North Carolina Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 196: §4,°55. Je71907. Stevens, F. L. A bacterial disease of lettuce. Rep. North Carolina Agric. Exp. Sta. 30: 29, 30. f 2. 1908. Stevens, F. L. Experiments upon the effect of formalin upon the germination of oats. Rep. North Carolina Agric. Exp. Sta. 31: 30-36. I9g909. Stevens, F. L. Sclerotia on carrots. Rep. North Carolina Agric. Exp. Sta: 30:31, 32. 7.37: 1908. Stevens, F. L. The chrysanthemum ray blight. Rep. North Carolina Agric. Exp. Sta. 30: 33-47. 7. ¢-17- 1908. Stevens, F. L., & Hall, J. G. Stuart, W. The use of anesthetics in the forcing of plants. Rep. Vermont Agric. Exp. Sta. 19: 279-293. fA. 7, 2. 1907. » Stuart, W. ‘The use of anesthetics in the forcing of plants. Vermont Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 129: 117-122. Ap 1907. Sydow, H. & P. Fungi paraénses. Hedwigia 49: 78-84. 6 O 1909. Includes 21 new species of fungi, distributed through 10 families. Van Hook, J. M. I. Blighting of field and garden peas, chiefly due to seed infection. Il. Powdery mildew of the pea. Ohio Agric. Exp, Sta. Bull. 173: 233-249. f. 7-72. Ap 1906, Vickers, E. W. Mountain spleenwort in northeastern Ohio. Fern Bull. 17: 97-99. [N] 1909. Voorhees, E. B., & Lipman, J. G. Investigations relative to the use of nitrogenous materials. Rep. New Jersey Agric, Exp. Sta. 26: 138-211. 1906, INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 95 Voorhees, E. B., & Lipman, J. G. Plant nutrition studies. Rep. New Jersey Agric. Exp. Sta. 26: 211-218. p/. 1-6. 1906. 7 Voorhees, E. B., & Lipman, J. G. Plant nutrition studies. Rep. New Jersey Agric. Exp. Sta. 27: 101-107. 1907. Vries, H. de. Bastarde von Oe¢nothera gigas. Ber. Deuts. Bot. Gesells. 264: 754-762. 28 Ja 1909. Walker, L. B. A new form of Sphaeropsis on apples. Nebraska Agric. Exp. Sta. Rep. 21: 34-44. f. 7-10. 29 Ja 1908. Warren, G. F., & Voorhees, J. A. Report of the horticulturist. Rep. New Jersey Agric. Exp. Sta. 27: 189-266. f 7-8. 1907. W{[atson], W. The wonderberry. Gard. Chron. 46: 291. /. 727- 129. 300 1909. Webber, H. J. Plant breeding for farmers. Cornell Univ. Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 251: 289-332. f. 135-144. F 1908. / Wheeler, H. J., & Hartwell, B. L. Concerning the functions of sodium salts. Rep. Rhode Island Agric. Exp. Sta. 19: 186-316. 1907. Whetzel, H. H. Bean anthracnose. Cornell Univ. Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 255: 429-448. f. 277-222. My 1908. Whetzel, H. H. Some diseases of beans. Cornell Univ. Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 239: 195-214. f. roo-114. Ap 1906. Whetzel, H. H. The blight canker of apple treees. Cornell Univ. Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 236: 99-138. /. 51-84. F 1906. Whetzel, H. H., & Stewart, F. C. The control of plant diseases. Cornell Univ. Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 252: 349-361. 4. 167-775. Mr 1908. Wieland, G.R. The Williamsonias of the Mixteca Alta. Bot. Gaz. 48: 427-441. f. 1-70. 18 D Ig09. Wilcox, E. M., & Stone, R. E. Directions for the control of Nebraska plant diseases. Nebraska Agric. Exp. Sta. Rep. 22: 21-63. 1 1909. Wilson, C. S., & Reddick, D. The black rot of the grape and its con- trol. Cornell Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 266: 389-412. f 99-170. My 1909. Wilson, G. W., & Seaver, F. J. Ascomycetes and lower fungi. Fas- cicle III. Mycologiat: 268-273. 4 D 1909. Wilson, N. E., Dinsmore, S. C., & Kennedy, P. B. Native forage plants and their chemical composition. Nevada Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 62: 1-41. Je 1906. [Illust.] 96 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE Wilson, J. R. The pines of the Piedmont belt. Southern Woodlands 3: 34-38. N 1909. Winslow, E. J. Botrychium lanceolatum in northern Vermont. Fern Bull. 17: 105. [N] 1909. Wittmack, L. Studien itiber die Stammpflanze der Kartoffel.. Ber. Deuts. Bot. Gesells. 27: (28)-(42). f. 7-6. 27 O 1909. Wolf, F. A. A rot of grapes due to Pesta/ozsia uvicola Spegaz. Ne- braska Agric. Exp. Sta. Rep. 21: 69-72. fi 1-5. 28 Je 1908. [Ilust.] Wooster, L.C. ‘The germ-plasm hypothesis of Weismann untenable. Trans. Kansas Acad. Sci. 22: 338-350. f. a-2. 1909. Yamanouchi, S. Cytology of Cutleria and Ag/aozonia. A preliminary paper. Bot. Gaz. 48: 380-386. 15 N 1909. Zahlbruckner, A. Neue Flechten—V. Ann. Myc. 7: 472-478. O 1909. Includes Lopadiopsis foridana, a new species from Florida, and two new species of Auellia and one of Caloplaca from Arizona, THE BRYOLOGIST WITH THE JANUARY, 1908, NUMBER BEGINS ITS ELEVENTH YEAR AnD VOLUME It is a 16-20 page bi-monthly devoted to the study of the Mosses, Hepatics, and Lichens. It is fully illustrated with new, original, and artistic drawings and half-tones. It is indispensable to the working bryologist, professional as well asamateur. Send for sample copy. Subscription price $1.00 a year. Address, Mrs. ANNIE MORRILL SMITH, 78 Orange Street, Brooklyn, N. Y. INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE This Index, printed each month in the BULLETIN, is reissued on library catalogue cards; these are furnished to subscribers at the rate of one cent for each card. Subscriptions to the card-issue may be addressed to the Treasurer of the Torrey Botanical Club, WILLIAM MANSFIELD, CoLLEcE or PHARMACY, 115 W. 68th St., N. Y. City. From January, 1903, to December, 1909, inclusive, the Index was also reprinted on paper, on one side only, and can be furnished in that form at the rate of $3.00 a year, North American Flora HIS work is designed to present descriptions of a plants grow tes neces I of cultivation, in North America, here taken to include Greenland, Central merica, the Republic of Panama, and the Wed Indies, aoe Trinidad, obago, and Curacao and other islands off the north coast of Venezuela, whose flora is easiness South America will be published in parts at irregular intervals by the New York Botanical eae han the aid of the income of the David Lydig Fund bequeathed by Charles P. Daly. It is planned to issue age as rapidly as they can = eae ee extent of the work pap et it possible commence publication any 0 Aig — he completed a will foe's a series of volumes — the ‘Slowing tudes Volume 1. Mycetozoa, Schizophyta, Diatomacea Volume 2 to 10, Fungi. Volumes 11 to 13. Algae Volumes 14 and 15. Bryophyta. Volume 16. Pteridophyta and Gymnospermae. Volumes 17 to 19, Monocotyledones. tga =P ° oc = & vo The preparation of the work has been referred by the pe Medien of the Garden r eigeaaae Saitine of Dr. N. L. Britton, Dr. W. A. Murrill and Dr. J. H. Bar Prfeor a8 F. Atkinson, te Cornell ae big ae Charles R. Barne and John M, Coulter, of ys University of Chic rederick Og Coville, of the Unite a Sate as, sey of Agricu tows ure, Pokan Bag ae L. Greene, of the United ‘ste Natoual Mus a Propet Byron D. Halsted, of Rutgers College e, and Pro- fessor Willia ei iseleae: ‘of the Missouri Botanical Garden, have consented to act as an sais committee. he following parts have been published: Vol. 7. Part ilaginales, by G. P. Clinton. Part 2, Coleosporiaceae, Ure- dinaceae, and Acca Mes ars), by J. C. Arthur Vol. 9. and Papen wagers by W = he Murrill. Part :, Boletaceae, by W. A. Meni: rcicacase (pars) by W. A. Murrill and G. S. Bur ngham ol. 16 I, Phieclonatiad fs L. M. tinier nd - c. Renediet; oe. by L. M. Underwood; undaceae and C oe oe by Benedic C Rephileamereie, Cliheniseese. and Crates aceae vie s), by W. "Maxon. ¥9.) Part 1, Pech ti by P. W ee iaceae, Aeiee and Hy- Pisthartateae: by P. Rydberg ; Zansicheli steraceae, Cymodoceaceae, Naiadaceae, and Lilacaceae by N. Taylo Sa featatacese, by N L. Britton ; Alismaceae, by J. K. Small ; Butomaceae and Poaceae he s), by G. V. “Nash. 2. Part 1, ane erie niin y V. Nas Parag antl by N. L. Britton sa J. N. Rose; Penthoraceae and Parassiaceac, or A . Rydberg. Part 2, axifragaceae and Hyd drangeacese, ry oS and P. A. Ry dberg; Cunoniaceae, ae, r - y H. H.R : ym -_ . L, Britton ; Platanaceae, my H, A, Gleason ; Crossoso- mataceae By faites s Connaracene,; by poke. Britton ; Calycanthaceae, by C. L. ct Rosueeas sont by P. A. Rydberg. Part 4, Rosaceae (pars), by P. A. erg. a 1. art e ee by L. Hanks and J. ~ ema Oxalidaceae and Linaceae, i jo hak by N. i Britt a yee em penal price is fx cach ge ie = _ — part; it is one that four - be iets at kates bb oe m imited number of separate parts w! THE NEW YORK BOTANICAL GARDEN BRONX PARK, NEW YORK CITY PUBLICATIONS BY OFFICERS AND STUDENTS OF THE DEPART- MENT OF BOTANY, COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY . MEmorrs OF THE DEPARTMENT : i eS a of the North American Species of the Genus Pabygonin ‘(1895 y John Kunkel Small, Fellow in Botany, 1893- 1895 ; Curator of the Aohontics 1895-1598. Rend Ble ee 84 plates. Price $6.00. Vol. nograph of the North American Potentilleae (1898). By Per Axil Rydbers Fellow in Botany, 1896- uarto, 224 pages, 112 plates. Price $6.00. 2. CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE DEPARTMENT? Vol. 1. Nos. 1-25. 1886-1892. Price $5.00. Vol. 2. Nos, 26-50. 1892-1894, Price $5.00, Vol. 3. Nos, SI 75. 1894-1895, Price $5.00, Vol. 4. Nos. 76-100. 1895-1896. Price $5.00, ' Vol. 5. Nos. 101-125, 1896-1897. Price $5.00. Vol. 6. Nos. 126-150. 1897-1898. Price $5.00. Vol. 7. Nos. 151-175. 1898-1901. Price $5.00. Vol. 8. Nos. 176-200. 1901-1902. Price $5.00. “Gi Nos, 201-. 1903—(current). List of separate numbers available on application. 3. A Text-book of General Lichenology (1896). By Albert Schneider, Fellow in Seek 1895-189 ctavo, 230 pages, 76 plates. Price $4.25 (cloth) ; $3.80 (paper). —_— by Willard N. Clute & Co. Binghamton, N. Y. epartment invites sripoetibiae relative “ ‘exchanges of ous bsiaes aeiaeetal for any of the above nam ve seta Addre Dr. se ee C. Curtis, Columbia Universit An Illu the British Possessions from Newfoundland to st Parallel of the Southern Boundary of Virginia, and from the Atlantic Ocean westward to the 102d Meridian (1896-1898). By Nathaniel Lord Britton, Profes- sor of ey 1891-1896 ; Emeritus pone 1896-, and Hon. Addi- son Bro Three volumes, royal octavo. Vol. , 612 pages; Vol. 2, 642 pages; Vol. 3, 588 pages; 4162 figures in the text, 5 Aseeabaey every e Published by Charles Scribner’s Sons, New York. Price, in cloth, $9.00 for the three volumes; with the indexes and keys bound separ- ately, $10. oo. 2 igs 5. Our Native Ferns and their Allies. (Sixth Edition) 1900. By Lucien Marcus Underwood, Professor of Botany, 1896-1907 Duodecimo, 158 pages, 35 figures. Published by Henry Holt & ; , $1.0 : 6. Moulds, Mildews, and Mushrooms. By Lucien Marcus Un- SS Professor of Botany, 1896-1907 odecimo, 236 pages, ro plates. Co. hee St: lton Clar- ie Nature and Dev elopment of Plants ea es oT sag ta oe ence Curtis, Assistant in Botany, 1892-199 t8gb606 + Inducer ie Hoven. 1906-1908 ; Adjunct Professor of Botany, 1908-. Octavo, 471 pages; 42 ite Published by Henry Holt € $2. Published by Henry Holt & & Co., New York. Price ESTABLISHED 1851 EIMER & AMEND 205-211 Third Ave., Corner 18th Street NEW YORK MANUFACTURERS AND IMPORTERS OF Chemicals and Chemical Apparatus Sole Agents for ss CASS KAHLBAUM’S C. P. Chemicals and Reagents Our Specialties MICROSCOPES € and ACCESSORIES © eae ites E ' SCHLEICHER & SCHULL’'S —_— SCHOTT & BALANCES GENOSSEN’S Famous Labora- me tory Glassware WEIGHTS bi MAnd for many other renowned European houses in our line. COMPLETE LINE OF Bacteriological Apparatus WE HANDLE EVERYTHING NEEDED FOR A LABORATORY Inspection of premises cordially invited, ig 8g Wile ep ae al IRR a Ea ease MEMOIRS OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB A series of technical papers on botanical subjects, published at irregular intervals. Price $3.00 a volume, Not offered in exchange. Vol. 1, No. 1; not furnished separately gle Liberty Hyde. Studies of the types of various species ag the genus Carex, Pages 1-85. 25 My 1889. Vol. 1, No. 2; not furnished separately : Martindale, Isaac Comly. Marine algae of the New Jersey coast and adjacen waters of Staten Island. Pages 87-111. 24 Au 1889. No. 3; ‘price, 75 cents Spruce, sieeaeres d. Hepatcae Ralivianans in Andibus Boliviae ie annig 1885-6, a cl. H. H. Rusby lectae. Pages 113-140. 20 Ja I Vol. 1,-No. 4; price, 75 cents: Sturtevant, Edward Lewis. On seedless fruits. Pages 141-187. 30 My 1890. by . 2, No. 1; not furnished separately : Halsted, Byron vid. Reserve food-materials in buds and surrounding: parts. Pages I-26, picks i, 2, 10 8 1890 . 2, No. 2; price, 75 cents Vail, Anna Murray, & Hollick, Charles Arthur. Gontssbetions to the botany of Virginia. Pages 27-56, plats 37, g. 23 D 1890. Vol. 2, No. 3; not furnished separately : Holm, Herman Theodor. Contributions to the knowledge of the t Sean of some North American plants. Pages eee aes =% 15 Ap 2, No Q. 4; ? €; 75C¢ : * Wheelock, William Efner. ‘he genus ees z ee America. Pages 109- 152 oD 18o1. Vol. 3, No 1; not furnished separately : Small, John Kunkel, & Heller, Amos Arthur. Race of western North Carolina and contiguous territory. Pages 1-39. 20F 1 No. 2; price, oo Morong, Thomas. The Naiadaceae of North America [with illustrations of all the species]. Pages 1-65, plates 20-74. 15 Mr 1893. Vol. 3, No. 3; not furnished separat Rusby, Henry Hurd. An enumeration 2 oes plants Saas in Bolivia by Miguel Bang. [Part 1.] 7 1-67. Ap 1893. 1. 4, No. 1; not furnished separately : Underwood, Lucien alee Index Hefaticarum. Part I, Bibliography. Pages I-91 93- Vol. 4, No. 2; not furnished separately : Small, John Kunkel, & Vail, Anna Murray. Report on the botanical explora- tion of southwestern Virginia dtring the season of 1892. Pages 93-201, p/ates 75-82. 18 N 1893-17 Ap 1894. Vol. 4, No. 3; price, 50 cen ap nas a Hurd, An enumeration of the ae shisha in Bolivia by Migue Part 2. Pages 203-274. 10 Mr-17 Ap Bes . 4, No. 4; price, 50 cen Pettit, np Stockton. Arachis Aypogaea L. Bas 275-296, plates 83-85 5 Je 18 : Vol. 4, No. 5; price, 75 cents: Rydberg, Per Axel. The North American species of Physalis and related genera. Pages 297-374. 15 S 1896 Vol. 5; price, $3. List of ey and seat ha grow ring without cultivation in northeastern North America. Page 4 D 1893-31 D 1894. ek ‘. No. 1; price, $1.25: Rusby, Henry Hurd. An enumeration of the plants collected in Bolivia by Miguel ~ Bang. Part 3. Pages 1-130. 17 N 1896. Vol. 6, No. 2; vot furnished separately Grout, Abel Joel. A a oe nie the North American highicidiead and Brae Pages 131-210. 30 fli Hg 6 No. 3 phe 50 cé : y Elliot. The life se f Sphaereila aaah is ( Haematococcus — eet. es 211-246, plates 86, 87 (colored). 8 Je 1899. Vol. 6 No. 4; price, 50 cents : shor saga Lucien Marcus. A review of the genera of ferns proposed prior io Pages ay 3. I D 1899. pay 2 3; price, 25 cen Fink, Notes on lichen disaabusion in ee upper Mississippi Valley. Fades of, 1 D 1899. Vv + price, ae Howe, Marshal very. The Hepatica and tiihaconoies of California. Pages I- << , plates Tange 5 Au 189 Vol. 8, No. 1; not furnished separately : Lloyd, Fran est. The comparative embryology of the Awdiaceae. Part Pa ages I- a Gee zg. 26 Au 1899, Part Il. Pages 27-112, plates pe 15 F rg02. ol. 8, No. 2; price, $1.00: = Evans, Alexander William. aa Ee cate of the United States and Canada: © Pages 113-183, plates 16-22. 15 F 1902 3 Vol. 8, No. 3; price, 75 cents: $. 4 Britton, Elizabeth Gertrude, & Taylor, Alexandrina. The life history of 3 Vittaria lineata. Pages 185-211, plates 27-31. 30 o Au 1902. sa ol. 9; price, $3.00 ree, Ernest Stanley. A monograph of the pe siphaceae. Pages aoe plates ‘4 40 1900. No longer sold except in complete sets of the Memoirs Vol. 10; price, $3. Burgess, Edward + See Peete ef Pre-Clusian botany in its relation to Aster. Pages i—xii, 1-447. 22 N 1g02 Wok LIMO: 1; price, $4.75: ; aga pote The North American “Sordariaceae. Pages 1-134, plates ec. Vol. 11, No. 2; price, 2 Hazen, Tracy Elliot. The pe os tcaceaé and Eisele: ‘aceae of the United States. Pages 135- tors plates 20-4 oO 1902. ; Wl af No. 1; price, $1. 50 ected, A Rich. aof New ees and odris {Bahama Islands). Pages ie ates I-i9 = am 10 Vol. 12, No. 2; price, $1 g Banker, Howard James. A oe. to a “revision of the North Ameiiet : Hydnacéae. Pages 99- a 1. 12, No. sap price, 75: cents Kupfer, Elsie. Reis” in cas regeneration, Pires 195-241. 10 Je 190% 1. 13; price, $3.00 Burgess, Edward AoE Specie and — of Biotian Asters, with dis- cussion of variability in 4ser. Pages i-xv, 1-419, plates 1-73. 15 Mr 19 ~ Wal. i Wo. 15: ptice; $1.25: Burlingham, Gertrude Simmons. & adr of the Lactariae of f the United States. Pages 1-109, figures 7-15. 26 My I¢ Address: DR. WILLIAM MANSFIELD, | College of ae 115 eras 68th St., New York VOL. 37 MARCH, 1910 NO. 3° BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB €bitor MARSHALL AVERY HOWE Associate Editors JOHN HENDLEY BARNHART Tracy ELtiot HAZEN JEAN BROADHURST WILLIAM ALPHONSG MuRRILt Puitip DoweELt CHarces Louis POLLARD ALEXANDER WILLIAM EVANS HERBERT MAULE RICHARDS CONTENTS The morphology of Taenioma. (Plates 9 and ro) ELIZABETH ILSLEY THOMPSON 97 A botanical and geological trip on the Warrior and Tombigbee rivers in the coastal plainof Alabama . .. . . »+ +... ROLAND M. HARPER 107 Studies on the Rocky Mountain flora _XXI... . PER AXEL RYDBERG 127 Studies on the flora of Southern California—TIIl. - |. _ EE ROY ABRAMS 149 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE ....-. .--: 155 PUBLISHED FOR THE CLUB THE NEW BRA PRINTING COMPANY LANC THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB Presiden, HENRY H. RUSBY, M.D. Vice-Presidents, EDWARD S. BURGESS, Pu.D. JOHN HENDLEY BARNHART, A.M.,M.D Recording Secretary, Treasurer, PERCY WILSON. WILLIAM MANSFIELD, Puar.D. Botanical Garden, Bronx Park, New York City. College of Pharmacy, 115 West 68th St., New York City. MEETINGS Meetings twice each month from October to May inclusive: the second Tuesday, at 8:co P.M., at the American Museum of Natural History; the last Wednesday, at 3:30 P.M., m the Museum Building of the New York Botanical Garden. PUBLICATIONS All subscriptions and other business communications relating to the publications of the Club should be addressed to the Treasurer, William Mansfield, College of Pharmacy, 135 West 68th St., New York City ulletin. Monthly, established 1870. Price, $3.00 a year; single numbers 30 cents. Of former volumes, only 24~36 can be supplied se ee A ; certain numbers of other volumes are srdilahfe ec, the entire stock of so numbers has been reserved for the completion of sets. Manuscripts intended a soa calion in the BULLETIN should be addressed to Marshall A. Howe, Editor, New York Botanical tden, Bronx Park, New York City. Torreya. Monthly, a rgor. Price, $1.00 a year. Manuscripts in- tended for publication in ToRREYA should be addressed to Jean Broadhurst, Editor, Teachers College, Columbia hice, New York City Memoirs. Occasional, established 1889. (See last pages of coaes ) Preliminary Catalogue of Anthophyta and Pteridophyta within 100 miles of New York City, 1888, Price, $1.00 Vol. 37 No 3 BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB MARCH, tgto The morphology of Taenioma ELIZABETH ILSLEY THOMPSON (WITH PLATES 9 AND I0) The work here described was done in the Botanical Laboratory of Barnard College, Columbia University, under the direction of Professor H. M. Richards, for whose kindly interest and assistance, as well as that of Dr. T. E. Hazen, I wish to express my deep ap- preciation. Iam greatly indebted also to Dr. M. A. Howe of the New York Botanical Garden, through whose kindness the material has been available for this work. The material used was col- lected by Dr. Howe on two of his southern trips and was pre- served with the aid of formaldehyde as well as by drying. The fertile plants, possessing all the kinds of reproductive organs, were obtained in Porto Rico in 1903; sterile (rarely tetrasporic) plants were collected in the Bahamas (West Caicos) in 1907. It is not the purpose here to determine the species to which these two plants belong. There are minor differences between them. The plant from Porto Rico (antheridial, cystocarpic, and tetrasporic) appears larger, is dark violet in color, less secundly branched, and the short flattened shoots are longer, sometimes 15— 30 segments in length, are more closely and more conspicuously fasciculate or even fastigiate, and are prolonged into three hairs ; while the plant from the Bahamas (sterile or rarely tetrasporic) is smaller, reddish purple in color, the branches are apparently more secund and the short flattened shoots, 9-15 segments in length, are prolonged into two hairs. In spite of these differences there seems little reason to doubt that both of these plants belong to the spe- [The BuLLeTIN for February, 1910 (37: 51-96), was issued 5 Mr 1910. } 97 4 98 TuompsoN: THE MORPHOLOGY OF TAENIOMA cies Zaentoma macrourum (Schousb.) Thuret.* According to Falk- enberg ('01) the Zaenioma macrourum which he found near Naples had short shoots ending in two hairs and but 15-20 segments long, which is somewhat longer than the specimen from the Bahamas ; otherwise the two agree. The Bahamian plant also agrees with the Taenioma macrourum, as described originally by Thuret (’76) from plants collected by Schousboe in Tangier, as far as can be determined by the figures given and by the somewhat condensed description. Agardh (’63) alone notes that the flattened shoots are often prolonged into three hairs, but he is writing of Zaentoma per- * [EDITORIAL NOTE.—Froma study of Thuret’s description and figures of his 7aenz- oma macrourunt, based on Schousboe’s plant from Tangier, Morocco (Polysiphonia mac- roura Schousb. in herb.), Miss Thompson seems to be justified in identifying at least the Bahamian plant his this species. But the question still remains as to the identity of this 7: macrourum with the previously . éaentome sone recta of J. Agardh, based on material weiietesd on the Pacific coast of Me had not seen Agardb’s specimen, but in proposing Seine sas a lilies species, he was in- fluenced by the widely separated stations of the two plants, by some sintes t differ- ences in size and color, judging from Agardh’s description, and by A rabs “a silence as to the apical avis sion of the stichidium and _ the elongation oe its divisions into two sae os Agardh, spibdioe does state that the stichidia are often ex- current at the apex ‘“‘in fila minuta 3.’’ I have had the opportunity of comparing aa shai! specimen of enee perpusilium ae a: J. Ag. Ofv. Kongl. Vet.-Akad. Forh. 1847), in the rium at Lund, with my specimen from Porto Rico rcecinie June 15, et no. eae and find them ese the same except that the terminal hairs are much longer and more luxuriant e Porto Rican plant. In the original 7: perpusi/lum the stichidia often terminate in Beek short hairs, as described by Agard My Bahamian specimens ( West Caicos, December 20, 1907, 0. 5708) differ in savers respects from the Porto Rican, as in- dicated above y Miss Thompson. However, they are mostly sterile and they were more or less abnormal and peculiar. The color of these specimens when dry is reddish purple instead of the sordid green attributed to 7. macrourum by Thuret and the ter- minal hairs (always, apparently, in twos) are commonly shorter than in the figures pub- lished by Bornet & Thuret and by see though often longer than any figured by Miss Thompson, In the Porto Rican specimens, the terminal hairs, which are nearly always in threes, though rarely in twos, are fully as long and as well sonal’ as those figured by Bornet & Thuret and by Falkenberg for 7: macrourum, though one, perhaps, Bornet (Mem. Soc. Nat. Sci. Cherbourg 28: 297. 1892), with eee (Hedwigia - 295. 1894), and with De-Toni (Sylloge Algarum 4: 732. 1900) in considering aenioma macrourum (Schousb. ) Thuret a syno: f A on ion ) ynonym of 7zenioma peruse AS ‘ THOMPSON: THE MORPHOLOGY OF TAENIOMA 99 pusilum J. Ag. and not of 7. macrourum (Schousb.) Thuret. However, although it would seem probable that both of my speci- mens should be classed with 7. macrourum, a discussion of the classification would not be profitable here, since this work con- cerns itself not with a determination of species, but with a descrip- tion of the exact method of growth and cell division, and the appearance and formation of the reproductive organs. The species of Zaexzoma studied is a small marine alga, form- ing dense tufts on other algae, or on sticks of wood near the low- water line. It is purplish red or dark violet in color, and minute in size as to the individual plants, though forming, in mass, patches easily distinguishable. The main axis is monopodial, siphonous, branched, creeping, segmented, and not corticated, and is attached to the substratum by numerous rhizoids (Fic. 1). Branches arising from the main stem are in turn much branched, frequently forming long secondary axes, which are prostrate and produce rhizoids. The shorter secondary axes are erect, arising alternately from either side of the stem, those on the lower side twisting in the process of erection, so that superficially they appear secund. Both these and the main shoot bear short flattened shoots, arising alternately, and prolonged at the apex into two or three long monosiphonous hairs. Growth takes place by means of a single apical cell which is re- corded by Agardh (’63) as dividing dichotomously. Since the cell does not divide by a longitudinal split, as will be shown later, and since the main axis is monopodial, this cannot be considered true dichotomy, although the branching may be called subdichotomous. The rhizoids are numerous, arising irregularly, each being a direct prolongation of any pericentral cell on the under side of the thallus. They are unicellular, often of considerable length, with ends rounded or spread out into disks or forked projections (FIG, 2). The main stem or primary monopodial axis of the plant is composed of four pericentral siphons in protoplasmic connection with each other and with the central siphon. This latter forms a distinct core through the stem, the cells being elongated and closely joined, with deep pit connections. A stem segment is cylindrical, composed of four of these pericentral cells with the corresponding axial cell. No evidence of cortication has been 100 TuHompson: THE MORPHOLOGY OF TAENIOMA observed at the joints, even in the oldest portions. The method of growth is by a single dome-shaped apical cell, which cuts off disk-shaped cells at its base, each of which will correspond to a single segment in the fully formed stem. When the formation of a branch is to take place, the apical cell divides by an oblique wall into two unequal parts. The smaller of the two is the cell which will continue the main axis; the larger increases laterally and divides by an oblique wall at right angles to the first. This second dome-shaped apical cell forms the apical cell of a secon- dary axis (FIG. 4). Hence it is evident that this branching is not true dichotomy, since the two newly formed apical cells are not the product of the single division of an apical cell. The cell of the shoot tip is the true apical cell, for the branch apical cell is formed secondarily by the further growth and division in a cell underlying the tip cell. The apical cell of the tip next cuts off 3-6 disk-shaped segments below, in which soon appear two longi- tudinal divisions, separating these segments into three cells in a row in one plane.* Somewhat later and usually just behind the first branch formed from the tip, two other longitudinal divisions, parallel to each other and perpendicular to the first division, occur in the middle cell, forming the other two pericentral cells. Con- sequently in the fully formed stem the branches are separated by three to six segments, whose structure superficially resembles that of a simple Po/ysiphonia (FIG. 3). The secondary axes develop in the same way as the main shoot, from the apical cell mentioned above. They may be short and erect with but 2-6 branches (Fic. 1), or they may be long and recumbent, giving rise to similar tertiary axes. On them as lateral outgrowths appear the flat short branches, and also the reproductive organs, the stichidia with tetraspores, the antheridia, and the cystocarps. The flat shoots (Fic. 11) arise in the following manner: An apical cell of the axis divides into a growing tip cell and a branch cell as before (Fic. 4). This branch apical cell cuts off below disk-shaped segments until a filament of 9-30 cells is formed (FIG. 7). It then divides as did the apical cell into two, from : : Longitudinal will be oe ‘throughout as indicating a division parallel to the axis; transverse as across the plan THOMPSON: THE MORPHOLOGY OF TAENIOMA 101 which come the long narrow monosiphonous hairs (1—many cells in length) at the apex (Fics. 6, 7, 8). In the case of the plant having three hairs, the formation of the third hair presents no variation. After the second apical cell has been separated off, the larger lower cell again increases laterally and a third cell is formed by division. After the hairs begin their formation no further transverse split takes place in the branch cells already formed, thus fixing definitely at this point the number of segments in a mature branch. The first divisions of the branch cells are similar to those of the stem. Two longitudinal divisions split the filament into a plate of cells in three rows (FIG. 10). But now a characteristic change takes place in the two outer rows. In these cells an oblique wall, first occurring in the upper half, splits off a triangular cell one third the size of the original, then a second of like shape and size in the lower half, forming three cells: an inner pericentral cell of the same height but one half the width, and two outer marginal cells, one lying above the other, one half as long and one half as wide as the original cell (FIG. 9). Simultane- ously with these divisions two longitudinal ones in the central row of cells divide it into a midrib, three cells in thickness. These divisions all begin at the base of the branch and proceed to the apex. A flat-branch segment in distinction from an axis segment now.consists of nine cells; three in the midrib, a pericentral cell on each side of the midrib, and beyond each of these two small marginal cells. These segments are of a similar structure through- out the branch with the exception of 2-4 at the base, which do not form the small marginal cells, but have four pericentral siphons like those of the main axis. Up to the present time, so far as my knowledge goes, the tetraspores have been the only known organs of reproduction of Taenioma. These have been mentioned both by Bornet and Thuret, and by Agardh. Bornet and Thuret (’76) merely figure and describe very briefly the gross appearance and position of the stichidia with no account of the tetrasporic formation. Agardh (63) gives a fuller account, but yet does not satisfactorily present in detail all cell divisions taking place in the stichidia. This ac- count will supplement both the above, as well as the later descrip- tion and figures given by Falkenberg. In the material examined, 102 TuHompson: THE MORPHOLOGY OF TAENIOMA both the Porto Rican plant with the three-haired branches, and the Bahamian one with the two-haired branches produced tetra- sporic stichidia. Agardh (’63) speaks of the stichidia as “ often excurrent at the top into three minute hairs, of which the middle one continues the middle part of the segment [7. ¢., the midrib] the marginal ones the marginal cells” [translation]. This cor- responds exactly to my Porto Rican material. There the tetra- sporangia are formed in stichidia on the flat shoots of the secon- dary axes in considerable number (Fic. 12). These stichidia are flat branches which remain practically unmodified except that, with the formation of the large tetraspores, they become some- what broader. The tetrasporangia are formed in two long rows from the two pericentral cells which lie one on each side of the midrib, A transverse division first separates these cells into an upper and a lower half (Fic. 13). The upper half becomes the mother-cell of the tetraspores. The lower half divides by two longitudinal divisions parallel to the flat surface of the branch into a layer of three cells in thickness. These become crowded and elongated in a radial direction by the growth of the tetraspore mother-cells. The upper half of the pericentral cell enlarges greatly to form the tetraspore mother-cell, which still remains in protoplasmic communication with the lower layer of supporting cells. To form the tetraspores, the contents of the mother-cell divide first into two by a longitudinal wall parallel to the flat sur- face of the stichidium (ric. 14). A transverse division forms two tetraspores from one half, and another division, at right angles to the planes of the first two divisions, correspondingly forms the two in the second half. These are therefore one form of “ cruciate”’ tetraspores. They are held within the mother-cell wall, which breaks when mature, allowing the tetraspores to escape. These lateral pericentral cells are the only ones to be modified, the midrib and the marginal cells being unchanged. The entire branch or only a portion of it may be transformed into a stichidium. Little has been known heretofore concerning the antheridia. Falkenberg (’oI) figures a shoot bearing two large conical pro- tuberances, seemingly filled with, or composed of, small cells, but he rightly concludes that these are malformations and not an- theridia. De-Toni (’00) mentions antheridia as spots between the THompson: THE MORPHOLOGY OF TAENIOMA 103 middle vein and the margins of the branches, a description which does not wholly correspond to the antheridia as seen in the material at hand. In this, antheridia are formed, as are the tetra- . sporangia, in ordinary flattened branches, clustered near the grow- ing tips of the secondary axes (FIG. 15). The entire branch (with the exceptions noted below) is usually transformed into antheridial cells, although these may be found only in the middle portion, while the cells at base and apex of the branch remain unchanged. In the formation of the antheridia the first divisions occur in the row of marginal cells. A longitudinal split cuts each into two (Fic. 17). After the first division of the marginal cells into two, the outer row of these never divides again, so that, in the mature antheridium, there is always to be seen a row of marginal cells one half the size of the original ones (Fic. 18). The inner row divides irregularly into many small cells. The lateral peri- central cells now become modified, being cut by both longitudinal and transverse divisions into numerous small cubical cells (FIG. 16). Before these are entirely completed, a longitudinal split parallel to the flat surface of the shoot takes place. This causes the shoot to become a flattened plate of small angular cells, two layers of cells in thickness, with two exceptions: (1) the midrib, which re- mains entirely unchanged, and (2) the marginal cells. Next, the true antheridial cells are separated from these mother-cells in the two layers on the side toward the surface of the flat shoot (FIG. 19). These very small, ovoid bodies, containing the spermatia, are all in protoplasmic connection and are formed 2-4 toa mother-cell, 4 being probably the normal number. At regular intervals in the antheridial branch there can be noticed a faint line of separation from the midrib to the margin, denoting the original separation of cells into segments (FIG. 15). Although the tetraspores have been known since the plant was first described, and the presence of antheridia has more recently been alluded to, the cystocarp has been absolutely unknown. De- Toni (’00) says specifically “ Cystocarpia ignota”’ and other liter- ature on the subject does not mention them at all. It has been my good fortune to find in the material collected at Porto Rico a number of cystocarpic specimens. Unfortunately the material has not afforded sufficient stages to trace the growth of the cystocarp from its beginning, nor has there been a sufficient number of 104 Tuompson: THE MORPHOLOGY OF TAENIOMA mature cystocarps to make sectioning by microtome possible. The young material was not satisfactory. No procarps were dis- tinguishable as such, although in several instances there appeared to be distortions of normal cells, forming slight protuberances, looking like small malformed branches in some cases. Here indi- cations were found of a row of three small cells which led me to consider the possibility of these being unfertilized and disorganized procarps. Inno case wasatrichogyne found. The young stages of the cystocarp, when crushed, lost all cell connections, so that no details of their interior structure could be seen. The mature cystocarp from its position is a modified branch, and is situated directly on an axis, not ona flattened branch (Fic. 20). It isa prom- inent flask-shaped, sessile body, resembling that of Dasya, with a large rounded base containing the carpospores, and a long narrow neck which opens at the tip by a distinct carpostome. (The cysto- carp pictured is not fully mature, hence the neck is shorter than normal.) The outer covering of cells appears to be continuous with the pericentral cells, and thus probably developed from them. The wall cells are irregularly angular and one layer in thickness. By crushing the material and noting the position of parts, the cysto- carp appears to correspond in many details with those of the Rho- domelaceae, especially with those of Dasya and Chondria, as described by Phillips ('96). The paranematal filaments which he mentions in all these forms are here very apparent; they consist of about 12 chains of cells springing from the base of the cystocarp ; but their origin could not be distinguished. These filaments extend to the carpostome. They are narrow and distinct, and do not form in any sense an inner lining to the cystocarp. Also, on crushing, the following structures appeared to constitute the inner apparatus of one cystocarp, which structures were later confirmed by those from a second (Fic. 21). In both cases a comparatively large central cell bore at its apex, by deep pit connections, four large rounded cells. From these proceeded long branching filaments, the spo- rogenous filaments, on whose tips were borne the large ellipsoidal carpospores. At the base of this central cell was attached a single cell, in the first case examined, and three cells in the second case. Since the central cell was larger in the first, it might be suggested that the cystocarp was older and that a process of absorption of the surrounding cells by the central cell (an auxiliary cell ?) was THomMpsoN: THE MORPHOLOGY OF TAENIOMA 105 taking place during the formation of the carpospores. In the second case, not pictured here, one of the lower lateral cells is producing a mass of branching filaments. In two other cystocarps, before crushing, a cluster of filaments was observed at the base of the true spore clusters. This cluster was formed of small elon- gated cells, densely branching, and apparently without carpospores. Although their connection with the main cells could not be dis- covered, the question suggested itself: might these not be the two branches of sterile cells found by Phillips (95, ’96) in all the Rhodomelaceae? From this necessarily incomplete account, which merely suggests the identity of the structures observed, it can be seen that much more investigation remains to be done on the cystocarp. According to the classification of Schmitz & Hauptfleisch (’97), Taenioma is placed in the family Delesseriaceae. This position is determined from the similarity of the thallus to those of some members of that family, such as the well-known Ca/oglossa, and also from the formation of the tetraspores in two rows along a midrib. This would seem logical when the tetrasporic reproduc- tion was the only method known. However, with the discovery of the cystocarps, and their strong resemblance to those of Dasya and Chondria, as described by Phillips (’96), it would seem as if Taenioma had been wrongly placed, and that it belongs in the family Rhodomelaceae. The structure of the thallus and the method of branching, resemble that of the simpler members of the Rhodomelaceae and the formation and position of the tetra- spores are not such as to exclude it from this latter family. Indeed, from Hauck’s (’85) description of the placentation of the cystocarp it must belong here. According to his descriptions the distinguishing mark of the Delesseriaceae is the broad basal placental cell of the cystocarp, from which the sporogenous fila- ments come in clusters. In distinction to this the placentation in the cystocarps of the Rhodomelaceae is an upright central cell bearing the branching sporogenous filaments at its apex. On comparison with Fic. 21, the latter method of placentation is clearly recognized to obtain in Zaenioma, which undoubtedly would cause this alga to be placed in the family Rhodo- melaceae, BARNARD COLLEGE, COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY. 106 TuHompson: THE MORPHOLOGY OF TAENIOMA LITERATURE CITED Agardh, J. G. Species, genera et ordines algarum 2: 1256, 1257. 1863. De-Toni, J. B. Sylloge algarum 4: 731-733. 1900 Falkenberg, P. Die Rhodomelaceen des Golfes von Neapel. Fauna und Fl. Golf. Neap. Monog. 25: 709-711. fl. 15. f. 27-29. 1901. Hauck, F. Die Meeresalgen Deutschlands und Oesterreichs. Raben- horst, Krypt.-F). Deutsch. Oesterr. und Schweiz 2: 169. 1885. Oltmanns, F. Morphologie und Biologie der Algen 1: 593, 595, 659- 662. 1904. Phillips, R. W. On the development of the cystocarp in Rhodome- laceae. Ann. Bot. 9: 289-305. p/. 20. 1895; 10: 185-204. Pi. £2577. 1896. Schmitz, F., & Hauptfleisch, P. Delesseriaceae. Engler & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam, 1°: 409, 415 Thuret, G., in Bornet & Thuret, Notes algologiques 69. f/. 25. 1876. Explanation of plates 9 and 10 Slides were prepared by staining with eosin and fixing with acetic acid, and by further treatment with potash and lactic a Drawings were made with a ene camera lucida, and are reduced one half. Figures I-11 were drawn sei the Bahamian material ; figures 12-21, from the poe Rican. . Portion of the prostrate main axis (< sae 2. Segment of the axis with rhizoids (>< 107). 3. Growing apex, showing alternation of branches (>< 107). 4-11. Development of flat shoot ( 278). 4. Division of apical cell. - Main axis with young b 9. Divisions forming marginal cells rmed shoot. 12, Branch bearing stichidia (>< 45). 3. ee of stichidium, showing division of pericentral cells to form tetrasporan- ene . 27 ghee stichidium with fully formed tetraspores (>< 278). 5). 16-19, Deve lo opm ent t of antheridia. 19. Antheridial cells with scan cells: (5 We 20, Branch with cystocarp (>< 21. Interior cells of cystocarp es 278). A botanical and geological trip on the Warrior and Tombigbee rivers in the coastal plain of Alabama ROLAND M. HARPER Since Nuttall’s memorable journey of exploration on the Ohio, Mississippi, and Arkansas Rivers in the years 1818 to 1820,* probably very few botanists have traveled any considerable dis- tance by daylight on any of the navigable rivers of our coastal plain. At the present time passenger traffic has almost ceased on many rivers which were once important arteries of commerce, partly on account of railroad competition and partly on account of great variations in the volume of water, due presumably to de- forestation of drainage areas ; and even where there are still regular lines of steamboats it is not easy to plan a satisfactory trip on one of them. For the boat schedules are in many cases irregular, in- frequent, or not widely advertised, and the connections with rail- roads too often inconvenient or uncertain; and above all, when a river journey extends over 100 miles or so a part of it is usually made at night and a good deal of scenery thus missed. On account of these conditions, previous to the fall of 1908 I had traveled on a river boat but once (and that was for a distance of only about twenty miles, on the Tennessee River in the Paleo- zoic region of Alabama); but in October of the year named a rare opportunity was presented for a much more extensive river trip, all by daylight, and at the same time with ample facilities for botanizing. An expedition was being organized by Dr. Eugene A. Smith, state geologist of Alabama, for the purpose of clearing up a few doubtful points in stratigraphy by examining the exceptionally complete geological sections displayed in the river-bluffs between Tuscaloosa and Mobile; and the writer was invited to participate. The other members of the party were seven well-known geologists besides Dr. Smith (most of them connected with state ais ee * See his “ Seca of travels into the ees territory,”’ published in 184s: iat reprinted in 1905 as vol. 13 of Thwaites’s ‘‘ Early western travels. 107 108 HarpPER: Trip ON WARRIOR AND TOMBIGBEE RIVERS surveys in the southeastern states), a young minister (who was also a conchologist), a navigator, and a negro cook. The trip was made in an old house-boat refitted for the occa- sion, towed by a 20-horse-power gasolene launch. Our best speed (including the acceleration of the current of something like a mile an hour) was about six miles an hour; and the distance covered between sunrise and nightfall each day averaged about twenty-six miles, but varied greatly with the number of bluffs to be examined and the difficulties encountered, from one to forty-nine miles. Our voyage began on the morning of October 7, 1908, at the fall-line on the Warrior River, in the city of Tuscaloosa, and ended on the evening of the 16th at Jackson, near the head of tide-water on the Tombigbee, 261 miles from Tuscaloosa and 100 from Mobile, by the river. Although there would doubtless have been much of botanical interest below Jackson,* the geologists did not care to go any farther than that, for there are said to be no important bluffs on the tidal part of this river. The river at this time was almost at its lowest stage, because its headwaters are mostly in regions which have their greatest rainfall in winter and spring and least in summer and fall, as seems to be the case in most of the country between the mountains and the coastal plain in the southeastern states. | This state of affairs greatly facilitated our examination of the banks, but at the same time it caused most vexatious delays at the shallowest places, which were usually just below the mouths of swift creeks, which bring down coarse sand and gravel faster than the slower current of the river can remove it, and thus form shoals. But on the whole probably no better season of the year could description of some of the swamps between Jackson and Mobile can be found in Bartram’s Travels, Ae 35 seg 6; and parts of the same have some of Dr. Mohr’ itings. been described in rte region now under consideration there is hardly any previous Setaniedt ecu: to be cited. Excellent geological descriptions, with cuts of some of the bluffs, by Dr. Smith and others, have been published in Bulletin 43 of the U. S. Geological Survey, 1887, and in the ** Report on the geology of the coastal plain of Alabama,’’ issued by the state survey in 1894 he surface of the Warrior River at Tuscaloosa is about go feet above sea-level at low water, usually in October, and 150 feet at high water, usuallyin March. (Far- ther down stream the elevations are of course Ser tg lower.) The smallest flow ever recorded there was 90 cubic feet a seco ctober, 15, 1897, and the mae 136,687 cubic feet, on April 18 Ig00; an enormous variation. The average is ut 8,000, which is nearly two cable feet a second for every square mile drained. HARPER: TrIP ON WARRIOR AND TOMBIGBEE RIVERS 109 have been selected, for we enjoyed ideal weather most of the time, and entire freedom from mosquitoes; and although not many plants along the river were in bloom, there were few if any which were not in the right condition for identification. One of the indirect effects of civilization in Alabama is that locks and dams now have to be provided in the larger rivers to make navi- gation possible at all seasons.* Thereare to be nine locks between Tuscaloosa and Jackson when the contemplated river ‘ improve- ments’”’ are completed, but at the time of our trip the second and third (counting from tide-water) were unfinished, and all our diffi- culties were in the part of the Tombigbee to be served by them, a distance of not quite fifty miles. This system of locks, while it seems to be an economic necessity, is a detriment to science in more ways than one. In the first place, it seriously interrupts the normal life-history or physiographic development of the rivers, and, what was of more concern to our party, it has permanently covered the lowest few feet of one of the most important bluffs with an opaque screen of muddy water.t The Warrior River has its sources among the Carboniferous plateaus of northern Alabama, leaves the highlands at Tuscaloosa, and at Demopolis, 130 miles farther down, joins the Tombigbee, which derives most of its water above that point from the Creta- ceous region of western Alabama and northeastern Mississippi. The Warrior between Tuscaloosa and Demopolis probably aver- ages a little less than 100 yards in width, and the Tombigbee be- tween Demopolis and Jackson a little more. In most of what follows the two rivers will be treated as one, the fact that the name of the lower portion continues up the western instead of the eastern branch at Demopolis being more or less arbitrary or acci- dental. After passing through Tuscaloosa County this river forms a — boundary the rest of the way to the Gulf, { passing the Locks for 1 navigation are practically unknown in the other southeastern states, a ne because those states have much less heavy freight, such as coal and cement, to export than Alabama has, and also partly because most of the navigable rivers in the other states could not be dammed up much without flooding large areas. + The only known station in Alabama for Hymenocadlis coronaria (see Mohr, Contr. U. S. Nat, Herb. 6: 447. 1901) nih probably been destroyed by this time, by the same proc tItis J lass largely for this reason that there are no wagon bridges across it below Tuscaloosa County. 110 Harper: Trip oN WARRIOR AND TOMBIGBEE RIVERS following counties alternately on the right and left: Greene, Hale, Sumter, Marengo, Choctaw, Clarke, and Washington (besides Bald- win and Mobile below the point where our journey ended). Like most rivers of gentle slope, this one meanders so that dis- tances by water are about twice as great as by air line, and forms bluffs on the convex sides of the bends in the usual manner. The bends are naturally shorter and sharper on the Warrior than on the Tombigbee, on account of the smaller volume of water ; and for some reason not altogether obvious, they seem to be most fre- quent in the region of the Eutaw formation, in the upper parts of Hale and Greene counties. The banks of the river present a variety of aspects, according to the material of which they are composed, and their position with respect to the meanders and to the sun. Lithologically they are sandstone, limestone, clay, sand, mud, or various intermediate conditions ; and there is often considerable variation in a single formation. The oidest material is the stratified Cretaceous and Eocene rocks, which in some places extend as much as 200 feet above the water, in steep bluffs, and elsewhere are entirely under water, or concealed by later formations. Capping the stratified rocks on bluffs which extend above high-water mark can often be seen the stiff reddish loam of the Lafayette formation, which is probably Pliocene. Bluffs not more than 30 feet high are often composed entirely of “second bottom ” deposits (Pleistocene), which are usually of loose buff-colored loam, and level on top for considerable distances. Recent alluvium is confined chiefly to low banks subject to frequent inundation. These are of comparatively limited extent, however, and there is very little swamp along any of the rivers in the Cretaceous and Eocene regions of Alabama. The alluvial banks often slide into the river, carrying down whatever trees grow on them (mostly willows in such places) and drowning them. This phenomenon is especially common in the region of the Tuscaloosa formation (which consists mostly of slippery clay, and lines the river-banks for the first 60 miles below Tuscaloosa), where rows of dead willows are in sight from nearly every point. In this same portion of the river, and appar- ently nowhere else on our route, are many cut-offs or ox-bow lakes, showing that the channel has been shifting there rather fre- HARPER: TRIP ON WARRIOR AND TOMBIGBEE RIVERS 111 quently. The bars of sand and gravel which give rise to shoals have been mentioned above. In Choctaw, Clarke, and Washington counties on the last two days of the trip we got frequent glimpses of the “ mountains,” which are a characteristic feature of this part of Alabama * and adjacent Mississippi, but are almost unknown to botanists and geographers. These are high rocky ridges, mostly of the buhr- stone (Middle Eocene) formation, extending in a general north- = FIGURE I. Mt. Ararat (near the center) and McCarthy’s Blaff, Choctaw County, Alabama, looking downstream from the boat, October 15, 1908. west-southeast direction. Ina few places where the river impinges directly against them they form bluffs over 200 feet high, which s ‘doing pretty well” for the coastal plain. A distant view of one of them is subjoined. A few plants which grow on them are mentioned in the geological reports cited, and some others will be discussed in the latter part of this paper. Four divisions of the Cretaceous strata are represented in western Alabama, namely, the Tuscaloosa, Eutaw, Selma Chalk or Rotten Limestone, and Ripley. These are quite easily recog- nized along the river by their different appearance or lithological *See seuith, cae Census U. S. 6: 55 (line 11), 143-145 Sa5re mare n}. 1884; U. S. Geol. Surv. Bull. 43: 35-42. 1887; Geol. of Coastal Plai Ala, 620-622, 630, a 634, 640-641, 645-647. 1894; Mohr, Contr. ie S. Nat. an 6: 107. I901 112 Harper: TRIP ON WARRIOR AND TOMBIGBEE RIVERS composition, and in the country away from the river by their characteristic topography and vegetation. The Eocene, which begins at Moscow Bluff on the Tombigbee, about 15 miles below Demopolis and just above the upper mouth of Sucarnochee Creek in Sumter County, has numerous subdivisions, which are not so easily recognized by one who is not a paleontologist, and there- fore scarcely need to be mentioned here. Details concerning them can be found in the geological reports cited above. Except for the locks already mentioned, civilization has not done much damage along the banks of these rivers. The highest bluffs are not cultivated because of their difficulty of access, and the lowest banks because of their liability to inundation, so that such places are generally pretty well wooded. The cultivated fields visible from a boat are mostly in the “second bottoms,” just above the reach of floods. And such locations are not con- sidered very healthy to live in, consequently not many houses are to be seen. Cotton warehouses, with inclined tracks leading down to the water, are frequent on the bluffs of the lower Tombigbee, but rare or absent on the Warrior, probably largely because there navigation has hitherto been almost impossible in the fall, which is the cotton season. Lumbering has apparently not been carried on much in the region we traversed, probably because the prevailing trees near the river are hardwoods and short-leaf pines, for which there is not much demand. Long-leaf pine, the most important tree in Alabama, seldom grows on river- banks, but after we came within its range (which was not until the second week) we passed several wood landings and even a few logging railroads, by means of which the trunks of this noble tree were being hauled down from the uplands and embarked on their voyage to the seaport sawmills. Cypress, the most important river- bank tree of the coastal plain, probably never was very abundant along our route, for the banks are in most places too steep for it. Having sketched the main geographical features of the river, we are now ready to consider in some detail the vegetation along its banks. While the boat was moving I wrote down the names of all the species I could identity, starting anew after every recog- nizable landing, bluff, creek, etc. As we usually kept near the middle of the river, and no one had thought to bring along a field- HARPER: Trip ON WarRIOR AND TOMBIGBEE RIVERS 113 glass, my notes made on the boat were chiefly confined to trees, shrubs, and vines. But our frequent stops at the bluffs, lasting from half an hour to several hours or all night, gave me oppor- tunity to note many herbs and check up my identifications of the woody plants, and to do a little collecting. A few short trips away from the river on foot were also made, the longest being from Beckley’s Landing in Marengo County via Myrtlewood to Naheola ferry, a walk of eight or ten miles (with one companion), which cut off about fifteen miles of river. The plants noted on such trips are not counted with those on the river-banks, however. One extreme method of treating the plants observed would be to combine them all in a single list, and the other would be to consider each geological formation separately and classify the plants growing on or near it according to habitat, as far as pos- sible. But the former method would obscure some interesting features of distribution, and my notes are not complete enough to make it worth while to attempt the latter. Another method would be to consider the Warrior and Tombigbee Rivers separately, thus dividing the journey into two equal parts. But this would be rather arbitrary, for the upper Tombigbee does not flow through any kind of country that the Warrior does not, so that there was no perceptible change of natural conditions as we passed Demopolis except an increased flow of water. (If we had started at the head of navigation on the Tombigbee instead of on the Warrior, then Demopolis might have been a logical dividing point, for the Warrior doubtless brings down from the mountains seeds of quite a number of plants which do not grow along the upper Tombigbee at all.) The dividing line between the Cretaceous and Eocene forma- tions is a line which several species growing along the river do not seem to cross, and by dividing the notes there some interesting features of distribution can be brought out. That method is here adopted. In the following table the plants of the Cretaceous and Eocene portions of the river banks are listed in parallel columns. They are divided first into trees, shrubs, and herbs, then arranged in order of apparent frequency, the number prefixed to each being the number of times it was noted in the region under which it is 114 Harper: TriIP ON WARRIOR AND TOMBIGBEE RIVERS listed. Those seen only once or twice are omitted from this table. The names of vines are italicized, evergreens are in small capitals,* parasites in parentheses, and epiphytes in brackets.f Author- citations are not considered necessary here, and times of flowering, modes of dissemination, etc., are not accurately known in most cases, and are therefore omitted. All the plants visible from the river naturally do not have the same habitat, but it is hardly worth while at this time to go into details of zonation, etc. I have how- ever added the symbol (H) to the names of those species which were seen only on high bluffs or in hammocks or second bottoms, above ordinary high water. Species which grow sometimes above and sometimes below this level are indicated by (h). CRETACEOUS EOCENE TREES TREES 99 Salix nigra 82 Salix nigra gl re a ee 77 Populus deltoides 78 Betula 75 Acer old 68 Planera aquatica 65 Populus deltoides 8 QUERCUS LAURIFOLIA (H) 6 Morus rubra 5 JUNIPERUS VIRGINIANA (H) H 3 Carpinus caroliniana (h) 47 Platanus occidentalis inum 23 Taxodium distichum 22 Betula nigra 14 Pinus TAEDA (H) II PINUS GLABRA 7 MAGNOLIA GRANDIFLORA 7 Fraxinus americana ? 5 Fagus pranditilin (H) 3 Morus rubra (h) tica 3 Cercis canadensis (H) 3 ILex opaca (H) * [The author preferred to use bold-face type for the evergreens, but for the past eleven years the BULL binations of names. + For N. Y. Acad. Sci. LETIN has reserved that style of type for new names and new com- a more detailed explanation of this method of treating plant lists, see Ann. 17: 36-39. 6. 1899. ) thee no milky juice, and neha ae angled nor erect ; to be silent on these points, perhaps not — wor RTO me NN & & Noon a 3 HARPER: CRETACEOUS SHRUBS Brunnichia cirrhosa ( PHORADENDRON FLAVESCENS ) ARUNDINARIA MACROSPERMA Rhus radicans Vitis vulpina Amorpha fruticosa Ampelopsis arborea Bignonia CRUCIGERA (h) Ampelopsis cordata Adelia acuminata HERBS Onoclea sensibilis Sicyos angulatus Aster lateriflorus [TILLANDSIA USNEOIDES] Conoclinium coclestinum Fimbristylis Vah Uniola latifolia unda regalis Dianthera americana Panicum virgatum (h) Xanthium s [Pouveonris POLYPODIOIDES ] 3 ADIANTUM CAPILLUS-VENERIS * Gonolobus laevis Michx. > 427, 428, seem specimens, leet albida Nutt. TRIP ON WARRIOR AND TOMBIGBEE RIVERS 115 EOCENE SHRUBS 44 (PHORADENDRON FLAVESCENS ) 25 Brunnichia cirrhosa 15 ARUNDINARIA MACROSPERMA 12 Adelia acuminata 12 Tecoma vadicans 9 Vitis vulpina yes 3 i tA 4 syne ate spit 4 Rhus ra 3 Cc eontcatls HERBS 48 [TILLANDSIA USNEOIDES] 42 Sicyos angulatus 14 Dianthera americana 14 Xanthium sp. g Onoclea sensibilis 7 lLpomoea lacunosa £ ic) a oo Pp 3 Echinochloa Crus-galli 3 Leptochloa mucronata 3 Euphorbia humistrata ? 3 Gonolobus laevis ?* 3 Sida spinosa See Vail, Bull. Torrey Club ts I examined differ from current descriptions in but most descriptions without reason. I preserved no 116 Harper: Trip ON WARRIOR AND TOMBIGBEE RIVERS The higher numbers for the shrubs and trees in the first column are of course due principally to the fact that we traveled 145 miles through the Cretaceous and only 116 through the Eocene. The slightly greater number of woody plants in the Cretaceous list may be due to the same cause, and the excess of herbs in the second column to the fact that we landed oftener in the Eocene region; but there is also a possibility that this may be a part of the general tendency for woody plants to be most numerous in climax forests and herbs in pioneer forests —the Cretaceous region having of course been above the sea longer than the Eocene. A few words on habitats should be inserted here. The favorite habitat of the A/nus, Aster, Onoclea, Osmunda, and Adiantum was at the line of contact between the Cretaceous and second-bottom deposits, where water is perpetually seeping out, on shaded bluffs of moderate height. In such places the four herbs just mentioned usually hang down against vertical cliffs, which in the case of the Oxoclea and Osmunda at least is somewhat of a departure from their habit elsewhere. The Diéanthera, Ammannia and several Cyperaceae not seen often enough to be mentioned in the above table commonly grow on gently sloping clayey Eocene strata near the bases of bluffs, where they are usually moistened by trickling water from above when the river is low and completely submerged when it is high. The Phoradendron seemed to grow oftener on Populus than on any other tree. It was also frequent on Acer, less so on Betula, occasional on Platanus, but apparently never on Salix, Planera, or any of the conifers. If the hammock and high bluff plants, which happen to be mostly trees, be disregarded, the most striking features of both lists are the scarcity of evergreens and the large proportion of vines. This seems to be characteristic of most alluvial forests in temperate eastern North America, especially those of the Missis- sippi Valley type.* A dense tangle of at least half a dozen species of vines was nearly always in sight, giving the banks in some places, especially where low and swampy, somewhat the appear- ance of the proverbial tropical jungle. (Many of the species, curiously enough, have near relatives in tropical America.) The parallel column arrangement brings out the relatively *See Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci. 17: 69-73. 1906 ; Torreya 10: 62. Mr IgIo. HarPeR: Trip oN WARRIOR AND TOMBIGBEE RIVERS 117 greater prevalence of Platanus, Betula, Hicoria aquatica, Quercus lyrata, Juniperus, Alnus, Onoclea, Aster lateriftorus, Conoclinium, Uniola, and Osmunda in the Cretaceous region, and of Populus, Pinus glabra, Magnolia grandiflora, Adelia acuminata, Vitis vul- pina, Tillandsia, Dianthera, Acuan, Spermacoce, Paspalum mucro- natum, Ammannia, and a few others in the Eocene. All of the former are species of more or less climax tendencies, and all but one or two of them are common above the fall-line, so it is not surprising that they are less frequent coastward. Most of the latter, on the other hand, are confined to the coastal plain, or nearly so. Alnus rugosa, common in the Cretaceous, was not noticed in the Eocene region at all, while the reverse is true of Pinus glabra, Magnoha grandiflora, and Acuan illinoense. Considering the table as a whole again, it is noteworthy that most of the species seem to have their greatest development (or centers of distribution) in the Mississippi Valley,* and that most of the monocotyledonous and many of the dicotyledonous genera have tropical representatives. The families most largely represented in the table are Compositae, Euphorbiaceae, Legum- inosae, Cupuliferae, Cyperaceae, and Gramineae. Such large fam- ilies as Solanaceae, Labiatae, Gentianaceae, Ericaceae, Umbel- liferae, Hypericaceae, Rosaceae, Cruciferae, Caryophyllaceae, Ranunculaceae, Orchidaceae, Liliaceae, and Juncaceae, and such genera as Viola, Carex, Rynchospora, Scirpus, and Panicum, which are well represented in other parts of Alabama, are scarce or ab- sent on the river banks. About 20 per cent. of the angiosperms are monocotyledons, but perhaps the number of species involved is too small for this fact to be of much significance. The weeds + along the river furnish an interesting problem. I was surprised to find them so numerous in spots so remote from human habitations and so rarely trod by the foot of man. They are common on all the bluffs, and as many of them are known to have been introduced from foreign countries in comparatively re- cent times, the vegetation of some parts of the river-banks must present quite a different appearance now from wit it a a cen- * See Ann. N. Y. wes Sci. 17: 74. 1906; Torreya 7: 44. 1907- + By ‘‘weed”’ is here meant a species which grows chiefly in unnatural habitats created by civilization. See Bull. Torrey Club 35: 347- 190 118 Harper: Trip ON WARRIOR AND TOMBIGBEE RIVERS tury or two ago. Those which were seen more than twice have already been listed above with the native species, without any attempt to separate them. These will be mentioned again below, together with the less frequent weeds. For the occurrence of so many weeds (about 40 species were noted on the trip) in such out-of-the-way places the following explanation is suggested: The edaphic conditions on the banks are very diverse, each subdivision of the Cretaceous and Tertiary, as well as the Quaternary second bottoms, furnishing one or more different types of rock or soil, some of which extend only a few feet vertically and a few hundred yards horizontally. In addition to this, the different bluffs face all points of the compass, so that there is a change of environment with every bend in the river. Now if every different formation (and some of them are very different from anything exposed on level ground away from the rivers) had one or more peculiar species adapted to it by processes of evolution, every such river would be bordered by many endemic and very local species. But species (fortunately, one might say) do not seem to be produced quite so freely, and few native plants have been able to grow on the faces of the bluffs at all. The existence of a species confined to a particular kind of river-bluff would be rather precarious, anyway, for the faces of bluffs frequently slough off into the river, destroying all the vegetation on the area affected. But most weeds are already adapted to diverse soil conditions, and a river is an excellent highway for plants to travel, so that those species which gain access to the river from the fields and settlements along it quickly take possession of the unoccupied bluffs where native plants have been unable to establish themselves. It should not be inferred from this statement however that the bluffs are now completely covered with weeds. A large part of their area is usually too hard or too steep, or crumbling away too rapidly, to afford a foothold for any kind of vegetation, and consequently the bluff weeds are confined chiefly to crevices or to gentle slopes near the base. Not all of the river-bank weeds are exotics. There seem to be all gradations (if such a thing were possible) between species known to have been introduced from distant parts of the earth and HARPER: TRIP ON WARRIOR AND TOMBIGBEE RIVERS 119 species which are unquestionably native in the vicinity, as proved by the manner of their occurrence in other habitats. There is no known way of distinguishing which are native and which are intro- duced species by local observation alone, so recourse must be had to the statements in botanical literature, and those unfortunately are sometimes conflicting. According to the latest and best information obtainable, however, the weeds observed on this trip might be classified roughly according to the origin as follows: (There will of course be room for some difference of opinion here, and further study of the behavior of these plants in other parts of this country and in the tropics is needed.) I. Species endemic to the Eastern United States, and occur- ring often in perfectly natural habitats, but also capable of flourishing in weedy places. Spermacoce glabra, Diodia virginiana, Conobea multifida, Ipomoea lacunosa, Acuan illinoense, Fimbristyis Vahli, Panicum virgatum, Paspalum mucronatum, Andropogon furcatus, 2. Species supposed to be confined to the Eastern United States, but occurring almost solely in unnatural habitats. Some of these have perhaps never had suspicion cast upon them before, but they will bear watching.* Spilanthes repens, Xanthium sp., Diospyros virginiana, Euphor- bia humistrata (and perhaps one or two of its congeners which I could not identify with certainty), Acalypha virginica, Meibomia sp. (perhaps more than one), Glottidium vesicartum, Panicum proliferum. 3. Species apparently native in the Eastern United States, like those in the first group, but occurring also in tropical America. Conoclinium coelestinum, Eupatorium serotinum, Tecoma radi- cans, Ammannia coccinea, Ampelopsis arborea, Commelina hirtella, Fimbristylis autumnalis, Eragrostis hypnotdes. 4. Species common to the Eastern United States and the tropics, supposed by most writers to be native here, but chiefly confined to unnatural habitats, like those in the second group. Eclipta alba, Ambrosia trifida, Physalis angulata, Jussiaea decurrens, Euphorbia nutans, Sesbania macrocarpa, Cebatha Caro- *Bartram’s Oenothera grandiflora, whose rediscovery farther down this same river in 1904 created a mild sensation among botanists (see Vail, Torreya 5: 9, Io. 1905), probably belongs to the same class. 120 Harper: TRIP ON WARRIOR AND TOMBIGBEE RIVERS lina, Mollugo verticillata, Echinochloa Crus-galli, Tripsacum dacty- loides. 5. Species believed to have been introduced from the tropics in modern times. (There seem to be no European weeds along these rivers.) Cardiospermum Halicacabum, Boerhaavia erecta, Leptochloa mucronata, Eleusine indica, Capriola Dactylon, Sorghum halepense. No information as to relative frequency or local distribution is given in these five lists, but some of the most abundant weeds are mentioned in the first table. Perennials seem to predominate in the first and third classes and annuals in the fourth, but in the whole list of 40 weeds they are about equal in number. The following notes on particular species are believed to add something worth knowing to our present stock of information about the distribution of each. Specimens of some of them have already been distributed, and such are indicated by numbers. CAMPANULA AMERICANA L. Still in bloom on Oct. 16 near the base of St. Stephens Bluff, Washington County, a perpendicular cliff of “‘ White Limestone” about 75 feet high, which faces nearly north. This species is confined chiefly to the Alleghanies and northward, and had never before been reported so far south. SicyOS ANGULATUs L. A common vine on densely wooded alluvial banks; seen on every day of the trip, in every county passed, and perhaps over every formation. Still in bloom. Dr. Mohr does not seem to have seen this in Alabama himself, but he reported it from a single locality in Autauga County, where it was collected by Dr. Smith. I have never met with it in any other southern state. HOusTONIA ANGUSTIFOLIA Michx. This is a comparatively rare species, but pretty widely distrib- uted, with a remarkable range of habitat, from limestone rocks to dry sand, both in Georgia and Alabama. On this trip I found it on St. Stephens Bluff, with Campanula americana. Dr. Mohr knew it only from dry ridges. HARPER: TrIP ON WARRIOR AND TOMBIGBEE RIVERS 121 DIAPEDIUM BRACHIATUM (Pursh) Kuntze. On shaded alluvial banks, Tuscaloosa, Marengo, and Wash- ington counties, nearly past flowering. This genus is an addition to the known flora of the state. CONOBEA MULTIFIDA (Michx.) Benth. On exposed loamy banks of the Tombigbee in Sumter County, near Demopolis (v0. 720) and Moscow. Nearly past flowering. Dr. Mohr knew this only as a ballast plant in Mobile County, but, where I saw it, it seemed as much at home as any of the other river-bank annuals. However, as stated above, there seems to be no criterion for distinguishing native from introduced species in such places. Nyssa UNIFLORA Wang. It is perhaps worth recording that this was not seen on the banks of the river at all, but only in a slough on top of a second- bottom bluff in Marengo County nearly opposite the boundary between Sumter and Choctaw. There it was accompanied by Taxodium distichum, as is often the case throughout its range. THASPIUM BARBINODE CHAPMANI C. & R. On the limestone on the shaded north side of St. Stephens Bluff. Previously known only from Randolph County, Georgia, and Jackson County, Florida, likewise on Eocene limestone.* AMMANNIA COCCINEA Rottb. On wet banks, nearer horizontal than vertical, of soft Eocene rock along the Tombigbee in Sumter, Marengo, Choctaw, Clarke, and Washington counties. Known to Dr. Mohr only from Mobile County. Acer rubrum L. and Magnolia glauca L. were not seen at all, probably because they are chiefly confined to areas much farther from base-level (as a physiographer would term it) than the banks of a large sluggish river. MENISPERMUM CANADENSE L., On shaded alluvial banks on both sides of the Tombigbee near the northeastern corner of Choctaw County. This is not men- “*See Bull. Torrey Club 33: 240. 1906; Coulter & Rose, Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 7: 148. 1900. 122 Harper: Trip ON WARRIOR AND TOMBIGBEE RIVERS tioned in Mohr’s Plant Life of Alabama, but it was later reported from the base of Sand Mountain in Jackson County by T. G. Harbison.* It probably does not extend much farther south than where I saw it. ApIcEA puMILA (L.) Raf. On shaded alluvial bank near Beckley’s Landing, Marengo County, and in rich shady woods near Hatchetigbee Bluff, Wash- ington County ; accompanied by the somewhat similar Urticastrum divaricatum at both places. Apparently not reported from the coastal plain of Alabama before. FimpristyLis VAHL (Lam.) Link. Rather common on exposed loamy banks, considerably below high-water mark, in Greene, Hale, Sumter, Marengo, and Clarke counties. (Vos. 277, 1718.) This neat little plant evidently can- not stand, or does not have, much competition, for it grows in scattered tufts, unobstructed by other vegetation. A study of its life-history would doubtless bring out some interesting things. As the places where it grows are often under water, its periods of vegetative activity must be subject to considerable interruption.+ To offset this, it seems to have a habit of sending up several suc- cessive crops of culms during the season, and of course if any one crop succeeds in maturing seed its purpose is accomplished. Some of the specimens collected show two sets of culms of different ages, perhaps a month or two apart. Not very much is known about the range and habitat of this species. It is rarely mentioned outside of manuals and mono- graphs, and I had never seen it growing before this time and have not seen it since. Its name does not appear in Mohr’s Plant Life of Alabama, but singularly enough there is a specimen of it in the Mohr Herbarium at the puveeny e of sb sno from “ a tege allu- * Biltmore Bot. Stud. r: 155. Tt See notes on one of its near relatives, 7. ferpusi/la, in Bull. Torrey Club oe 17-19. 1904. /. autumnalis seems to have similar struggles for existence in som places. Very minute specimens of the latter, some not more than an inch tall, ad fruiting, were collected on the muddy bottom of a shallow dried- -up Sid about a mile west of Black Buff, Sumter County, on October 12 (mo. 122). See also in this con- nection Fernald in Rhodora 11: 180. S 1909. HARPER: TRIP ON WARRIOR AND TOMBIGBEE RIVERS 123 uvial banks, Chastang’s Bluff, Sept. 1, 1879,” labeled ‘ Stexophyl- lus Stenophyllus”’/ HEMICARPHA MICRANTHA (Vahl) Pax. Seen only on a gentle slope of soft shale (Black Bluff formation), perpetually moistened by water trickling down from the second- bottom deposits a few feet higher up, just below Beckley’s Landing, a mile or two north of Myrtlewood, Marengo County, Oct. 13 (zo. 123). The bulk of the vegetation in this habitat consisted of Dianthera americana and various Cyperaceae, one more of which is mentioned below, This is another species which I have never seen elsewhere in the South. Dr. Mohr reported it from “ Low, damp sandy ground, most frequent in flat open grassy pine barrens”’ (which by the way would be a very unusual habitat for /femzcarpha), in Washington, Clarke, and Mobile counties ; but the only specimen so labeled in his herbarium at the University (and I am informed that a similar state of affairs exists in his other collection, now deposited in the U. S. National Herbarium), from ‘‘ Close damp soil, pastures, etc. Mobile. April, May,” is Scirpus carinatus /* CypERuS INFLEXxUS Muhl. Collected at the same time and place as the preceding (vo. 724), and seen also at Jackson landing, where our river trip terminated. The occurrence of this species in Alabama was not known until I found it on Lookout Mountain in the fall of 1905,7 (or in. Georgia until I found it on flat granite rocks in Clarke and Clayton counties in the summer of 1900). HoMALOCENCHRUS LENTICULARIS (Michx.) Scribn. In wide densely wooded alluvial bottoms, about two miles west of Myrtlewood and the same distance from the Tombigbee River, * For notes 0 on the occurrence of this species in Alabama, see Bull. ‘Torrey Club : §25. 1906. See Torreya 6: have been the first to find this species and the preceding in Worcester County, Massa- chusetts, pie two or three floras of the county had been published. (See Rhodora 1: 201, 202. 1899.) There they both grow on the sandy shores of two lakes in Brook- Bae: ee neon interesting notes on their occurrence together see Haberer, Rhodora : 61. 1900; Blankinship, Rhodora 5: 130. 1903; Fernald, Rhodora 11. 220. ete Wiegand, Rhodora 12: 39. 1910. 115. 1906. It is rather a curious coincidence that I should 124 Harper: Trip oN WARRIOR AND TOMBIGBEE RIVERS in Marengo County, Oct. 14. Not previously reported from Alabama. Paspacum MucronatuM Muhl. (P. flwitans Kunth). Not rare, on shaded alluvial banks, Tuscaloosa (x0. 176), Sumter, Marengo, Choctaw, and Washington counties. This, too, was new to the known flora of the state. Pinus PAtustris Mill. The only places between Tuscaloosa and Jackson where this is visible from the river seem to be the crests of the high Buhr- stone ridges or ‘‘mountains’’ above mentioned, in Choctaw and Clarke counties. There a few specimens of this unmistakable pine could barely be distinguished with the naked eye as we floated along. It also grows to some extent on the hills capped with Lafayette red loam around Jackson. ? EQUISETUM ARVENSE L. Sterile specimens which cannot be distinguished from this species were collected in damp crevices of Ripley (Cretaceous) limestone at Barton’s Bluff in Marengo County, about ten miles below Demopolis (wo. 727). This is just the kind of a place in which one usually finds Equisetums (mostly of the Ayemale group) in the South, but the finding of &. arvense in Alabama was decidedly unexpected. Dr. Gattinger reported it from “ moist fields, Cave Spring, E. Tenn.,”’ and Dr. Small in his Flora of the Southeastern U. S. credited it to North Carolina, without definite locality, but these are the only records of its occurrence in the southeastern states that I have found. &. arvense in the North is often if not usually a weed, but these specimens appeared decidedly native. Perhaps if my locality could be visited in spring when the fertile stems are visible this plant would turn out to be something else than £. arvense ; but it is certainly not one of the three species credited to Alabama by Dr. Mohr, for those are all of the Ayemale group. ASPLENIUM ANGUSTIFOLIUM Michx. Many fine specimens of this, some fruiting (m0. 129), were found in rich shady woods on the north side of a steep Buhrstone HARPER: TRIP FIGURE 2. Rich shady*woods, with Asplenium angustifolium, etc., on north ae side of Hatchetigbee Bluff, Washington County, Alabama, October 16, 1908. 126 Harper: Trip ON WARRIOR AND TOMBIGBEE RIVERS hill rising over 100 feet above the river at Hatchetigbee Landing, Washington County, on the last day of thetrip. (See illustration — FIGURE 2.) This was quite a surprise, as the southern limit of this species was previously supposed to be in the mountains of Wins- ton County, about 160 miles farther north and 1,500 feet higher. (The fact that several of the smaller tributaries of the Warrior River flow through Winston County may have something to do with the occurrence of this fern on the Tombigbee.) At the same time and place I noticed Scrophularia marilandica, Phryma Leptostachya, Adicea pumila, and Phegopteris hexagon- optera, which were not known from the coastal plain of Alabama before, and Panax quinguefolium, which here reaches just about its southern limit. TALLAHASSEE, FLORIDA, Studies on the Rocky Mountain flora— XxXI Per AXEL RYDBERG * Ambrosia media sp. nov. nnual; stem 4~6 dm. high, hispid with ascending or ap- pressed short hairs, more or less strigose, branched; leaves pin- nately divided, thick, 5-10 cm. long, scabrous and glandular- granuliferous above, hispid-strigulose beneath, all except the uppermost with shorter or longer, hirsute-ciliate, narrowly winged petioles ; divisions oblong or lanceolate, usually more or less cleft or toothed, the lobes or teeth lanceolate, acute; staminate racemes rather dense; involucre nodding, slightly lobed with 5 rounded lobes and crenulate, 4-5 mm. in diameter, hispid-strigose ; hairs about 0.5 mm. long, with more or less pustulate bases ; receptacle with few narrow lance-subulate scales; fruit obovoid ; body about 3 mm. long, puberulent or in age glabrate, with 5-7 sharp spines 0.5 mm. long and strongly directed forward; beak about 1 mm, long, pubescent. In the form and texture of the foliage, this species resembles A. coronopifolia T. & G. (A. psilostachya of most authors) as closely as to make it almost impossible to distinguish the two by the leaves alone, the only difference being that the leaves of A. media are more inclined to be petioled and the petioles distinctly hispid- ciliate. Otherwise, the plant is more closely related to A. e/atior and A. artemisiifolia, the root being annual and the fruit spiny. A. coronopifolia has a larger fruit, which is inclined to be round- elliptic instead of obovoid, is more pubescent, without spines, either perfectly smooth or rarely with small rounded tubercles. Cotorapo: Fort Collins, Aug. 27, 1885, C. S. Crandall (type, in herb. N. Y. Bot. Gard.). New Mexico: Pecos, San Miguel County, Aug. 20, 1898, Standley 5138 ; Kingston, 1904, Metcalfe 1337 (?). Coaunuita: Saltillo 1898, Palmer 293. Montana: Sand Coulee, Sept. 7, 1885, &. S. Williams. Nepraska: Chadron, Oct. 9, 1897, /. M@. Bates 706 (plants predominantly pistillate). 127 128 RypBerG: Rocky MouNrTAIN FLORA v Grindelia integerrima sp. nov. Perennial, with a cespitose base; stems about 3 dm. high, glabrous, somewhat angled by the decurrent lines; leaves nar- rowly oblanceolate, 2-4 cm. long, acute, strongly resinous-dotted, entire ; heads numerous, corymbose ; involucre about 7 mm. high and 1 cm. wide; bracts lanceolate, with very short, terete, squar- rose tips; ligules 6-7 mm. long; pappus-bristles slightly flat- tened, curved and twisted, 3 mm. long, about the length of the achenes. _ This somewhat resembles Grindelia nana in general habit but differs in the broader bracts with much shorter tips and the strongly curved and twisted pappus-bristles. IpaHo: Sandy soil near Granite Station, Kootenai County, July 29, 1892, Sandberg, MacDougal, & Heller 784 (type, in herb. N. Y. Bot. Gard.). ’ Grindelia columbiana (Piper) Rydb. comb. nov. Grindeha discoidea Nutt. Trans. Am. Phil. Soc. 7: 315. 1840. Not G. discoideaH. & A. 1836. Grindelia nana discoidea A. Gray, Syn. Fl. 1: 119. 1884. Grindelia nana columbiana Piper, Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 11: 556. 1906. ~ Chrysopsis angustifolia sp. nov. Chrysopsis stenophylla Britt. & Brown, Ill. Fl. 3: 327. 1808. Not C. stenophylla (A. Gray) Greene. 1884. Perennial, with a cespitose caudex ; stems erect, 2-4 dm. high, canescent and more or less hirsute ; leaves narrowly linear-oblance- olate, the lower short-petioled, the upper sessile, 2-5 cm. long, 2-5 mm. wide, acute, grayish-strigose on both sides, somewhat hispid- ciliate on the lower portion; involucres turbinate-campanulate, 8—1o mm. high and about as broad; bracts narrow and linear, acute, grayish-strigose ; rays about 1 cm. long; achenes canescent; outer pappus of short bristles ; inner pappus-bristles tawny. This is intermediate between Chrysopsis foliosa and C. steno- phylla. It resembles the latter in leaf-form but differs in being more canescent, less hispid, not at all viscid, and in the bracts, which are narrower, and strigose-canescent instead of hispid and viscid-puberulent. From C. /foliosa it differs in the narrower, spreading leaves, the more distinctly peduncled heads, and less white pubescence. RypDBERG: Rocky MounrTaIN FLORA 129 Nesraska : Middle Loup River, near Mullen, Hooker County, Sept. 14, 1893, P. A. Rydberg 1766 (type, in herb. N. Y. Bot. Gard. and Columbia Univ.); Long Pine, Sept. 14, 1890, /. 7. Bates ; Deuel County, Aug. 24, 1891, Rydberg 149. Kansas: Kiowa County, Sept. 4, 1898, Z. F. Ward. ALBERTA: Vicinity of Banff, Aug. 14, 1899, McCalla 2032, in part. * Chrysopsis Butleri sp. nov. Perennial; stem decumbent at the base or erect, grayish- hispidulous and slightly hirsute; leaves 1-3 cm. long, the lower obovate, the upper oblong or elliptic, obtuse or apiculate, often spreading, sessile, grayish-hirsute with short hairs ; heads pedun- cled but usually subtended by an oblong small leaf; involucres 8 mm. high, 10-15 mm. broad; bracts linear, acute, hirsutulous, but not at all glandular or viscid; ligules about 8 mm. long; achenes silky-strigose ; pappus tawny, the outer of minute bristles. This species is characterized by the small, obovate or elliptic, subsessile leaves, which are often spreading and with short spread- ing pubescence. Nearly all the species of the Chrysopsis villosa group, with spreading pubescence, are more or less viscid or glandular, but this is not at all the case with C. Butleri. In leaf- form it resembles C. vz//osa, but both leaves and heads are smaller and the pubescence is different. In C. villosa the hairs are at least in the young state appressed. Montana: Gateway, Aug. 17, 1908, B. TZ. Butler 620 (type, in herb. N. Y. Bot. Gard.); Midvale, Sept. 3, 1901, Umbach 564 ; Wild Horse Island, Aug. 13, 1908, Butler 480, 481, 485, 4gr. Wyominc: Near Fort Laramie, 1842, /remont 482. Uranu: City Creek Cafion, 1875, JZ £. Jones ; same locality, Oct. 7, 1905, Garrett 1703. ’ Chrysopsis grandis sp. nov. Perennial, with a cespitose caudex; stems about 3 dm. high, leafy, long-hirsute, hispidulous and resinous-granuliferous ; leaves spatulate or oblanceolate, 3-5 cm. long, the lower petioled, the upper sessile, hirsute or hispid and conspicuously resinous-granu- liferous, apiculate ; heads corymbose, short-peduncled, rarely sub- tended by a small leaf; involucres 8 mm. high, 12-18 mm. broad ; bracts densely hirsute, only slightly granuliferous; rays golden yellow, about 1 cm. long; achenes strigose; pappus yellowish tawny, the outer of short bristles. 130 RypsBerG: Rocky MountTAIN FLORA This species is related to Chrysopsis hispida and C. columbiana, but differs from both in the larger heads ; it differs also from the former in the more copious pubescence and the more decidedly oblanceolate and petioled leaves; from the latter in the longer pubescence, the more copious resinous granules and the more decidedly petioled leaves. Montana: Jocko Creek, June 16, 1901, MacDougal 275 (type, in herb. N. Y. Bot. Gard.) ; also 265. ’ Chrysopsis barbata sp. nov. Perennial ; stems about 3 dm. high, more or less tinged with purplish or red, hirsute with long white hairs and somewhat puber- ulent ; leaves sessile, lanceolate, 3~5 cm. long, the upper acuminate, long-hirsute and somewhat resinous-granuliferous ; heads subses- sile ; involucres 1 cm. high and 12-15 mm. broad; bracts linear, acute, sparingly long-hirsute and resinous-granuliferous ; ligules about 7 mm. long, golden yellow; achenes strigose; pappus brownish tawny, the outer squamulate, I-1.5 mm. lon This species is related to Chrysopsis hispida but differs in the long, dense pubescence, a much less abundance of resinous gran- ules, larger leaves and heads, and more conspicuous outer pappus. It grows on sandy plains. Ipauo: Valley of Spokane River, Kootenai County, July 17, 1893, Sandberg, MacDougal, & Heller 664 (type, in herb. N. Y. Bot. Gard.). Chrysothamnus attenuatus (Jones) Rydb. sp. nov. Bigelovia Howardi attenuata Jones, Bull. Calif. Acad. Sci. Il. 5: 691. 1895. Chrysothamnus affinis attenuatus A. Nels. Bot. Gaz. 28: 374: 1899. ‘ Chrysothamnus salicifolius sp. nov. A shrub 3-10 dm. high ; branches erect, white or gray, finely pannose-tomentulose ; leaves linear, 3-nerved, 4-6 cm. long, 3-6 mm. wide, minutely tomentulose ; heads in a dense corymbiform cyme; involucres 7-8 mm. long; bracts elliptic, oval or ovate, the outer acutish, the inner obtuse or rounded at the apex, erose- ciliate, the outer slightly tomentose, the inner glabrous ; corollas about 1 cm. long; teeth 1.5-2 mm, long, lanceolate, obtusish ; achenes coarsely strigose, angled. RYDBERG: Rocky MOouNTAIN FLORA 131 This species resembles Chrysothamnus graveolens in habit, but the leaves are broader, more tomentulose ; the bracts are slightly tomentulose, erose-ciliate, and broader than in that species. Ward’s specimens were determined by Dr. Gray as Bigelovia graveolens latisquamea and included therein in the Synoptical Flora; but it is wholly distinct therefrom. The true C. /atisgquamea (A. Gray) Greene has very white filiform-revolute leaves and the bracts more rounded at the apex. Uran: Strawberry Valley, Sept. 3, 1883, 7. &. Leonard 288 (type, in herb. N. Y. Bot. Gard.) ; Twelve-mile-Creek, Aug. 29, 1875, L. F. Ward 659. ’ Chrysothamnus stenolepis sp. nov. Low shrub, 2-3 dm. high, somewhat spinescent ; branches short, erect, glabrous or finely puberulent above ; leaves narrowly lance-linear, I-2 cm. long, 2-4 mm. wide, glabrous, scabrous- ciliate on the margins, convolute and somewhat twisted ; inflores- cence corymbiform, of few heads ; involucres about 8 mm. long ; bracts 4-ranked in 3 series, narrowly lanceolate, or the inner linear, acute, glabrous, keeled, somewhat viscid; corollas scarcely ex- ceeding the involucre; lobes lanceolate, 2 mm. long; achenes hirsute-strigose. This species is related to Chrysothamnus viscidiflorus and C. glaucus, but differs from both in the very narrow acute bracts. Montana: Pass Creek, near Bridger Pass, 7. Engelmann (type, in herb. Columbia Univ.). Urau: Saleratus River, Aug. 1889, C. K. Dodge. ’ Chrysothamnus marianus sp. nov. Undershrub, 1-2 dm. high, with a woody thick caudex ; branches erect, at first green, soon straw-colored or white, densely and finely puberulent ; leaves linear or the lower linear-oblanceo- late, acute, thick, densely puberulent, 1-2 cm. long, I-15 mm. wide, 1-nerved, somewhat twisted ; heads narrow, in small, corym- biform-cymose panicles, involucres about 5 mm. high; bracts yellowish, glutinous, erose-ciliate on the margins, 4-ranked and in about 3 series, the outer ovate, acutish, the inner spatulate-oblong, rounded at the apex ; achenes sparingly strigose ; corollas scarcely exceeding the involucres. This species has many characters of Chrysothamnus puberulus, soo RypBERG: Rocky MOUNTAIN FLORA but differs in the more yellowish-green herbage, the whiter stems, the narrower, more erect, thick, 1-nerved instead of 3-nerved leaves, the finer pubescence, and the involucres, which are narrower and with different bracts. In C. puderulus the inner bracts are linear or linear-lanceolate and acute. The young achenes are only slightly strigose, in which respect it approaches C. Bakeri and C. Vasey. Uran: Along Sevier River, below Marysvale, July 20, 1905, Rydberg & Carlton 6993 (type, in herb. N. Y. Bot. Gard.) ; also 6983; Mount Barette, July 26, 7253. SoLrpaGo MIssouRIENSIS Nutt. Jour. Acad. Pavia. 9 242.1534 Solidago Tolmieana A. Gray, Syn. Fl. 11: 151. 1884. Dr. Gray in the original publication of S. Zo/mieana adds the following note: ‘Has been taken for a form of S. mzssourtensis var. montana ;” but he overlooked the fact that it was identi- cal with the original S. mssouriensis, He might have been led astray by Nuttall himself, who later included in S. mssouriensis the common plant of the upper Missouri Basin with recurved secund branches. That the latter is not the original S. #zssourtensis may be seen from Nuttall’s diagnosis, of which I here give a copy: “55 SOLIDAGO * mssouriensis. Pumila, glabra, racemis erectis, foliis lineari-lanceolatis, acutis, inciso-subserrulatis, superioribus integris, panicula brevi laxa, floribus majusculis.”’ «Stem slender, smooth, leafy, about a foot or so high. Leaves scabrous at the margin. Panicle about three inches long, the branches slender, the flowers pedicellate, and brought together in a somewhat rhomboidal raceme. Rays as long as the calyx.” This agrees with S. Zo/mieana but not with the plant de- scribed by Gray as S. mzssourtensis. The original Solidago missouriensis was collected by Wyeth on the upper branches of the Missouri. There is a specimen of this collection in the Torrey Herbarium which agrees with the description and this matches very well the type of S. Zolmicana in the Gray Herbarium. The plant described by Gray as S. mis- souriensis is Characterized by its flat-topped or round-topped in- florescence with recurved-spreading, secund branches, in variance with Nuttall’s characterization: ‘‘racemis erectis,’” and ‘the flow- RYDBERG: Rocky MOUNTAIN FLORA 133 ers pedicellate, and drought together in a somewhat rhomboidal raceme.’ The synonymy of Gray’s plant is as follows: SOLIDAGO GLABERRIMA Martens, Bull. Acad. Brux. 8: 68. 1841 Solidago missourtensis Nutt. Trans. Am. Phil. Soc. II. 7: 327, in part. 1840. Not S. missouriensis Nutt. 1834. Solidago missouriensis A. Gray, Syn. Fl. 17: 155. 1884. Solidago serotina Hook. Comp. Bot. Mag. 1: 97. 1835. Not. serotina Ait. 1789. ‘ Solidago glaucophylla sp. nov. Perennial, with a branching rootstock ; stems slender, pale, gla- brous up to the sparingly pubescent inflorescence; leaves glabrous, glaucous, minutely ciliolate on the margins, rather thick, linear- oblanceolate or the upper linear, triple-nerved, 6-10 cm. long, 4-10 mm. wide, entire, acute ; inflorescence a round-topped panicle, the branches somewhat recurved-spreading and somewhat secund ; heads about 5 mm. high; bracts oblong, obtuse, or the outer lance-oblong, acutish ; rays short, 2-2.5 mm. long, 0.7-0.8 mm. wide ; achenes slightly strigose-hirsute. This species is related to Solidago missourtensis and S. glaber- vima, but differs from both in the narrow, entire, glaucous leaves and the thicker, oblong and obtuse instead of linear-lanceolate and acute bracts. The type grew on dry plains at an altitude of 1000 m. Montana: Dry plains near Kalispel, Flathead Valley, July 25, 1901, MacDougal 760 (type, in herb. N. Y. Bot. Gard.). Wyominc: Buffalo, July 25, 1896, A. Nelson 2507 (?, similar but with narrower inflorescence). - Solidago nivea sp. nov. Perennial, with a woody cespitose rootstock and short caudex ; stems 1-2 dm. high, decumbent at the base, canescent-puberulent ; basal leaves 2—4 cm. long, short-petioled ; blades obovate-spatu- late, rounded at the apex, entire or nearly so; stem-leaves oblanceolate, sessile, the upper acutish ; all leaves thick, densely canescent- puberulent, almost velvety and almost white ; inflores- cence a flat-topped corymbiform panicle ; heads slightly nodding at first, but not secund on the branches, about 6 mm. high; 134 RypBerG: Rocky MOUNTAIN FLORA bracts yellowish with a greenish midrib, lanceolate and acute ; achenes hirsute-strigose ; ligules 3 mm. long and nearly I mm. wide. This is closely related to Solidago nana, but differs in the narrower, lanceolate, and acute bracts. Its pubescence is usually also denser and whiter. Platt’s specimens were labeled S. ms- souriensis v. montana Gray, to which it has no relationship, only resembling it a little in habit and in the narrow bracts. Montana: Lima, Aug., 1905, Rydberg 2804 (type, in herb. N. Y. Bot. Gard.); Hot Sulphur Springs, July 24, 1871, W. &. Platt. ~ Solidago Garrettii sp. nov. Perennial, with a creeping rootstock; stem 2-3 dm. high, sparingly puberulent or glabrous ; leaves obovate-spatulate or the upper oval, entire or the lower toothed towards the apex, rather thin, triple- nerved, minutely and sparingly scabrous-puberulent or nearly glabrate, oe on the margins, 3-6 cm. long ; inflorescence more or less leafy, with a few secund branches ; heads 5-6 mm. high « bracts lanceolate, acute, yellowish ; ligules 2 mm. long and fully 0.5 mm. wide, golden yellow; achenes sparingly hirsute. This species is related to Solidago mollis, S. radulina, and S. Radula, It differs from the first in the thinner, green, more decid- edly obovate, and sparingly pubescent leaves, and the open, few- branched panicle; from S. radulina in the larger, thinner leaves, the open and more leafy inflorescence, and the acute instead of obtuse bracts; and from S. Radu/a in the thin, broad leaves, large, ample upper stem-leaves, the small inflorescence, and acute bracts. Uran: Big Cottonwood Cafion, Aug. 28, 1906, A. O. Garrett 2047 (type, in herb. N. Y. Bot. Gard.); same locality and col- lector, Aug. 14, 1905, 2608, and Aug. 5, 1905, 1587. Wyominc: Headwaters of Cliff Creek, Aug. 9-18, 1900, byt. Caras. ASTER RICHARDsonII Sprengel, Syst. 3: 528. 1826 Aster montanus Richards. App. Frankl. Journ. 749. 1823. Not A. montanus Nuttall. 1818. Aster salsuginosus Less. Linnaea 6: 124. 1831. Not A. salsu- ginosus Richards. 1823. RYDBERG: Rocky MOUNTAIN FLORA 135 Aster Richardson, var. gigantea Hook. F1. Bor.-Am. 2: 7. 1834. Aster sibiricus giganteus A. Gray, Syn. Fl. 17: 177. 1884. Aster giganteus Rydb. Bull. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 2: 184. 1901. In describing Aster meritus,* Professor Aven Nelson evidently was correct in referring the name A. Richardsoniit Spreng. to the subarctic species, characterized by the densely villous peduncles and involucres, which the writer has named A. giganteus. Rich- ardson collected both, as shown by specimens in the Columbia University herbarium, and evidently included both under the name A. montanus, but his description applies only to the plant which Hooker afterwards named and described as A. Richardsonit, var. gigantea. There are, however, two points in Professor Nelson’s discussion which are a little erroneous, ambiguous, and unclear, wherefore I add the following. Professor Nelson has made the following remarks: ‘It is equally clear that A. Richardsonii is the name given to the A. montanus Nutt.” If this was true, A. Richardsonit should be a synonym of A. sericeus montanus of the Southern States, and I re- ceived that impression when I read Professor Nelson’s discussion. Evidently this was not Professor Nelson’s intention. He evidently meant A. montanus Richardson. From Professor Nelson’s discussion, one also gets the impres- sion that A. meritus Nels. is not found in the subarctic regions, and is a plant of the Rocky Mountains only, but this is not the fact. The specimens regarded as A. Richardson by Hooker and cited in his Flora, as collected in the “ barren country from lat. 64° to the Arctic Seas”’ belong to A. meritus. Two of Richard- son’s specimens are in the herbarium of Columbia University. These cannot be distinguished from Nelson’s vos. 2734 and 6610 cited under A. meritus. As said before, Richardson collected both plants. Hooker was the first one to distinguish them and made one the species, the other the variety of A. Richardsonti Spreng., as A. montanus Rich- ardson was not available on account of the older A. montanus Nutt., A. Richardsonit Spreng. being only a substitute for the former. Under ordinary circumstances, we should have followed Hooker's interpretation and used A. Richardsoni for the short-pubescent * Bot. Gaz. 37: 268, 1904. 136 RypBErG: Rocky MOouNTAIN FLORA plant. The writer made such a ruling in 1901, when he raised A. Richardsonii, var. gigantea to specific rank. But it is evident from Richardson’s description that his A. sonxtanus characterized rather the more villous-tomentose plant. Not only was Sprengel’s A. Richardsonii based upon A. montanus Richardson, but his description also characterizes Hooker’s var. gigantea. The synonymy of the more southern plant is as follows : AsTER MERITUS A. Nelson, Bot. Gaz. 37: 269. 1904 Aster montanus Richardson, App. Frankl. Journ. 32, in part (?). 1823. Aster Richardson Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. 2: 7. 1834. Not A. Richardsoni Spreng. 1826. Aster sibiricus A. Gray, Syn. F). 17: 176. 1884. Not A. szbiricus 1753. - Aster Williamsii sp. nov. Perennial, with cespitose rootstock ; stems erect, about 3 dm. high, more or less villous; leaves oblanceolate, 3-10 cm. long, the lower petioled, the upper sessile, finely villous on both sides ; heads few in a corymbiform inflorescence; involucres 8 mm. high, I cm. broad; bracts linear or lance-linear, acute, sparingly and finely villous on the back, slightly scarious-margined below, im- bricate in 3 series; rays lilac, about 1 cm. long; achenes spar- ingly and finely pilose ; pappus tawny. This species is somewhat intermediate between Aster andinus and A. meritus. From the former it differs in the taller and more slender, erect stem, the finely villous leaves, the shorter, more numerous and more pubescent involucral bracts; and from the latter in the narrower leaves, which are always entire, in the com- paratively higher involucre, and the narrower bracts. WyominG: Dry hills, North Fork of Clear Creek, Big Horn Mountains, Aug. 12, 1898, 7. A. Williams (type, in herb. N. Y. Bot. Gard.); eastern slope of Big Horn Mountains, headwaters of Clear Creek and Crazy Woman River, July 20-Aug. 15, 1900, Tweedy 30 96 A, » Aster Macounii sp. nov. Perennial, with a rootstock; stem 3-6 dm. high, sparingly hispid-strigose, purple-tinged ; leaves thick, oblanceolate or lance- ate, 2-8 cm. long, hispidulous- ciliate, otherwise glabrous ; in- RYDBERG: Rocky MOUNTAIN FLORA 137 florescence corymbiform ; heads solitary on branches with lance- olate bract-like leaves; involucre 8-10 mm. high, 12-15 mm. broad ; bracts oblanceolate, squarrose, acute and spinulose-tipped, pubescent on the back and ciliate on the margins; rays 7-8 mm. long, rose-colored ; achenes strigose, pappus pinkish tawny. This species combines the characters of two different groups of asters. It has the habit, leaves, middle-sized heads, pappus, and pubescence of the bracts of Aster Nelsonit, A. griseus, and their allies, but has the spinulose- or callus-tipped bracts and upper leaves of A. multifiorus, A commutatus, etc. Canada: Old Wives Lake, Northwest Territory [Keewatin], July, 1880, John Macoun (type, in herb. Columbia Univ.). AsTeR Linpieyanus T. & G. Fl. N. Am. 2: 122. 1841 Aster paniculatus, var. 0 Lindl. in Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am, 2: 8. 1834. Dr. Gray in his Synoptical Flora* stated: ‘The original of this species was raised by Gordon from Labrador seeds and has more extended inflorescence of smaller heads than is common in the wild plant.” Dr. Gray evidently referred to Aster paniculatus Ait. ;+ however, A. Lindleyanus was not based on A. paniculatus Ait., but principally on A. paniculatus, var. 0 of Lindley in Hooker's Flora, although A. paniculatus of the same work was partly in- cluded. The var. 0 was collected by Richardson near Slave Lake. Whether this plant is the same as A. paniculatus Ait. is very doubtful. Aster Lindleyanus has been reported from many stations in eastern North America as far south as Ohio, but the eastern plant differs somewhat from that of the Mackenzie basin and the northern Rockies in thinner more decidedly cordate basal leaves, and in its bracts with more conspicuous green tips. As these differences are hardly specific it is best to leave the eastern plant in A. Vindleyanus. In the northern Rockies and the Saskatchewan region there are found plants which have been referred to 4. Lindlejanus but which the writer thinks are distinct. They can be distinguished as follows : Basal leaf-llades cordate or cme! ovate; upper stem-leaves lance- olate, achenes glabrou Petioles,midribs, and wall also the stem pubescent with long white hairs A. Wilsonii, 72: 18h 1884. ¢ Hort. Kew. 3: 207. 1789. 138 RypsBerG: Rocky MouNTAIN FLORA Plant glabrous or sparingly short-pubescent A. Lindleyanus. Basal leaf-blades lanceolate ; upper sem-leaves eaccaives lanceolate e of the inflorescence lance-line Heads saws ; involucres 8-9 mm. high ; rays about 15 mm. long ; HOWCNES A DTOUS 05 lies vaca sds vstvaceuesocsstesteccssarsesesrs socees A. MacCallae. Heads numerous; involucres 5-6 mm. high; rays 8-Io mm long; achenes hispidulous-strigose A, Butleri. . Aster Wilsonii sp. nov. Aster Lindleyanus 8B T. & G. Fl. N. Am. 2: 122. 1841. Perennial, with a horizontal rootstock; stem 3-6 dm. high often purplish, more or less pubescent with long white, curved, somewhat deciduous hairs ; basal leaves petioled; petioles 5-10 cm. long, densely white-ciliate, together with the midrib ; blades ovate or subcordate, 5-10 cm. long, usually more or less hirsute on both sides, but in age glabrate, serrate, acuminate at the apex ; the lower stem-leaves similar; the upper lanceolate, sessile, sub- entire or those of the paniculate inflorescence narrowly lanceolate ; involucre 7-8 mm. high, scarcely 1 cm. wide ; bracts subulate, at- tenuate, with a green midrib which widens somewhat above the middle ; rays 8-10 mm. long, bluish purple; pappus tawny ; achenes glabrous. This species is related to Aster Lindleyanus and may grade into it, but the typical specimens are very distinct, characterized by the long white hairs on the petioles, midribs, and often the stem, by the narrower upper leaves, the smaller heads, and the more ascena- ing branches. British Corumpia: Armstrong, 1904, &. Wilson g19 (type, in herb. N. Y. Bot. Gard.) ; also gr, 476, and 393. ALBERTA: Grattan Creek, Aug. 16, 1906, Macoun & Herriot 77073; also Edmonton, Aug. 26, 1906, 77074. WESTERN Ontario: Fort Williams, Sept. 7, 1889, Dr and Mrs. N. L. Britton and Miss Millie Timmerman. MACKENZIE: Fort Resolution and Mackenzie River, 1361-2 R. Kennicott. : v Aster MacCallae sp. nov. (?) Aster praecor Lindl. in Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. 2: 9 1834. Not A. praecox Willd. 1813. Perennial, with a horizontal rootstock; stems 3-6 dm. high, often purplish, glabrous up to the inflorescence, the tranches of which are slightly pubescent in lines; lower leaves vith winged RyDBERG: Rocky MOUNTAIN FLORA 139 petioles, which are slightly dilated and ciliate at the base ; blades broadly lanceolate, 8-15 cm. long, usually more or less serrate with ascending teeth, acute, glabrous or essentially so, hispidulous- ciliolate on the margins, rather thick ; upper leaves lanceolate, sessile or those of the inflorescence lance-linear ; inflorescence or its few principal branches racemiform ; involucres 8—g mm. high, I cm. broad; bracts subulate, glabrous, with linear-lanceolate green tips and green midveins below; rays blue or bluish purple, about 15 mm. long; disk-flowers red-purple ; achenes glabrous, at least in age. This may be the A. praecox of Hooker's Flora Boreali-Ameri- cana; but the name is preoccupied by A. praecoxr Willd. It is related to A. Lindleyanus, but differs in the narrower leaves, of which the lower are neither cordate nor broadly ovate and those of the inflorescence are lance-linear, in the larger rays, which are about 15 mm. long, and in the more ascending branches of the simpler inflorescence. ALBERTA: Along streams, edge of woods on the Sulphur Mountain, Aug. 16, 1899, J/cCalla 2026 (type, in herb. N. Y. Bot. Gard.) ; roadside, Spray Avenue, Banff, Sept. 18, 1899, McCalla 2027; below Wapta Lake, Aug. 6, 1904, /, Macoun 69480; gravelly banks, Second Lake, Rocky Mountain Park, Aug. 3, 1891, Macoun 7770. “Aster Butleri sp. nov. Perennial, with a horizontal rootstock ; stem 4-10 dm. high, glabrous, slender ; lower leaves petioled ; blades lanceolate, about 1 dm. long, distantly serrate with ascending teeth, hispidulous- ciliolate on the margins, otherwise glabrous ; upper stem-leaves sessile, narrowly lanceolate, or those of the inflorescence lance- linear, entire ; inflorescence paniculate with numerous heads; in- volucres 5-6 mm. high. about 8 mm. wide; bracts subulate, with green midribs and narrowly lanceolate green tips, attenuate, gla- brous ; rays bluish purple, 8-10 mm. long; achenes hispidulous- strigose. This is related to the preceding, but differs from it in the large inflorescence with numerous small heads, and in the pubescent achenes. In the latter respect it differs from all the species of the Aster Lindleyanus group. Montana: Gateway, Aug. 16, 1908, B. 7: Butler 443 (type, in herb. N. Y. Bot. Gard.); also 433. 140 RYDBERG: Rocky MOUNTAIN FLORA ALBERTA: Field, Aug. 28, 1904, /. Macoun 65485. British CotumstA: Flood plains of Columbia at Beavermouth, Aug. 18, 1905, C. H. Shaw 1165; Armstrong, 1904, £. Wilson 422 (?); Emerald Lake, Aug. 30, 1904, /. Macoun 65488 (in part). - Aster subsalignus sp. nov. Perennial, with a rootstock ; stem glabrous throughout, 6-10 dm. high ; leaves nearly erect, glabrous, glaucous, entire, clasping but scarcely auricled, 5-10 cm. long, narrowly linear, 6-7 mm branches lance-linear and reduced ; inflorescence paniculate ; invo- lucres about 7 mm. high and 8 mm. wide; bracts linear or the outer linear-lanceolate, glabrous, acute, with a green midrib and narrowly lanceolate green tip, or the outer nearly wholly green ; rays bluish or bluish purple, about 8 mm. long ; achenes glabrous ; pappus tawny ; disk-flowers dark, red-purple. This is related to Aster Geyeri, but differs in the narrow leaves, scarcely auricled at the base ; they are also more erect or strongly ascending and wholly entire. It stands in the same relation to Aster Geyerias A. virgatus and A. concinnus do to A. laevis. It has the narrow green tips of the bracts found in A. Geyer? but not in the others. The spreading branches of the inflorescence with their very small bract-like leaves characteristic of the three are not found in this species, and scarcely in A. Geyeri. Cotorapo: Glenwood Springs, Aug. 18, 1906, G. &. Oster- hout 3397 (type, in herb. N. Y. Bot. Gard.). Aster Wooroni! Greene, Leaflets 1: 146. 1905. Aster hesperius Wootonit Greene, Bull. Torrey Club 25: 119. 1898. In raising the variety to specific rank, Dr. Greene stated : “ Mr. Baker’s n. 817 from near Gunnison represents well that of Mr. Wooton’s distribution from New Mexico, and I judge the form worthy of specific rank.” In the herbarium of the New York Botanical Garden there are duplicates of both Baker 8r7 and Wooten 329, the latter the type of A. hesperius Wootonit. Thetwo are not the same. The latter has the subequal loose bracts and entire leaves of A. hesperius, and is best referred to that species ; in fact it matches very closely Wright 1158, which number I take to be the type of A. hesperius. In the former the bracts are well RYDBERG: Rocky MounrTAIN FLORA 141 imbricated in 3 or 4 unequal series and the leaves are distinctly dentate and it agrees in every respect with specimens of A. panicu- atus. In the writer's judgment it is nothing but the not uncom- mon pinkish- or light lilac-flowered form of that species. Aster roseolus sp. nov. Perennial, with a horizontal rootstock ; stem 3~—5 dm. high, often purple-tinged, glabrous, pilose in lines on the branches ; leaves linear, glabrous or nearly so, scabrous-ciliolate on the mar- gins, 5-10 cm. long, 5-12 mm. wide, inflorescence paniculate but the heads usually few; involucres about 5 mm. high, 8-9 mm. broad ; bracts glabrous, oblong or oblong-linear, acute, in about 3 series, often wholly green, with broadly lanceolate tips; rays rose-colored, 5-6 mm. long ; achenes hispiéulous-strigose. This species is related to Aster longulus and A. Tradescanti, but differs in the bright rose-colored rays, the less numerous heads, simpler plant, and broader leaves. It grows in meadows at an alti- tude of 1500-2000 m. : Monrana: Melrose, 1895, Rydberg 2817 (type, in herb. N. Y. Bot. Gard.); Lima, Aug. 5, 1895, Rydberg ; Logan, July 28, 1895, Shear 5253; Emigrant Gulch, Aug. 23, 1897, Rydberg & Bessey 5121. v Aster Franklinianus Rydb. nom. nov. Aster salicifolius Richardson, in Frankl. Journ. 748. 1823. Not Aster salicifolius Lam. 1783. Aster laxiflorus Lindl. in Hook, Fl. Bor.-Am, 2:10, mainly. 1834. Not Aster laxiflorus Nees. 1833. Aster laxifiorus borealis T. & G. Fl. N. Am. 2: 138, in part. 1841. Dr. Gray referred this to Aster junceus but it is more closely related to A. Jongifolius, having the subequal bracts and the dark green leaves of that species, but the bracts are narrower and strictly appressed and the leaves are very narrowly linear and as far as I know perfectly entire. It is A. /ariflorus of Lindley mainly but he included a specimen of Mrs. Percival’s from eastern Canada (apparently of A. yunceus), and this very specimen is the type of A. laxiflorus borealis T. & G. Otherwise the species would have become J. dorealis Prov., as Provancher raised the variety to specific rank. He also characterized the eastern plant. The fol- lowing specimens belong to A. /ranklinianus - 142 RypBErRG: Rocky MOouNTAIN FLORA MACKENZIE TERR.: Slave Lake, Richardson ; Wooded Coun- try, Richardson ; Mackenzie River 1861-2, Kezmnicott; Fort Reso- lution, 1861-2, Onion, Kennicott & Hardisty. SASKATCHEWAN: 1857-8, £. Bourgeau. Montana: Gateway, Aug. 17, 1908, Butler 477, 473, and 434; Helena, Aug. 16, 1892, Kelsey. ‘ Aster junciformis sp. nov. Aster gunceus Coulter, Man. 161, in part. 1885. Aster longulus Rydb. Fl. Colo. 356. 1906. Not Aster longulus Sheldon. 1894. Perennial, with a slender horizontal rootstock ; stem slender, 3-5 dm. high, simple below, with pilose lines or wholly glabrous below; leaves narrowly linear, 4-8 cm. long, 2-4 mm. wide, scabrous-ciliolate on the margins, light green; inflorescence corymbiform, with the rather few heads terminating the stem and leafy branches; involucres about 6 mm. high, about I cm. broad; bracts glabrous, erose-ciliolate; the inner bracts linear, acute, with green midrib and green lanceolate tips, the outer oblong or somewhat oblanceolate, obtuse, and often almost wholly green ; rays white, 6-8 mm. long; achenes sparingly hairy or nearly glabrous. This has been known under the name of A. jwnceus in nearly all western botany, but differs in the always white rays, the sub- corymbose inflorescence, and the broader bracts. In the eastern A, junceus the bracts are narrowly linear or linear-subulate and the rays are always described as light purple. Montana: East Gallatin Swamps, July 24, 1896, Hlodman 533 (type, in herb. N. Y. Bot. Gard.). Nortu Dakota: Butte, Aug. 5, 1906, Lunell. SoutH Dakota: Custer, Aug. 15, 1892, Rydberg 775. CoLorapo: West Cliff, 1896, Shear 3463, 3817; Twin Lakes, Clements 388 and 379. MINNEsoTA: Minneapolis, 1891, G. B. Aiton; Hennepin County, 1890, Sandberg. SASKATCHEWAN: Cypress Hills, 1880, /. Macoun; Lake Manitou, July 23, 1906, Macoun & Herriot 77052; also Bear Hills, July 29, 77052. ALBERTA: Five miles west of Battle River, 1906, Macoun & Herriot 77053 ; also Grattan Creek, Aug. 16, 77050. RypDBERG: Rocky MounTAIN FLORA 143 British CoLuMBIA: Swamps at Gold Stream, Aug. 3, 190%, Shaw 1081, » Aster eriocaulis sp. nov. Perennial, with a rootstock ; stems. about 8 dm. high, leafy, more or less villous, especially above, purplish ; stem-leaves lan- ceolate, 3-7 cm. long, ciliolate on the margins, otherwise glabrous, more or less auriculate-clasping ; inflorescence a round-topped panicle ; involucres 8 mm. high, 10-12 mm. broad ; bracts linear, acute, more or less ciliate, in 2-3 series, with green midrib and lanceolate green tips, or the outermost almost wholly green; rays purple, 8-1o mm. long ; achenes sparingly hirsute-strigose. This species is perhaps most nearly related to Aster loncho- phyllus but differs in the longer villous pubescence of the stem, the more or less clasping” leaves, less imbricated and not purple- tinged bracts. In general habit and leaf-form it resembles some- what A. /essicae, but differs in the glabrous leaves and narrower glabrous bracts. IpaAHoO: Mountain meadows, valley of Traille River, Kootenai County, Aug. 9, 1892, Sandberg, MacDougal, & Heller 877 (type, in herb. N. Y. Bot. Gard.). - Aster subcaudatus sp. nov. Perennial, with a creeping rootstock ; stem 3-6 dm. high, more or less purple, glabrous below, with villous or pilose peduncles and lines above; lower leaves petioled, 1-2 dm. long ; blades lance- olate, 4~10 cm. long, often sparingly dentate with ascending sharp teeth, dark green, glabrous, ciliolate on the. margins ; upper leaves sessile, linear-lanceolate, attenuate ; panicle open, with rather few heads ; involucres 7-8 mm. high, about 12 mm. broad; bracts linear- subulate, in 2 or 3 series, but nearly of the same length, attenuate, the inner almost caudate, only slightly white-margined below ; rays purple, about 1 cm. long ; achenes nearly glabrous, The type was determined as Aster Fremontit (?), but is evi- dently distinct ; differing from that species as well as its relatives, A. occidentalis, A. ciliomarginatus, etc., in the narrow attenuate bracts. It is alsoa taller plant with a tendency to having dentate leaves. If one should use Piper’s key in his Flora of Washington it would fall under A. occidentalis Nutt. The latter, as described in Gray’s Synoptical Flora, has well-imbricated bracts, of which the outer are shorter; but neither the present species nor Gray’s 144 RypsBerGc: Rocky MounTAIN FLORA description agrees with the original diagnosis of Aster occidentalts. It may be that the plant described by Gray should receive a new name. I have not seen Nuttall’s type and shall await the chance of seeing it before making such a change. ALBERTA: Laggan, Lake Louise region, alt. 1950 m., Aug. 23, 1902, Rosendahl ro8g (type, in herb. N. Y. Bot. Gard.) ; also ro6r, Ipano: Priest Lake, Aug. 1901, Piper 4120, 3723, 3682. Montana: Rost Lake, July 15-16, 1901, MacDougal 661; Big Fork, July 24, 1908, Butler 697. ‘ Aster Umbachii sp. nov. Perennia!, with a slender rootstock ; stem slender, erect, simple, glabrous below, sparingly pilose above, 3-5 dm. high ; lower leaves about 1 dm. long, petioled ; blades broadly oblanceolate or lance- olate, dark green, more or less crenate, acute, glabrous, ciliolate on the margins ; middle stem-leaves similar but the petioles with dilated, clasping bases ; upper stem-leaves lanceolate, sessile ; heads I—3 in a corymbiform inflorescence ; involucres 8—g mm. high, 12-15 mm. broad; bracts in about 2 series, oblong-oblanceolate, acute, not very unlike in length, glabrous, slightly ciliate, with broad lanceolate green tips; rays dark bluish-purple, fully 1 cm. long; achenes almost glabrous ; pappus tawny. This species is most nearly related to Aster ciliomarginatus Rydb. (A. glastifolius Greene) ; but differs in the dark green and mostly crenate leaves and broader and more conspicuously green- tipped bracts. In A. ciliomarginatus the leaves are light green, more or less glaucous and entire. Montana: River bank, Lake McDonald, Aug. 20, 1901, Umbach 275 (type, in herb. N. Y. Bot. Gard.); also 267. “ Aster Mearnsii sp. nov. Perennial, with a rootstock; stem 3-10 dm. high, leafy, branched, glabrous below, sparingly pubescent above ; leaves linear, 5-10 cm. long, ascending-spreading, sessile, entire, gla- brous and smooth beneath, scabrous or glabrate above, scabrous- ciliolate on the margins ; inflorescence large, paniculate, leafy ; heads numerous, disk about 8 mm. high and barely 1 cm. broad ; bracts oblanceolate, acute, some longer than the disk ; rays about 8 mm. long, white or pinkish ; achenes strigulose, RYDBERG: Rocky MouUNTAIN FLORA 145 This species is intermediate between A. oreganus Nutt. and A. proximus Greene. It has often been mistaken for the former, as it has the same narrow leaves and general habit, but differs in the involucre, which is essentially that of A. proximus, consisting of foliaceous oblanceolate outer bracts and shorter merely green- tipped inner ones ; but the bracts are less squamose and the leaves much narrower, darker in color, and firmer. Wyominc : Mammoth Hot Springs, Oct. 11, 1902, Mearns 4806 (type, in herb. N. Y. Bot. Gard.); same locality and col- lector, Aug. 2, 2737 (?); Aug. 17, 3390, Gardiner River, Sept. 11, 1902, Mearns 3915; Mt. Leidy, Aug., 1897, Tweedy 567. Montana: Bozeman, Aug. 24, 1892, Kelsey ; near Rost Lake, Aug., 1901, MacDougal 887a,; Belt River, Oct., 1883, F. W. Anderson 3803. SASKATCHEWAN: Cypress Hills, Aug. 5, 1880, /. Macoun 7938. ALBERTA: Crows Nest Pass, July 31, 1897, /. Wacoun 23076 ; overflow from Middle Spring, Banff, July 16, 1899, Sauson 2241 ; Banff, Sept. 24, 1904, /. Macoun 65486, ‘ Aster phyllodes sp. nov. Aster foliaceus Britt. & Brown, Ill. Fl. 3: 371 (excluding figure). 1898. Not A. foliaceus Lindl. 1835. The plant described in Britton & Brown’s Illustrated Flora is not Aster foliaceus Lindl. of the Northwest, which is a simple plant, with 1-3 large heads and narrowly linear-lanceolate leaves. The figure in the Illustrated Flora was not drawn from my Kimball County plant as stated there. It probably does not rep- resent an Astev at all. Evidently some illustrations have been interchanged. The Nebraska plant is nearer to A. puniceus in habit than to A. foliaceus, although the pubescence and bracts approach the latter. It is more closely related to A. proximus Greene, but differs in the more or less toothed and more distinctly auriculate, darker leaves. The only specimens seen are the following : NeEsrRASKA : Lodge Pole Creek, near Kimball, Kimball County, Aug. 12, 1891, Rydberg 165 (type). Cororapo: West of Livermore, Larimer Co., Aug. 26, 1896, Osterhout 2953. 146 RYDBERG: Rocky MOUNTAIN FLORA Xylorrhiza lanceolata sp. nov. Shrubby perennial, with white stems; branches more or less villous; leaves lanceolate, 4-6 cm. long, more or less villous, especially when young, reticulately veined, dentate with spinu- lose-subulate teeth, which are directed forward and then fal- cately curved outward ; peduncles 1-2 dm. long ; involucre fully I cm. high, 15-20 mm. broad; bracts lance-subulate, villous and slightly glandular, attenuate and spinulose-tipped, the inner about equaling the disk, a few of the outer ones often longer and squarrose ; rays purple, about 2 cm. long; achenes hirsute ; pap- pus brownish tawny. This is related to Xylorrhiza tortifolia (T. & G.) Greene, but differs in the broader leaves and their teeth. In X. sortifolia, the body of the leaves is linear or narrowly linear-lanceolate, the teeth are shorter and broader and diverge at almost right angles to the midrib ; the outer bracts are neither elongated nor spreading. Uran: St. George, 1877, Palmer 208 (type, in herb. Colum- bia Univ. and N. Y. Bot. Gard.); South Utah, 1875, 7, £. John- son; 1874, C. C. Parry gt (2). - Unamia alba (Nutt.) Rydb. comb. nov. Inula ( Chrysopsis) alba Nutt. Gen. 2: 152. 1818. Aster albus Eat. Man. Bot. 127. 1829. Not Aster albus Willd. 1826, Doellingeria ptarmicoides Nees, Gen. & Sp. Ast. 183. 1833. Chrysopsis alba Nutt.; Nees, Gen. & Sp. Ast. 18 3, aS a synonym. 1833. Diplopappus albus Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. 2: 21. 1834. Flehastrum album DC. Prod. §: 264. 1836. Encephalus albus Nutt. Trans. Am. Phil. Soc. II. '7: 299. 1840. Aster ptarmicoides T. & G. Fl. N. Am. 2: 160. 1841. Unamia ptarmicoides Greene, Leaflets 1: 6. 1903. From the various disposition which has been made of this plant, it is evident that the species has been out of place in all the genera to which it had been referred. I therefore agree with Dr. Greene that it represents the type of a distinct genus. Unfortu- nately Dr. Greene did not use the first available specific name, which is here accepted. Usually the original publication is given as Chrysopsis alba Nutt. Gen. 2: 152. 1818. In that work RYDBERG: Rocky MOUNTAIN FLORA 147 Nuttall, however, did not publish it as Chrysopsis but as /nula, Chrysopsis being only a subgeneric name. The Kew Index cites DC. Prod. (4. c.) as the place of publication of the combination Chrysopsis alba, but it appeared at least one year earlier in Nees’s Genera. In describing the genus Uxamia, Dr. Greene stated : “And that the bristles of the pappus are visibly dilated at the tip is a character, here for the first time noted.”” This appears to be not quite the fact, for we find in the’sectional description in Torrey & Gray’s Flora: ‘the longer bristles clavellate-thickened at the apex ;” and in Gray’s Synoptical Flora: ‘‘pappus white, of rather rigid bristles, longer ones manifestly clavellate at tip.” The ex- pressions used by these authors are even more characteristic than Greene’s description, for the pappus-bristles are by no means flat- tened, as the word “dilated” usually implies. » Unamia lutescens (Lindl.) Rydb. comb. nov. Diplopappus albus 3 Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am 2: 21. 1834. Diplopappus lutescens Lindl.; DC. Prod. 5: 278. 1834. Aster lutescens T. & G. Fl. N. Am. 2: 160. 1841. Aster ptarmicoides lutescens A. Gray, Syn. Fl. 1°: 199. 1888. The color of the rays, yellow or ochroleucous as it has been described, is probably of little value specifically and may vary ; but in the specimens seen the bracts are “very obtuse” as described in Torrey & Gray’s Flora, the inner even rounded at the apex and therefore different from those of the typical U. alba. The range of this species seems to be more restricted than that of U. alba, extending from Illinois and Wisconsin to Saskatchewan. v Doellingeria pubens (Gray) Rydb. sp. nov. Aster umbellatus pubens A. Gray, Syn. Fl. 1°: 197. 1884. This I think specifically distinct from D. uméellata (Mill.) Nees. - Machaeranthera angustifolia nom, nov. Machaeranthera linearis Rydb. Mem. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 1: 398. 1900. Not M. linearis Greene. 1897. Machaeranthera leptophylia sp. nov. Biennial, cespitose at the base; stems slender, simple up to the inflorescence, green, sparingly puberulent, 3-5 dm. high; 148 RypBerGc: Rocky Moun'rAIN FLORA lower leaves petioled, 2-5 cm. long, finely cinereous-puberulent, in age sparingly so; blades spatulate or oblanceolate, entire or sparingly dentate, thin ; upper leaves linear- oblanceolate or linear, entire ; branches strongly ascending ; involucre turbinate, 8 mm high, 8-romm. broad ; bracts in 6 or 7 series, linear, acute; green tip short, glandular-puberulent, much shorter than the chartaceous portion, only slightly squarrose; rays rose-purple, about 8 mm. long ; achenes finely strigose. This agrees fairly well with the description of JZ /aetevirens Greene, except that the plant is evidently cinereous-puberulent. Uran: Logan, Aug. 9, 1895, Aydberg (type, in herb. N. Y. Bot. Gard.). New YorK BOTANICAL GARDEN. Studies on the flora of Southern California — III Le Roy ABRAMS ’ Lepidium bernardinum sp. nov. Root stout, perpendicular ; stem simple below, branched above, or in small specimens simple, 4-6 dm. high, pubescent below with short, deflexed hairs, puberulent above ; basal leaves oblanceolate, the blade toothed, 3-5 cm. long, tapering to a slightly longer, somewhat winged petiole, pubescent ; petiole ciliate on the mar- gin; stem-leaves narrowly oblanceolate, sessile, pubescent, toothed, those of the ultimate branches becoming entire and nearly linear ; sepals slightly exceeding I mm. in length; petals oblanceolate, scarcely equaling the sepals; silicels glabrous, 3.5 mm. broad, orbicular or slightly longer than broad, on slender, puberulent, widely spreading, terete pedicels, which are about 5 mm. long; cotyledons incumbent. A near relative of Lepidium medium, but readily distinguished by its pubescence, broader leaves, and larger silicels. Lepidium bernardinum is common in the coniferous forests of the southern California mountains. The type, which is deposited in the herbarium of the New York Botanical Garden, was collected by the writer (2826) in Bear Valley, San Bernardino Mountains, July, 1902. ‘ Cercocarpus minutiflorus sp. nov. Shrub 2-2.5 meters high, with herbage glabrous throughout ; leaves obovate, cuneate at base, serrate-toothed on the rounded summit, I~2 cm. long, green and shiny beneath, thin; veins 3 or 4 pairs ; petioles 4 mm. long ; pedicels slender, 7 mm. long; calyx- tube 12 mm. long (in young fruit), 1 mm. broad; calyx-limb 2 mm. broad, minutely and very sparsely tomentulose, its lobes subulate-triangular. The small bright green leaves distinguish this species at once in the field. The minute calyx-limb with its almost subulate lobes are, also, quite unlike the silky-tomentose calyx-limb and broadly triangular lobes of C. detulacfolius. This species belongs to the chaparral belt of southwestern San Diego County, where it seems wholly to replace C. detu/acfolius. 149 150 ABRAMS: FLORA OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA een ase ed FIGURE I, Photograph of the type specimen of Amelanchier recurvata Abrams, about two fifths of its natural size. ABRAMS: FLORA OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA 151 The type was collected by the writer (3376) in dry chaparral-cov- ered hills, near San Dieguito (Bernardo), May 4, 1903. The type sheet of this species, as well as those of the follow- ing new species, is deposited in the herbarium of the Leland Stanford Jr. University. » Amelanchier recurvata sp. nov. Low spreading shrub, 1~1.5 meters high; branches slender, spreading and more or less drooping, their bark reddish brown; leaves mostly broadly oblong, 15~25 mm. long, distinctly serrate on the rounded or truncate summit, sparsely tomentulose on both surfaces ; veins in 7 or 8 pairs, prominent; petioles slender, 4-6 mm. long ; racemes 4—7-flowered ; pedicels nearly or quite glabrous, reddish ; calyx glabrous without at flowering time, its lobes sharply acute, 3 mm. long, strongly recurved, villous within ; petals oblanceolate, 10 mm. long, rounded at the apex, 3.5-4 mm. broad. [FicurE I. ] Amelanchier recurvata has the foliage aspect of A. venulosa, but is distinguished by its slender, spreading habit, its more glabrous foliage and inflorescence, and by its larger flowers. Topatopa Mountains, altitude 5500 feet, Ventura County, Abrams & McGregor 107, June 4, 1908. ‘ Lupinus Hallii sp. nov. Shrubby, 6-10 dm. high; herbage canescent with a short appressed silky pubescence; leaflets 7-9, spatulate, 12-24 mm. long ; petioles slender, 2.5—4.5 cm. long ; peduncles 20-25 mm. long ; flowers mostly in whorls 2~3 cm. distant; bracts ovate- lanceolate, acuminate, caducous, 7 mm. long; calyx-lobes I cm. long, the upper 2-lobed (lobe 2 mm. long), the lower 3-toothed ; standard 15 mm. long, nearly orbicular; wings 15 mm. long, 8 mm. broad, completely enclosing the keel ; keel strongly falcate, 5 mm. broad at the angle, conspicuously ciliate on the central part of the inner margins; pod about 4 cm. long, silky-pubescent, 5- or 6-seeded. [FIGURE 2. Distinguished from L. a/bifrons, which seems to be confined to central California, by the size of the flower and the structure of the calyx. JL. albifrons has petals scarcely 10 mm. long, the lower calyx-lobe entire, and the upper lobed to near the middle. The large size of the flower in Z. Hadlit is like that of ZL. longifolius, but the latter has much larger leaves, which are less silky-pubescent, and calyx-lobes of the Z. a/bifrons type. 152 ABRAMS: FLORA OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA fe Lifset Hath. bom iyhs : FIGURE 2, Photograph of the type specimen of Lupinus Hallii Abrams, about two fifths of its natural size. ABRAMS: FLORA OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA 153 Type collected in Reche Cajion, altitude 400 meters, San Ber- nardino County, AH. JZ, Hall, May 15, 1901. Farish 4772, col- lected in the vicinity of San Bernardino, May, 1901, also belongs here. -Rhamnus pilosa (Trelease) Abrams, comb, nov. Rhamnus crocea, var. pilosa Trelease; Curran, Proc. Cal. Acad. iT, SSSR EGS: A small arborescent shrub with grayish bark and pilose herb- age; leaves broadly ovate or nearly orbicular, 15-30 mm. long, spinose-serrate ; calyx of staminate flowers 3.6 mm. long, its lobes ovate-lanceolate, 1.7 mm. long; anthers 0.5 mm. long, nearly as broad ; filaments scarcely dilated at base, nearly twice the length of the anthers ; fruiting pedicels equaling the glabrous capsules. This species, which was originally collected in the “Santa Maria Valley, in the mountains back of San Diego,’’ is apparently confined to the San Diego district. It is nearest related to Rhamuus ilicifolia, but differs in the pilose herbage, the shorter and broader calyx-lobes, and the minute anthers, which are scarcely half the size. STANFORD UNIVERSITY, CALIFORNIA. INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE — (1903-1908) The aim of this Index is to include all current botanical literature written by Americans, published in America, or based upon American material ; the word Amer- ica being used in its broadest sense. , and papers which relate exclusively to forestry, agriculture, horticulture, manafactred products of vegetable origin, or laboratory methods are not included, and attempt is made to index the literature of bacteriology. An occasional exception is ae? in favor of some paper appearing in an American periodical which is devoted wholly to botany, Reprints are not mentioned unless they differ from the original in some important particular. If users of the Index will call the attention of the editor to errors or omissions, their kindness will be appreciated This Index is reprinted sees on cards, and tivaishedsl in this form to subscribers, at the rate of one cent for each card. Selections of cards are not permitted ; each subscriber must take all aid published during the term of his subscription. Corre- spondence erie to the card-issue should be addressed to the Treasurer of the Torrey Botanical Clu Arechavaleta, J. Flora heen 3: 1-84. f. r-I9. 1906. An. Mus. Nac. Montevideo, vol. Arechavaleta, J. Flora he 3: 229-502. f. g2-108. 1908. An. Mus. Nac. Montevideo, vol. 6 Arthur, J. C. The part taken by teleutospores and aecidia in the dis- tribution of maize and cereal rusts. Proc. Soc. Prom. Agric. Sci. 26: 94-98. 1905. Autran, E. Les Tropéolacées argentines et le genre A/aga//ana Cav. Trabaj. Mus. Farm. Buenos Aires no. 14: 74-81. 1907. [Illust.] Bailey, L. H. What is horticulture? Proc. Soc. Prom. Agric. Sci. 26: 31-40. 1905. Beal, W.J. A study of Rudbeckia hirta L. Rep. Michigan Acad. Sci. 8: 38, 39. 1906. Beal, W.J. Improving wild potatoes by selection. Proc. Soc. Prom. Agric. Sei, 29:95, °° 1906, Beal, W. J. Planning an experiment to show to what extent bumble bees aid in pollinizing red clover. Proc. Soc. Prom. Agric. Sci. 28: 136-138. 1907. Beal, W. J. Some botanical errors found in agricultural and chemical text-books. Rep. Michigan Acad. Sci. 8: 64-66. 1906. 155 156 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE Beal, W. i The vitality of seeds. Proc. Soc. Prom. Agric. Sci. 26: 89-93. 1905. Bessey, C. E. The growing importance of plant physiology in agri- cultural education. Proc. Soc. Prom. Agric. Sci. 27: 50-54. 1906. — Bolley, H. L. Plans for procuring disease-resistant crops. Proc, Soc. Prom. Agric. Sci. 28: 107-114. 1907. Braendle, F. J. The two t’s, or the golden and silvery Z7icholoma. [1-16.] Washington, D. C., 1907. [Illust.] Brainerd, E. Mendel’s law of dominance in the hybrids of Voda. Rhodorag: 211-216. 10 D 1907. Briquet, J. Decades plantarum novarum vel minus cognitarum. Ann. Conserv. & Jard. Bot. Genéve 10: 99-106. 15 F 1907. Includes 6 new American species in Ha/imium and Verbena (5). Candolle, C. de. JAfe/iaceae novae. Ann. Conserv. & Jard. Bot. Genéve 10: 122-176. 15 Mr 1907. Includes new American species in Cadbralea, Guarea (16), Trichilia Cedrela (8). Clark, G. H., & Fletcher, J. Farm weeds of Canada. 1-103. f/. 1-5 Ottawa, A special baile of the Department of Agriculture, Dominion of Canada. ~ Clements, F.E. Plant physiology and ecology. i-xv + 1-315. fi I- 125. New York, 1907. ~~ 11), and Conard, H. S., & Hus, H. Water-lilies and how to grow them. i-xili + 1-228. p/. 1-37. New York, 1907. Conzatti, C. Las criptogamas vasculares de México. Mem. y Rev. Soc. Cien. Antonio Alzato 25: 59-106. f. 7-77. * Au 1907; 107- 154. f. 78-52. S 1907; 155-176. 7. 52-60. O 1907. Cook, O. F. Evolution of weevil-resistance in cotton. 20: 666-670. 18N 1904. Corrado, A. J. Contribucién al estudio de la yerba mate. Trabaj. Mus. Farm. Buenos Aires no. 20: 1-69. 1908. Dachnowski, A. Zur Kenntnis der Entwicklungs-Physiologie von Marchantia polymorpha 1. Jahrb. Wiss. Bot. 44: 254-286. pl. 4 I-g. Ap 1907. Dandeno, J.B. A fungus disease of greenhouse lettuce. Acad, Sci. 8: 45-47. 1906. [lIllust.] _ Dandeno, J. B. A stimulus to the production of ceJlulose and starch. Rep. Michigan Acad. Sci. 8:40-44. 1906. ~ Dandeno,J.B. The aerating systems in plant tissues. Acad. Sci. 8: 48-53. 1906. Science II. Rep. Michigan Rep. Michigan INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 157 Diels, L. Menispermaceae. [In III. Beitrage zur Flora der Hylaea nach den Sammlungen von Ule’s Amazonas-Expedition.] Verhandl. Bot. Vereins Brandenburg 50: 73, 74. 10 Je 1908. Includes 4 new species in as many genera. Dusén, P. Beitriige zur Flora des Itatiaia. Arkiv Bot. 8': 1-26. pl. 1-5 +f. 1-10. § Au 1908. Engler, A. Beitrige zur Kenntnis der Araceae— X. Bot. Jahrb. 37: I10—143. S 1905. Includes 80 new species from tropical America, and one new genus, Ca/adiopsis. Fries, R. E. Zur Kenntnis der Phanerogamenflora der Grenzgebiete zwischen Bolivia und Argentinien —IV. LEinige choripetale und monokotyledone Familien. Arkiv Bot. 8°: 1-51. p/. 7, 2. 3 Au 1908. , Gager,C.S. A-simple modification of the experiment to show the gaseous exchange in plant respiration. Torreya 8: 121-123. 19 My 1908. _ [Illust.] Hanna,I.M. Expeditions into the Olympic Mountains. Mountaineer I: 29-34. Je1go7. [Illust.] Hartley, C. P. Some apple leaf-spot fungi. Science I]. 28: 157-159. 31 Jl 1908. Hicken, C. M. Nouvelles contributions aux fougéres argentines. Trabaj. Mus. Farm. Buenos Aires no. 19: I-12. 1907. Includes 2 new species, one each in Mephrodium and Asplenium. Hicken,C. M. Observations sur quelques fougéres argentines nouvelles ~ ou peu connues. Trabaj. Mus. Farm. Buenos Aires no. 15: 161- 218. 1907. [[llust.] Includes new species, one each in Mephrodium, Pellaea, and Hypolepts. Hicken, C. M. Polypodiacearum argentinarum catalogus. Rev. Mus. La Plata 15: 226-282. 1908. Hochreutiner, B. P. G. Malvaceae et Bombacaceae novae vel minus cognitae. Ann. Conserv. & Jard. Bot. Genéve 10: 15-25. 8 Jl 1906. Includes Pavonia costaricensis and Ceiba Fiebrigit (from Paraguay) spp. nov. Hochreutiner, B. P. G. Malvaceae et Sterculiaceae novae vel minus cognitae. Ann. Conserv. Jard. Bot. Genéve 11 & 12: 1-9. 30 D 1907. Hollick, A. Systematic palaeontology of the Pleistocene deposits of Maryland: Preridophyta and Spermatophyta. Maryland Geol. Surv. Pliocene and Pleistocene 217-237. f/. 67-75. 1906. 158 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE Hoérold, R. Zricaceae. [In III. Beitrage zur Flora der Hylaea nach den Sammlungen von Ule’s Amazonas-Expedition.] Verhandl. Bot. Vereins Brandenburg 50: 92-94. 10 Je 1908. Huber, J. A Hevea Benthamiana Miill. Arg. como fornecedora de borracha ao N. do Amazonas. Bol. Mus. Goeldi 5: 242-248. 1908. Huber, J. As especies amazonicas do genero Vitex. Bol. Mus. Goeldi 5: 209-222. pl. r-g. F 1908. Huber, J. Sobre uma nova especie de seringueira Hevea collina Hub. e as suas affinidades no genero. Bol. Mus. Goeldi 5: 249-252. O 1908. , Hunt, T. F. The importance of nitrogen in the growth of plants. Proc. Soc. Prom. Agric. Sci. 27: 38-49. 1906. Jeffrey, E.C. Araucariopitys,a new genus of araucarians. Bot. Gaz. 44: 435-444. pl. 28-370. 18 D 1907. Jones, L. R., & Morse, W. J. The relation of date of digging pota- toes to the development of the rot. Proc. Soc. Prom. Agric. Sci. 25: gI-95- Igo4. Jones, L. R., & Sprague, L.P. Plum blight caused by the pear blight organism. Proc. Soc. Prom. Agric. Sci. 24: 29-31. 1903. Jones, M.E. Contributions to western botany — no. 12: 1-100. 16 Mr 1908. Kauffman,C.H. Unreported Michigan fungi from Petoskey, Detroit, and Ann Arbor for 1905. Rep. Michigan Acad. Sci. 8: 26-37. 1906. Kellerman, K. F., & Beckwith, T. D. Effect of drying upon legume bacteria. Science II. 23: 471, 472. 23 Mr 1906. King, F. H. Promising methods for the investigation of problems of soil and plant physiology, and some lines of investigation to which they are adapted. Proc. Soc. Prom. Agric. Sci. 25: 171-190. 1904. Kneucker, A. Bemerkungen zu den ‘‘ Gramineae exsiccatae’’ — XXII. und XXIV. Lieferung, 1908. Allgem. Bot. Zeits. 14: 137, 138. Au 1908. Knowlton, F. H. Description of new fossil liverwort from the Fort Union beds of Montana. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 35: 157-159. pl. 25. 9 N 1908. Krause, K. udiaceae. [In III. Beitrage zur flora der Hylaea nach den Sammlungen von Ule’s Amazonas-Expedition.] Verhandl. Bot. INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 159 Vereins Brandenburg 50: 96. 10 Je 1908; 97-119. 30 S 1908. Krause, K. Safofaceae. [In III. Beitrage zur Flora der Hylaea nach den Sammlungen von Ule’s Amazonas-Expedition.] Verhandl. Bot. Vereins Brandenburg 50: 94-96. 10 Je 1908. Lazenby, W. R. Composition and waste of fruits and nuts. Proc. Soc. Prom. Agric. Sci. 24: 101-108. 1903. Lazenby, W. R. The economic uses of wood. Proc. Soc. Prom. Agric. Sci. 26: 54-67. 1905. Lyon, T. L. Modifications in cereal crops induced by changes in their environment. Proc. Soc. Prom. Agric. Sci. 28: 144-163. 1907. MacDougal, D. T. The physiological aspect of a species. Am. Nat. » 42: 249-252. 18 My 1908. MacKay, A. H. Fungi of Nova Scotia: First supplementary list. Proc. & Trans. Nova Scotia Inst. Sci. 12: 119-138. 8 My 1908. Malme, G.0.A. Uber die Asclepiadaceen-Gattungen Avaujia Brotero, und Morrenia Lindley.. Arkiv Bot. 8': 1-30. p/. zr. 19 Au 1908. Moore, W. C. Contribution to the life history of Cornus florida. Ohio Nat. 8: 197-204. p/. 74. Je 1907. Munson, W. M. A study of red clover from various sources. Proc. Soc. Prom. Agric. Sci. 26: 83-88. 1905. Munson, W. M. Some problems in experimental horticulture. Proc. Soc. Prom. Agric. Sci. 28: 122-128. 1907. Norén, C. 0. Zur Kenntnis der Entwicklung von Saxegothaea con- spicua Lindl. Svensk Bot. Tidskr. 2: 1ro1—122. p/. 7-9+/. I-3. 15 Je 1908. Pammel, L. H. Some fungus diseases common in Iowa during the season of 1904. Proc. Soc. Prom. Agric. Sci. 26: 69-82. 1905. Pammel, L.H. Some phytopathological problems. Proc. Soc. Prom. Agric. Sci. 27: 76-81. 1906. Pammel, L. H. Some seed studies. Proc. Soc. Prom. Agric. Sci. 28: 168-172. 1907. Pammel, L. H. Some seed studies made during 1908. Proc. Soc. Prom. Agric. Sci. 29: 52-56. 17 N 1908. Pammel, L. H. Some unusual fungus diseases in Iowa during the summer of 1903. Proc. Soc. Prom. Agric. Sci. 25: 144-156. f/. T, 2. “1904. 160 INDEX 10 AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE Pammel, L. H., & Lummis, G. M. Germination of maize. Proc. Soc. Prom. Agric. Sci. 24: 92-96. 1903. Pammel, L. H., & Lummis, G. M. The germination of weed seeds. Proc. Soc. Prom. Agric. Sci. 24: 89-92. 1903. Parish, S. B. A contribution toward a knowledge of the genus Washingtonia. Bot. Gaz. 44: 408-434. f. 7-12. 18 D 1907. Patten, A. J. The proteid content of wheat as an index to its bread- making qualities. Rep. Michigan Acad. Sci. 8: 75-77. 1906. Penhallow, D. P. A blazing beach. Pop. Sci. Mo. 70: 557-564. Je 1907. [I llust. ] Penhallow, D. P. A contribution to our knowledge of the origin and development of certain marsh lands on the coast of New England. Trans. Roy. Soc. Canada III. 1*: 13-55. f. 7-8. 1907. Pennington, L. H. Plant distribution at Mud Lake. Rep. Michigan Acad. Sci. 8: 53-63. f. 1-4. 1906. Pittier, H. Ensayo sobre las plantas usuales de Costa Rica. i-xi + 1-176. pl. 1-77. 1908. Pond, R. H. Solution tension and toxicity in lipolysis. Am. Jour. Phys. 19: 258-283. 1 Jl 1907. Robinson, C. B. Sugar-cane smut. (Ustlago Sacchari.) Philippine Agr. Rev. 1: 295-297. Jl 1908. Also in the Spanish edition of the Review 1: 312-315. Jl 1908. Saunders, W. Decrease in vitality of grain by age. Proc. Soc. Prom. Agric. Sci. 24: 60-64. 1903. Saunders, W. Some results of cross-fertilizing. Proc. Soc. Prom. Agric. Sci. 24: 56-59. 1903. [Illust. ] Schaffner, J. H. Check list of Ohio shrubs. Ohio Nat. 8: 205-209. N 1907. Sellards, E. H. Notes on the spore-bearing organ Codonotheca and its relationship with the Cycadofilices. New Phytol. 6: 175-178. Jl 1907. Shepperd, J. H. Some of the effects of excessive nutrition. Proc. Soc. Prom. Agric. Sci. 25: 98-101. 1904. Shimek, B. Notes on some Iowa plants. Proc. Davenport Acad. Sci. 10: 141-145. 1907. Smith, C. D. Some notes on nodules. Rep. Michigan Acad. Sci. 8: 67-74. 1906. [lllust.] Snyder, H. ‘The water soluble plant food of soils. Proc. Soc. Prom. Agric. Sci. 25: 25-31. 1904. INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 161 Spegazzini, C. Fungi aliquot Paulistani. Rev. Mus. La Plata 15: 7-48. 2F 1908. [Illust.] Spegazzini, C. Hongos de la yerba mate. Ann. Mus. Nac. Buenos Aires II]. 10: 111-141. 10 Je 1908. Fungi growing on //ex paraguayensis. Spillman, W. J., & Cates, J. S. Agronomic habits of rootstock-pro- ducing weeds. Proc. Soc. Prom. Agric. Sci. 29: 57-66. f. 1-9. 17 N 1908. Sprague, T. A. Signoniaceae. [In supplement to III. Beitrage zur Flora der Hylaea nach den Sammlungen von Ule’s Amazonas-Expedi- tion.] Verhandl. Bot. Vereins Brandenburg 50: 119-123. 30S 1908. Sylvén, N. Die Genliseen und Utricularien des Regnell’schen Her- bariums. Arkiv Bot. 8°: 1-48. p/. 7-7. 5 N 1908. Includes 9 new species in Ufricudaria and 1 in Gendisea. Tidestrom, I. Elysium Marianum. Ferns and fern allies, 1-64. f/. 7 -9. 1907 [ed. 2]; Evergreens, 65-96. f~/. ro~r2. 1908. Wash- ington, D. C. Ulbrich, E. Sombacaceae. [In Ill. Beitraige zur Flora der Hylaea nach den Sammlungen von Ule’s Amazonas-Expedition.] Ver- handl. Bot. Vereins Brandenburg 50: go, 91. 10 Je 1908. Includes 2 new species of Quararibea, Ulbrich, E. Malvaceae. [In UI. Beitrage zur Flora der Hylaea nach den Sammlungen von Ule’s Amazonas-Expedition.] Verhandl. Bot. Vereins Brandenburg 50: 85-90. fi. 7, 2. 10 Je 1908. Ulbrich, E. Stercu/iaceae. [In Ul. Beitrage zur Flora der Hylaea nach den Sammlungen von Ule’s Amazonas-Expedition.] Verhandl. Bot. Vereins Brandenburg 50: 91, 92. 10 Je 1908. Ule, E. III. Beitrage zur Flora der Hylaea nach den Sammlungen von Ule’s Amazonas-Expedition. Verhandl. Bot. Vereins Branden- burg 50: 69-96. f. z, 2. 10 Je 1908; 97-123. f. a-d. 305 1908. Contains 9 separate paper 1 under th ti th Diels, Hérold, Krause (2), Sprague, Ulbrich a and Ule (2). Ule, E. Commelinaceae. [In II. Beitrage zur Flora der Hylaea nach den Sammlungen von Ule’s Amazonas- eae, Verhandl. Bot. Vereins Brandenburg 50: 69-72. 10 Je 19 Includes descriptions of 3 species and the new genus "Chicibeaiies Ule, E. Zuphorbiaceae. [In UL. Beitriige zur Flora der Hylaea nach den Sammlungen von Ule’s Amazonas-Expedition.] Verhandl. Bot. Vereins Brandenburg 50: 74-85. 10 Je 1908. 162 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE Vestergren, T. < 3). fie 3 3. Impression of same on clay (> 3). Fic. 5. Moriconia americana Berry. Elizabethtown. PLATE 21. Fics. 1-15. Pistia Nordenskioldi (Heer) Berry Figs. 1-3, 5-14. A.C. L, anak Black Rives Fig. 15. Near Blackmans Bluff, Neuse River. PLATE 22 Fics. 1-11. Salix eutawensis Berry. Tar River. PLATE 23 Fic. 1, Young leaf of Ficus elastica Roxb., for comparison. Fics, 2, 3. Ficus Stephenson? Berry. Court House Bluff, PLATE 24 Fics, 1-9, Malapoenna horrellensis Berry. Horrell Landing. One of the hybrids in Dryopteris MARGARET SLOSSON In a recent number of the BULLETIN oF THE TorREY Boran- ICAL Crus* Mr. Ralph C. Benedict cites fifteen crosses as occur- ring between the following six of our species of Dryopteris: D. cristata, D. Clintoniana, D. Goldiana, D. marginalis, D. spinulosa, and LD. intermedia, Twelve of the fifteen hybrids have been described already.+ Two are held for further study. The one remaining, D. Clintoniana x marginalis, is the subject of this paper. This group of hybrid ferns is a difficult one, and plants are often found that are by no means easy to identify. This is partly due to our lack of knowledge of the range of variation normal to some of the parent species, or to be found in the different hybrids. D. cristata x marginalis, one of the best known and most com- mon members of the group, appears to have a perfectly definite range of variation. It is impossible to say at present whether this is true of the others or not. Few have been collected in sufficient quantities to justify a conclusion. Most of them represent problems to be worked out. The case is simplified by the fact that as a rule, at least, either the sporangia of these hybrids are abortive, or the spores, if present, are abnormal, and fertile hybrids, etc., are thus not likely to occur and confuse the outlook. Perhaps an exception to this may be found in D. cristata x intermedia (D. Boottit). Certainly the many plants of this hybrid, which occur so often, seem to indicate either a much more frequent hybridization than would be supposed probable, or some means of reproduction of the hybrid, perhaps asexual growth of some kind. Dryopteris Clintoniana x marginalis 1 collected first at Pitts- ford, Seront. in 1897, and again several times since then in *36: 4I- 1909. Tt See Bull. Toney Club 35: 135-140. 1908; 36: 41-49. 1909. —Rhodora6: 75-77. 1904. — Bot. Gaz. 19: 492-495. 1894. 201 202 SLossoN: ONE OF THE HYBRIDS IN DRYOPTERIS the same locality. It grows there on the outskirts of a deeply wooded sphagnum swamp, near plants of both D. Clintontana and D. marginalis. It may be described as follows : Dryopteris Clintoniana x marginalis hyb. nov. Rhizome stout, caudiciform or more or less Fe enDene ial a 35-60 cm. long, 16-25 cm. broad, Sarco or Y elligtic acuminate ; pinnae, excepting the uppermost, short-stipitate, vary- ing from oblong- lanceolate to elliptic-lanceolate in the main part of the laminae to ovate-lanceolate at or near the base, mostly all long-acuminate, deeply pinnatifid or at base subpinnate, inequi- lateral, the inferior pinnulae the longest; pinnulae oblique, often subfalcate, oblong or ovate-oblong to lanceolate, obtuse or the longer often subacute to long-acute, the longest either at or near center or base of the pinna, few, usually the basal if any, con- stricted at base, obscurely notched or toothed or sparingly cre- nate-serrately toothed or lobed, the lobes often obscurely toothed ; sori about 3-7 (rarely 8 or 9) pairs, nearer midveins than margins or midway between, a few occasionally submarginal ; indusia glabrous. Type in the Underwood Fern Herbarium, New York Botanical Garden, J. Slosson, from Pittsford, Vermont, 1908. Collected also by R. C. Benedict at Cornwall, Connecticut, July, 1907, and June, 1909; by E. J. Winslow at Barton Landing, Vt., 1905; by E. Brainerd at Middlebury, Vt., 1908 and 1909; and by H. G. Rugg, at Dorset, Vt., 1909. The lack of resemblance of Dryopteris Clintoniana x margin- alis to D. Clintoniana may perhaps be best defined as its sugges- tiveness of D. marginalis in outline of lamina, pinnae, and pinnulae, a suggestiveness which D. C/intoniana lacks altogether. Notice- able points of distinction from Dryopteris Clintoniana are the greater proportional breadth of the hybrid’s leaf, its conspicuously attenuate apices, its color, nearer that of D. marginalis, the varying position of its sori, and its oblique often subfalcate pinnulae. From Dryopteris cristata x marginalis, D. Clintoniana x mar- ginalis may be most easily distinguished by the greater proportional breadth of the lower part of the lamina, coupled mostly with attenuate apices of all, even the basal, pinnae; by the position of SLOssonN: ONE OF THE HYBRIDS IN DRYOPTERIS 203 its sori, often nearer the midveins than in D. crisiata x marginalis; and as a rule by its scales, which usually have dark centers, while those of D. cristata x marginalis appear uniformly light brown, so far as observed. But dark-centered scales do occur sometimes in D. marginalis, so are to be looked for in any of its hybrids. They are common in Dryopteris marginalis x spinulosa (D. pittsfordensis), In 1902 Mr. George E. Davenport described in Rhodora* an anomalous plant as baffling identification, but suggested it might prove to be D. Clintoniana x marginalis. 1 have seen only scraps of pinnae of this plant, and have not been able to find out if other specimens are now in existence. Neither these scraps nor the published description of the plant tallies with anything I have seen that appeared unmistakably D. Clintoniana x marginalis, and it does not seem probable that the plant can have been this hybrid. I am indebted to Dr. Ezra Brainerd, Dr. Philip Dowell, Mr. Ralph C. Benedict, and Mr, Harold G. Rugg for the privilege of examining material. New York CITY. * 4: 10-13. Ere he am no attempt is made to index the literature of bacteriology. An occasional exception is made in favor of some paper appearing in an American periodical which is devoted wholly to botany. Reprints are not mentioned unless they differ from the original in some important particular. If users of the Index will call the attention of the editor to errors or omissions, their kindness will be appreciated. This Index is reprinted ace on cards, and furnished in this form to subscribers, at the rate of one cent for each card. Selections of cards are not permitted ; each subscriber must take all sari published during the term of his subscription. Corre- spondence mare to the card-issue should be addressed to the Treasurer of the Torrey Botanical Clu Andrews, A.L. Dr. R&ll’s proposals for the nomenclature of Sphagnum. Bryologist 13: 4-6. 3 Ja 1910. Bailey, I. W. Microtechnique for woody structures. Bot. Gaz. 49: 875: SOc. 290fa 1Otd: Bailey, W. W. The November woods. Am. Bot. 15: 103, 104. [Ja 1910. ] Banker, H. J. A correction in nomenclature. Mycologia 2: 7-11. I Ja 1gto. Barrett, M. F. Three common species of Auricularia. Mycologia 2: 12-18. 1 Ja 19gIo. Benedict, R. C. A peculiar habitat for Campfosorus. Torreya 10: 13-15. 29 Jaigro. [Illust. ] Berry, E.W. A new Cretaceous Bauhinia from Alabama. Am. Jour. Sci. IV. 29: 256-258. f. 7. Mr 1910. Berry, E. W. A new species of Dewalguea from the American Cre- taceous. Torreya 10: 34-38. f. 7. ' 28 F 1910. Berry, E. W. Contributions to the Mesozoic flora of the Atlantic coastal plain—IV, Maryland. Bull. Torrey Club 37: 19-29. //. &. 10 F rgro. Includes 5 new species, one each in Aforiconia, Quercus, Elacodendron, Aralia, and Hedera. 207 208 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE Blumer, J.C. An animal factor in plant distribution. Plant World 13: 16-18. Ja 1910. Brainerd, E. The evolution of new forms in /7o/a through hybridism. Am. Nat. 44: 229-236. Ap IgIo. Britton, E.G. Coe Finch Austin, 1831-1880. Bryologist 13: 1-4. Portrait. 3 Ja gto. Broadhurst, J. The weeping willow in winter. Torreya 10: 38, 39. 28 F 1910. Burlingham,G.S. Zactarieae. N. Am. Fl. 9: 172-200. 3F 1910. Burlingham, G. S. The Zactariae of North America— Fascicles | and II. Mycologia 2: 27-36. 1 Ja 1gt!o. Bushwell, W. M. Some wild fruits of Alberta, Canada. Am, Bot. 15: 99-101. [Ja 1910.] Chabaud, B. Un nouveau palmier: Sada/ uresana. Rev. Hort, 82: 58-60. f. 78. 1 F 1910. “ Chrysler, M. A. The nature of the fertile spike in the Ophzog/oss- aceae, Ann. Bot. 24: 1-18. p/. 7, 2+ f. 7-16. Ja 1gio. Clute, W.N. ‘The fronds of Lycopodium. Fern Bull. 18: 7-9. Ja Lygodium is the genus discussed. Cockerell, T. D. A. The Miocene trees of the Rocky Mountains. Am. Nat. 44: 31-47. f. 7-70. Ja IgIo. Collins, F.S. A variety of So/anum new to America. Rhodora 12: 40. 9 F 1910. Collins, F. S. Flora of lower Cape Cod; supplementary note. Rho- dora 12: 8-10. 30 Ja 1g!Io. Collins, J. F. Sclerolepis uniflora in Rhode Island. Rhodora12: 13. 30 Ja 1910. Cowles, H.C. Charles Reid Barnes. Science II. 31: 532, 533. 8 Ap Igo. Davis, B. M. Genetical studies on Oenothera—I. Notes on the be- havior of certain hybrids of Oenothera in the first generation. Am. Nat. 44: 108-115. F 1g1o. Deane, W. Zannichellia palustris, an additional record. Rhodora 12: I2. 30 Ja Igio. De Fraine, E. The seedling structure of certain Cactaceae. Ann. Bot. 24: 125-175. f. 1-19 + 18 diagrams. Ja 1910. Detmers, F. Medicinal plants of Ohio. Ohio Nat. 10: 55-60. Ja 1910; 73-85. F 1gro. INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 209 East, E. M. A Mendelian interpretation of variation that is appar- ently continuous. Am. Nat. 44: 65-82. F 1gto. Farlow, W. G. A consideration of the ‘‘Species Plantarum’’ of Linnaeus as a basis for the starting point of the nomenclature of the cryptogams. I-I0o. IgIo. Fernald, M. L. Note on Boehmeria cylindrica var. Drummondiana. Rhodora 12: 10, 11. 30 Ja Igto. Fernald M. L. Notes on the plants of Wineland the Good. Rhodora 2s. 17-36. 6 ¥ 2916. Gates, F.C. The validity of Helianthus tllinoensis Gleason as a spe- cies. Bull. Torrey Club 37: 79-84. 5 Mr 1g1o. Gerry, E. The distribution of the ‘‘ Bars of Sanio’’ in the Conzfera/es. Ann. Bot. 24: 119-123. pl. 737. Ja Igto. [Gibson, H. H.] American forest trees— 80. Post oak. Quwercus minor (Marsh.) Sargent. Hardwood Record 29': 23, 24. 25 Ja Igto. [Illust. ] [Gibson, H. H.] American forest trees— 81. Basket or cow oak. Quercus Michauxti Nutt: Hardwood Record 29°: 23. 10 F 1910. [Illust. ] [Gibson, H. H.] American forest trees— 82. Scarletoak. Quercus coccinea Moench. Hardwood Record 29°: 23. 25 Fig1o. [Illust. ] Greene, E.L. An oriental Convadllaria. Leaflets 2: 36, 37. 19 F Igto. Greene, E. L. Miscellaneous specific types —I. Leaflets 2: 45-48. 19 F roto. . Includes new species of Claylonia, Sanicula, Toxicodendron, Pyrrocoma and Arnica (3). Greene, E. L. New Californian Asteraceae. Leaflets 2: 25-32. 19 F 1g10. New species in Corethrogyne (7) and Lessingia (12). Greene, E. L. Nomenclature of the bayberries. Leaflets 2: 37-40. 19 F rgto. Greene, E. L. Reconsideration of the genus M/arah. Leaflets 2: 35, 36. 19 F rgto. Greene, E. L. Some western caulescent violets. Leaflets 2: 32-34. 19 F 1910. Includes six new species. Greene, E. L. The genus Downingia. Leaflets 2: 43-45. 19 F Igo. 210 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE Greene, E.L. Three new Astragaii. Leaflets2: 42, 43. 19 F 1910. Greene, E. L. Two new southern violets. Leaflets 2: 41, 42. 19 F rg1o. Greene, E.L. Three new Eriogonums. Muhlenbergia 6: 1-3. 31 Ja 1910. Greenwood, H. E. Preliminary list of hepatics collected in Worcester, Massachusetts. Bryologist 13: 7-9. 3 Ja 19gIo. Griggs, R. F. Monochytrium, a new genus of the Chytridiales, its life history and cytology. Ohio Nat. 10: 44-54. p/. 3, 4. Ja1gto. Monochytrium Stevensianum gen. et sp. nov. Groh, H. Bartonia virginica in Quebec. Ottawa Nat. 23: 211. 15 F 1910. Gruenberg, B. C. Note on Peklo’s work with mycorhiza. Plant World 13: 18, 19. Ja r1gto. Hambleton, J. C. A list of the lichens of Ohio. Ohio Nat. 10: 41-43. Ja Igto. Harris, J. A. A bimodal variation polygon in Syndesmon thalictroides and its morphological significance. Am. Nat. 44: 19-30. Ja 1gio. [Illust. ] Harshberger, J. W. The vegetation of the Navesink Highlands. Torreya Io: 1-10. f. I-37. 29 Ja 1910. Harshberger, J. W. Vivipary in Zi//andsia tenutfolia L. Bot. Gaz. 40+ SO. 7. fe: 23 Ja Igto0. Haynes, C. C. Obituary —L’Abbé Charles Lacouture. Bryologist 3209000 3a t9r0. Heller, A. A. Feather grass. Muhlenbergia 5: 162, 163. 3 Ja tg10. _ [Illust. ] Stipa Thurberiana. Heller, A.A. New combinations—II. Muhlenbergia 6: 12. 31 Ja IgIo. Heller, A. A. ‘The first spring flower. Muhlenbergia 6: 5-11. 31 Ja ro1o. [Illust.] Ranunculus glaberrimus. Hiern, W. P. The name Alectorolophus. Jour. Bot. 48: 53-55- 1 F rgto. Hirsh, P. E. The development of air chambers in the A/cciaceae. Bull. Torrey Club 37: 73-77. f. 7-6. 5 Mr 1910. Hollick, A. The fossil flora of New York and vicinity. Jour. N. Y. Bot. Gard. II: 15-19. f 6. Ja 1910. INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE Zit Holway, E.W. D. Notes on Uredineae—V. Mycologia 2: 23, 24. 1 Ja 1gto. House, H. D. The vegetation on Lookingglass Mountain. Torreya 10: 29-34. f. 7-37. 28 F rgio. Howe, C. D. The reforestation of sand plains in Vermont. A study in succession, Bot. Gaz. 49: 126-148. f.z-15-+map. 16 F 1910. Howe, R. H. A manual of the genus Usvea, as represented in North and Middle America, north of the 15th parallel. Bull. Torrey Club 37 2 3-18) Pl. 2992-1 F F616, Howe, R.H. Ramalina Montagnaei De Not., on Long Island. Rho- dora 12: 7. 30 Ja Igto. Howe, R. H. Lichens of Mount Ascutney, Vermont. Bryologist 13: 10-13. 3 Ja 19%6, Hoyt, W. D. Alternation of generations and sexuality in Dvctyota dichotoma. Bot. Gaz. 49: 55-57. 22 Ja 1gto. Kindberg, N.C. Bryological notes. Rev. Bryol. 37: 13-15. Ja IgIo. Includes 5 new species of mosses from the United States. Kirk, G.L. Two Vermont grasses rediscovered. Rhodora 12: 40. 9 F 1910. Knowlton, C. H., & others. Reports on the flora of the Boston district, — Rhodora 12: 3-7. 30 Ja 1g1!o. Knowlton, F. H. Descriptions of fossil plants from the Mesozoic and Cenozoic of North America. I. Smithson. Misc. Coll. 52: 489- 496. pl. 63, 64. 11 Ja 1910. Kranzlin, F. Maxillaria Johniana [in New or noteworthy plants]. Gard. Chron. III. 47: 66. 29 Ja 1910. Native in the Peruvian Andes. Lipman, C. B. On the lack of antagonism between calcium versus magnesium and also between calcium versus sodium. Bot. Gaz. 49: 41-50. f. 7-2. 22 Ja 1gto. Lister, G. Two new Mycetozoa. Jour. Bot. 48: 73. 1 Mr 1gto. Physarum alpinum Lister from California and P. carneum Lister & Sturgis from Colorado. Lloyd, F. E. The guayule rubber situation. India Rubber World 41: rr5-118. ° r Ja roto. [Illust.] Luetzelburg, P. von. Beitrige zur Kenntnis der Utricularien. Flora 100: 145-212. f. 7-48. 8 Ja 1910. Includes 2 new Trinidad species. 212 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE Macoun, J. M. Contributions from the herbarium of the Geological Survey. Ottawa Nat. 23: 192-194. 27 Ja gto. Macoun, W. T. Some of the best native plants for cultivation. Ottawa Nat. 23: 173-179. 27 Ja 1gIo. Massee, G. Fungi exotici: X. Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1910: 1-6. F 1910. [Must] Includes species, one each in Sa 7 la i Scleroderris, Hender- sonia, Gloeosporium, Septocylindrium, and Hart Murrill, W. A. Agaricaceae. N. Am. FL 9: 163. 3 F 1gto. Murrill, W. A. A new phalloid genus. Mycologia 2: 25, 26. 1 Ja IgIo. Protophallus jamaicensts gen. et sp. nov. Murrill, W. A. Boletaceae. N. Am. Fl. 9: 133-161. 3 F Igto. Includes 7 new species in Gyroforus, Ceriomyces (5), and Suzllelus. Murrill, W. A. Chantereleae. N. Am. Fl. 9: 163-172. 3 F 1910. Includes Polyozel/us and Plicaturella, new genera. Murrill, W. A. Illustrations of fungi—V. Mycologia2: 1-6. p/. 77- 1 Ja 1gI0. Leotia lubrica, L. stipitata, L. chlorocephala, Dictyophora gene D, duplicata, Mutinus elegans, Scleroderma aurantium, S. verrucosum, and S, Gea Nieuwland, J. A. Notes on priority of plant names. Am. .. Midland Nat. 1: 161-164. F 1g1o. Nieuwland, J. A. Priority of Meru/ius. Am. Midland Nat. 1: 164. Iglo. Parish, S. B. A Wisconsin riddle. Torreya 10: 39. 28 F 1910. Plaut,M. Untersuchungen zur Kenntnis der physiologischen Scheiden bei den Gymnospermen, Equiseten und Bryophyten. Jahrb. Wiss. Bot. 47: 121-185. f/. g-6. gto. Quehl, L. Mamillaria Carretii Rebut. Monats. Kakteenk. 20: 6, 9; Io. 15 Ja 1gto. Quehl, L. Eine Mamil/arta aus der Gruppe der JZ. mutabils. Monats. Kakteenk. 20: 11. 15 Ja 1910. Reed, H.S. An interesting Marasmius fairy ring. Plant World 13: a9=24, 70:0; Ja 1916, Reed, H.S. The effect of certain chemical agents upon the transpira- tion and growth of wheat seedlings. Bot. Gaz. 49: 81-109. f. I-9- 16 F rgto. Rehder, A. Note on the forms of Kalmia Jatifolia. Rhodora 12: I-3. 30 Ja 1910. INDEX to AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 215 Ricker, P.L. Anew color guide. Mycologia2: 37,38. 1 Jar1gio., Rose, J. N., & Purpus, C. A. Three new species of Echeveria from southern Mexico. Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 13: 45, 46. A/. zo—r¢. 21 F rgro. Rothrock, J. T. Balsam fir (Ades da/samea Muhl.). Forest Leaves 12: 105. Fuogro._ [Illust.] ’ Rothrock, J. T. White cedar. Arbor vitae ( Zhuya occidentalis L.). Forest Leaves 12: 105. Frgro. _ [lIllust.] Saxton, W. T. The development of the embryo of Lucephalartos. Bot. Gaz. 49: 14-18. fl. 2+/f. 78. 22 Ja gto. Schaffner, J. H. The pteridophytes of Ohio. Proc. Ohio Acad. Sci. 5: 265-305. 5 Jargro. [HIllust.] Shattuck, C. H. ‘The origin of heterospory in A/arsi#ia. Bot. Gaz. 49: 19-40. p/. 3-6. 22 Ja Igto. Sheldon, J. L. Alenyanthes trifoliata in West Virginia. Rhodora 12: Li, 22..-30.Ja 1914. Shull, G. H. Color inheritance in Zychnis dioica L. Am. Nat. 44: 83-91. F rgro. Shull, G. H. Inheritance of sex in Zychnis. Bot. Gaz. 49: 110-125. Je £5 RAGED THIS. Sinnott, E.W. Foliar gaps in the Osmundaceae. Ann. Bot. 24: 107-118. fl. 17,12. Ja i1gto. Squires, W. A. Camas. Am. Bot. 15: 97, 98. [Ja 1910.] Starr, A.M. The microsporophylls of Ginkgo. Bot. Gaz. 49 : 51- 54. P17. 2a ja soto: Stickney, M. M., Schaffner, J. H., & Davies, C. A. Additions to the flora of Cedar Point —III. Ohio Nat. 10: 61-63. Ja Ig10. Sudworth, G. B. A new cypress for Arizona. Am. Forestry 16: 88— go. F tgro. Cupressus glabra, Taylor, N. Report ona trip to Santo Domingo. Jour. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 11: 3-15. f. 1-5. Ja gto. Van Pelt, S. S. Additional notes on the flora of Northampton’County [Pa.]. Bartonia 2: 1, 2. IgIo. Vickers, E. W. A list of the ferns of Mahoning County with special reference to Mill Creek Park. Ohio Nat. 10: 86-88. F 1910. Vickers, E. W. The pinnatifid spleenwort in northeastern Ohio. Fern Bull. 18: 4-7. Ja 1910. 214 INDEX to AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE Vinson, A. E. Fixing and staining tannin in plant tissues with nitrous ethers. Bot. Gaz. 49: 222-224. f. 7-8 15 Mr 1910. Vinson, A. E. The chemical organization of a typical fruit. Plant World 13: 19-21. Ja 1gto. Waldron, L. R. A suggestion regarding heavy and light seed grain. Am. Nat. 44: 48-56. Ja 1gIo. Waldron L. R. Heredity in populations and in pure lines. Plant World 13: 1-12. f. 1-5. Ja IgIo. Weingart, W. Cereus Regelii Weing. sp. n. Monats. Kakteenk. 20: 33-36. 15 Mr tgto. Whitford, H. N. Studies in the vegetation of the Philippines.— I. The composition and volume of the Dipterocarp forests of the Philip- pines. Philipp. Jour. Sci. 4: Bot. 699-725. p/. 72-38. 10 Ja IgIo Wiegand, K. M. The extension of some ranges in eastern Massachu- setts. Rhodora 12: 38, 39 9 F 1gto. Wilson, P. Notes on Aufaceae —III. Bull. Torrey Club 37: 85, 5 Mr 1g10. Includes 9 new combinations in Zanthoxylum, and Amyris Purpusii sp. nov. Wolf, F. A. A Fusarium disease of the pansy. Mycologia 2: 19-22. pl. 18. Describes Fusarium Violae sp. nov. Wooton, E.0. The larkspurs of New Mexico. Bull. Torrey Club : $141. to FB 1o1o Includes § new species. Wright, C.H. Urceocharis edentata C. H. Wright. [In Decades Kewenses — 55.] Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1910: 24. F 1910. Native in Peru, Wuist, E. D. The physiological conditions for the development of monoecious prothallia in Oxoclea Struthiopteris. Bot. Gaz. 49: 216-218. 15 Mr 1910. Yamanouchi, S. Chromosomes in Osmunda. Bot. Gaz. 49: 1-12. pl. I. 22 Ja 1910. VOLUME 37, PLATE IF - Buti. TORREY CLUB VIOLA AFFINIS & BRITTONIANA Buti. Torrey CLus VOLUME 37, PLATE 12 VIOLA AFFINIS * FIMBRIATULA BuL_L. TORREY CLUB VOLUME 37, PLATE 13 VIOLA AFFINIS X PALMATA BULL. " P CLG f TORREY CLUB VOLUME 37, PLATE 14 ’ |e oe: es ¥t Za p 7 SN VIOLA BRITTONIANA X PAPILIONACEA BuLL. ToRREY CLuB VOLUME 37, PLATE 15 ao 5 oa Sy VG sw ¢ wy aay 7 VIOLA FIMBRIATULA X HIRSUTULA VOLUME 37, PLATE 16 BULL: TORREY CLUB VIOLA HIRSUTULA & SORORIA VOLUME 37, PLATE 17 BuLL. TORREY CLUB VIOLA LANCEOLATA X PRIMULIFOLIA Buti. Torrey CLus VOLUME 37, PLATE 18 J ome Ay Gh YI ree //\ <—. = in “ 74 | Fae, /) " ae ve 7 KP oe VIOLA PALLENS X PRIMULIFOLIA BuLL. TORREY CLUB VOLUME 37, PLATE 19 ANDROVETTIA CAROLINENSIS BERRY BuLL. T¢ 4 J b IRREY CLUB VOLUME 37, PLATE 20 I-4. CUNNINGHAMITES ELEGANS (Corpa) ENDL. 5. MORICONIA AMERICANA BeErRRY BuLiL. TORREY CLUB VOLUME 37, PLATE 21 PISTIA NORDENSKIOLDI (Heer) Berry SALIX EUTAWENSIS Berry VOLUME 37, PLA a\\\ QQ , et x Z = ~ % hy \ \ Bs Bs \ oN ‘ \ i ‘ ‘ is f / if 1. FICUS ELASTICA Roxs. 2,3. FICUS STEPHENSONI Berry LIST OF BOOKS FOR SALE Annals of Botany Vols. I-XIITI. London. 1887-1899. Bound in boards, half morocco. Index to Vols. [-IX, pk 1896. London. Igor. In good order ; and Vols. XIV and XV. 1900 and 1901. Unbound. Cost $230 unbound. Will accept $120. agai erect Americana. Botany. By W. B. Hemsley. Edited by God- and Salvi Vols. I-V. London. 1879-1888 Bound in boards, half morocco. In good order. Will accept $25. emilee RL ee (A. & C, De Candolle) . I-[X. Paris. 1878-1 und in boards, half addict Ta good order. wil accept $30. Repertorium Botanices eimgernc (Walpers ) pg I-VI. , ound in cloth boards, half tid. “ee good order. wil accept $15 Annales Botanices Systematicae (Walpers) basi ae London. 1848-1868. d in whole calf. In good order. Will accept $30, Species Plantarum (Willdenow) ee Is. 1-IX, ae 1797- Requires grees Will accept $20. Flore Pittoresque et Medicale des Antilles. . . ( Descourtilz) Vol. I. Paris. 1885. pores re n) Vol. II-VIII. Paris. 1827-1829. In good order. Cost £23. Will accept $100, The Silva of North America (Chas, S. Sargent) Vols, I-XIV. n & aie York. 1891-1902. In good order. Cost ‘be Ww il poe $17 Das Pflanzenreich. Regni Vegetabilis Conspectus (Engler) 5 Numbers in paper covers ( Hefte 1-35. 1900-1908.) In good order. Cost 277 marks. Will accept $50. Address: THE DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE Hope Gardens, Kingston, Jamaica, B. W. I. 4 THE BRYOLOGIST WITH THE JANUARY, 1910, NUMBER BEGINS ITS THIRTEENTH YEAR ano VOLUME It is a 16-20 page bi-monthly devoted to the study of the Mosses, Peis and Lichens. It is fully illustrated with new, original, and artistic and half-tones. as well as amateur. wings It is indispensable to the working bryologist, pofaon Send for sample copy. Subscription price $1.00 a Address, Mrs. ANNIE MORRILL SMITH, 78 Orange Street, Brooklyn, N. Y INDEA. TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE This Index, printed each month in the BULLETIN, is reissued on library catalogue cards; these are furnished to subscribers at the rate of one cent for each card Subscriptions to the card-issue may be addressed to the Treasurer of the Torrey Botanical Club, WILLIAM MANSFIELD, CoLLEecE or PHARMACY, 115 W. 68th St., N. Y. City. from January, 1903, to December, 1909, inclusive, the Index was also reprinted on baper, on one side only, and can be furnished in that form at the rate of $3.00 a year North American Flora Shae work is designed to present ee: of all plants ite pane wes ] of cultivation, in North America, here taken to include and, Centra America, the Republic of Panama, and the West ees ee Trinidad, obago, and oo and other islands off the north coast of Venezuela, whose flora i essen South A will be Shake’ in parts at irregular intervals by the New York Botanical Garde through the aid of the income of the David Lydig Fund bequeathed by Charles Pub # is ec issue parts as co uti as they can be a adi the extent of the work ma t possible to commence publication at an mber . eo ints, The —_ ced wee will form a series of volumes cal the tbherwinig sequenc ae My cetozoa, Schizophyta, Diatomacea Fungi. u 2 gae, Volumes 14 and15. Bryophyta. Volume 16. Pteridophyta and Gymnospermae. Volumes u to 19. Monocotyledones. Volumes 20 to 30. Dicotyledones. The pei of the work has been referred by the Scientific shin “4 bos Garden to a committee consisting of Dr. N. L. Britton, Dr. W. A. Murrill a J. H. Barnhart Professor Gucnye F, Atkinson, of Cornell University, Professors Charle s R. Barne and John M, Coulter, of the University of Chicago, Mr. Frederick bee Coville, of the United States Dearincat of Agriculture, Professor Edward L. Cae e, of the United States National Museum, Professor Byron D. Halsted, of Rutgers College; and = oe William is ary of the Missouri Botanical Garden, have consented to act as n advisory co he following parts have been published Vol. 7. Part 1, ddd. by G. P. Clinton. Part 2, Coleoipakaeca Ure- dinaceae, and ey aceae ig s), by J. C. Arthur Vol. 9. Parts ‘olyporaceae, by W. A‘ Murrill. Part 3, Boletaceae, by W. A. Murrill ; nese ia rs) by W. A. Murrill and G. S. Burlingham Vol. 16. , Ophioglossaceae, by L. M. ian ghee and x os Benedict ; Marattiaceae, by ye ML Underwood; Osmundaceae and C sah ome by R. C. Benedict ; Schinseacnas, Gleicheniaceae, and eee Cael, by W. R. Maxon. Part 1, Typhaceae, by P. V ; Sparganiaceae, Elodeaceae and Hy- dither taceae, by P. A. Rydberg ; Zamsichelincee Zosteraceae, Se Naiadaceae, and gence by N. Taylor; Scheuchzer ae by N. L. Britton ; Alismaceae, by J. K all; Butomaceae ae Poaceae (pars), by G. V. “Nas ; Vol. 22. Part 1, Sa emonaceae, by V. Nash; Big ee be N. Britton and J. N. Rose; Penthoracea e and Picedectae, byP. A . Rydberg. Part 2, Saxifragaceae end Hydrangeaceae, Gy J. K. Small and P. A. Rydberg; Cunoniaceae, Iteaceae, and Hamamelidaceae, by N. L. Britton ; Pterostemonaceae, by J. K. Small ; Altingiaceae, by P. Wilson; Phyllonomaceae, by HL. H, Rusby. Part 3, Grossularia- ceae, by F. V. ge e chong N. L, Britton; Age apni sc H. A, Gleason ; Crossoso- mataceae, by J, K og eae ae by N. L. Britton; Calycanthaceae, by Eras es rm by. PA. Rydberg. Part Fe Ruwateas (pars), by P. A. Tg. Vol. 25. Part : Yona age si. by L. T. Hanks and ne ‘oe — Oxalidaceae and Linaceae, by J. K. Small; Erythroxylaceae, “i N. L. The subscription Price is fixed at $r. 50 for each part; it is aa that four or five — will ber ~ red for ea ie volume. A limited number of separate parts will be sold at $2.00 eac Addre THE NEW von BOTANICAL GARDEN BRONX PARK, NEW YORK CITY PUBLICATIONS BY OFFICERS AND STUDENTS OF THE DEPART- MENT OF BOTANY, COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY 1. MEMOIRS OF THE DEPARTMENT : Vol. 1. A Monograph of the North American Species of the Genus Potiaedan (1895). By John Kunkel Small, Fellow in Botany, 1893- 13895 ; bi oretges of the Herbarium, 1895-1898. 0, 178 pages, 84 plates. Price $6.0 A Monograph of the North Aimeeas Potentilleae (1898). By Per ots Rydberg, Fellow in Botany, 1896-7. Quarto, 224 pages, 112 plates. Price $6.00. 2. CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE DEPARTMENT : Vol. 1. Nos. 1-25. 1886-1892. Price $5.00. Vol. 2. Nos, 26-50. 1892-1894. Price $5.00, Vol. 3. Nos. 51-75. 1894-1895, Price $5.00 Vol. 4. Nos. 76-100. 1895-1896. Price $5.00. Vol. 5. Nos. 101-125. 1896-1897 ° Vol. 6. Nos. 126-150. 1897-1898. Price $5.00 Vol. 7. Nos. 151-175. 1898-1901. Price $5.00. Vol. 8. Nos. 176-200. 1IgoI~1902. Price $5.00. List of separate numbers avatlable on application. 3 Text-book of General Lichenology (1896). By Albert ee Fellow in Botany, 1895-1896. avo, 230 pages, 76 — Price $4.25 (cloth) ; $3.80 (paper). Published by Willard N. Clute & Co. Bin nghamton, The Department invites “pihtouibes relative to exchanges of her- barium material for any of the above named ees -_ Address Dr. Carlton C. Curtis, Columbia University, N. Y An Illustrated Flora of the Northern United devs. ‘Canada, and the British Possessions from Newfoundland to the Parallel of the Southern Boundary of Virginia, and from the Atlantic Ocean westwar to the 102d Meridian (1896-1898). By Nathaniel Lord Britton, Profes- sor of Botany, 1891-1896 ; Emeritus Professor 1896-—, and Hon. Addi- son Brown. Three volumes, royal octavo. Vol. 2 pages; Vol. 2, 642 pages; Vol.. 3, ee pages ; 4162 figures in ie text, flnstesting every species described Published by Charles Scribner’s Sons, New York. Price, in cloth, $9.00 for = three volumes; with the indexes and keys bound separ- ately, $10.0 : ee Native Ferns and their Allies. (Sixth ee ae By Lucien Marcus Underwood, Professor of Botany, 1896-1 Duodecimo, 158 pages, 35 figures. Published by Feary “Holt & Co., New York. Price, $1.00. "6. Mou lds, Mildews, and Mushrooms. By Lucien Marcus Un- derwood, Professor of Botany, 1896-1907. Du ecimo, 236 pages, 10 plates. Published by Henry Holt & Co. Price §r. 7. Nature pa Development of Plants (1907). By Carlton Clar- ence Curtis, Assistant in Botany, 1892-1895; Tutor in Botany, 1895~1906 ; Instructor in Botany, 1906-1908 ; Adjunct Professor of Botany, 1908-1910 ; ; Associate Professor of Botany, 1910 Octavo, 471 pages; 42 illustrations. Published by Weary Holt & Co., New York. Price $2.50. ESTABLISHED 1851 EIMER & AMEND 205-211 Third Ave, Corner 18th Street NEW YORK MANUFACTURERS AND IMPORTERS OF Chemicals and Chemical Apparatus Sole Agents for Our Specialties KAHI BAUM'S MICROSCOPES C. P. Chemicals and and Reagents ACCESSORIE CARL ca ! SCHLEICHER & SCHULL’S MICROTOMES C.-P. Filters SCHOTT & BALANCES GENOSSEN’S Famous Labora- and tory Glassware WEIGHTS And for many other renowned European ouses in our line. COMPLETE LINE OF Bacteriological Apparatus WE HANDLE EVERYTHING NEEDED FOR A LABORATORY Inspection of premises cordially invited, MEMOIRS OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB A series of technical papers on botanical subjects, published at irregular intervals. Price $3.00 a volume. Not offered in exchange. No.1; not furnished separately : Bailey, Liberty Hyde. Studies of the types of various species of the genus Carex. Pages 1-85. 25 My 1889. Vol. 1, No. 2; not furnished separately : Martindale, Isaac Comly. Marine algae of the New Jersey coast and adjacen waters of Staten Island. Pages 87-111. 24 Au 1889. Vol. 1, No. 3; price, - cents : Spruce, Richard. /efaticae Bolivianae, in Andibus Boliviae orientalis, annis 1885-6, a cl. H. H. Rusby lectae. Pages 1 a = 1890. Vol. 1, No. 4; price, 75 ce Sturtevant, Edward Lewis. On seedless fruits. mee 141-187. 30 My r&go. Vol. 2, No. 1; not furnished separately : Halsted, Byron David. Reserve food-materials in buds and surrounding parts. Pages 1 1~26, plates 7, 2. 10 gO. pe 1. 2, No, 2; price, 75 cen Vail, Anna Murray, & Hollick, Charles Arthur. Chncatioas to the botany of Virginia. Pages 27-56, plates 37, g. 23 D 1890. . 2, No, 3; not furnished separately : Holm, Herman Theodor. Contributions to the pat of the germination of some North American plants. Pages 57-108, plates 5-19. 15 Ap 1891. Vol. 2, No. 4; price, 75 cents Wheelock, William Efmer. ‘he genus Po/yga/a in North America. Pages 109- 152. 30D 1891. Vol. 3, No 1; not furnished separately : wage John Kunkel, & Heller, Amos Arthur. Flora of western North Carolina contiguous territory. Pages 1-39. 20 F 1892. No. 2; price, $2.00: Morong, Thomas. Naiadaceae of North America [with illustrations of all the species }. Pages ee ade 5S 20-74. 15 Mr 1893 gee . 3, No. 3; not aay separately Rusby, Henry H An pages of the plants a ates in Bolivia by Miguel Bang. Jes I. ae ” Pages Ap 1893. Vol. 4, No. 1; not furnished separately : Underwood, Lucien ie Index Hepaticarum. Fai I, Bibliography. Pages I-91. 10 Je 1893. Vol. 4, No. 2; not furnished separately : Small, John Kunkel, & Vail, Anna Murray. Report on the botanical explora- tion of southwestern vas during the season of 1892. Pages 93-201, plates 75-82. 18 N 1893-17 Ap 1894 a 4, No. 3; price, 50 cen Rusby, Henry Hurd. An enumeration of the — aaa in Bolivia by Migue Bang. Part2. Pages 2 PPT 10 Mr-17 Ap 1895. Vol. 4, No. 4; price, a cents ete ne Stockton. Arachis hypogaca L. Paes 275-296, plates 83-85 5S jer Vol. 4, ral 5; price, 75 cen Rydberg, Per Axel. The North American species of mhaks and related genera. Pages 297-374. 15 S 1896 1. 5; price, $3.00: List of Pteridophyta Pee Spermuopiy growing ped cultivation in northeastern North America. 4 D 1893-3 No. 1; price, Fr ae Rusby, sig An ketianatabion of the plants collected 1 in Bolivia by Miguel Bang. Part 3. “Page 1-130. 17 N 1896. 1. 6, No. 2; not furnished separa Grout, Abel Joel. A ee of the North American conga V8 and Brachythecia. Pages 131-210, l ae No. 3; ~~ 50 cents: Hazen, Tracy Elliot. The “life history of Sphaerella lacustris ( Haematococcus pluvialis). Pages 211- sie. plates 86, 87 (colored). 8 Je 1899. ives: 1. 6, No. 4; price, 50 cents : Underwood, Lucien Marcus. A review of the genera of ferns proposed prior to 1832. paler, ep F t D 1899. -6 price, 25 cents: Notes ip lichen alstaibuaioh in the upper Mississippi Valley. 99. Fink, Bruce. Pages 285-307. 1 D Vol. 7; e, $3.00: Howe, Marshall Avery. The Views and Anthocerotes of California. Pages 1-208, plates 88-122. 5 Au 1899. a ee No. 1; not furnished separately : Lloyd, Fran he comparative cee of the Rudiaceae. Part I Pages “ape 7 aserey r 26 Au 1899. Part Pages 27-112, plates 5-15 15 F 1902. Vol. 8, No. 2; price, $1.00 ans, Alexander Willi fe £ «sian of the United States and Canada’ 2 Pai 113-183, plates 16-22. 15 F 1902 as &, ee 3; price, 75 cents: Britton, Elizabeth Gertru & Taylor, aay are The life history of Vittaria lineata, Pages 8 211, plates 23-377. 30 Au 1902 Vol. 9; price, $3.00: Salmon, Ernest Stanley. A monograph of the Zrysiphaccae. Pages phege plates zg. 4QO 1900, No longer sold except in complete sets of the Memoir ‘ ol. 10; price, $3.00: Burgess, Edward Sandford. ONT of Pre. Clusian botany in its relation to Aster. Pages i-xii, 1-447. 22 N 1902 Vol. 11, No. 1; price, $1.75 gore sidne The North American Sordariaceae. a oe 1-134, plates I-19. 30 M Vol. 11, No. 2; price, $1.75: Hazen, Tracy Elliot. The UWothricaceae and Chaetophoraceae of the United States. Pages t 35-250, pte 20-42. 200 1902. Vol. 12, No. 1; price, $1.50: Northrop, Alice Rich. Flora of New Providence and Andros (Bahama Islands}. Pages oo gates ai f age to D 1902. , No. 2; price, $1.00 Siee , Howar gies ee ae ee to a revision . of the North American Hydnaceae. Pages 99-194. 1906. Vol. 12, No. 3; price, 75 cents: Kupfer, Elsie. Studies in o. esa Ag Pages 195-241. 10 Je 1907- Vol. 13; 3.00 Burgess, Edward San Species ee variations of Biotian Asters, with dis- cussion of variability in aoe Pio i-xv, I-419, ei es 1-17. 15 Mr » No. 1; price, $1 Burlingham, Gertrude Paap A study of the te of the United States. Pages 1-109, figures 1-15. 26 My 1908. Address: DR. WIL SFIELD, College of Pharmacy, 115 West 68th St., New York City. VOL. 37 MAY, 1910 NO. 5 BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB €ditor MARSHALL AVERY HOWE Assoriate Cditors JOHN HENDLEY BARNHART Tracy Ettiot HAZEN JEAN BROADHURST WittiAm ALPHONSO MuRRILt PHILIP DOWELL CHARLES Louis POLLARD ALEXANDER WILLIAM EVANS HERBERT MAULE RICHARDS CONTENTS Sphaerocarpos hians sp. nov., with a revision of the genus and illustrations of the species. (Plates 25-32). . . CAROLINE COVENTRY HAYNES 215 Notes on Carex—VL...._. . . . . KENNETH KENT MACKENZIE 23: The genus Crataegus, with some theories concerning the origin of its species : HARRY B. BROWN 25: Two new seed-plants from the Lake Tahoe region, California. ERNEST A. McGREGOR 26: INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE ......... 265 PUBLISHED FOR THE CLUS THE NEW EZRA PRINTING COMPANY LANCASTER, PA. 7 HENRY H. ROSEY, M.D. "Vice Presidents, on oe Treasurer, : ERCY WILSON. WILLIAM sae OE as Puar.D. om RAB 2: sg Se Thigte ale ole ton City. * WEETINGS — ae ch month from yeni to May cnchuaiee, : the second Tuesday, the American ‘Museum of Natural History ; fice last baie: Vol. 37 No 5 BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB MAY, Igto Sphaerocarpos hians sp. nov, with a revision of the genus and illustrations of the species CAROLINE COVENTRY HAYNES (WITH PLATES 25-32) While studying a remarkable Sphaerocarpos from the state of Washington, under the direction of Dr. Marshall A. Howe, the writer became gradually acquainted with the other species of this genus of Hepaticae. In the course of this study a considerable amount of material has been available and it has thus been pos- sible to figure and describe all of the known species of Sphaero- carpos. The previous literature relating to the genus, especially the works of Nees von Esenbeck, Professor D. H. Campbell, Dr. Howe, and Professor Charles Douin, has been freely consulted and drawn upon. It is hoped that the information thus brought together and the conclusions drawn from it may be of some service to future students of the genus. For living material I am indebted to Professor C. Massalongo, of Ferrara, Italy, and to Pro- fessor Francis E. Lloyd, of Auburn, Alabama; freshly collected specimens, also, I owe to the kindness of Professor R. S. Cocks, of New Orleans, Louisiana. Through the courtesy of Monsieur Hariot, I was enabled to examine an authentic specimen of S. stipitatus from the herbarium of the Muséum d'Histoire Naturelle of Paris, our illustrations of this species being drawn from it. I must acknowledge, also, my obligations to Professor Douin, of Chartres, France, for numerous pockets of the two French species in various stages of dévelopment ; to Dr. E. Levier, of Florence, [The BULLETIN for April, 1910 (37 : 163-214. pl. 17-24) was issued 29 Ap 1910. ] 216 Haynes: THE GENUS SPHAEROCARPOS Italy, for excellent specimens from Sardinia and various Italian sta- tions. One of the last mentioned, from Florence, the home of the illustrious Micheli, the author of the name Sphaerocarpos and the first botanist to figure and describe one of the species of this genus, has been drawn upon to furnish illustrations of the generic type species. Mr. William E. Nicholson, of Lewes, Sussex, England, has kindly communicated an English specimen of the best known European species. In addition to those already named, one hun- dred and nine specimens have been examined in the following herbaria: that of the New York Botanical Garden (including those of L. M. Underwood and William Mitten), that of the Sullivant Moss Society, and that of the writer (including that of M. A. Howe). Miss Lucy MacIntyre and Miss Julia T. Emerson have obligingly aided in making certain translations. ne of the results of this study is to exclude S. Sphaerocarpos (S. derrestris and S. Micheli of authors) from America, as no American specimen has been seen which seems to conform strictly to the characters of this European and possibly North African species. On the other hand, Sphaerocarpos texanus (S. cali- fornicus of authors) appears to have a very wide distribution, speci- mens from South America, Europe, and Mediterranean Africa being indistinguishable from those of the southern and western United States. Stephani * gives the following seven species as belonging to the genus Sphaerocarpos : S. terrestris (Mich.) Smith, S. Donnell Aust., S. ¢exanus Aust., S. Berteroi Mont., S. californicus Aust., S. cristatus Howe, and S. /Jamesii Aust. The last mentioned, Stephani states, was known to him by name only, a specimen being nowhere preserved, though, he adds, it was collected in Mexico. As no reference to such a species has been found in literature, and as Herr Stephani has been unable to give us any clue as to the place of origin of the name, it has been dropped from the list. Sphaerocarpos texanus appears to be indistinguish- able from S. ca/ifornicus, and, as S. texanus was published two years earlier, that name has been adopted. On somewhat similar grounds, though in this case the two names were based on speci- * Bull. Herb. Boiss. 7 : 656, 657. 1899. Haynes: THE GENUS SPHAEROCARPOS ot7 mens from the same locality, Sphaerocarpos “stipitatus Bisch. replaces S. Berterii Mont. (S. Berterot of Stephani’s Species Hepaticarum). To the five species thus remaining from Stephani’s list, a sixth, the new species from the state of Washington, alluded to at the outset of this paper, is added below. It should be remarked, perhaps, that Sphaerocarpos Notarisii, Mont.* was, a few years after its publication, referred by Montagne to its proper genus Rve//a. The species of Sphacrocarpos are certainly among the simplest and most interesting of the Hepaticae and the importance of the genus from the evolutionary and phylogenetic point of view is clearly set forth in the following quotation from Professor Camp- bell :+ ‘* From a review of the preceding account of the Liv verworts, it brs be apparent that these pl seat pel gentle the thallose forms, constitute a very ill-defined group of organisms, one erging into anot er by almost insensible gradations, and this is | rue mer th selves, but applies also x eir connec- ion he Mosses and Pteridophytes. The fact that the degree of development of enitiewiphies os ae ophyte does not always co — nakes it oes difficult to de- termine which forms are to be regarded as the t pri gt while Riccia is ee onably the simplest as regards the spropbyte gone gametoph ie is very muc more specialized than that of Ameura or Sphaerocarpus. ‘The latter is, perhaps, on the whats the simplest form we know, and we can ssuivee e how from similar forms all of other groups may have developed. The done recurrence of the two sided i ; ition in so many form s it 9 =I = ie) $9 _ iz) e8 oO - Ss i) i) =) ° bad ° tal ® 4 5 i) 5 o =) o ° ° So = ‘ng toe oS “ 5 p bam oO temporary probable that the primaiiive fea had this type of diene cell. From this diPicialion, form, in which the thallus was either a single layer of cb or with an imperfect mid- rib like Sphaerocarpus, three lines - sb ap ages may be assumed to have arisen. In one of these the differentiation wa: inly in the, tissues of ake gam a and sporophyte remained compara tively pee although showing an PRET the m specialized for The — of this type is iVestrated in the germ h f m that they have n deriv = ) more specialized thallus of the Marchantiacea Sphae ape ger showing as it does points of affinity with both the lower Mar chenslalas and soar nacrogynous Jungerman- niales, keene Fe more nearly than any other known form this hypothetical type. - ts eos , however, simple as it is, is more “perfect than that of Riccza, an ur hyenas sis is correc ct, the Marchantiales m pete e been derived from Splaeracrpu -like forms in which the sporophyte was still s ples th an that of ex- isting Asean that this is correct, the farther evobetios of the Ma rchantiales is ft ona and the series of forms from the lowest to the hi plete.’ “In the second series, the Jungermanniales, starting with Sphaerocarpus, the line leads through Aneura, Pellia, and similar simple tha wit ee to several types with more or less perfect. leaves —e. £; reed sta, Fossom ubi These do not constitute a single series, but have aseune de veloped independently, and it is quite probable that the synod foliose Jungermanniaceae are not all to be trac ced * In De Not. Mem. R. Accad. Torino IT. ey Bees 18309. { Campbell, D. H. The structure and development of mosses ‘dod ferns 157-159. 1905. [ed. 2 218 Haynes: THE GENUS SPHAEROCARPOS back to common ancestors, but have originated at different points from several anacro- dao prototypes ‘ The syste matic position of the sig egailrh is more difficult to determine, and their connection with any existing forms known must be remote. While the structure of the thallus al sporogonium in Wofothylas shows a not very remote resemblance to e corresponding structures in Capes aege itm oT — that the peculiar ns, are similar $ quite conceivable that the ee es of the sexual organs may be explained b by siposing ad sone of such a form as Sphae eieeseaeiny for example, should become ai with = rrounding evatope at a very early stage, and re- main so u nail maturi ae Aneura we have seen that the base of the archegonium is confluent with the th nk in whit respect it gave an digi to the condition found in the Anthocerotes ; but that this is anything mo an analogy is improbable. ages, it must be assumed that its structure in the Anthocerotes is radically different from that of the other Liverworts. Of the lower of cia 2 ee sorts perhaps offers again the nearest — to Notothylas, but is would not be safe at presen assume any close connection bet Of course the ‘ie oe velati oie obvi Pt oO $ whole, then, the e nce before us seem o indicate that the — the ex g Hepaticae are the lower thallose poviee nniales, and o Skis ictehe ‘ probably the most rape The two lines of the Marchantiales gir Jungermanniales have diverged fro s common ancestral type and developed along different lines. The Anthocerotes pot certainly be referred to this ee stock, an sit differ Sepia more radically from either of the other two lines than these do from ta the oe m allu ne we fe affinities among certain ag cetera The Seoseibility of separate origin of eons “fom: oe be? ancestors is conceivable, but it seems more probable that they hav mmon ori ery r it is true They may probably best be Tleauted oS a Py ta ad Ga class, pene with the Hesateac aa Mus Those who follow the Vienna Rules of nomenclature will scarcely be inclined to deny that the first effective post-1753 pub- lication of the genus Sphacrocarpos is found in Boehmer’s edition of Ludwig’s Definitiones Generum Plantarum, dated 1760. Strict adherents of the ‘‘ American Code,’ however, may discover that Sphaerocarpos was not here used in connection with a specific name and that it is not ‘associable by citation with a previously pub- lished binomial species.’’ But Ludwig’s reference to Micheli, the real founder of the genus, makes the application of the generic name and the type of the genus indisputable. Adanson, who appears to have been the next author to mention the genus, chang- ing the spelling of the final syllable to ws, meets the American re- quirements of effective publication no more closely than does Ludwig. The name, in the Michelian sense, appears not to have been used in the binomial form until 1792, though, meanwhile, Haynes: THE GENUS SPHAEROCARPOS 219 the name had been appropriated by Bulliard for a genus of Myxo- mycetes and by Gmelin for a genus of seed-plants. The Michelian genus, however, was soon generally recognized and its acceptance has been so universal that no synonyms for it are to be found in the literature of the Hepaticae. To attempt at this time to rename on account of a possible slight technical flaw a genus so adequately established by Micheli (even though overlooked by Linnaeus) would seem an act of violence to the spirit, at least, of the priority principle. It may be remarked that -os and not -wsis the ending of the generic name as used both by Ludwig and by its originator Micheli, and that there are the same grounds for adopt- ing it asin the case of Symphoricarpos, in which that termination has already become familiar. In fact, the retention of the -os end- ing, it would appear, has been made mandatory by both the Vienna Rules (Art. 57) and the ‘“ American Code” (Part III, Section I) SPHAEROCARPOS (Mich.) Ludwig, Def. Gen. PI. 501. 1760.— Mich. Nov. Pl. Gen. 4. p/. 3. 1729 Sphaerocarpus Adanson, Fam. Pl. 2: 14. 1763 Gametophores thallus-like, dioicous, annual, small, orbicular to oblong or cuneate, simple or finally once to several times fur- cate, the broad multistratose midrib passing gradually into the lateral enfolding or inflexed unistratose lobes, intercalary subapicai lobes at length nearly equaling the lateral. Cells of gametophore thin-walled, quadrate to long-pentagonal and hexagonal, without trigones. Rhizoids hyaline, smooth, thin-walled, numerous. Sexual organs thickly aggregated along the midrib of dorsal surface of thallus. Antheridial plants minute, scarcely visible to the unaided eye, tinged with purple; antheridia oval, short- stalked, their involucres flask-shaped. Archegonial involucres tubular or clavate to pyriform or subglobose, sessile or long- stipitate. Calyptra ruptured early, a portion with shriveled archegonium-neck long persisting on the apex of capsule. Sporogonium consisting of a globose capsule, an obsolescent stalk, and a bulbous foot,* the last often remaining in the thallus after the detachment of the capsule. Capsule indehiscent, its wall * The brood-bodies or gemmae mentioned by various authors, among whom Bis- choff gave the best description with figure, this latter being copied by Pearson, are probably to be identified with the bulbous detached basal parts of the es which in some species remains in thallus. The “ griinlichen driisenartigen Korper mentioned and figured by Sprengel (Anleit. Kennt. Gewachse 318. £78. 1804) are perhaps the oil-bodies which occur here and there in the thallus of Sphaerocarpos. 220 Haynes: THE GENUS SPHAEROCARPOS consisting of a single layer of cells destitute of spiral, annular, or other local thickenings. Spores permarently united in tetrads with two exceptions, S. Doznelliz, in which they become free at full maturity and S. cristatus, in which they separate early in the development of the sporogonium ; spore-tetrads, when persistent, distinctly areolate, appearing crenulate, papillate or subechinulate in optical section; spores, when separate, compressed-tetrahedral, rounded-lenticular, or sometimes concavo-convex, areolate or cristate, in S. Donnellfii prominently tuberculate in the basilar cir- cumference. Accompanying the spore mother-cells are smaller starch-bearing sterile cells probably equivalent to elaters morpho- logically, but lacking a spiral band, these more or less shriveled and obscure at the maturity of the spores. Type species, Sphaerocarpos Sphaerocarpos (Dicks.) M. A. Howe. Key to the species of Sphaerocarpos © involucre sessile or subsessile. Spores permanently united in tetrads. Q involucre contracted at the — the diameter of its orifice much less than that of the involucre; spore-tetrad regularly areolat © involucre pyriform, Sa: or subglobose ; m of spore-tetrad 7-15 in diameter, the eataie ridges low except at their intersections where they are raised into very acute or acicular spicules. 1, S. Sphaerocarpos. .e) involucre tubular, fusiform-clavate, or rarely raised to blunt spines at their intersections. 2. S. texanus, 2 involucre wide-mouthed, the diameter of its orifice equaling or often exceeding that of the subjacent part he involucre, . S. hians. Spores separating at maturity, 85-138 u in maximum diam- showing a prominent protuberance about 124 high in middle of outer face, and after separation exhibiting a coarsely lobed basilar margin 4. S. Donnelli. Spores separating long before ciitasiey, 52-80 ” in maximum diameter, typically cristate, less commonly irregularly and sparingly areolate 5. S. cristatus 2 involucre distinctly stipitate. 6. S. stipitatus. I. SPHAEROCARPOS SPHAEROCARPOS (Dicks.) M. A. Howe, Mem. Torrey Club 7: 66. 1899. [With the -ws ending. ] Targionia Sphaerocarpos Dicks, P|. Crypt. 1: 8. 1785. — D.C. Fl. Fr. 2: 419. 1815.— Poll. Fl. Veron. 3: 399. 1824. Haynes: THE GENUS SPHAEROCARPOS 221 Sphaerocarpos terrestris, minima Mich. Nov. Pl. Gen. 4. pl. 3. 1729. — Dill. Hist. Musc. 536. pl. 78. f. 77. 1741. Sphaerocarpos Micheli Bell. App. ad Fl. Pedem. 52. 1792 (fide auctorum); Mém. Acad. Roy. Sci. Turin 5: 258. 1793; Usteri Ann. Bot. 15: 87. 1795. Sphaerocarpus terrestris J. E. Smith, Eng. Bot. p/. 299. 1796. — Bisch. ~. . Nova Acta Acad. Leop.-Car. Nat. Cur. 13: 829- 838. pl. 4g. 1827.—Lindenb. pg. ». Nova Acta Acad. Leop.- Car. Nat. Cur. 18: 496. p/. 36. 1836.—Nees, p. p. Natur- gesch. Europ. Leberm. 4: 365. 1838.— Stephani, /. f. Bull. Herb. Boiss. '7: 656. 1899.— Pears. pf. p. Hep. Brit. Is. 482. pl. 215. f. I-14. 1902. —K. Miller, in Rabenh. Krypt.-Fl. Deutschl. Oesterr. & Schweiz 6: 316. f. 790, r9Z. 1907. —C. Douin, Rev. Bryol. 30: 44-57. f. 8-27. 1903; 34: 105-112. f. I-37, 11, 15. 1907; 36: 37-41. f. 1-3, 5, 6, &. 1909. Sphaerocarpus lagenarius Dumort. Comm. Bot. 78. 1822. Sphaerocarpus utriculosus Dumort. doc. cit. Sphaerocarpus terrestris, 3? utriculosus Dumort. Hep. Eur. 164. 1874. Archegonial thallus orbicular to obovate, 0.6 —13 mm. in diameter, densely cespitose, bright green when living, yellowish brown when dried, forking several times, lobes short, orbicular, margin ascending or incurved, marginal cells generally quadrate, 33-66 #; archegonial involucres 1.5—2.5 mm. high, sessile, thickly crowded together so as almost entirely to conceal the thallus, pyri- form, obovoid, or subglobose, orifice small, cells at orifice creniform, quadrate or oblong, 66-85 # x 39-59 u: antheridial thallus cuneate to orbicular, 1 mm. in diameter, the rounded lobes curving over the involucres, these 260-330 # in height, purplish : capsule averaging 7504 in diameter, the bulbous foot remain- ing in thallus on detachment of capsule; spores permanently united in tetrads, these go-120 mw in diameter, greenish or brownish black, finely and regularly areolate, meshes small, 7-15 4 in diameter, each, occasionally, with a single median papilla, ridges low excepting at points of intersection, where they are raised into very acute or acicular spicules, these 7-12 y in height. [Prate 25. ] Hasirat: Damp sandy clay ; “in clover fields” (England). Tyre Locatity: Florence, Italy. Disrrisution: Italy, France, Germany, England, and Pantel- leria Island (between Sicily and Tunis). 222 Haynes: THE GENUS SPHAEROCARPOS SPECIMENS EXAMINED: Five specimens from Italy, sent by Dr. E. Levier; living specimens from Ferrara, Italy, sent by Professor C. Massalongo; eight specimens from France, sent by Professor C. Douin ; a specimen from Baden (between Grotzingen and Wein- garten), collected by A. Kneucker; and a specimen from England, collected by W. H. Burrill, and communicated by Mr. William E. Nicholson. Adherents of the Vienna Rules will use the name Sphaerocarpos Micheli for this species, while for those who follow the “‘ American Code,” its legal name is clearly that adopted above. The areolae of the spore-tetrads of this species occasionally show an isolated median papilla or tubercle (see PLATE 25, FIGURE 12). This peculiarity is so pronounced and constant in certain collections that the possibility of its proving a diagnostic character of an unrecognized species at first suggested itself, but it soon became apparent that this character is sometimes only slightly developed (PLATE 25, FIGURE IO) and also that S. ¢evanus shows a parallel series of forms (PLATE 27, FIGURES II and 15). It may be mentioned, however, that the spicules of some of these peculiar spore-tetrads with unipapillate areolae are less sharply pointed than is normal in S. Sphaerocarpos, approaching the blunt spines of certain forms (PLATE 27, FIGURES I9 and 21) which we are inclined to refer to S. fexanus. 2. SPHAEROCARPOS TEXANUS Aust. Bull. Torrey Club 6: 158. 1877.— Underw. Bull. Illinois State Lab. Nat. Hist. 2: 30. 1884.—Stephani, Bull. Herb. Boiss. '7: 656. 1899. Sphaerocarpus terrestris Bisch. ~. p. Nova Acta Acad. Leop.- Car. Nat. Cur. 13: 829-838. p/. gg. 1827.—Lindenb. £.p. Nova Acta Acad. Leop.-Car. Nat. Cur. 18: 496. pl. 36. 1836. — Nees, p. p. Naturgesch. Europ. Leberm. 4: 365. 1838. — Pears. p. p. Hep. Brit. Is. 482. pf. 275. f. 1-14. 1902. — Stephani, 7. p. Bull. Herb. Bois. '7: 656. 1899. Sphaerocarpus Berterii Aust. Hep. Bor.-Am.: Tickets of the specimens 34. 1873. Not S. Berterit Bisch. Sphaerocarpus californicus Aust. Bull. Torrey Club 6: 305. 1879. — M. A. Howe, Mem. Torrey Club 7: 65. pl. roo. f. 9-12. Haynes : THE GENUS SPHAEROCARPOS 293 1899. — Stephani, Bull. Herb. Boiss. '7: 657. 1899.—K. Miiller, in Rabenh. Krypt.-Fl. Deutschl. Oesterr. & Schweiz 6: 317. J. 192. 1907.— Douin, Rev. Bryol. Sy 105-112. f. g-10, 12, 13, 14. 1907; 36: 37-41. f. 4, 7,70. 19 Sphaerocarpus Michelit Underw. 2 p. Bull. tacts State Lab. Nat. Hist. 2: 30. . 188 Sphaerocarpus Micheli californicus (Aust.) Underw. @. c. Archegonial thallus suborbicular or somewhat cuneate, 3-5 mm. x 4-8 mm., densely cespitose, bright green when living, dingy green or sometimes light olive-green when dried, forking several times, the leaf-like unistratose lobes almost entirely concealed by the overcrowding of the involucres, marginal cells generally quadrate, averaging 45 4; archegonial involucres 1.2-2.6 mm. high, sessile, long-cylindrical, fusiform-clavate, very rarely subpyriform, more or less acuminate, cells at small orifice usually creniform, 45-60 p: antheridial thallus oblong to orbicular, 2 mm. in diameter, forking several times, the lobes more conspicuous than those of the arche- gonial plant ; antheridial involucres 270-360 y» high, purplish : capsule averaging 675 4 in diameter, the bulbous foot remain- ing in thallus on detachment of capsule; spores permanently united in tetrads, these 72-171 » in diameter, golden-brown to dark opaque-brown, regularly areolate, minutely granulate, meshes 13-30 in diameter, each, in rare cases, with a single median papilla or tubercle, the ridges finally high, sinuous, crenu- late, or deeply and irregularly dissected, occasionally forming obtuse spines at the points of intersection. [PLATEs 26 and 27.] Hasirat: On flat compact commonly lightly shaded soil in meadows and orchards and beside paths: TYPE LocaLity : San Marco, Texas. DistriputTion: United States, Uruguay, England, France, Germany, Sardinia, and Northern Africa (Tangier). Exsicc: Hep. Bor.-Am. no. 738, as S. Berteri (in herb. New York Botanical Garden). — Hep. Brit. xo. 275, as S. ¢errestris (in herb. Underwood).— Hep. Europ. wo. 27, as S. ‘terrestris (in herb. Underwood). An examination of mature specimens of Sphaerocarpos from various parts of the United States leads to the conclusion that the plant described by Austin as S. ¢exanus in 1877 cannot be satis- factorily distinguished from the plant that he described as S. ca/z- fornicus two years later. The latter name is therefore considered a synonym of the former. Austin himself seems at first to have 294 Haynes: THE GENUS SPHAEROCARPOS considered them the same, for in his Hep. Bor.-Am. (Tickets of the specimens, 34. 1873) he cites under “ 738. Sphaerocarpus Berteri”’ the following stations: “ California, Bolander, bigelow ; Texas, Wright.’ Later he recognized his error in identifying these plants with the very different South American species and described the Texan specimens as S. ¢exanus Aust. and the Cali- fornian as S. californicus Aust. Herr Stephani remarks (Bull. Herb. Boiss. '7: 656. 1899) that he had not seen S. ¢exanus, that it is not preserved in Austin’s herbarium in Manchester, that the plant seems to be wholly lost, but that the very small spores (‘‘ coccus 63 »”’) will make possible its recognition. It has been my good fortune to examine three specimens of S. ¢exanus col- lected by Wright in Texas and now preserved in the herbaria of the New York Botanical Garden and of Columbia University. Two of these came from the Underwood herbarium, one of them being labeled “ Sphaerocarpus texranus Aust. (type ?), San Marco, Tex., C. Wright, 1849, ex coll. W. H. Pearson 1894,’ and the other ‘“‘ Sphaerocarpus texanus, San Marco, Texas, C. Wright, 1849, ex Sulliv.” The third is in the herbarium of Columbia Uni- versity, is labeled “ Sphaerocarpus texanus Aust. Texas, leg. Wright, ex herb. Aust.,” and was communicated by W. H. Pear- son in 1890. Austin, in connection with the original description of S. ¢exanus, compares it with “S. Micheli,” stating the S. texanus is distinguished by its smaller frond, its involucre less obtuse at the apex, and the spores almost a half smaller. The coccus is described as about 1/400 of an inch (62.5 ») in diameter, while that of S. Micheli’ is 1/200-1/250 of an inch in diameter. The present writer finds the chief differences separating S. seranus from S. Sphaerocarpos (S. Michelii) to lie in the more pointed fusiform- clavate rather than obovoid involucres, in the meshes of the sur- face of the spore-tetrads being nearly twice as wide, and in the high ridges forming these meshes being sinuous or crenulate-margined or irregularly dissected, or occasionally rising into obtuse spines at the points of intersection, but never forming sharp needle-like spines as in S. Sphaerocarpos. I have not been able to find in the Texan material collected by Wright any spore-tetrads as small as those described by Austin, the smallest seen measuring 72 /. There is, however, a surprising variation in the size of the tetrads HAYNES: THE GENUS SPHAEROCAR POS 220 even on a single plant: those in one capsule measured 72-99 p, while those in another capsule on the same plant measured 92— 132; these two sets of spore-tetrads were about equally brown, but the smaller had smaller meshes and lower ridges and it is probable that the plant was killed before these smaller ones had reached full maturity. As indicated above, Sphaerocarpos texanus seems to have a wider distribution than any other species of the genus. It is of interest to note that the classical descriptions of S. ¢er- restris given by Bischoff,* by Lindenberg,} and by Nees t were based, in large part at least, on specimens collected at various times in vineyards near Durlach, Karlsruhe, Baden, by A. Braun. Now it proves that copious specimens collected by A. Braun in this locality in 1834 (the 1834 collection is mentioned by Nees) and preserved in the Mitten Herbarium are clearly S. fexanus Aust. (see PLATE 27, FIGURE 17), and it may be said that some of the figures published by Bischoff and by Lindenberg point to S. texanus rather than to S. Sphaerocarpos. It is to be added, how- ever, that the genuine S. Sphacrocarpos (S. terrestris) — beautifully distinct —also occurs in Baden and near Karlsruhe, as is attested by specimens collected by A. Kneucker on April 21st, 1894, in vine- yards between Grotzingen and Weingarten (see PLATE 25, FIGURE 8), and it is possible that both species were represented in the material obtained by Professor Braun. 3. Sphaerocarpos hians sp. nov. Archegonial thallus oblong or orbicular, 4-6 mm, in diameter, growing in isolated groups, bright green when dried, margin lobed and crispate, ascending pao Di generally quadrate, averag- ing 47 #2; archegonial involuc 1-2 mm. high, sessile, not crowded together or entirely pier oe the thallus, tubular-ovoid, sometimes slightly larger at apex and slightly flaring, orifice large, of the diameter of the involucre or larger, irregular and entire, cells at orifice 26 x 39, with thick walls: antheridial thallus cuneate to orbicular, 2 mm. in diameter, forking several times, the leaf-like lobes curved over the involucres, these 243-398 p in height, green becoming brown and purplish with age, their cells, * Nova Acta Acad. Leop.-Car. Nat. Cur. 13: 829-838. p/. ¢¢. 1827. 836. Loc. cit. 18: 496. pl. 376. ¢ Naturgesch, Europ. Leberm. 4: 365-369, 1838. 226 Haynes: THE GENUS SPHAEROCARPOS especially those of the neck, thin-walled and nonprotuberant : cap- sule averaging 587 4, the bulbous foot remaining attached to cap- sule; spores permanently united in tetrads, these 66-83 in diam- eter, golden-brown, cristate-reticulate, the crests sinuous, 5 high, delicate, somewhat elevated at the angles, occasionally crossing the boundaries of the spores, anastomosing irregularly, forming closed or partially closed meshes or occasionally running in parallel lines toward the boundaries of the spore, a blunt spine occurring now and then within the areolae, the margin in optical section appear- ing crenulate to tuberculate. [PLATE 28. ] Hasirar: Clayey places in copses ; on bare alluvial soil in the shade of willows. Type Locarity: Pullman, Washington. DistTrisuTion : Washington. SPECIMENS EXAMINED: C. V. Piper gr, type, July 2, 1894, and July 21, 1894, both collected at Pullman, Washington, and pre- served in the herbarium of the New York Botanical Garden. This species resembles most closely Sphaerocarpos cristatus, differing markedly in the involucre being tubular with a wide or flaring orifice, instead of being subglobose with small orifice, and in the tetrads remaining permanently united, while in S. cr7status they separate long before maturity. The spore markings of the two species are somewhat similar, though those of S. Aians show more regular reticulations. 4. SPHAEROCARPOS Donne Aust. Bull. Torrey Club 6: 157. 1877. — Underw. Bull. Illinois State Lab. Nat. Hist. 2: 30. 1884. — Stephani, Bull. Herb. Boiss. '7: 656. 1899. _ 4A\rchegonial thallus cuneate, averaging 9 mm. long and 6 mm. in greatest width, forming mats, dark green, faded green when dried, forking repeatedly, lobes large, explanate, margin sinuous, marginal cells generally oblong, 33 x 66 mw; archegonial invo- lucres 2-2.3 mm. high, sessile, not crowded together, somewhat isolated, ovoid-ellipsoid, tubular, truncate at apex, orifice some- what conspicuous, cells at orifice 39-46: antheridial thallus cuneate, 3 mm. in maximum diameter, each of its five or six main divisions once or twice furcate, lobes large, leaf-like; antheridial involucres 448-996 mu in height, 3 times their diameter, red-brown, cells with somewhat thick walls : capsule averaging 724 m in diam- eter, the bulbous foot remaining in thallus on detachment of capsule ; spores separating at maturity; spore-tetrad averaging 145 in diameter just before separating, provided with a promi- Haynes: THE GENUS SPHAEROCARPOS 237 nence 12 win height near the middle of the outer face = each spore, this becoming shriveled at maturity ; spores 85-138 win maximum diameter, yellow to opaque brown and regularly sieclae: coarsely granulate, meshes large, 13-26 w, the ridges wrinkled and sinuous, forming elevations at points of intersections of meshes, the spores after separation showing a conspicuous coarsely lobed basilar margin. [PLATES 29 and 30.] Hasitat: Growing on damp sandy soil, in gardens, etc. Type Locaity: Jacksonville, Florida. DistrisutTion: Florida and Georgia. Exsicc: Hep. Amer, xo. 67 (as Sphacrocarpus terrestris Mich.) and no. 62 (as Sphaerocarpus Donnellii Aust.). 5. SPHAEROCARPOS cRISTATUS M. A. Howe, Mem. Torrey Club 7: 66. p/. roo. f. 1-8. 1899. — Stephani, Bull. Herb. Boiss. '7: 657. 1899 Archegonial thallus suborbicular, 3-8 mm. in diameter, pale green when dried, marginal lobes orbicular, ascending, marginal cells generally quadrate, 26-45 « ; archegonial involucres 0.85-1.2 mm. high, sessile, thickly aggregated, at first cylindrical, soon becoming subglobose or obovoid, rounded at apex, orifice small, cells at orifice creniform, 26-40: antheridial thallus cuneate, 2 mm. in diameter, often once furcate, with oblong-ovate lobes ; antheridial involucres 498-581 win height, about 2.5 times their diameter: capsule 500-800 yt in diameter, the bulbous foot remaining attached to capsule; spores separating long before the maturity of the capsule, never persisting in tetrads, compressed, rounded- biconvex or sometimes concavo-convex, yellowish brown or pale yellow, 52-80 » in maximum diameter, cristate, the crests sinuous, 4-7 « high, subcrenulate, mostly radiating from near the middle of each of the two faces, often 1-3 times furcate, sparingly anastomos- ing, forming sometimes 1-6 (rarely more) completely closed meshes in most cases near the middle of the face. [PLATE 31.] Hasrrat: On flat compact soil in meadows and beside paths, Type Locatity: Near Stanford University, Santa Clara County, California. Distripution: California. Exsicc.: Hep. Am. zo. 160 (as S. terrestris, var. californicus Aust.) [.S texanus], a little of which is intermingled in some of the sets in the herbarium of the New York Botanical Garden). This remarkable species is allied to Sphaerocarpos hians from Washington, from which it differs in having spores that separate 228 Haynes: THE GENUS SPHAEROCARPOS early instead of remaining permanently in tetrads, in its subglobose archegonial involucre with a small orifice, instead of being long- tubular with orifice the diameter of the involucre. In both ot these species the foot remains attached to the capsule on the de- tachment of the latter from the thallus ; the spore markings are somewhat similar. In S. Donnellii, the spores separate at maturity, their markings are areolate instead of typically cristate, and they are characterized by a coarsely lobed basilar margin. The description and drawings published by Professor Camp- bell in his ‘‘ Notes on Sphaerocarpus” (Erythea 4: 73-77. 1896) probably relate chiefly to this species. 6. SPHAEROCARPOS sTIPiTaTus Bisch.; Lindenb. Nova Acta Acad. Leop.-Car. Nat. Cur. 18: cop pl. 36. 1836 Sphaerocarpus Berteriti Mont. Ann. Sci. Nat. II. g: 39. Ja 1838. — Nees, Naturgesch. Eur. Leberm. 4: 369. 1838.— Mont. & Nees, in d’Orbigny, Voy. Am. Mérid. 7?: 50. 1839. — G. L. & N. Syn. Hep. 595. 1846.— Mont. Syll. Gen. Sp. pt.95. 1846. Sphaerocarpus Berterot Stephani, Bull. Herb. Boiss. '7: 657. 1899. Archegonial thallus suborbicular to oblong, 2 mm. in diam- eter, in thick cushion-like tufts, light green when dried, margin divided into 4-8 cuneate, ascending, somewhat undulating lobes, marginal cells generally quadrate, averaging 26-39 #; archegonial involucres 1.5~2 mm. high, distinctly stipitate (the slender stipes 0.5-0.65 mm. long), tubular-ovoid, ellipsoidal, or bluntly conical, more or less narrowed to the truncate apex, fleshy, carnose- Opaque, its wall apparently more than one cell thick, orifice large, of nearly the diameter of the involucre, setulose, the hyaline, thick-walled setulae mostly 2 cells long, incurved : antheridial thallus not seen: capsule 340-420 # in diameter; the persistent spore-tetrads yellowish, coarsely areolate and somewhat rough- ened, marginate. [PLATE 32 Hasitat: Growing in moist places, on the border of ditches. TYPE LocALity : Quillota, Chile. SPECIMEN EXAMINED: B. Bertero, 695, August and September 1829, in the herbarium of the Muséum d’Histoire Naturelle of Paris, France. The description of the capsule and spores has been derived from literature mentioned above. New York Boranicat GARDEN Haynes: THE GENUS SPHAEROCARPOS 229 eseaaensanec of OT PLATE 25. p asl = I. 9 plant, mature, 14. 2. 9 plant, immature, 14. 3 and 4. ¢ plants, X29. 5. Orifice of 9 involucre, 48. 6, 8,10, and12. Spore-tetrads, < 390. 7, 9, 11, 13. Spicules and ridges of spore-tetrads shown in optical section, 390; 7 was drawn from spore shown in fig. 6; 9, from that shown in fig. 8; 11, from that shown in fig. 10; 13, from that shown in fig, 12. Figures 1 and 5 were drawn from a specimen collected by O. Beccari, near Florence, Italy, 9 February, 1898; 2, 3, 4, 6 and 7, from a specimen collected by E, cci, near Florence, Ttaly, 9 March, 1888; 8 and 9, from a specimen collected by A. Kneucker, between Grétzingen and Weingarten, Baden, Germany, 21 April, 1894; Io and 11, from a specimen ole by W. H. Burrill, Strumpshaw, E. Norfolk, England, Apri ee 13, from a specimen collected by A. Mori, at Pisa, Italy, Sainte ae | (keh, "oak Ital., ser. II, 20. r20r). PLATES 26 and 27. Sphaerocarpos texanus 1. ‘plant. re 2. g plant, X29. 3. Orifice of 9 involucre, < 48. 4, $5: Fy On TE; i. 15s 17, and 21. Spore-tetrads, & 390. 6, 8, I0, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, and 22, idges oa pete shown in optical section, & 390; 6 was drawn from spore ao in fig. 5; 8, from that shown in fig. 7; 10, from that shown in fig, 9; 12, from that shown in fig. 11; 14, from that shown in fig. 13; 16, from that shown in 15; 18, from that shown in fig. 17; 20, from that shown in fig, 19; 22, from that hie 3 in 2 Figures 1, 2, 4, 9, and 10 were drawn from specimens collected by C. Wright, at San Marco, Texas, 1849; 3, 7, and 8, from specimens collected by M. A. Howe, Mill Valley, California, 4 April, 1896 (in herb. Haynes); 5 and 6, from a specimen collected by J. Arechavaleta, #0. 157, at Montevideo, Uruguay, August, 1876 (in herb. Mitten); If and 12, from a specimen collected by Welwitsch, #0. 28 [Portugal ?] (in herb. Mitten); 13 and 14, from a specimen collected in Tangier in the winter of 826 (in herb. Mitten); 15 and 16, from a specimen collected by H. A. Green, Chester, South Carolina, 4 March, 1886 (in herb. Haynes); 17 and 18, from a speci- men collected by A. Braun, Durlach, Baden, March, 1834 (in herb. Mitten); 19 and 20, from a specimen labeled S. Micheli, herb. P. V. LeRoy, Florida (in herb. New York Botanical Garden); 21 and 22, froma specimen collected by Gennari in Sardinia, April, 1889. PLATE 28. ae hians @ plant 14. 2. ¢ plant, X 29. 3- fice of 2 involucre, 48. 4, 5, and 6, Spore-tetrads, 390. 7. Ridges of spore- pet shown in optical section, X 390. The figures were all drawn from the type specimen, collected by C. V. Piper, zo. gr, Pullman, Washington, 2 July, 1894 PLATES 29 and 30. Sphaerocarpos Donnellii - 9 plant, X 14. plant, < 29. 3. Spore, showing outer face and socials lobed hasitic ae 4. Spore, showing tubercular prominence on outer fac in a lateral view, X 390. 5. $ plant, showing greatly elongated necks of involucres on old parts of thallus, ae 48. 6, Spore-tetrad, nearly mature, > 390. 7. Ridges of spore and tubercular prominence shown in optical section, X 390. 8. Spore-tetrad beginning to separate, < 390. 9. Orifice of Q involucre, 4 230 HayNES: THE GENUS SPHAEROCARPOS Figure 1 was drawn from a specimen collected by Severin Rapp, in Florida, Feb- ruary, 1905; 5, from Hep. Am. mo. 67; 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, and 9, from Hep. Am. no. 62, PLATE 31. Sphaerocarpos cristatus 1. 9 plant, & 14. 2. ¢ plant, 29. 3. Orifice of 9 involucre, & 48. 4, 5, 6, and 7. Spores, 390. The figures were all drawn from the type material. PLATE 32. Sphaerocarpos stipitatus 1. 9 plant, immature, 29, 2. 9 involucre, < 14. 3. Orifice of 9 involucre, showing setulae, 120. 4 and 5. 9 plants, 14 (drawn to scale of other spe- cies). 6, Portion of sterile pate x 14. e figures were all drawn from material of the original collection preserved in the Muséum d’ Histoire Misael: of Paris. Notes on Carex —VI KENNETH KENT MACKENZIE CAREX TETANICA SCHK. AND ITS ALLIES The above species, which is widely distributed in the north- eastern part of the United States, has been the source of some diversity of opinion among botanists who have given special atten- tion to our species of Carex. Like many other species, it shows a considerable amount of variation, and the perigynia, moreover, seem unusually variable. Several varieties or allied species have been from time to time proposed. But all of these, with the exception of Carex Woodit Dewey and Carex Meadii Dewey, have with good reason been relegated to synonymy. I have gone carefully over the original description of Carex Woodit Dewey, as well as studied some of the original specimens (almost unrecognizable scraps) collected by Dr. Wood in Jefferson County, New York, and preserved in the New York Botanical Garden. From this study it seems to me that the plant is best treated as a slim form of Carex tetanica Schk., and is not worthy of recognition. * Carex Meadii Dewey, on the other hand, seems to be clearly worthy of recognition. It is undoubtedly closely related to Carex tetanica, but holds its distinctive features over a large area of country. The two species are, moreover, readily told apart in large collections of herbarium material, and good specimens which cannot be referred at once to the proper one of these two species are very few in number. The curious point, however, in dealing with this group is that there are certain local plants apparently but little collected which * Some old specimens in the Torrey Herbarium collected in Jefferson County, New York, by an unnamed collector and marked Carex Woodii are, however, Carex colorata, hereinafter described. It is possible that these represent Carex JWoodii, but in the absence of any definite evidence I have preferred to regard the common slender form of Carex — — regarded as Carex Woodii as that plant. A good example of what I reg: Carex Woodii is a specimen collected June 17, 1902, by Rich, Williams & cae at Sudbury, Pa etts. 231 233 MACKENZIE: NOTES ON CAREX are more worthy of separation than any of the plants already dis- cussed. One of these plants from the region of the Great Lakes has long been in my collection under the name of Carex tetanica var. Woodii (Dewey) Bailey. Moreover, from the description and key it is without doubt the plant treated as Carex tefanica by Herr Kikenthal inthe Pflanzenreich.¢ In that excellent work the key character used to separate Carex divida Wahl., and Carex vaginata Tausch from Carex polymorpha Muhl. and Carex tetanica Schk. (as there treated) is the following : ‘*« Vaginae inferiores clare brunneae foliiferae ”’ “« Vaginae inferiores purpureae aphyllae.”’ This key works excellently and brings out very characteristic features when applied to all the species except the real Carex tetanica. Any one examining it will soon see that both it and Carex Meadii have the lower sheaths conspicuously leaf-bearing and do not have the sheaths strongly purplish tinged. On the other hand the plant of the Great Lake region above referred to does exactly answer this description. Not only is this true but it further differs from the real Carex tetanica in being loosely stolon- iferous. The stolons are stout for the size of the plant, are strongly purplish-tinged, and very readily pulled up. Contrasted with this, Carex tetanica has very deep-seated slender white running root- stocks. Anyone who has ever collected the plant will know how hard and tedious an undertaking it is to get to these rootstocks. In fact it is so hard that most herbarium specimens do not show them at all. The plant of the Great Lake region is evidently worthy of recognition and is therefore here proposed as - Carex colorata sp. nov. “ Carex tetanica Schk.”’ Kikenthal, in Engler, Pflanzenreich 4”: 514. 1909. Culms arising in loose stools, slender, 3-5 dm. high, aphyllo- podic, strongly purplish-tinged at base, strongly stoloniferous, the stolons purplish-tinged and with loose sheaths, near the surface of the ground and readily pulled up, the culms usually noticeably + After writing the above I was favored by Prof. Macoun with a loan of the speci- mens of this group from the herbarium of the Geological Survey of Canada, and found that the above statement is correct, Macoun’s No. 33,639, the first specimen cited by Kiikenthal under C. ée¢anica, not being that species but the species here described. MACKENZIE: NoTES ON CAREX 243 exceeding the leaves, roughened on the angles at least above, the sterile culms numerous. Leaves (not bracts) with well-developed blades usually two to four to a fertile culm, near the base but not bunched, the sheaths overlapping, rather loose, white- or yellowish- scarious opposite the blades, the ligule not prolonged, the blades flat, glabrate to minutely pubescent, the upper the larger, usually 2.5-4 mm. wide, 5-20 cm. long, strongly roughened; blades of sterile culm averaging much longer; terminal spike staminate, from but little to strongly peduncled, its peduncle smooth or little roughened, the spike linear, 1.5-3.5 cm. long, 2.5—4 mm. wide, the numerous closely appressed scales oblong-ovate, obtuse, pur- plish brown with green midrib and hyaline margins; _pistillate spikes two or three, widely separate, erect on slender usually much exserted peduncles, the spikes linear, 1.5-3.5 cm. long, 3-4 mm. wide, loosely and alternately 6-15-flowered, the perigynia ascending ; bracts leaflet-like, shorter than the culm, the sheaths 5-30 mm. long; scales obovate or ovate, obtuse or acutish, vary- ing to acuminate or even cuspidate, wider than and about two thirds the length of mature perigynia, straw-colored or purplish brown with green midrib and hyaline margins; perigynia oblanceo- late or fusiform, obtusely triangular, 3.5-4 mm. long, 1.5 mm. wide, lightly many-nerved, tapering to the base, tapering at apex into the minute slightly curving beak, 0.5 mm. long, the orifice oblique; achenes triangular, oblong, 2.5 mm. long, closely fitting the perigynia ; stigmas three. The type of the above species was collected by Mr. Charles K, Dodge at Port Huron, Michigan, on May 9, 1896, and is in my herbarium. A duplicate has been deposited in the herbarium of the New York Botanical Garden. Other specimens of this species, all in the herbarium of the Geological Survey of Canada, except where otherwise stated, have been examined as follows: Ontario: Guelph, A/ugh, June 8, 1905 (K. K. M.); Sarnia, Macoun 33639, June 11, 1901 (referred by Kiikenthal to C. tetanica); Wyoming, Macoun 33740, June 14, 1901; Galt, Herrtot 63112, June 13, 1902; Belleville, Macoun 31974, June 15, 1862 (in part). Micuican: Michigan Agricultural College, C. F. Wheeler, June 5, 1900. Maniropa: Brandon, Macoun 16662, June, 1880; Grand Valley, Brandon, Macoun 771217, June 16, 1880. New York: Jefferson Co. (Columbia Univ.). 234 MACKENZIE: NoTeEs ON CAREX The second plant referred to which seems worthy of separa- tion is a plant of the mountains of North Carolina, distributed in considerable quantities in recent years by the Biltmore collectors. Like Carex colorata this species differs from Carex tetanica and Carex Woodii in not having the lower sheaths blade-bearing and in being strongly purplish-tinged at base. It, however, lacks the strong stolons so characteristic of C. colorata, but has stout, much interwoven and elongated rootstocks, like those of Carex poly- morpha. In addition, it is a stout plant with broader leaf-blades. In fact it seems to be a local type characteristic of some of the higher country of North Carolina, and in honor of the institution which has distributed most of the specimens seen by me it is here proposed as - Carex biltmoreana sp. nov. Culms arising in close stools from stout elongated and inter- woven rootstocks, erect, stout (3-4 mm. wide towards the base), 3-7 dm. high, aphyllopodic, strongly purplish-tinged and some- what fibrillose at base, not strongly stoloniferous, exceeding the leaves, smooth or more or less roughened on the angles above. Leaves (not bracts) with well-developed blades usually three to five to a fertile culm, near the base but usually not bunched, the sheaths overlapping, loose, glabrate, white- or yellowish-scarious opposite the blades, the ligule often strongly prolonged, the blades at, 3.5-5 mm. wide, usually 1-2 dm. long, very rough towards apex, the lower much smaller than the upper ; terminal spike staminate, strongly rough-peduncled, linear, 2~3 cm. lon —~5 mm. wide, purplish brown with light midrib and hyaline margins ; pistillate spikes one to three, widely separate or uppermost occasionally approximate, erect, on slender usually much exserted peduncles, the spikes linear or linear-oblong, 1.5-3.5 cm. long, 4-8 mm. wide, loosely or somewhat closely flowered above, attenuate at base, the perigynia 6-20, ascending; bracts leaflet-like, shorter than the culm, the sheaths 5-30 mm. long; scales ovate, varying from ob- tuse to cuspidate, as wide as but rather shorter than the mature perigynia, straw-colored or purplish brown with green midrib and hyaline margins ; perigynia obovoid, obtusely triangular, 2.5-3.5 mm. long, 1.5~2.25 mm. wide, many-nerved, tapering to a stipi- tate or substipitate base, abruptly rounded at apex and minutely beaked with abruptly bent beak or beakless, the orifice entire ; achenes triangular with convex sides, broadly obovoid, 2.5 mm. long, closely fitting the perigynia ; stigmas three. MACKENZIE: NOTES ON CAREX 235 The following specimens have been examined : NortH Carona: Satula Mt. (near Highlands), Biltmore wo. 2686, May 25, 1897 (type in herb. N. Y. Bot. Gard.); Macon County, Buckley (Columbia Univ.); Chimney Rock Mt., Rutherford County, Biltmore vo. 268e, May 10, 1898 (N. Y. Bot. Gard.); Craggy Mt., Buncombe County, Biltmore xo. 268a, May 18, 1898 (N. Y. Bot. Gard.). The species discussed under this heading may be distinguished from one another by the following key : Culms phyllopodic, not strongly purplish-tinged at base, spreading by eep-seated slender white rootstocks. Blades of fertile culm 2—3.5 mm. wide ; perigynia 2-3 mm. long ; spikes linear ; plant slender. C. tetanica. Blades of fertile culm 3-7 mm. saa: perigynia longer; spikes oblong or linear-oblong ; plant stoutish. C. Meadii. Culms a strongly purplish- aaa at base, loosely stolonifer- r with interwoven stout rootstocks. Pcasly stoloniferous ; culms slender; larger blades 4 mm. wide. C, colorata, Not loosely stoloniferous, but with interwoven stout rootstocks ; culms stout ; larger blades § mm. wide. C, biltmoreana. CAREX RIPARIA AND ITS NorTH AMERICAN ALLIES The common sedge which has of late years been treated in our text-books as specifically identical with Carex riparia Curtis of Europe was by many of our earlier writers treated as a distinct species under the name of Carex /acustris Willd. In the treatment of the genus Carex in the Pflanzenreich, Herr Kikenthal has adopted a middle course and made our plant a variety of the Eu- ropean plant. He has, however, clearly pointed out the marked differences which exist between the two. These differences hold good in a large series of American specimens and a considerable series of European specimens examined by me. The plants, too, do not have a circumboreal distribution, and, as is well known, there are very few American species of Carex not having a circumboreal distribution which are specifically identical with European species. There being these marked differences between the European and American plants and their ranges being so different I cannot un- derstand how one can logically be treated as a variety of the other. It seems to me that the only proper way to do is to recognize the plants as distinct species, and this is what I shall do. 236 MAcKENZIE: NOTES ON CAREX Briefly stated, the European Carex riparia is a plant with closely bunched and very thick staminate spikes, the pistillate scales are large and very conspicuously purplish-margined, the fertile culms are phyllopodic, and the lower sheaths are neither fibrillose nor strongly purplish-tinged. On the other hand, the American Carex lacustris has scattered slender staminate spikes, the pistillate scales are smaller and the purplish margins generally noticeably less con- spicuous, the fertile culms are aphyllopodic, and the lower sheaths are strongly fibrillose and strongly purplish-tinged. Carex lacustris, as above defined, has a range from Maine and Vermont to Delaware, Minnesota, and Iowa. In the South and West, however, its place is taken by an allied but distinct plant of wide distribution. Although this last-mentioned plant has not in general been differentiated from Carex lacustris, yet many years ago it was published by S. Hart Wright as a variety of Carer riparia under the name Carex riparia var. impressa (Bull. Torrey Club g: 151. 1882). It has the scattered slender staminate spikes of Carex lacustris and its pistillate scales are even lighter- colored and with less of a purplish tinge. On the other hand it has the phyllopodic fertile culms not tinged with purplish or but little so and not fibrillose at the base, which are characters of the European Carex riparia. From both these species it differs also in the perigynia, which are impressed-nerved when young, but at maturity appear nerveless at a distance or on close inspection very finely impressed-nerved, in contradistinction to the strongly nerved perigynia of the other species above discussed. This plant doubt- less deserves specific rank, as the following detailed description will show: * Carex impressa (S. H. Wright) Mackenzie, comb. nov. Carex riparia impressa S, H. Wright, Bull. Torrey Club g: 151- 1882. Culms stout, in dense clumps, 5-8 dm. high, phyllopodic, neither fibrillose nor purplish-tinged at base, stoloniferous, ex- ceeded by the leaves, smooth or more or less roughened on the angles above. Leaves with well-developed blades usually six to twelve to a fertile culm, mostly bunched towards the base, the blades 4—7 mm. wide, sometimes as much as 4 dm. long, flattened or folded at base, nodulose, stiff, varying from smooth on both MACKENZIE: NoTES ON CAREX 237 surfaces and on the margins (towards the base) to strongly roughened on both surfaces and to almost denticulate on the mar- gins (towards the apex), more or less glaucous, the sheaths gla- brous ; terminal 2-4 spikes staminate, erect, scattered, 1-4 cm. long, 3-7 mm. wide, the upper peduncled, the others sessile or nearly so, the numerous closely appressed scales oblong- obovate, acute to aristate, from straw-colored to purplish, with hyaline margins and usually lighter midrib ; pistillate spikes two to four, usually widely separated, erect, short-peduncled, stout, densely flowered, oblong-cylindric, 1-7.5 cm. long, 1 cm. wide, the very numerous perigynia closely appressed, ascending, in several-many ranks ; bracts leaf-like, exceeding the culms, the lower sheaths from little to strongly developed; scales ovate, the lower aristate and often exceeding the perigynia, the others gradually shorter until those in the upper part are acute and but half the length of the perigynia, straw-colored to purplish with hyaline margins and lighter center, very variable; perigynia lanceolate-ovoid, flattened but thick, 6 mm. long, 2.5 mm. wide, impressed-nerved but appear- ing nearly nerveless at maturity, glabrous, the walls thick and leathery, rounded at base, tapering to the short bidentate beak, the teeth erect or slightly spreading, 0.5 mm. long ; achenes tri- angular-obovoid, 2 mm. long, 1.25 mm. wide, not filling perigy- nia, tipped by the persistent slightly flexuous style ; stigmas three. The following specimens have been seen : Ouro: Green Spring, Beardslee, June, 1890. INDIANA : Wells County, Deam ; Bluffton, Deam, May 28, 1899. TENNESSEE: Jackson, S. M7. Bain 488, May 10, 1893. Missourr: Courtney, Jackson County, Bush 702, May 23, 1894 ; Jackson Co., Mackenzie 822, April 27, 1895; Butler County, Bush 2554 and 2660, May 1, 1905. Kansas: Quindaro, Mackenzie, May 30, 1897; Argentine, Mackenzie, April 26, 1896. InpDIAN TERRITORY: Catoosa, Bush ro28, May 14, 1895; Sapulpa, Bush 957, May 9, 1895; Arkansas, Bush 985, May 8, 1895. ARKANSAS: Moark, Bush 2609, May 3, 1905; Miller Co., Bush 1394, April 21, 1902; Craighead Co., Eggert, May 7, 1893. Texas: Grand Saline, Reverchon 2441, April 9, 1901 ; Dallas, Reverchon 3311*, April, May; Alvin, S. 4. Tracy goo8, April II, 1906. Louisiana: Alexandria, Hadle. Araspama: Mobile, C. F. Baker 1555, April 26, 1898. 238 MACKENZIE: NoTes ON CAREX GerorciA: Riceboro, Liberty Co., Harper 2783, May 2, 1904. Frorima : Apalachicola, Chapman, Biltmore no. 225a; Chup- man, 1850. The three species here described may be separated by the fol - lowing key: Fertile culms aphyllopodic, strongly fibrillose and purplish-tinged at base. C, /acuséris, Fertile culms phyllopodic, neither fibrillose nor strongly purplish tinged at base ; perigynia nerve Staminate spikes Scided. caend: perigynia finely impressed-nerved r appearing nearly nervel ess at maturity; pistillate scales not prominently purplish-margined. C. impressa. eseshinte spikes thick, eu approximate ; perigynia strongly nerved at maturity ; pistillate scales prominently purplish-margined. C. riparia. NEW EASTERN SPECIES OF CAREX ~ Carex aestivaliformis sp. nov. Carex gracillima x aestivalis Bailey, Bull. Torrey Club 20: 417. 1893. | Culms densely cespitose, slender, erect or ascending, 3.5-7 dm. high, glabrous or nearly so, sharply triangular and roughened on the angles above, exceeding the leaves, strongly purplish-tinged at base, aphyllopodic. Well-developed blades some four or five to a fertile culm, the sheaths (especially the lower) sparsely short- pubescent, the upper not overlapping ; blades glabrous or sparsely pubescent and ciliate near base, rough, 2-3.5 mm. wide, the longer about 3 dm. long, flat, ascending ; spikes three or four, widely separate or slightly approximate, narrowly linear, 1.5—6 cm. long, 3.5 mm. wide, the terminal gynaecandrous, the lateral pistillate, nodding or weakly erect on long, slender, rough peduncles, the or loosely at base; lowest bract leaflet-like, short-sheathing, shorter or longer than inflorescence, the upper reduced; scales ovate, short-acuminate, acute or obtuse, several-nerved, green with hyaline margins, sometimes tinged with reddish brown, narrower than and about two thirds the length of the perigynia ; perigynia oblong-ovoid, flattened-triangular in cross-section, deep green, glabrous, strongly several-nerved, 3—3.5 mm. long, 1.5 mm. wide, sessile and rounded at base, abruptly very short beaked, the beak 0.25 mm. long, minutely bidentate and hyaline-tipped ; achenes tri- angular-obovoid, 2 mm. long, 0.75 mm. wide, not filling perigynia ; style straight, slender; stigmas three. The species above described has to my knowledge been col- lected in six localities, and each time the collector has had trouble MACKENZIE: NOTES ON CAREX 239 with it. The first collection was in an upland swale near Alcove, New York, on July 5, 1892, by C. L. Shear, and it was later found by him in two other localities in Greene County, New York. His collections were first doubtfully referred to Carex Sulhivantit Boott, and later on were described by Professor Bailey (Bull. Torrey Club 20: 419. 1893) asa hybrid between Carex gracillima and Carex _aestivalis, He, however, pointed out that there were two objections to so classifying the plant, the first being that it had characters possessed by neither of its supposed parents, and the second that Carex aestivalis was not known from the country where the present plant was found. Specimens now at hand from the other stations emphasize these two points, and show that the plant can- not be properly treated as it was by Professor Bailey. The next collection was by me in a mountain meadow near Greenwood Lake, Passaic County, New Jersey, on June 23, 1907 (x0. 2676). The plant was not common, but as I collected enough to make several specimens, I designate a specimen from this col- lection as the type of the species. The plant has lately again been found in eastern Pennsylvania by Mr. S. S. Van Pelt (Wissahickon ravine, Philadelphia Co., east side, above Thorp’s Lane, high up, July 17, 1909). Through him it was sent to the New York Botanical Garden with a request that he be informed whether it was Carex aestivalis or not. As a matter of fact the plant is closest to Carex aestivalts, but is distinguished by the larger perigynium, which has a bidentate beak, that of C. aestivalis not being bidentate. From Carex Sulli- vantil, supposed to be a hybrid between Carex pubescens and C. gracillima, it is distinguished by the gynaecandrous terminal spike, merely acute or short-acuminate scales, and somewhat narrower and less pubescent leaves. I do not know any hybrid it can repre- sent, and, as it is certainly distinct enough, I here propose it as a species. The southern Carex oxylepis, which is closely allied, has wider and generally more pubescent leaves and strongly acuminate or cuspidate scales. / Carex fulvescers sp. nov. Culms loosely cespitose from slender rather short rootstocks, erect, 2.5-4 dm. high, rather sharply triangular, smooth or slightly 240 MaAcKENZIE: NOTES ON CAREX roughened on the angles above, exceeding the leaves, phyllopodic, and slightly fibrillose at base. Well-developed blades about six to ten to a fertile culm, flat or somewhat folded at base, 2-3 mm. wide, 1.5 dm. long or less, erect or ascending, roughened towards the apex, the sheaths of the upper and of the bracts prolonged at the mouth and strongly tinged with chestnut-brown ; staminate spike solitary, slender-peduncled, 1.5—2.5 cm. long, 2-3 mm. wide, the oblong-obovate scales closely appressed, obtuse or subacute, chestnut with white-hyaline margins and apex; pistillate spikes one or two, widely separate, erect, the upper on scarcely exserted peduncle, the lower on a strongly exserted peduncle, short-oblong or oblong, 12-20 mm. long, 7.5-10 mm. wide, closely flowered, the perigynia 15-35, spreading-ascending in several ranks ; bracts strongly sheathing, the blades erect, much shorter than inflores- cence ; scales ovate, short, acute or obtuse, brownish chestnut with conspicuous white- hyaline apex and margins above, the center lighter-tinged, nearly as wide and nearly as long as body of perigynia; perigynia yellowish-green, narrowly elliptic, slightly inflated and suborbicular or obscurely triangular in cross-section, 5-6 mm. long, 1.5-2 mm. wide, strongly and rather closely about 10-nerved, rounded to a substipitate base, and contracted into a rough strongly bidentate beak 1.5 mm. long, the erect slender teeth smooth within ; achenes triangular, oblong-obovoid, 2 mm. long, I mm. wide, long- -tapering at base; style slender; stigmas three. Many years ago B. D. Greene collected near Boston two species of Carex, which are now in the Torrey Herbarium. One of these was described by Dewey in 1836 as Carex Greeniana (Am. Journ. Sci. 30: 61). This name has by most subsequent authors been treated as a synonym of Carex Hornschuchiana Hoppe (‘Carex fulva Good.” of most authors). An examination of both the original specimen and the original description of Dewey shows that this course is erroneous. The specimen marked Carex Greeniana is a specimen of the European Carex helodes Link ( Carex laevigata Smith) and has the long-acuminate or aristate scales of that species, in this agreeing with Dewey’s description, which calls for a plant with cuspidate or mucronate scales. The other specimen, which is marked “ Carex fulva Good.” is closely related to the European C. Hornschuchiana Hoppe and furnishes one of the chief reasons for attributing that species to North America, as has been done for years under the name of “Carex fulva Good.” What Carex fulva Good. really is, has, MACKENZIE: NoTes ON CAREX 241 however, long been a favorite theme for discussion among Euro- pean students of Carex (Pryor in Jour. Bot. 14: 366; Kiikenthal in Allgem. Bot. Zeits. 11: 45), and while the older authors generally treat it and Carex Hornschuchiana as the same, later authors regard C. /u/va as representiug something else and have taken up the name Carex Hlornschuchiana for what was formerly called C. fulva. While closely resembling this European species, the Boston plant differs in the longer perigynia (5-6 mm. long), as compared to perigynia of about 3 mm. in length in the European species, (Kikenthal, Pflanzenreich 4”: 665, and numerous specimens examined by me.) In addition, the usually more obtuse scales are very noticeably more white-hyaline at the apex, the spikes are wider and heavier, and the sheath is generally more strongly pro- longed opposite the blade and more strongly tinged with dark chestnut. Besides the specimen collected near Boston (possibly introduced through wild fowls from further north), I have seen specimens from Anticosti (Ellis Bay, John Macoun 50, Sept. 7, 1883) and Miquelon (Valley of La Belle-Rivicre, Louzs Arsene 93, July 28, 1902). It is probable, too, that the reports of the occurrence ot Carex fulva in Newfoundland arise from finding this species there. v Carex Bushii sp. nov. Carea hirsuta, var. cuspidata Dewey, Wood’s Class Book 758. 1863. Carex triceps, var. longicuspis Kiikenthal, Pflanzenreich 4”: 431. 1909. Culms erect, 3-6 dm. high, growing in medium-sized clumps, glabrate or somewhat pubescent, triangular, shorter than or ex- ceeding the leaves, somewhat purplish-tinged at base. Well- developed blades three or four to a fertile culm, the sheaths short- pubescent, the upper not overlapping, blades short-pubescent (especially below), 1.5—3 mm. wide, the larger 2.5 dm. long, flat, erect-ascending, the uppermost leaf usually inserted shortly below and exceeding the spikes; spikes usually two or three, approxi- mate, oblong or oblong-cylindric, 5-20 mm. long, 5-8 mm. wide (without the scales), the lower half of the uppermost staminate, the remainder pistillate, all erect, sessile or nearly so, densely many-flowered; bract of lowest spike slender, setaceous, some- 242 MaAcKENZIE: Nores ON CAREX what to much exceeding the head; second bract when present much smaller; scales of pistillate flowers triangular-lanceolate, the middle and lower strongly rough-cuspidate, narrower than but exceeding the perigynia (usually strongly so), with green, about 3- nerved center and hyaline often brownish-tinged margins ; peri- gynia obpyramidiform, nearly orbicular in cross-section, swollen and squarrose at maturity, tapering at base, somewhat tapering at the blunt or slightly pointed apex, glabrous, green or becoming brownish at maturity, rather strongly and coarsely ribbed, 2.5-3 mm. long, 1.5-2 mm. wide, the orifice entire or minutely emargi- nate ; achenes strongly triangular, obovoid, large, sometimes 2.5 mm. long a and 1.8 mm. wide; style persistent, bent ; stigmas three. The above species is ied primarily on Mr. B. F. Bush’s zo. 2514, collected April 30, 1905, at Fulton, Arkansas, and preserved in my own herbarium, but it seems common enough, and from the descriptions there can be no doubt that the synonyms quoted above belong here. I first became acquainted with this plant in 1896 when botanizing on the prairie at Waldo Park, immediately south of Kansas City, Missouri, in company with Mr. Bush, and since then have gradually been accumulating a series of specimens. I am glad indeed to be able to associate Mr. Bush’s name with the present plant, and as he seems to have collected more material of it than any other botanist it seems peculiarly appropriate to do so. Study in recent years has shown that Carex hirsuta Willd. of the earlier botanists is undoubtedly an aggregate, and all modern students of the group have treated it either as containing more than one species, or as one species with several strongly marked vari- eties. The former course seems to me much the more scientific and is accordingly adopted here. The division here made of the old Carex hirsuta has been primarily based on the shape of the perigynium. In the plant of Willdenow this is much flattened, ascending, rounded at apex, and more nerved than ribbed. In the other group it is inflated, squarrose, suborbicular in cross- section, pointed at the apex, and strongly ribbed at least towards the apex. The first group is represented by Carex hirsuta Willd. and Carex triceps Michx., the former differing from the latter only in the more developed pubescence of the leaves, a character which a large series of specimens shows is of no value. The second group is represented by Carex caroliniana Schwein. as well as by Carex Bushii here described. The large green MackEnzIE: Notes oN CAREX 243 perigynia and strongly rough-cuspidate scales of the latter con- trast strongly with the smaller brownish green perigynia and short scales of the former. For convenience these species may be keyed as follows : Perigynia much flattened, ascending, rounded at apex, nerved. C. hirsuta. Perigynia swollen, nearly orbicular in cross-section, squarrose, taper- ing at apex, coarsely ribbed. Perigynia 2 mm. long, brownish green; scales not rough- cuspidate, C. caroliniana, Perigynia longer, green ; scales rough-cuspidate. C. i Carex Bushii ranges from Rhode Island (fide Kiikenthal) and New York to Kansas and Texas and eastward along the coast to northwestern Florida. I have seen the following specimens : RuopveE Istanp: Olney (mixed).* New York: Oneida Co., Haderer 1125, June 20, 1902; Wash- ington County, Burnham 48, July 8, 1898 (‘Grows with the species, but at once recognized as different ’’); Penn Yan, Sartwell. PENNSYLVANIA: Lancaster County, Carter, June, 1893 (“ very large; var.’’) and July 11, 1909; Nockamixon Rocks, Bucks County, 4ritton, May 30, 1893 ; West Chester, Zownsend; Rock- hill, Bucks County, MacElwee 382, June 2, 1899. Iturnois: “Illinois” Vasey —‘ Carex triceps v. cuspidata Dewey” ; Jefferson County, Eggert, May 16, 1898. Missourr: St. Louis, Azeh/, 1838; Montier, Bush 697, May 15, 1894; 2800, May 11, 1905; 2896, May 17, 1905; and 4670, May 24, 1907; Desoto, Hasse, May 24 1887; Courtney, Bush 7719, May 26, 1902; Waldo Park, Jackson Co., Mackenzie, June 10, 1896. ARKANSAS: Little Rock, Hasse, May, 1885; Fulton, Bush 2514, April 30, 1905 (type, in herb. K. K. Mackenzie). INDIAN TERRITORY: Sapulpa, Bush 1047, May 2, 1895. Kansas: Cherokee County, Hitchcock 871, 1896. Texas: Lindale, Bush 2449, April 23, 1901; Alvin, Zracy goog, April 11, 1906; Raleigh, Reverchon 3619, April 16, 1903; Galveston, Plank, April 10, 1892. Loutstana: New Orleans, Hooker, 1827. * The Olney distribution of Carex seems unfortunately to have become mixed, and it is not safe to rely on the specimens distributed by him in determining the range of any species, 244 MACKENZIE: NoTEs ON CAREX Mississippi: Starkville, Zracy 1375, April 14, 1890. Froripa: Walton County, Curtiss, 1885. NorEs ON NOMENCLATURE In applying the rules of nomenclature of the “ American Code” to the species of Carex found in North America, it has been found that a considerable number of species have been known by names which are not tenable. For some of these species valid names exist but to others new names must be given, and for various reasons certain other necessary changes in names must also be made, as follows : * Carex hirtifolia nom. nov. Carex pubescens Muhl.; Willd. Sp. Pl. 4: 281. 1805. Not iL pubescens Poir. Voy. en Barb. 2: 254. 1789. Not C. pudes- cens Gilib. Exerc. Phyt. 2: 547. 1792. “ Carex camporum nom. nov. Carex marcida Boott ; Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. 2: 212. f/. 273. 1840. Not C. marcida I. F. Gmel. 1791. ~ Carex normalis nom. nov. Carex mirabilis Dewey, Am. Journ. Sci. 30: 63. p/. BO. f. 92. 1836. Not C. mirabilis Host. 1809. ” Carex glacialis nom. nov. Carex pedata Wahl. Fl. Lapp. 239. pl. rg. 1812. Not C. pedata L. 1763. / Carex Farwellii (Britton) Mackenzie, comb. nov. Carex deflexa Farwellii Britton; Britton & Br. Ill. Fl. 1: 334- 1896. - Carex abscondita nom. nov. Carex ptychocarpa Steud. Synops. Cyper. 234. 1855. Not C. ptychocarpa Link. 1799. “Carex debiliformis nom. nov. Carex cinnamomea Olney, Proc. Am. Acad. '7: 396. 1868. Not C. cinnamomea Boott. 1846. MACKENZIE: NoTES ON CAREX 245 CAREX LASIOCARPA Ehrh. Hann. Mag. g: 132. 1784. “Carex filiformis L.” Good. Trans. Linn, Soc. 2: 172, and of all American authors ; not Carex filiformis L. European writers have determined that the name Carex /fili- Jormis L. is not applicable to the plant which has so generally borne the name, but is properly applicable to Carex tomentosa L. Accordingly they now apply the name Carex /asiocarpa Ehrh. to the plant heretofore known as Carex filiformis L.—a course which is here followed. The description and locality of the plant of Linnaeus do not apply to the plant treated by authors as Carex Jiliformis, although there is a specimen of this plant in the Linnzean herbarium so named. See on this point Kiikenthal, Pflanzenreich 4”: 748. Carex Leersit Willd. Prodr. Fl. Berol. 28. 1787 Carex stellulata Good. Trans. Linn. Soc. 2: 144. 1794. Carex sterilis Willd. Sp. Pl. 4: 208 (in greater part). 1805. CAREX SPRENGELII Dew.; Spreng. Syst. 3: 827. 1826 Carex longirostris Torr.; Schwein. Ann. Lyc. N. Y. 1: 71. 1824. Not C. /ongirostris Krock. 1814. Carex Barratrit Schw. & Torr. Ann. Lyc. N. Y. 1: 361. 1825 Carex littoralis Schwein. Ann. Lyc. N.Y. 1: 70. 1824. Not C littoralis Krock. 1814. _ Carex Howei nom. nov. Carex interior, var. capillacea Bailey, Bull. Torrey Club 20: 426. 1893. Carex delicatula Bicknell, Bull. Torrey Club 35: 495. 3 N 1908. Not C. delicatula C. B. Clarke, Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. Add. Ser. 8: 79. 18 Au 1908. Named in honor of the late Dr. E. C. Howe, a careful student of the difficult group to which this species belongs. CAREX ATHERODES Spreng. Syst. 3: 828. 1826 Carex aristata R. Br.in Frankl. Narr. Journ. Bot. App. 36. 1823. Not C. aristata Honck. 1792. Not C. aristata Clairv. I8it. 246 MacKENzIE: Notes ON CAREX ’ Carex rhomalea (Fernald) Mackenzie, comb. nov. Carex saxatilis, var. rhomalea Fernald, Rhodora 3: 50. 1901. Carex LacHEenazit Schk. Riedgr. 51. pl. y. f. 79. 1801. Carex lagopina Wahl. Kongl. Vet.-Acad. Handl. 24: 145. 1803. ~ Carex mesochorea nom. nov. Carex mediterranea Mackenzie, Bull. Torrey Club 33: 441. 1906. Not C. mediterranea C. B, Clarke. 1896. ‘ Carex aggregata nom. nov. Carex agglomerata Mackenzie, Bull. Torrey Club 33: 442. 1906. Not C. agglomerata C. B. Clarke. 1903. ~ Carex amphigena (Fernald) Mackenzie, comb. nov. Carex glarcosa, var. amphigena Fernald, Rhodora 8: 47. 1906. CAREX ANNECTENS Bicknell, Bull. Torrey Club 35: 492. 1908. Carex xanthocarpa Bicknell, Bull. Torrey Club 23: 22. 1896. Not C. xanthocarpa Deg}. 1807. Carex xanthocarpa annectens Bicknell, Bull. Torrey Club 23: 22. 1896. “ Carex Swanii (Fernald) Mackenzie, comb. nov. Carex virescens, var. minima Barratt ; Bailey, Mem. Torrey Club 1: 77. 1889. Not Carex minima Boullu. 1878). Carex virescens, var. Swanii Fernald, Rhodora 8: 183. 1906. ““ Carex virescens Muhl.” Britton & Br. Ill. Fl. 1: 316. / 743. 1896, and of other recent writers. Common in the northeastern part of the United States are two closely related sedges, one or the other of which has been treated as Carex virescens Muhl, by authors who have had occasion to deal with them. Unfortunately, there has been considerable diversity of opinion as to which plant should bear the name, and the facts on which the question must be decided seem somewhat contradic- tory. So much is this so that Professor Fernald (Rhodora 8: 182, 183) and Mr. Bicknell (Bull. Torrey Club 35: 488, 489) have reached opposite conclusions. MACKENZIE: NoTEes on CAREX 247 Before taking up the literature on the subject, it is necessary to obtain a clear idea of the two species, and this is all the more requisite because there are certain distinctions between them, not always emphasized, which help materially to clear up the difficulty. The first of the species referred to is a tall slender plant strongly reddened at base, generally 4—7 dm. high with the culms much exceeding the leaves. The uppermost stem leaf is usually inserted 2-3 dm. below the spikes, but occasionally at a less distance. The lowest bract is leaflet-like,o.5—2 mm. wide, and somewhat exceeding the spikes. The spikes themselves are two to four in number, linear-cylindric, 12-35 mm. long, and 2.5—4 mm. wide. The perigynia are oblong-elliptic, round-tapering at apex, and generally strongly costate. This last character is, how- ever, variable and the ribs at times are even less prominent than in the other plant. The perigynia too, especially towards the base of the terminal spike, are apt to become broadly obovoid and rounded at apex. The second plant: is also slender but much lower (2-5 dm. high). The reddening at base is rarely much developed, and the culms are exceeded by the leaves. The uppermost stem-leaf is usually inserted 3 cm. below the spikes, but occasionally as much as 12cm. The lowest bract is very narrow (0.5 mm. wide) and about twice exceeds the uppermost spike. The spikes are oblong- cylindric, 5-20 mm. long and 3-5 mm. wide. The perigynia are broadly obovoid, rounded at apex and from little to markedly costate. These two plants are perfectly distinct and I have been able to discover little warrant for the statement that there are ‘‘ numerous transitional specimens.’”’ Undeveloped specimens are at times hard to place but this is true in all groups of critical species. Following Professor Bailey, the second plant above described has of late years been treated as Carex virescens. His treatment was based on the fact that in studying the types of Carex in Euro- pean herbaria he had occasion to look up the plant under discus- sion in the Willdenow herbarium. He says of the specimen found there : ‘a slender and short-spiked form. C. ¢riceps var. hirsuta Bailey is also on the same sheet, but the description applies to C. virescens’ (Mem. Torrey Club 1: 60, also 76, 77, and 78). In 248 MACKENZIE: NoTEs ON CAREX other words, there has evidently been some confusion of specimens in this case as in others, and one is not justified in accepting the sheet in the Willdenow herbarium as containing the type of Carex virescens unless the specimen there accords with the description. Turning to the description it will certainly be admitted that a short-spiked form does not answer to a description which calls as in the present case for a linear spike, and, this being so, our only safe course is to study the original description and ignore the plant in the Willdenow herbarium. Like a number of other Carices described by Muhlenberg, Carex virescens was published first in Willdenow’s Species Planta- rum (4: 251) in 1805, and secondly in Schkuhr’s Riedgraser Nachtr. (45) in 1806. The descriptions are practically identical, but the second is accompanied by a plate (mm. f. 747). The description reads : “C. spica androgyna lineari pedunculata inferne mascula, femineis subapproximatis binis subpedunculatis linearibus, fructibus globoso-triquetris obtusis pubescentibus. . . . Capsula[e] maturae virides subnervosae pubescentes.”’ The plate shows a young plant with the uppermost stem-leaf inserted much below the spikes and a broad (comparatively) lower bract somewhat exceeding the spikes. A more mature specimen is also shown with the same kind of lower bract and sérougly cos- fate perigynia round-tapering at apex. The spikes in both cases are shown to be linear-cylindric. Both these figures seem to me to represent the larger of the two plants under discussion. There are also figured separately obovoid perigynia without ribs on one- half but ribbed on the other half. The draftsman apparently here attempted to give a side view so as to show the nerveless inner surface of the perigynia and the nerved outer surface at the same time. The result is an uncharacteristic drawing, but there is nothing about it inconsistent with the same reference as the rest of the plate. The plate and the description calling for a linear spike both answer then to our larger plant, and I feel justified in following Professor Fernald in so treating it. I do not, however, think that the identity of the smaller plant should be obscured by treating it as a variety. Accordingly, I have here used Professor Fernald’s MACKENZIE: NoTES oN CAREX 249 varietal name as a specific one, the earlier varietal name of Bar- ratt having already been used for a species. CAREX RECTA Boott, Hook. FI. Bor.-Am. 2: 220. pl. 222. 1840 Carex salina, var. kattegatensis (Fries) Almq. in Hartm. Handb. Scand. Fl. 466. 1879. [ed. 11.] “ Carex cuspidata Wahl.” Britton & Br. Ill. Fl. 1: 311. 1896. “ Carex salina, var. cuspidata Wahl.”’ Gray’s Manual 230. 1908. fed. 7.] In dealing with the various closely allied plants which by some ° authors have been treated as species and by others as varieties of Carex salina Wahl., the latest author to study the group (Kiiken- thal, Pflanzenreich 4”: 361-363) has pointed out that the name Carex cuspidata Wahl. is not applicable to the plant found on the northeastern coast of this continent. The name to be taken up for this plant is Carex recta Boott, or if one prefers a varietal name the pleasant-sounding name given in the synonymy above is open to him. In this connection it may be pointed out that Carex lanceata Dewey (Am. Journ. Sci. 29 : 249), referred by Kiikenthal, follow- ing Boott, to Carex salina as a variety, is probably a mixture of Carex livida (Wahl.) Willd. and Carex salina Wahl. The original collection in the Torrey herbarium is mixed and contains both species, and the description applies in part to both species, while Dewey compares the species to his Carex Grayana (a synonym of Carex livida). The plate (a poor one) is of Carex salina, but it does not agree with the description. CAREX ATLANTICA Bailey, Bull. Torrey Club 20: 425. 1893 In Professor Fernald’s very able paper on the Northeastern Carices of the Section Hyparrhenae (Proc. Am. Acad. 38: 447 ef Seq.) there is very little to which one can take exception, but on the contrary a careful study of the group treated leaves one very largely in accord with the treatment given. However, in identify- ing Carex sterilis Willd. with C. atlantica Bailey it seems to the present writer that a mistake was made. The grounds for this view are the following : 250 MACKENZIE: NoTES ON CAREX (1) Both Willdenow and Schkuhr in their descriptions lay particular stress on the dioecious character of the spikes of the plant described by them, and in fact the name is taken from this character. Carex atlantica never to my knowledge shows this character, while on the other hand forms of Carex Leersii (Carex stellulata) do. (2) Carex atlantica is a species of the coastal plain and is very rarely found inland. Carex sterilis was collected in Pennsylvania, probably near Lancaster, in a region where forms of Carex Leersii are very abundant. The reason advanced by Professor Fernald for identifying Carex sterilis with Carex atlantica is chiefly that some of the original material has a broad and short-beaked perigynium as compared with the narrower and long-beaked perigynium of Carex Leersi. In this, however, this material agrees also with the recently described Carex incomperta Bicknell —a plant which, undoubtedly, is found around Lancaster, Pennsylvania, as it is not confined to the coastal plain. Schkuhr’s figure is based partly on young plants showing the dioecious character from which the name is taken and which should therefore be regarded as the type of the species, and partly on more mature plants showing broad short-beaked perigynia. The former seem to me to answer only to Carex Leersii, while the latter seem to me more probably referable to C. zvcomperta than to C. atlantica. Under the circumstances I would treat Carex Sterilis,as a synonym of Carex Leersii, and maintain Carex atlantica and C. ixcomperta as valid species. The genus Crataegus, with some theories concerning the origin of its species* HARRY B. Brown Doubtless the genus Crataegus has puzzled systematic botan- ists more the past decade or two than has any other genus of phanerogamic plants. A number of careful workers have been studying the genus for several years but as yet only tentative con- clusions have been reached. In Gray’s Field, Forest, and Garden Botany, published in 1857, there was listed for the states east of the Mississippi River, twelve species and two varieties of Crataegus. This included both wild and cultivated species, Ten species and four varieties were listed in the edition of Gray’s Manual of Botany published in 1867. This included both wild species and species escaped from cultivation. In Chapman’s Flora of the Southern United States, published in 1860, eleven species and one variety were described. These were largely the same as the species described in Gray’s Manual, only three being different. In Coulter's Manual of the Botany of the Rocky Mountain Region, published in 1885, four species were described ; two of these were included in Gray’s Manual. In the Cayuga Flora, published in 1886, there were six species and one variety ; this included the species of the Cayuga Lake basin. Focke’s estimate in Engler & Prantl, Die Natirlichen Pflanzenfamilien, published in 1888, was that there were thirty to forty species grow- ing in the north temperate zone. In the edition of Gray’s Manual issued in 1889, there were only ten species and four varieties de- scribed. Chapman’s Flora of the Southern United States, pub- lished in 1897, gives but fifteen species coming within its range, but about this time something happened to the genus, apparently — species seemed suddenly to become much more abundant. In Britton’s Manual, issued in 1901, thirty-one species were described. This covered the northern states and extended westward to about the 1ooth meridian, In Small’s Flora of the Southeastern United * Contribution from the Department of Botany of Cornell University, No, 139. 251 252 Brown: THE GENUS CRATAEGUS States, published in 1903, one hundred and eighty-five species were described —an increase of one hundred and seventy in just six years, for Chapman, covering practically the same region, had fifteen in 1897. Sargent’s Trees of North America, issued in 1905, con- tained descriptions of one hundred and thirty-two species having characters such that they can be called trees. This covered all of North America, north of Mexico. During the past two years new works appeared — Britton’s North American Trees and Gray’s New Manual of Botany. The genus Crataegus was treated by W. W. Eggleston in both of these works. He favors the reduction of the number of species to the narrowest limits possible. In the work on trees, he lists fifty- one species large enough to be called trees, or tree-like in form ; in Gray’s New Manual, sixty-five species and about fifty varieties are described, After devoting a limited amount of time to the study of the forms of the local flora of the Ithaca region, with the help of Mr. Eggleston and Mr. John Dunbar of Rochester, we have identified about thirty species and four or five varieties. Prior to 1896, about one hundred North American species of Crataegus had been described ; of these a large percentage are not tenable. Since 1896, eight hundred and sixty-six species and eighteen varieties have been described (most of them since 1900). The proposers of these are as follows : BE. LL. Greene, I species. G. V. Nash, 1 variety. J. K. Small, I species, A. A. Heller, I species. T. Howell, I species. C. HH. Peck, I species, 1 variety. J. H. Schuette, I species, 3 varieties. F. Ramaley, 2 species. C. L. Gruber, 3 species, 2 varieties. A. Nelson, 4 species. N. L. Britton, 8 species, 2 varieties. W. W. Eggleston 1O species, 3 varieties. C.D. Beadle, 144 species. W. W. Ashe, 165 species, C. S. Sargent, 524 species, 6 varieties. Brown: THE GENUS CRATAEGUS 253 Many parts of the country have not yet been worked over thoroughly, and new descriptions are bound to appear for some time to come. Species do not seem to be so abundant in western North America or in other parts of the world. Howell’s Flora of Northwest America includes but two species ; Jepson’s Flora of Western Mid- dle California, one; Rydberg’s Flora of Colorado, but five; and the Coulter-Nelson New Manual of Botany of the Central Rocky Mountains, nine. There are about twelve species from the Rocky Mountains west, north of Mexico. Grisebach lists none in the Flora of the British West Indian Islands. In Bentham and Hooker’s Genera Plantarum, but twelve species are said to be found in Europe, Asia, and Japan. Itremains to be seen whether or not many more species will be found in these regions upon closer study. A consideration of the foregoing facts brings up a number of in- teresting questions. Why did not the systematists discover the great number of species years ago? We cannot say they did not do careful work. Can it be that the number of species has multi- plied greatly within the last few decades? Have the older species been hybridizing so that many of the formsat present are hybrids ? In order to get some light on some of these questions the fol- lowing list of questions was sent to each of the following men, who are regarded as leading students of the genus in this country: C. S. Sargent, W. W. Eggleston, W. W. Ashe, C. D. Beadle, Ezra Brainerd, and John Dunbar. 1. Why did not the sytematic botanists discover the large number of species of Crataegus years ago? 2. Do you consider the species now being described elemen- tary species ? 3. Do the species breed true or come true to seed? 4. Will different species hybridize ? 5. Do you consider the numerous species to have arisen as mutations ? Professor Sargent, director of the Arnold Arboretum, has perhaps devoted more time to the study of the genus than has any other man and has described many new species. In answer to the questions, he says: 254 Brown: THE GENUS CRATAEGUS I. Because they did not use their eyes and were satisfied to take for granted that what had been published about the genus was correct and final. 2. I do not know what you mean by elementary species, 3. We have planted in all nearly three thousand numbers of seeds at the Arboretum and so far have found no evidence that the different species do not come true from seed. In fact the seedlings of no other genus that has been raised here have shown such a remarkable resemblance to the parent plants. 4. We have never found here any evidence that the different species hybridize. 5. I cannot answer this question. W. W. Ashe, of the Forest Service, U. S. Department of Agriculture, has studied East-American species of Crataegus con- siderably. His answers are: 1. The species of Crataegus were not recognized earlier because the material was studied entirely in a dry state, in which distinctive characters are very largely lost. It was not uncommon to find in the largest collections specimens of most different forms from widely separated parts of North America bearing the same name. Several groups even were not recognized ; for example, /utricatae, all species of which were called “ coccinea.” 2. Some of the species now being proposed are undoubtedly elementary. Most of them, however, are certainly not. The 10- and 20-stamened forms with slight accompanying differences in fruit, or differences in anther color with slight accompanying differences in fruit are clearly elementary species. When differ- ences extend to inflorescence, size of flowers, and foliage, the sum of the correlated characters may be regarded as entitling the form to full specific rank. 3. Many of the species are known to breed true through their seed. Most of them have not been sufficiently tested for conclu- sive proof. 4. Many species hybridize and some of those which have been proposed are undoubtedly hybrids. Hybrids are probably no more numerous, however, than between the nearly related species of American oaks, It is also undoubtedly true that some of the Brown: THE GENUS CRATAEGUS 255 species and groups based on the number of stamens are not valid, since I am now pretty sure that forms of some species may have either ten or twenty stamens. 5. Some of the species probably originated as mutations. The limit of fluctuating variation is undoubtedly wide in some groups, but there is frequently a correlation of characters in the species which in their stability suggests elementary species rather than more instable variation of mutation. Some of the forms in the Molles group, in Missouri and Illinois, would seem to be muta- tions, leading to the inference that some species of this group have originated in this manner. The variation in the Prainosae in the Appalachians and the localized valley species also indicate mutation origin. C. D. Beadle, director of the Biltmore Herbarium, at Biltmore, N. C., has made an extended study of southern forms of Crataegus. His answers are as follows: 1. It is necessary to know the complete history of the Crataegus species before an understanding of its status is possible. A parallel is well typified in the study of Viola, where a knowledge of the complete vegetative phases of each species must be understood in order to differentiate them. The earlier systematic botanists worked largely in the herbarium. The opportunity of dissolving the mysteries of the Crataegus genus may be gained only in the field and by studying groups of marked trees. 2. Yesand no. There is a large number of Crataegus species undoubtedly ; and, no doubt, there is much duplicating in the specific publications by the different authors who are working altogether too independently of each other’s discoveries. 3. Yes, I proved that they come true to seed before daring to publish a new species in this field. 4. Very probably they hybridize. 5. Yes, they are mutations. W. W. Eggleston, of the New York Botanical Garden, is another distinguished student of the genus. He has studied the specimens in all of the larger herbaria of the country, the living plants in the different arboreta, and for a decade or more he has been making an extended study of plants in the field in various 256 Brown: THE GENUS CRATAEGUS parts of the country, especially in the eastern half of the United States. He, as was stated above, believes in reducing the number of species ; he does this by making certain species of different authors equivalent, and by reducing other species to the rank of varieties. His discussion in regard to the questions is as follows: Systematic botanists did not know the species in America largely because they never saw them. The Gray Herbarium and the Torrey Herbarium were both very scanty in Crataegus. The manuals took most of the forms they had. The coastal plain has very few Cratacgi, and that is where a large share of the early collecting was done. The European botanical gardens had many more American species than were known here, and it is through them that the work commenced. Crataegus plants produce much good seed and the plantations at Biltmore, Arnold Arboretum, and at the New York Botanical Garden, show that the forms of the genus reproduce themselves surprisingly from the seed (leaf characters only ; trees mostly not yet fruiting). They doubtless will hybridize, and there are prob- ably mutations, too. Dr. Ezra Brainerd, ex-president of Middlebury College, Middlebury, Vt., was another authority questioned. He writes: The queries that you raise in your letter of Nov. 15 regarding Crataegus are queries that have been puzzling me for over six years, and I am not even yet prepared to answer them with any positive- ness. The problem is part of a larger one that I have been dili- gently studying as it is presented in the genus V7o/a; and here with very satisfactory results. Experimental work in Crataegus is difficult, as in this genus it is about 7 to 10 years from generation to generation : Vo/a affords a new generation each year. So I shall be able to give only brief and inadequate answers to your questions. 1. I fancy the systematic botanists did not “ discover the large number of species of Crataegus years ago,” because (a) they had broader conceptions of what constitutes a species than most modern botanists have ; many recently made species used to be considered mere forms or varieties; (4) the genus Crataegus, I believe, has vastly increased in individuals and in “ forms” in the northeastern U. S. since the forests were cut off; specimens are rarely found in the original forests of this region. But the plants rapidly take Brown: THE GENUS CRATAEGUS 257 possession of neglected pastures, fence-rows, and untilled ledges ; (c) the older botanists had no time for the intensive study of a genus of numerous closely allied forms, such as Crataegus. 2. Many or most of ‘the large number of species now being described,” if proper species at all, would have to rank as “ ele- mentary species.” But some recently made species are, I believe, mere “ fluctuations”’ or ‘ forms.” 3. I have never raised seedlings of Crataegus ; Dr. Sargent has in large quantities, and he insists on it that as respects foliage they breed true to seed. 4. I must confess I have never attempted to hybridize Cra- taegus species ; I know of no one who has attempted it with our American species. The few species of Europe cross in many ways (see Focke’s Pflanzen-mischlinge, p. 146). I know of several cases of what appear to be natural hybrids, ‘local species,’’ each quite intermediate between the two supposed parent species with which it is associated. The Rosaceae are of all orders most pre- disposed to hybridize. Rosa, Rubus, Geum, Amelanchier, and Malus are notorious for the forms resulting from interbreeding. By analogy we should expect the same condition of things in Crataegus. The array of closely allied forms (hardly distinguish- able even by an expert) present a condition of things in Crataegus that is perfectly paralleled in Rudus, Rosa,and Viola. The multi- plicity of even stable forms that may result (in the working out of Mendel’s Laws) from one pair of parents is astonishing. The swarms of ‘elementary species,” I suspect, have in some instances come about in this way. 5. There may be “ mutations” in Crataegus ; but it would be very hard to prove. John Dunbar, of the Park Department, Rochester, N. Y., is another enthusiastic student of the genus. In answering the ques- tions, he says: 1. No doubt they (the early systematists) believed honestly, without thorough investigation, that the large number of variations, which, of course, they could not help but detect, were mere forms of several species. 2. They are true species. 258 BROWN: THE GENUS CRATAEGUS 3. They do breed true. The progeny come with remarkable fidelity to the specific typical characters of the parents. 4. They may hybridize, but I have seen no evidence of it. 5. I have not given much attention to the conception of muta- tion in regard to the origin of species. It may be true. In the meantime I am inclined to believe in the Darwinian theory, that natural selection with other agencies, acting on varieties, and extending over a long period, has produced these Crataegus species, and all other species. The fact that the thorns are ex- ceedingly hardy, virile, and distributed over a large area, and well fitted to maintain the struggle for existence, no doubt has given them a tendency to much variation, and in the course of many generations these inherited “traits’’ have become fixed and specific, and hence, new species, after a long lapse of time, appeared. From studies, observations in the field, and what has been learned from special students of the genus as above set forth, we may arrive at certain tentative conclusions, which at least serve as working hypotheses. There is no doubt that former systematists conceived of species as being much more composite than they are at present regarded by many. The Linnaean conception prevailed. In older herbaria we often find two quite distinct forms, forms now regarded as dif- ferent species, mounted on one sheet ; this may be taken as evi- dence of the broader conception of species that formerly prevailed. Recent workers who have been studying species closely, especially students using the culture method, find that many sys- tematic species are made up of a number of distinct forms, or elementary species that breed true when propagated by seed. A notable illustration of this is Draba verna, which has been studied by Jordan. In many of. the descriptions of species of Crataegus recently offered, lines have been drawn so closely, forms separated by such fine distinctions that we doubtless have descriptions of elementary species. But this can be proved only by long culture experiments. I am inclined to think that a great many of the Crataegus forms we have are hybrids. European species are known to hy- Brown.:: THE GENUS CRATAEGUS 259 bridize ; species in several other genera of the rose family hybridize freely. During the spring of 1908, I pollinated a few Crataegus monogyna (English hawthorn) flowers with pollen from C. Brain- erdi, a native species. They set fruit which matured. During the flowering season of 1909, Mr. William Moore and the writer made cross pollinations between the majority of the native species of the local flora.. Most of these cross pollinations were effective, — fruit set and matured, being entirely normal apparently. (These experiments are still in progress, the details of which will be pub- lished later.) Within the past few decades, since the primitive forests have been cleared away, there has been an immense increase in the number of Crataegus plants growing. Being low trees or shrubs they cannot thrive in dense forests but spread freely over open pastures and along fence rows. The pasture southeast of the campus of Cornell University, a field of some twenty or twenty-five acres, has at least a thousand plants. This field has been allowed to run to pasture for the last twenty-five years or more, and Cyataeg? have thriven well. The original forest was cleared away years ago. The in- crease in number of plants makes cross pollination easier and much more probable. Bees and other insects swarm about the trees when they are in blossom, going from flower to flower and from tree to tree. Irregularity in the number of stamens and pistils, variation in the shape of the leaves on the plant, variation in the color of the anthers (colors ranging from nearly white to dark purple inter- grade), and the occurrence of plants possessing characters found in two distinct species growing near by, may all be taken as evidence of hybridity or progressive species. Numerous local species is another indication. There is scarcely a state that has not some species not found elsewhere; many of the species found in this immediate locality are different from species found at Rochester. The fact that Crataegus plants seem to come true to type when grown from seed is a stumbling block in the way of a hybridity theory. However, it is possible that Crataegus hybrids are stable and come true to type when grown from seed. It cannot be said that they have been tested thoroughly until many mature plants have been grown. 260 Brown: THE GENUS CRATAEGUS Some of the points just made may be taken as evidence of mu- tations, but the best known mutants are not as irregular in char- acters as many of the species of Cvataegus. Cultures carried through several generations are necessary in order to test whether or not Crataegus species throw off mutants. I am greatly indebted to the gentlemen mentioned for their kindness in answering my questions, and to W. W. Eggleston, especially for data concerning the number of species attributable to the different authors. CORNELL UNIVERSITY, ITHACA, NEw YORK a Two new seed-plants from the Lake Tahoe region, California Ernest A, MCGREGOR Apocynum bicolor sp. nov. Erect, 4-5 dm. high, wholly glabrous : lateral branches mostly shorter than the main stem and sterile: leaves spreading or some- what ascending, deep green above, pale glaucous below, ovate- acute, cuspidate, the largest 6 cm. x 3.75 cm., the smaller 3.5 cm. X 2 cm., midvein almost white, prominent; petioles 3-5 mm. long: inflorescence usually a small dense terminal, often cymose panicle, considerably surpassed by the leaves, or occasion- ally with a similar but smaller panicle in one or two axils below; bractlets of the inflorescence minute, subulate : calyx campanulate, 3 mm. long, segments triangular-lanceolate, acute, with recurved tips, greenish, tinged with purple: flowers pale rose-tinged, cylin- drical, 7 mm. long, the lobes finally spreading, narrowed but obtuse ; tube 4 mm. long by 2.5 mm. wide: stamens 3.5 mm. long, the stout filaments half as long, densely pubescent, and half covered by the anthers, with a free, lacerate, terminal margin; anthers lanceolate, acute, 2.5 mm. long, the base deeply notched, with rather pointed inturned lobes; appendages between the stamens broadly ovate-turbinate, apiculate : stigma of two sessile oval lobes. The type is zo. 32, collected by the author Aug. 19, 1909, in Glen Alpine, near Lake Tahoe, California, growing in a meadow, alt. 2260 m. This species is rather intermediate between the so-called andro- saemifolium and cannabinum types (as they have been described by Greene, Pittonia 3: 229). Theerect habit of the plant and the cylindrical flowers belong to the cannadinum division, while the foliage characters and the color of the flowers belong to the other type. When the Synoptical Flora, vol. 2, part 1, was issued, in 1878, only two species of Apocynum were recognized in North America, viz., A. androsaemifolium and A. cannabinum, and the distinction between them was none too marked. At the present date there are some thirty species recognized in North America, which as a rule are referred to one or the other of two groups based on these two 261 962 McGrecor: NEW SEED-PLANTS FROM LAKE TAHOE REGION original species. The result is that a sort of ‘‘ Apocynal chaos” obtains, such as we find existing in only too many of the so-called “tough groups.” 6; c¢, single flower, & 5; @, corolla appendage, 35; ¢, anther, showing hyaline wings, < 35; /, nutlet (ventral view), x 8. long as the anthers: style comparatively short and stout ; stigma capitate, terminally indented: fruit secund, 5 mm. long; nutlets ovate-acuminate, with about 10 marginal prickles and occasional smaller ones between, the larger prickles triangular-subulate, about 1.5 mm. long, all free to the base ; back of nutlets smooth except for minute sharp spines uniformly distributed and exactly resembling the individual barbs of the glochidiate prickles, and for 1 (or 2) glochidiate prickles on the middle of the keel; ventral surface glabrous with elliptical central scar from which run radiating lines. 964 McGrecor: NEW SEED-PLANTS FROM LAKE TAHOE REGION On wet ground, Half Moon Lake, near Lake Tahoe, Cali- fornia, Aug. 9, 1909, collected by the author, wo. 77. Of the L. floribunda type, perhaps nearest to L. micrantha East- wood, but differing in the size of the flower, relative sizes of the perianth parts to one another, in relative size of anther to fil- ament, and especially, perhaps, in the conspicuous wings of the anthers, as well as marked differences in the character of the nutlets. Named in honor of my sister, who has assisted me greatly in the field. LELAND STANFORD JUNIOR UNIVERSITY. INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE (1910) - e aim of this Index is to include all current botanical literature written by Americans, published in America, or based upon American material ; the word Amer- ica being used in its broadest sense. views, and papers which relate exclusively to forestry, agriculture, horticulture, manufactured products of vegetable origin, or laboratory methods are not included, and no attempt is made to index the literature of bacteriology. An occasional exception is made in favor of some paper appearing in an American periodical which is devoted wholly to botany, Reprints are not mentioned unless they differ from the original in some important particular. If users of the Index will call the attention of the editor to errors or omissions, their kindness will be appreciated. This Index is reprinted monthly on cards, and furnished in this form to subscribers, at the rate of one cent for each card. Selections of cards are not permitted ; each subscriber must take all cards published during the term of his subscription. Corre- spondence relating to the card-issue should be addressed to the Treasurer of the Torrey Botanical Club. Alexander, J, A. Spice-, condiment-, and perfume-producing plants. Jour. Royal Hort. Soc. 35: 366-383. f. 127-737. Mr 1910. Allard, H. A. An abnormal bract-modification in cotton. Bot. Gaz. 49: 303.7. 7. 19 Ap Igto. Ames, 0. A new Ponthieva from the Bahamas. Torreya 10: 90, 91. 26 Ap Igto. Ponthieva Brittonae Ames. Ames, 0. Notes on Philippine orchids with descriptions of new species. II. Philipp. Jour. Sci. 4: Bot. 663-676. 10 Ja 1910. Andrews, F. M. The botanical garden of the University of Amsterdam. Plant World 13: 53-56. f. z, 2. Mr 1910. Andrews, L., & others. Catalogue of the flowering plants and ferns of Connecticut growing without cultivation. Connecticut Geol. & Nat. Hist. Surv. Bull. 14: 1-569. 1910. Aso, K. Ké6nnen Bromeliaceen durch die Schuppen der Blatter Salze aufnehmen? Flora 100: 447-450. f. 7-5. 18 Mr 1g1o. Bancroft, C. K. Fungi causing diseases of cultivated plants in the West Indies. West Ind. Bull. 10: 235-268. f. 20. Ig1o. Bartram, E. B. Noteworthy plants in the suburban district west of Philadelphia. Bartonia 2: 10-14. F 1910. 265 266 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE Bissell, C. H., & others. Catalogue of the flowering plants and ferns of Connecticut growing without cultivation. Connecticut Geol. & Nat. Hist. Surv. Bull. 14: 1-569. Igto. Blake, S. F. Anew Lycopodium from New Hampshire. Fern Bull. 18: 9, 10. Ja Igto. L. tristachyum sharonense var. nov. Blake, S. F. Botrychium obliquum var. oneidense in eastern Massa- chusetts. Rhodora 12: 80. Ap Igto. Bois, D. Une plante ornamentale d’introduction nouvelle. Le J/on- tanoa grandiflora. Rev. Hort. 82: 174-178. f. 65-68. 16Api1gio. Bovie, W. T. A plant-case for the control of relative humidity. Tor- reya 10: 77-80. f. z. 26 Ap Igto. Britton, N. L. Outlawed generic names. Jour. Bot. 48: 110, 111. 1 Ap Igto. Britton, N. L. Relations of botanical gardens to the public. Jour. N. Y. Bot, Gard. 11: 25-30. [Mr] rgro. Broadhurst, J. The Zucalypfus trees of California. Torreya1o: 84- 89. f. #.. 26. Ap. z910. Brown, S. A _ tuckahoe from Fairmount Park. Bartonia 2: 26. F IgIo. Brown, S. Notes on the flora of the Bermudas: Proc. Acad. Nat. Sp Philadelphia 61: 486-494. F 1910. Brown, S. Aydrocotyle rotundifolia Roxb. in the vicinity of Phila- delphia. Bartonia 2: 27. F 1910. Brown, W. H. ‘The exchange of material between nucleus and cy- toplasm in Peperomia Sintenistt. Bot. Gaz. 49: 189-194. fl. 13. 15 Mr 1910. Brown, W. H., & Sharp, L. W. The closing response in Déonaea. Bot. Gaz. 49: 290-302. f. 7. 19 Ap Igrto. Buswell, W. M. Some spring wildflowers of Alberta. Am. Bot. 16: 1-4. F rgto, Cardot, J. Fontinalis maritima et F. mollis. Rev. Bryol. 37: 45, 46. 1gIo. Carter, J. J. A botanical trip to the Welsh Mountains near Churchtown and Beartown Station, Lancaster Co., Pa. Bartonia 2: 15, 16. IgIo. Christ, H. Filices costaricenses. Repert. Nov. Spec. 8: 17-20. 5 Ja 1910 New species in Elaphoglossum, Adiantum, Athyrium, Dryopteris (2), Danaea, and Lycopodium, INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 267 C[lute], W. N. James Ansel Graves. Fern Bull. 18: 1-4. Jaigro. Illust. ] [Clute, W. N.] Rare forms of ferns—XIII. An aberrant ZLycofo- dium. Fern Bull. 18: 10-12. Jargro. [Illust.] Cockerell, T. D. A. Fossil plants from the Mesa Verde Cretaceous. Univ. Colorado Studies '7: 149-151. Ja 1gfo. Cockerell,T.D. A. Aagnolia at Florissant. Torreya 10: 64, 65. f. 7. 31 Mr 1gto. Magnolia florissanticola Cockerell, sp. nov., from Miocene shales of Florissant [Colorado]. Coker, W.C. A visit to the Yosemite and the big trees. Jour. Elisha Mitchell Soc. 25: 131-143. Mr 1g10. Cook, M. T. Cecidology in America. Bot. Gaz. 49: 219-222. 15 Mr 1gto. Dachnowski, A. The bacterial flora as a factor in the unproductiveness of soils. Ohio Nat. 10: 137-145. f z, 2. 2 Ap Igto. Davis, J. J. Answers to the Wisconsin riddle. Torreya 10: 91. 26 Ap T9gIo. Deane,W. L£uphorbia Cyparisstas in fruit. Rhodorai2: 57-61. Ap IgIo. Dunbar, J. Lettneria floridana. Gard. Chron. III. 47: 228. 9 Ap Igo. Eames, A. J. On the origin of the broad rays in Quercus. Bot. Gaz. 49: 161-167. p/. 8, 9. 15 Mr 19g10. Eames, E. H., & others. Catalogue of the flowering plants and ferns of Connecticut growing without cultivation. Connecticut Geol. & Nat. Hist. Surv. Bull. 14: 1-569. Igto. Eggleston, W. W. Early botanists visiting Vermont. Vermont Bot. Club Bull. 5: 1to-14. Ap 1gto. An abstract. Published in a more a complete form under the caption ‘‘ Ilistory of Vermont Botany ’’ in The Rutland [Vermont] Evening News 234!: 7. 19 F 1g1o. Eggleston, W. W. Sketch of the Crataegus problem, with special ref- erence to work in the south. Jour. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 11: 78-83. [Ap] 1910. Fernald, M.L. A new variety of Rhamnus caroliniana. Rhodora 12: 79. Ap Igto. Rhamnus caroliniana, var. mollis Fernald. Fernald, M. L., & Bissell,C. H. The North American variations of Lycopodium clavatum. Rhodora12: 50-55. 24 Mr 1910. 268 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE Fernald, M. L., & Wiegand, K. M. A synopsis of the species of Arc- tum in North America. Rhodora 12: 43-47. 24 Mr 1910, Fernald, M. L., & Wiegand, K. M. Two new Galiums from north- eastern America. Rhodora 12: 77-79. Ap I9gI0 Galium brevipes sp. nov. and G, trifidum halophilum var. nov. Fletcher, E. F. Hypericum aureum a casual plant in eastern Massa- chusetts. Rhodora12: 55. 24 Mr 1g10o. Gates, R. R. The earliest description of Oenothera Lamarckiana. Science II. 31: 425, 426. 18 Mr 1g1o, [Gibson, H.H.] American forest trees—83. Pacific post oak. Quercus Garryana Douglas. Hardwood Record 29”: 23. 10 Mr 1910. [Illust. ] [Gibson, H. H.] American forest trees-85. Laurel Oak. Quercus laurifolia. Hardwood Record 29": 23. 10 Aprgio. [lIllust.] Graves, C. B., & others. Catalogue of the flowering plants and ferns of Connecticut growing without cultivation. Connecticut Geol, & Nat. Hist. Surv. Bull. 14: 1-569. Igto. Greene, E. L. Certain American roses. Leaflets 2: 60-64. 29 Mr Three species described as new, Greene, E. L. Rocky mountain botany. A general review. Am. Midland Nat. 1: 189-194. 15 Ap I1gtIo. Greene, E.L. Someallies of Hibiscus Moscheutos. Leaflets 2: 64-67. 29 Mr 1gto Four species described as new. Greene, E. L. Some western species of Arnica. Ottawa Nat. 23: 213-215. ti Mr 1g1to. Six species described as new. Greene, E.L. Two new Lupines. Leaflets 2: 67,68. 29 Mr 1910. Lupinus apricus and L, latissimus, both Californian, Hackel, E. Gramineae 11. [In Ex herbario Hassleriano: Novitates paraguarienses. IV.] Repert. Nov. Spec. 8: 46, 47. 15 Ja 1910. Hall, H. M. Studies in ornamental trees and shrubs. Univ. California Pub. Bot. 4: 1-74. f. r-15 + pl. r-1r. 19 Mr 1910. Harger, E. B., & others. Catalogue of the flowering plants and ferns of Connecticut growing without cultivation. Connecticut Geol. & Nat. Hist. Surv, Bull. 14: 1-569. 1910. Harper, R. M. A botanical and geological trip on the Warrior and Tombigbee rivers in the coastal plain of Alabama. Bull. Torrey Club 37: 107-126. f. r, 2. 31 Mr toro. INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 269 Harper, R. M. Summer notes on the mountain vegetation of Haywood County, North Carolina. Torreya 10: 53-64. 31 Mr 1910. Hassler, E. Bombacaceae. [In Ex herbario Hassleriano: Novitates paraguarienses. V. | epert. Nov. Spec. 8: 66-71. 10 F 1910. Hassler, E. Combretaceae. [In Ex herbario Hassleriano: Novitates paraguarienses. IV.] Repert. Nov. Spec. 8: 45. 15 Ja 1910. Hassler, E. Malvaceae U1. [In Ex herbario Hassleriano: Novitates paraguarienses. IV.] Repert. Nov. Spec. 8: 34-43. 15 Ja 1gio. [ Illust. ] Many new species and the new genus Aastardiopsis proposed. Hassler, E. J/a/vaceae austro-americanae. Repert. Nov. Spec. 8: 28-31. 15 Jargro. [Illust. ] Blanchetiastrum goetheoides gen, et sp. nov., from Brazil. Hassler, E. O/eaceae. [In Ex herbario Hassleriano: Novitates para- guarienses. IV.] Repert. Nov. Spec. 8: 44, 45. 15 Ja 1g1o. Hassler, E. Sverculiaceae. [In Ex herbario Hassleriano: Novitates paraguarienses. VI.] Repert. Nov. Spec. 8: 120-124. 5 Mr rgto. Many new forms and varieties described. Hassler, E. 7Zi/iaceae. [In Ex herbario Hassleriano: Novitates para- guarienses. IV.] Repert. Nov. Spec. 8: 43, 44. 15 Ja 1910. Hayek, A. v. Die systematische Stellung von Lesguerella velebitica Degen. Oesterr. Bot. Zeits. 60: 89-93. Mr rgto. Heald, F. D., & Wolf, F. A. The structure and relationship of Urnu/a Geaster. Bot. Gaz. 49: 182-188. p/. 72+ f. 7-37. 15 Mr Ig1o. Henslow, G. Remarkable instances of plant dispersion. Jour. Royal Hort, Soc. 35: 342-351. Mr 1910. Herzog, T. Pflanzenformationen Ost-Bolivias. Bot. Jahrb. 44: 346- 405. pl. 37. 22 Mr 1gto. Howe, M. A. Report on a botanical visit to the Isthmus of Panama. Jour. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 11: 30-44. f. 7-15. [Mr] rgrto. Howe, R.H. The effect of moisture on the growth of Usneas. Plant World 13: 68-72. Mr 1910. Humphreys, E. W. ‘Three examples of retarded development among leaves. Am. Bot. 16: 6-8. Frgro. [Hllust.] Koehne, E. Eine neue Cufhea von den Kleinen Antillen. Repert. Nov. Spec. 8: 16, 17. 15 Ja Igto. Cuphea Crudyana from St, Lucia. Kiikenthal,G. Cyferaceae novae—I. Repert. Nov. Spec. 8: 7, 8. 15 Ja 1gto. Includes Carex Sfottsbergiana sp. nov. and some new varieties from Patagonia. 270 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE Lewis, W. S. Growth of Zucalypius. Am. Bot. 16: 10. F 1gro. Lipman, C. B. On physiologically balanced solutions for bacteria (. subtilis). Bot. Gaz. 49: 207-215. 15 Mr Igro. Loew, O. The biological antagonism between calcium and magnesium. Bot. Gaz. 49: 304. 19 Ap Igto. : Long, B. Pinus serotina Michx. in southern New Jersey and other local notes. Bartonia 2: 17-21. F rgto. Lutman, B. F. The cell structure of Closterium Ehrenbergit and Clos- terium moniliferum. Bot. Gaz. 49: 241-255. pl. 77, 178. 19 Ap 19Io. Mader, F. Peiresc. Monats. Kakteenk. 20: 23, 24. 15 F 1Ig1!o. [Illust. ] Malme, G.0. A. Generis Pferocau/on Ell. nova species paraguayensis. {In Ex herbario Hassleriano: Novitates paraguarienses. V.] Re- : COs 74. 268 1016. Pterocauton pilcomayense Malme. McCubbin, W. A. Development of the Helvellineae —1. Helvella elas- tica. Bot. Gaz. 49: 195-206. 15 Mrigto. [Illust.] McGowan, M. Plant hairs and scales. Am. Bot. 16: 4,5. F 1910. (Illust. ] Merrill, E. D. Index to Phillipine botanical literature— V. Philipp. Jour. Sci. 4: Bot. 677-685. 10 Ja 1g10. Mottet, S. Pentstemon Menziesit. Rev. Hort. 82: 137-139. 16 Murrill, W. A. Collecting fungi in southern Mexico. Jour. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 11: 57-77. pl. 75-78. [Ap] 1910. Newman, L. H. The correlation of characters in plants and its economic importance to the plant breeders. Ottawa Nat. 23: 220- 224. 11 Mr igto. Nicholas, G. E. A morphological study of /Juniperus communis vat. depressa. Beih. Bot. Centr. 25': 201-241. pl. 8-17. + f. I-4- 18 Mr Igto. Patterson, F. W. Stemphylium Tritic’ sp. nov., associated with floret sterility of wheat. Bull. Torrey Club 37: 205. 29 Ap 1910. Pax, F. Ejnige neue Euphorbiaceen aus Amerika. Repert. Nov. Spec. 8: 161, 162. 1 Ap 1gto. Pease, A. S., & Moore, A. H. Agropyron caninum and its North American allies. RhodoraI2: 61-77. Apigio. > INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL “LITERATURE 271 Phillips, F. J. Hail injury on forest trees. Trans. Acad. Sci. St: Louis 19: 49-56. 10 Mrioro. ([Illust.] | Phillips, F. J. The dissemination of junipers by birds. Forest. Quart. 8: 60-73. Mr 1g1o0. Poyser, W.A. Notes on local ferns. Bartonia 2: 22-25. F 1910. Prescott, A. The lady fern. Fern. Bull. 18: 12, 13. Ja 1910. Pretz, H. W. Lehigh County and the Philadelphia Botanical Club. Bartonia 2: 3-9. F 1gro. Radlkofer, L. Safindaceae. [In Ex herbario Hassleriano ; Novitates paraguarienses. V.] Repert. Nov. Spec. 8: 71-73. 10 F 1910. Robbins, W. W. A botanical trip in northwestern Colorado. Univ. Colorado Studies '7: 115-124. Ja 1g1o. Robbins, W. W. Climatology and vegetation in Colorado. Bot. Gaz. 49: 256-280. 7, 7-7. Ig Ap Igio. Robinson, C. B. Philippine Boraginaceae. Philipp. Jour. Sci. 4: Bot. 687-698. 10 Ja 1910. Rolfe, R. A. Notylia trisepala. Curt. Bot. Mag. IV. 6: p/. 8306. Mr rgto. From Mexico, Rugg, H. G. Additional stations for some rare Vermont plants. Ver- mont Bot. Club Bull. 5: 16,17. Ap 1gro. Schaffner, J. H. The nature and development of sex inplants. Proc. Ohio Acad. Sci. 5: 327-350. 15 Ap Igto. Sheldon, J. L. Additional localities for Connecticut Hepaticae. Bry- ologist 13: 63, 64. My 1910. Sheldon, J, L. Additional West Virginia Wefaticae. Bryologist 13: 64, 65. My 1gto. Sheldon, J. L. The Andropogon-Viola Uromyces. Torreya 10: go. 26 Ap Igto. Slosson, M. One of the hybrids in Dryofteris. Bull. Torrey Club 37: 201-203. 29 Ap IgIo. Small, J. K. Report on botanical exploration in Andros, Bahamas. Jour. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 11: 88-101. f. 16-22. [My] 1910. Smith, R. W. The floral development and embryogeny of Zriocaulon septangulare. Bot. Gaz. 49: 281-289. f/. 79, 20. 19 Ap IgIo. Somes, M.P. Rare plants in cities. Am. Bot. 16: 12, 13. F1gro. Stapf, 0. Cornus Nuttallii. Curt. Bot. Mag. IV. 6: p/. 8317. Ap Iglo. 272 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE Stebbins, F. A. Insect galls of Springfield, Massachusetts, and vicinity. _ Springfield Mus. Nat: Hist. Bull. 2: 1-139. f/. 7-372. 1910. Stone, W. Brachiaria digitarivides from New Jersey. Bartonia 2: a6, 27: F roto. Stone, W. New plants for southern New Jersey. Bartonia 2: 26. F IgIo. Swetnam, F. Local names of flowers. Am. Bot. 16: 8-10. F 1910. Terry, B. E.I. Black Jack and yellow pine. Forest. Quart. 8: 58, 59. Mr rgro. Thompson, E.I. The morphology of Zuenioma. Bull. Torrey Club 37: 97-106. pl. 9, ro. 31 Mr 1910. Tidestrom, I. Notes on Pe/tandra, Rafinesque. Rhodora 12: 47-50. pl. 83. Ap Igto. Tidestrom, I. Species of Agui/egia growing in Utah and in adjacent portions of Colorado, Idaho and Arizona. Am. Midland Nat. 1: 165- 171. fl. rz. Ap tIgio. Three species described as new. Tranzschel, W. Die auf der Gattung Zuphordia auftretenden auto- cischen Uromyces-Arten. Ann. Myc. 8: 1-35. F 1910. Many new species described from North and South America. Trelease, W. The administration of botanical gardens. Science II. 31: 681-685. 6 My Igto. Twiss, E.M. The prothallia of Aneimia and Lygodium. Bot. Gaz. 49: 168-181, p/. 70, zz. 15 Mr 1g10. Weatherby, C. A., & others. Catalogue of the flowering plants and ferns of Connecticut growing without cultivation. Connecticut Geol. & Nat. Hist. Surv. Bull. 14: 1-569. 1910. Williams, R.S. Oncollecting mosses. Bryologist 13: 56, 57- My IgI0o. PLATE 25 VOLUME 37, BULL. TORREY CLUB reg, - RCS RORs Saws nae sha Sen ed Aaa EES BRAT POSSI A] Eel See eauee via eet e ex. a ALY gems, A nah, i rs s Ba eo Se. oo ae Sy hee von Rated Beene SNe ae es, 3 Py ore eae aas: Mere oaien Se, a) ce Yi SS . Prete ‘2 ~y pe ti 9 ey be RreGi ir: 78 S ty 7 + a ON KAS ISO oon! Weiee . ala Sas 1 SPHAEROCARPOS SPHAEROCARPOS (Dicks.) M. A. Howe COCKAYNE—SOSTON BULL. TORREY CLUB VOLUME 37, PLATE 26 Sy SOOT AS aaivaeh oY } 4 BS ) i) 3 a aoe > res Bae, me Ete oe TZ tit ae es regean *, ee, PBSC Sees Cees SPHAEROCARPOS TEXANUS Aust. COCKAYNE—BSOSTON BULL. TORREY CLUB VOLUME 37, PLATE 27 SPHAEROCARPOS TEXANUS Aust. COCKAYNE—BOSTON BULL. TORREY CLUB VOLUME 37, O if ra + F gia chegetens ik CESAR CS his MAVEN Ke mat Settee oly ss Ch Ye = ONCE : Ly SG as eS Ky 3 POAT , alae ee pases ‘ang The bee i S : g oo ee SH ‘og See ay Serer ene SE re PEER TA as aww Sym ete, AAS mt aes ri retis, SN 3 OU ae, : ya ae oh : ~J Od as C4 ? : ee ae inka ei ee Upipipligi. Ce eae We fa As SG, ty; RW SPHAEROCARPOS STIPITATUS Bisch. COCKAYNE—BOSTON THE BRYOLOGIST WITH THE JANUARY, I[910, NUMBER BEGINS ITS THIRTEENTH YEAR ano VOLUME It is a 16-20 page bi-monthly devoted to the study of the Mosses, Hepatics, drawin It is fully illustrated with new, original, and artistic It is indispensable to the working bryologist, seine Send for sample copy. Subscription price and Lichens. and half-tones. as well as amateur. Address, Mrs. ANNIE MORRILL SMITH, 78 Orange Street, Brooklyn, N. Y. This Index, printed each month in the BULLETIN, is reissued on library catalogue cards; these are furnished to subscribers at the rate of one cent for each card Subscriptions to the card-issue may be addressed to the Treasurer of the Torrey Botanical Club, WILLIAM MANSFIELD, CoLLecre or PHARMACY, 115 W. 68th St., N. Y. City. From January, 1903, to December, 1909, inclusive, the Index was also reprinted on baper, on one side only, and can be furnished in that form at the rate of $3.00 a year, North American Flora HIS work is designed to pe acd Bilin ol of all plants growing independently | of cultivation, in North America, here oats * include Greenland, Central America, the eaiaiel of pane and the West Indies, except Trinidad, Tobago, and Curacao and other islands off the north coast of Venezuela, whose flora is gga South American. 1 be published in parts at irregular intervals by the New York Botanical Sales ee the aid of the income of the David Lydig Fund bequeathed by Charles P. Daly. It is — to issue Boe as sched as they can be ah geen = pes oe work making it poss to commence publication at an of he The oe he work will “a m a series of volumes ae hy féllowing aes Mycetozoa, Schizophyta, Diatomac ungi, ophy Volume 16. i te and Gymaospermse. Volumes I Mon oom et Volumes 20 ts 7 gna done The pr —— of the work has Set referred by the oe Directors of the ere to ser ea mittee eonsiatinie of Dr. N. L. Britton, Dr. W. A. Murrill, and Dr. art. J. u Rina George F. Atkinson, of Cornell abe’ & Spree Charles R. Barnes and John M. Coulter, of 4 Seis of Chicago, M erick V. Coville, of the United States (gree cultu ee Edw ting i: Greene, of the United States National Museum, Pro ree Bios - Halsted, Of Rutgers College, and Pro- = William T release, 0 of the Missouri aaal Garden, have consented to act as advisory comm The following parts have been published : Vol. 7. Part 1, ee ten by G. P. Clinton. Part 2, Coleosporiaceae, Ule- dinaceae, and soa aceae atk by J. C. Arthur. Vol. 9. Parts 1 and 2 pe by W, A. gnsy Part 3 a by WA: Murrill ; Kenitabeas jails ) by W. A. Murrill and G. S. Bur Vol. 16. Part 1, Ophioglossaceae, by L. M. Underwood and 4 ee Henedict j Marattiaceae, by . Underwood; Osmundaceae fae Ceratopteridaces, by R. C. Benedict ; Schizaeaceae, Sisichesiacese, 4 Shree (pars), by W. R. Maxon. Vol.17. Part 1, Ppt by P. W ; Spargani — Hoesceae and Hy- d arg nati by P. A, dberg ; fate ge on Zosteraceae, Cymodoceaceae, Naiadac and icc by N. Ta ylor ; Seca atta cane, by N. “a Britto on; Alismaceae by J. K. Small ; Butomaceae and Poaceae ey s), by G. V. Nash. 22, Part 1, Podos ee y Nas A ie ge 08 by N. L Britton. and J. N. Rose; Penthoraceae and Pechassieceis, me . Rydber: Part 2, Sax Pag and Bars Haase by J. K. Small and P. A. Ry dbe erg; Cunoniaceae, e, b K. Small ; Iteaceae, and Hamam omer y N. Siok Piraelicecies, by J. Altingicene yO P. Wilson; ; Phyllonomaceae by H. H, Rus tk Part 3, Gissesiaeii- ceae, by F. ere ‘ad W . L, Britton; Platanaceae, by H. A. Gleason; Cross ze mataceae i by 1. Small ; Connaraceae, ‘by L. Britton ; cine, by CL -s a al Rosaceae (pars), by P, A. Rydberg. Part 4, Rosaceae (pars), by P. A. ydber Vol. Part : a by L. T. Hanks and J. K. ane? Oxalidaceae and onto by J. K. Small; Nasthivitacnan. by N. L. Britto subscription price is fixed at $1.50 for each part; it is sais that four or five nk will be required for — volume. A limited number of separate parts will be sold at $2.00 each. Addre THE NEW YORK BOTANICAL GARDEN BRONX PARK, NEW YORK CITY PUBLICATIONS BY OFFICERS AND STUDENTS OF THE DEPART- MENT OF BOTANY, COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY 1. MEMOIRS OF THE DEPARTMENT : Vol. 1. A Monograph of the North American Species of the Genus hot (1895). By John Kunkel Small, Fellow in Botany, 1893- 1395 ; Curator of the Herbarium, 1895-1898. Aen: 178 pres 84 plates. Price $6.0 2 nograph of the North Aas Potentilleae (1898). By eee Rydter, Fellow in Botany, 1896-7. Quarto, 224 pages, 112 plates. Price $6.00. 2. CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE DEPARTMENT: Vol. 1. Nos. 1-25. 1886-1892. Price $5.00. Vol. 2. Nos, 26-50. 1892-1894. Price $5.00, Vol. 3. Nos. 51-75. 1894-1895. Price $5.00 Vol. 4. Nos. 76-100. 1895-1896. Price $5.00 Vol. 5. Nos. 101-125. 1896-1897 rice $5.00 Vol. 6. Nos. 126-150. 1897-1898. Price $5.00 Vol. 7. Nos. 151-175. 1898-1901. Price $5.00, / Vol. 8. Nos. 176-200. 1go1-1902. Price $5.00. Vol. 9. Nos. 201-. 1903~(current). List of separate numbers available on application, = xt-book of General Lichenology (1896). By Albert garre Fellow i in Botany, 1895-1896. Oct 230 pages, 76 plates. Price $4.25 ee $3.80 (paper). Published by Willard N. Clute & Co. Bin ngham The Department invites propositions relative = ‘exchanges of her- barium material for any of the above named publications. Address Dr. Carlton C. Curtis, Columbia Uaeeeie: ie vi Cit ; 4. An Illustrated Flora of the Northern United States, Canada, and the British Possessions from Newfoundland to the Parallel of the Southern Boundary of Virginia, and from the Atlantic Ocean westwar to the aozd Meridian (1896-1898). By Nathaniel Lord Britton, Profes- sor of gg 1891-1896 ; Emeritus Professor 1896-, and Hon. Addi- son Brow Three baer, royal octavo. Vol. 1, 612 pages; Vol. 2, 64 pages; Vol. 3, 588 pages; 4162 figures in nthe text, Sinceraiing every species described. Published by Charles Scribner’s Sons, New York. Price, in cloth, $9.00 for 2 three volumes; with the indexes and keys bound separ- ately, $10. Ye * Metve Ferns and their Allies. (Sixth abt to 60. By Lucien Mawes Underwood, Professor of Botany, 1896-1907. Duodecimo, 158 pages, 35 figures. Published by Haney Holt & Co., New York. Price, $1.00. 6. Moulds, Mildews, and Mushrooms. By Lucien Marcus Un- derwood, Professor of Botany, 1896-1907. D sde rege 236 pages, 10 plates. Published by Henry Holt & Co. Price $1.5 7. Nature ca Development of Plants (1907). By Carlton Clar- ence Curtis, Assistant in Botany, 1892-1895; Tutor in Botan 1895-1906 ; Instructor in Botany, 1906~1908 ; ig Professor of Botany, 1908-1910; Associate Professor of Botany, Octavo, 471 pages; 42 illustrations. Published es ‘Raury Holt & Co., New York. Price ¢2 ESTABLISHED 1851 EIMER & AMEND 205-211 Third Ave., Corner 18th Street NEW YORK MANUFACTURERS AND IMPORTERS O¥ Chemicals and Chemical Apparatus Sole Agents for sears KAHLBAUM’S MICROSCOPES C. P. Chemicals and : and Reagents _ ACCESSORIES CARL b SCHLEICHER & SCHULL’S MICROTOMES => C. P. Filters oe SCHOTT & BALANCES GENOSSEN’S Famous Labora- and hee tory Glassware WEIGHTS iss mMAnd for many other renowned European ouses in our line. COMPLETE LINE OF Bacteriological Apparatus WE HANDLE EVERYTHING NEEDED FOR A LABORATORY Inspection of premises cordially invited, a cus cs x Se ee MEMOIRS oF THE TORREY BOTANICA Br A series of technical Ra on botanical subjects, published at ela intervals. Price $3.00 a volume. Not offered in exchange. " Vol.1 ,» No.1; not furnished faepuraieky= a Bailey, Liberty Hyde. Studies of the types of various species of the genus Corer. foe Pages 1-85. 25 My 1889. 5 ae te i Vol. 1, No. 2; not furnished ely: Martindale, Isaac Comly. Marine oes of the New Seis coast and ees waters of Staten Island. Pages 87-111. 24 Au 1889 Vol. 1, No. 3; price, 75 cents: pruce, Richard. /efaticae Bolivianae, in Andibus Boliviae 1885— 6, a cl. H. H. Rusby lectae. Pages A am 20 Ja 1890. Vol. 1, No. 4; price, 75 cent ) Sturtevant, Edward Lewis. On seedless fruits. amie 141-187. 30 My 1890. Fg he Vol. 2, No. 1; not furnished hy eee SH ne . Js _ Halsted, Byron David. Reserve food- materials ia bads and d tcrouediog parts. por Pages 126 , plates I, 2. 10S 1890. age : sa Sone ee Fea is 2, No, 2; price, 75 cents : ~ ‘Wail, Murray, & Hollick, Charles Arthur. Contributions bas oVinewen Pages 27-56, plats 37, 4. 23D 1890. ee Vol. 2, No. 3; not furnished separately : _ Holm, Herman Theodor. Contributions to the iss nation ok fae ination = some North American plants. Pages 57-108, a 15 Ap ae : ~ Vol. 2, No. 4; price, 75 cents Wheel ock, William Efner. The Gems Fepeee® in North America. Pages 152. 30D 1r8ol. Vol. 8, No 1; not furnished separate By Pig sa eke ‘Kunkel, & Heller, Amos Arthur. | Flora of and contiguous territory. Pages 1-39. 20 F 1892. Ree een ho tees peer Hee ee 3, No. 2; price, $2.00: Pe “ Morong, Thomas. The Nai. forth America [with illustrations | species]. Pages 1-65, plates 20-74. 15 Mr 1893. Sie fe aoe a Eas ae Be F not furnished separ aly: Kejers ager’ enumeration of the plant collected in iva by Bang. [Part 1 se cn 4-67. 428 Ap 1895. ‘Vol. 4, No. 1; not . Index ces vehi eae Bang. Part 2. Ree esiied me - . a4 ee = Gas: Se Anna Stockton. dims ype Ie ae 2729, pe er . 5; price, $3.00: List of Preridophyta and Steraiopirte Sen en cultivation in northeastern 1894.- orth America. Pages 1-377. 1893-3 Vol. 6, es 1; price, a Rusby, Henry H An enumeration of the plants sae in Bolivia by Miguel Bang. Part 3. lies I-I30. 1896. Vol. 6, No. 2; not furnished separately : Grout, Abel Joel. A revision of the North American /sothectaceae and Brachythecia. Pages 131-210. wl 1. 6, No. 3; price, 50 cen Hazen, Tracy Elliot. The life history of ene Scat ( Haematococcus plumalis), Pages 211-246, plates 86, 87 (colored ): — 1899. ates 6, No. 4; price, 50 ce Underwood, Lucien cus. A review of the genera a ferns proposed prior to 1832. Pages moa gg 1 D 1899. 1. 6, No. 5; price, 25 cen Fink, Bruce. Notes on lichen distribution in ie upper Mississippi Valley. Pages 285-307. 1 D 1899. Vol. 7; price, $3.00: How: Avery. a Hepaticae and Anthocerotes of California. Pages neg plates i 88-122. Au 1899. nite 8, No. 1; not furnished separately : Lloyd, Prancis The comparative embryology of the Rudiaceae. Part via gh 1-26, es Fg 26 Au 1899. Part Il. Pages 27-112, plates pi 15 ¥ 1902. Vol. 8, No. 2; price, $1.00: Evans, Alexander William. phn L ee of the United States and Canada- Pages 113-183, plates 16-22. 15 F 1902 Vol. 8, No. 3; price, 75 cents: Britton, Elizabeth Gertrude, & Taylor, Alexandrina. The life history of Vittaria lineata, Pages 185- 211, plates eee 30 o Au Igo2. vod: . 9; price Salmon, Ernest Stanley. monograph ot the Eeghciow Pages I— Stat plates f-9. 4Q 1900. No lee sold except in complete sets of the Memoi Vol. 10; price, $3.00: Burgess, Edward Sandford. Bikey of Pre-Clusian botany in its relation to Aséer, Pages i-xii, 1-447. 22 N 19 ol. 11, No. 1; price, $1.7 agers aeidare The North American Pca Pee 1-134, plates I-19. Vol. 11, No. 2; price, $1.75: en, Tracy Elliot. The Wothricaceae and Chaetophoraceae of the United States. pgm 135-250, plates ote 0 O 1902. l. 12, No. 1; price, $1.50 Northrop, Alice Rich. ay ra of New P peeedigcs and Aalios (Bahama Islands). Pages ere “plates I-19 a map. 10 D « £2, No. peg price, $1.00: Banker, Howard James. vA contribution to a revision of the North American Hydnaceae. Pages 99-194. E 6. ol. 12, No. 3; price, Kupfer, Elsie. Studies in — regeneration. Phas 195-241. I0 Je 1907. 1. 13; price, $3.00 Burgess, Edward Sandford. “ete Sc —— of Biotian Asters, with dis- cussion of variability in Aster, Pages i-xv, 1-419, Bale es I-13. 15 Mr 1906. Val. 14, No. ies ee $1 Burlingham, Gertrude Simmons. A study of the Lasesin of the United States. Pages 1-109, fywres 1-75. 26 My 1908. Address: DR. WILLIAM MANSFIELD, College of Pharmacy, 115 West 68th St., New York City. VOL. 37 JUNE, 1910 NO. 6 BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB €ditor MARSHALL AVERY HOWE Assoriate Editors \ JoHN HENDLEY BARVHART Tracy E:tiot HAZEN JEAN BROADHURST WILLIAM ALPHONSO MurriLt PHitip DoweELe CHARLES Louis POLLARD ALEXANDER WILLIAM EVANS HERBERT MAULE RICHARDS CONTENTS The effects of adding salts to the soil on the amount of non-available water. WIL T. BOVIE 273 The embryo-sac of Pandanus coronatus. . . . DOUGLAS H. CAMPBELL 293 Some new Hawaiian plants ....\.--..5.-+:- JOSEPH F. ROCK 297 A new fossil fucoid. (Plate33). .......,- ARTHUR HOLLICK 305 The name Buthotrephis gracilis Hall... .. - EDWIN W. HUMPHREYS 309 Studies on the Rocky Mountain flora—XXII. - . PER AXEL ‘RYDBERG 313 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE .... oot Gag PUBLISHED FOR THE CLUBS THE NEW ERA PRINTING COMPANY LANCASTER, PA rt > ; % ‘ eae ak : t Pen cs ‘, ¥ 35 i nae a : President, HENRY 4. h BYRNE ea Vite Presidente ze Fes ee Pub. ta HENDLEY BARNHART, A.M.,M. ete ~ Tre easurer, WILLIAM. ees Spun D ss West o8St, New York City. er Ste ber te i Rtay takanivey she aebndt te ee nce Natural History; the last Wednesday, yes inte on ning of the New = Botanical Garden. dine Sethe: sehen cations s William M Mansfeld, Coles, of | 1 Bs ees a hie jt numbers: 30 yplied separate! BT Sy Vol. 37 No 6 BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB ——- ee JUNE, tgto The effects of adding salts to the soil on the amount of non-available water™ WILLIAM T. BOVIE In the experiments described in the following pages an attempt has been made to determine the effect upon the amount of non- available water, when varied amounts of sodium chloride or the salts of a full nutrient solution have been added to the soil. It has been found that with a soil of pure silica, containing about 0.03 per cent. of calcium, aluminum, and iron,t the amount of non-available water is not altered by the addition of either sodium chloride or the salts of a full nutrient solution. Inthe case of the sodium chloride series, at least, the water was used up by the plants faster than the salts, and as the point of non-available water was approached, the concentration of the soil water must have in- creased. In many cases the amount of sodium chloride was so great that the saturation point of the salt was passed long before the plant wilted. Adsorption, in some form or other, took place. We are concerned here then, not only with non-available water but also with the adsorption of salts from soil solutions. PREVIOUS WORK ON NON-AVAILABLE WATER In the late summer of 1859, Sachs'* determined the retarding influence on transpiration, of various salts and soils. He then determined the amount of water retained by soils when tobacco *Contributions from the Department of Botany of the University of Missouri no. 18 table of mechanical analysis of soil on page 2 oe BULLETIN for May, 1910 (37 : 215-272. pi. ree was issued 2 Je 1910. } 273 274 BovieE: NON-AVAILABLE WATER IN SOILS plants wilted in a moist atmosphere. The soils used were a mix- ture of black beach humus and sand, a loam, and a pure sand (ground quartz). He found different amounts of non-available water in each of the soils; the beach humus having the greatest amount and the sand the least. He pointed out the importance of determining the amount of water available to plants in various soils, and showed that it bears no fixed relation to the amount of water which the dry soil will take up and hold (saturation capac- ity). He attributed the greater amount of non-available water in the humus soil to the greater adhesion between the water and the soil. From the time of Sachs’ paper, until Bogdanhoff! published his paper in 1893, but little attention was given to the subject of non-available water, though soil moisture received the attention of a great many investigators. In his paper, Bogdanhoff pointed out the errors introduced through chemical changes, when hygro- scopic water is measured by determining the loss of weight in soils dried in an oven at 100° C. He found percentages of hygro- scopic water, as measured by germinating seeds used as an indi- cator. Seeds were soaked until they had absorbed amounts of water nearly sufficient for germination. They were then mixed with the soil to be tested, using an excess of seeds, and stirring from time to time, so that all particles of the soil came in contact with the seeds. Seeds in this condition have strong absorptive powers and ble to take water from a relatively dry soil and begin growth. Varying percentages of water were mixed with a par- ticular soil, and the lowest percentage which would permit growth determined. In a sand containing 0.15 per cent. (by dry weight) of water, seeds germinated after 19 days; while in a sample containing 0.09 per cent., the seeds did not germinate, but lost water to the sand. He made measurements with samples of clay, but did not compare the clay with the sand, since the amount of germination could not be accurately determined, and the temperatures in the two sets of experiments were not held alike. Heinrich,’ in 1894, determined the amount of water contained in soils when plants begin to wilt, and also determined the hygro- scopic water content. The hygroscopic water was determined by » nee Eas BoviE: NON-AVAILABLE WATER IN SOILS 276 spreading the soils on a watch glass, and exposing them for one week to an atmosphere saturated with water vapor. The increase in weight was used as a measure of the hygroscopic water. His results show that, while the plant can live in a relatively dry soil, it can not use the hygroscopic water. Edmond Gain® repeated the experiments of Sachs ‘with many plants in order to settle the following questions: (1) Is the power of resistance to drought of a given plant the same in different soils? This question must be answered in the affirmative. (2) Is the water content of the soil, at the time the plants wilt, the same for all stages of plant growth? No, it fluctuates in such a way as to produce a curve.’’ He did not report the methods employed, nor give an analysis of the soils used. A number of determinations of the amount of non-available water in various soils were made by King."' He concluded that one of the reasons why the clayey soils retained more water than the sands is because the small grains of the clay present more surface for retaining the water, the thickness of the film being the same inall cases. He gave a formula for computing the percentage of moisture in a soil which a given thickness of film will produce. By the use of this formula, a set of theoretical values was obtained, for the soils studied, which agree very closely with the percentages of non-available water found. In 1902, Hedgcock® considered the relation of heat, light, and humidity to the amount of non-available water. His methods were such that he could not vary one factor while the others re- mained constant. The results as a whole would seem to show that any condition which lowers the vigor of the plant, raises the amount of non-available water. When he compared the various soils, he found that the amounts of non-available water retained by the soils increased in the following order: sand, loess, clay, loam, humus, saline soil. Judging from the sizes of the soil grains, the clay should have come after the saline, with the highest per- centage. Hedgcock concluded that some factor other than the extent of soil surface is involved. ~The percentage of dissolved substances in the soil solution was the only condition noted that - varied in the right direction. He, therefore, concluded that as the soil water diminishes, its concentration increases until finally 276 Bovie: NoNn-AVAILABLE WATER IN SOILS it becomes so concentrated that plants are unable to absorb more He went so far as to formulate a law, that the percentage of non- available water in soils increases as the square root of the percens tage of soluble salts. Before using, all soils were sifted with a screen possessing a quarter-inch mesh. Other than this, the physical condition of the soil was not given closer attention than to list it as ‘loose, medium, or hard in density.’ A plant was considered, by him, wilted, when its youngest leaves wilt strongly. This would seem to be a very unreliable criterion, for many plants, at least. A geranium, for instance, will not only maintain its younger leaves, but will put out new shoots, after its roots have been killed. Many other plants behave in a similar manner. Besides the above, a number of determinations of the amount of non-available water have been compiled, but aside from their local and immediate interest, they add nothing to our knowledge of non-available water.” 17 19 ADSORPTION BY SOILS The work done previous to 1908, on adsorption, has been re- cently reviewed by Patten and Waggaman," so that a review of the literature need not here be given. The salient facts of interest in this connection are: Certain solids and liquids draw unto them- selves and retain within their structures, or on their surfaces, other solids, liquids, or gases.* This is called absorption. A special case of absorption, termed adsorption, is defined as the existence of a difference in concentration or density of a film adjacent to a bounding solid and the concentration or density of the mass of the liquid or gas which bathes the solid. t Whether the relation between the adsorbing and adsorbed sub- stances is physical or chemical, is not always clear; sometimes it appears to be one, sometimes the other. The difficulties in- volved in quantitative determination leaves us without a unit of adsorbing power, and with very few formule Erese the rate or conditions of adsorption. When an adsorbent is brought into contact with a solution containing two or more solutes, these solutes may be adsorbed in * Loe. cit. 10. 1 Loc. Cit. 11. BovieE: NON-AVAILABLE WATER IN SOILS OTF different degrees, so that a more or less complete separation of the solutes is effected. Further separation may be reached by using two or more adsorbents, each with an adsorbing power specific for each solute. A number of investigators have used organic substances, such as charcoal, paper, and cotton to effect such separations. The separation is seldom complete, the adsorbed substance being distributed between the adsorbent and the solvent. No general laws governing the ratios of such distribution have been established. The solvent itself is often adsorbed, so that it increases very much in density at the surface of the adsorbent. This changes many of its physical characteristics; for instance, it is often able to hold the solute in solution at a concentration many times greater than normal saturation. This change in concentration is often accompanied by temperature changes which indicate enormous forces at work. The pressure of the water surface about a smal] solid (soil grain) has been estimated to have a magnitude of from 6000 to 25,000 atmospheres, or approximately 150,000 pounds per square inch.* Now the soil grains present acres of surface to the soil solution, which, existing as it does, for the most part, in surface films is continuously within the field of adsorptive forces. We must ex- pect, therefore, that adsorption will play important roles in the soil. Not only is the chemical content of the soil-solution affected, mineral nutrients stored up, and toxins held harmless,> but the physical relations of the soil grains themselves are influenced. f The field has been but little investigated, and most of the work has been done from the standpoint of physics and chemistry. Only a few investigators have taken up the problem from the standpoint of the plant, using it as an indicator. It would seem that this must be the ultimate point of attack, for the root hairs come into such a relation with the soil grains as to find a solution, the nature of which can be but little understood by any amount of study of the leachings from treated soils. *Whitney, Soils of the United States. U.S. Dept. Agric. Bur. Soils Bull. 55: 11 1909. +Cameron, F. K. and Gallagher, F. E. Moisture content and physical condi- tion of soils. U.S. Dept. Agric. Bur. Soils Bull. 30: —. 1908. 278 Bovie: NoN-AVAILABLE WATER IN SOILS Not only this, but the root hairs, with their cellulose walls, are absorbents, and undoubtedly engage in selective absorption with the soil grains, so that there are ratios of distribution, between the soil grain, the film of soil water, and the cell wall." Physio- logical processes in the plant will continually disturb the equilib- rium of distribution. A series of changes must then follow before the equilibrium is again established. It was with the hope of getting some data regarding the nature of this equilibrium that the experiments described below were undertaken. EXPERIMENTS AND RESULTS ON THE INFLUENCE OF SALTS ON NON—-AVAILABLE WATER From a number of plants used in preliminary experiments, wheat was selected as most suitable. Its superiority lies in the small- ness of its seed, so that it early becomes dependent upon the soil solu- tion, and in the tenderness of its leaves, which makes it very sensi- tive to a deficient water supply. Some of the plants were grown in paraffined baskets; others in flower pots dipped in hot paraffin. Both the baskets and the pots seemed to give good results, but the pots were easier to prepare. Later, when it was found, by weighing the empty pots, that they had slowly absorbed water, their use was discontinued. Glass tumblers were then tried, and were found very satisfactory. The roots spread evenly through the soil, show- ing no tendency to mat about the inner surface of the glass. In the first experiments, the plants were grown in river-washed sand, but in the experiments from which the data given below were taken, the plants were grown in clean crushed quartz, obtained from a supply house. The chemical analysis of the quartz, fur- nished by the supply house, is as follows: Per cent. POBOINES SHIGA Or a5 on cheer rag Se ie areas l eed Se gw 99.97 PFO CPTI, CAINE gk tava Pe nee ie auc ks 100.00 The fresh samples were very white, but, after standing, a yellow tint, just perceptible when old samples were compared with new, was noted. This was probably due to thin films of iron oxide which formed on the surface of the grains.!. The physical analysis is given in the table below: BoviE: NON-AVAILABLE WATER IN SOILS 279 Size, Per cent. Gravel, sic ose Coes Pe see Ge Ee eee 2mm. + PING WTAVEN Ss Lisle Gare So tet seve ee ee Ue I-2 mm 0.00 Coarse sand. 2050.48 Cahn eee I-.05 mm 3.60 Mediumsand 5:05 eAinaih canes Sacto: 0.5~-0.25 mm 20.51 Fie SAGd, . asc ws irks code en a ee 0.25—-0.I mm 72.402 Very fine sand..\ 4 os. ceamales wan, oo eee 0.1I~0.05 mm 2.69 TOGA so hee ets Or ee ae Se ee emetiee 99. 52 A full nutrient solution was made up as follows: Calcium He ee AION 6a Rie SASS 15.83 gm. supers II Potagsiiita nitrates odo. cssus Sula scien aa ee ed 3 Magnesium Ehee MeSOe-FyeO): oo conc s wae cue 6.85 gm = aes. 3 Potassium: phosphate... .i(4 Sl aacanciee op tay Ereemeemrr os KH2POs 3 BOta ose Baas ae nc a: Ss en a eee ee Water to make 10,000 c.c. of solution. This solution gives a concentration of salts equal to 0.2 per cent. The same stock solution was used throughout the entire series of experiments. To portions of this full nutrient solution, quantities of sodium chloride were added so that series of concentrations (salts of full nutrient solution plus sodium chloride) of the following order were made: 0.2 per cent. (control), 0.225 per cent., 0.25 per cent., 0.3 per cent., 0.4 per cent., 0.5 per cent., 0.65 per cent., and o.8 per cent. In another series, the percentage of the total salts in the nutrient solution was increased, so that, without the use of the sodium chloride, the following series of concentrations were made: 0.2 per cent. (control), 0.25 per cent., 0.4 per cent., 0.6 per cent., and o.8 per cent. The solutions were made upon the percentage basis, because it is impracticable, when dealing with selective adsorption and water films, to make up solutions in the ratios of their osmotic strengths. Moreover, the questions in mind can be answered equally as well with simple percentage solutions. Sodium chloride seemed a suitable salt to use since it does not readily penetrate plant protoplasm and since it ordinarily contains no water of crystallization. Further, Briggs’ has shown that sodium chloride is but slightly adsorbed by quartz. The series without the sodium chloride served as a check on the purely toxic effects of the sodium chloride. The quartz was wetted with the solution, so that it contained a 20 per cent. (20 grams of solution, plus 100 grams dry quartz) 280 Bovie: NoN-AVAILABLE WATER IN SOILS soil moisture. The air-dry quartz was weighed out, to the 1/10 gram, in portions sufficient nearly to fill the tumblers. It was then spread over the bottom of a tray. The solution was added to the quartz in such a manner as to prevent, as far as possible, any un- even adsorption of the salts by the soil grains first wetted. After quickly mixing, the soil was dropped into the tumblers. When this quartz is carrying a 20 per cent. soil solution, it contains more than its optimum amount of water.* However, it was dropped into the tumblers in such a manner as to include air enough to supply the plants as long as it was necessary to grow them. By pounding the tumblers up and down on the table a few times, the inclosed air was worked out of the upper centimeter of the soil, which puddled, leaving a thin layer of free water on the upper surface. This also worked the air entrapped below the surface into quite large bubbles, the largest being about 5 mm. in diameter. The physical condition of the soil, thus obtained, appeared to be uniform throughout both series. Melted paraffin was poured over the surface of the quartz in each tumbler, five small holes were made through the cover thus formed, and then the wheat seeds, which had germinated in Zurich germinators until the radicles were from five to ten millimeters long, were dropped through the holes into the water layer on the surface of the soil. Five tumblers of each concentration were set up. The plants were grown in the glass house on a table in the center of the room, where they were under similar conditions, until they were ready to be wilted down. There was a marked difference, among the several concentrations, in the rate and amount of growth. With the exception of the 0.225 per cent. set, in which there was a stimulation, due undoubtedly to toxic effects, there was a regular decrease in both the rate and the amount of growth from the control set to that of the highest concentration. Plants that grew fastest used up their water first and were the first to wilt. When the water was nearly used up, as was determined by repeated weighings of the tumblers, the plants were put into a *It was necessary to use an excess of water so as to have enough to allow the plants to put on sufficient growth before wilting. BovieE: NON-AVAILABLE WATER IN SOILS 281 culture case, where a relative humidity of approximately 10 per cent. was maintained. The culture case, as described in another paper,” contained a thermograph, a hygrograph, and an electric fan. The humidity was controlled by regulating the volume of a stream of air, dried by passing through sulphuric acid, and forced into the case by means of an air pump. Wilting the plants in a relatively dry atmosphere, practically solved the problem of knowing when to consider them wilted. These plants did not show temporary partial recoveries from the drouth effects, as others did which were grown under fluctuating conditions of humidity. Moreover, the leaves dried out imme- diately after death, so that it was possible to see the progress of death over the various members of the plant and to have each cul- ture stopped at the same stage of wilting—a very important detail in non-available waten determinations. A study to determine the effects of relative humidity on non-available water is now in prog- ress, but the results of this study are not necessary for the present paper, since in the experiments here reported, all of the plants were under like conditions of humidity. As soon as the plants had wilted, the tumblers were removed from the case, and the amount of non-available water determined in the following manner: The quartz was passed through a screen, having 20 meshes to the inch, which removed all the roots. A sample of about 80 grams of the quartz was put into an aluminum dish and weighed on a chemical balance.* The sample was then dried at 110° C. for one week. It was found that this amount of desiccation was sufficient to insure constant weight. From the loss of weight in drying, the percentage of non-avail- able water was determined, then the total water remaining in the soil was calculated, also the concentration which this water would have had, had it existed as free water,—assuming that the plants had used up none of the salts and neglecting any water of crystal- lization. The results of the determinations are given in the fol- lowing table: *These operations were carried on in the laboratory and probably permitted some experimental error to enter. However, as little time as possible was consumed before the weighings were made. The sifting was done in a small closed vessel. he numbers refer to the amount of salts added; thus 25a means that a 0.25 per cent. solution of sodium chloride and full nutrient salts were added to the quartz. Sets from a to e contain sodium chloride, sets from / to p contain no sodium chloride. 282 Bovie: NON-AVAILABLE WATER IN SOILS _ | Total concentration | Concentration of Number. | Amount of desiccation. Se beet of all salts in sodium chloride in per cent. per cent. 2a aaah 2b ry -03 125, i 2c wilted -14 20.4 —_— ad dry .05 87. —— 2e dry .04 04. — 225a wilted -16 28.1 2.1 225b wilted 12 a7. 4.1 225¢c wilted -O7 62.5 7c 225d dry .04 115.7 12.9 225e wilted 23 34.8 36 25a 25b wilted .07 69.5 13.9 25¢ wilted -14 35.5 vi 25d .07 74.8 15. 25e wilted 217 30. 6. 3a -03 192.5 64.2 3b dry (partly) 12 eae, 17. 3c dry .06 98.2 32-7 3d wilted :19 3k. 10.3 3e dry .05 129.5 43- 4a -04 206. 103. 4b - wilted BS Ge 69.1 35. 4c -05 162, 81. 4d .04 210 105. 4e dry -O4 231, 115 5a dry -04 252 ISI. sb .03 315. 189. 5c dry .03 352. 212. 5d green -19 5a. 32: 5e dry 03 312. 187. 65a ————. ee ——— .10 132. 91.5 5c — 05 254. 175-5 65d —_——— Sects 65e pes Saas Reece 8a green ayo 43. 3t. 8b dry -06 275. 207. 8c dry (partly) .06 254. 190. 8d green gt 52.3 39: 8e -04 388. 202. al dry ues a7:2 2m wilted 2g 16. arte 2n dr .06 5s. ea 20 | wilted Bae 2p | dry (partly) ne. 29. ——_- 251 | dry “13 37.5 ena 25m | dry (partly) .18 2755 ——— }+Recorded to nearest 1/100 per cent. only. Bovie: NON-AVAILABLE WATER IN SOILS 283 Number. | Amount of desiccation. Sheen oat i om ‘iste in fos aie ior he per cent. 25n green -34 rs. 250 .09 54. 25p dry -05 98. 4l dry -06 125. 4m dry (partly) ats 52.5 4n dry .09 90. 40 wilted 25 Sa. 4p dry (partly) Bs 79.5 61 dry 14 6m dry 09 128.5 6n dry 09 I 60 dry Ti 105 6p dry 09 140 The non-available water relations are more clearly represented by the graphs 1, 2, and 3. Graphs 1 and 2 are details of the sodium chloride and the full nutrient series, respectively. Graph 3 is a combination of 1 and 2, enlarging the scale of the ordinate 10 times, and indicating the determinations only in part. Re- ferring to graphs 1 and 2, it will be seen that, with but a single exception, the amount of non-available water in the soil varies with the amount of desiccation which the plant has experienced. Cultures in which the plants are just beginning to wilt have the most; and those in which plants have dried have the least. Also, even in the culture containing the highest percentage of non- available water, the soil solution represents a concentration of 43 percent. That the plant actually lived in these high concentra- tions is shown by the fact that in some cases the plants were still green when the sample was taken. Further, cultures in which plants are completely wilted, 7. e., plants just beginning to dry, have about 0.1 per cent. of non-available water, regardless of the amount of salts in the culture. Drawn across graph number 3, is a line representing the amount of water which the several sets had when the concentration of the soil water had reached 6 per cent. It is to be noted here that the plants in the cultures were not exposed to free water containing 6 per cent. of salt. The 6 per cent. curve lies so low that all the water in the quartz was in the form of film water, before this concentration was reached. No data have been found regarding isotonic values in film-water, a TRecorded to nearest 1/100 per cent. only. 284 BoviE: NON-AVAILABLE WATER IN SOILS GRAPH Not be DRY =----=2+------ Ps we ». CODITION UNKNOWN & PER CENT OF NON-AVAILABLE WATER ° PER CENT OF SALT ADDED 0 Z of 3 4 fh 6 rs PER CENT OF -NON+AVAILABLE- WATER Bovige: NON-AVAILABLE WATER IN SOILS GRAPH No2 i] 5 o € a Py c s Po na ® H a . Ps PER CENT OF SALT ADDED 2 3 NON-AVAILABLE WATER IN SOILS Bovir£ 286 GRAPH No3 YILEM dO wLNIO Yad Wyece 2s Bovit: NON-AVAILABLE WATER IN SOILS 287 form of water which land plants use for a large part of their lives. The uniformity in the above results testifies to the smallness of experimental errors in sampling, weighing, et cetera. The amount of non-available water was not determined in the 0.8 per cent. set of the full nutrient series, as these plants were used for a study of some of the physiological conditions of the plants at wilting time. One point, of vital interest here, is the amount of adjustment to concentrated solutions which the plants may have made. The cell sap of the roots of normal wheat plants is isotonic with solutions which contain a concentration of sodium chloride lying between 3 per cent. and 6 per cent. A plant was removed from the tumbler of the 0.8 per cent. set, after all the plants in the tumbler, save this one, had wilted. The plant was removed by sluicing with a small stream of water, a number of uninjured root tips thus being obtained. The root tips were placed on a slide, under the microscope, and the concentration of the cell sap in cells of the tip was determined by the plasmolytic method. There was no plasmolysis with a 3 per cent. sodium chloride solution. A 6 per cent. plasmolyzed. Turgor was restored by tap water, the cells appearing normal in every way. The plants, therefore, did not adjust themselves to the various soil solutions by materially increasing the concentration of their cell sap. There were, however, visible modifications in the plants due to the influence of the salts added. Increase in the amount of bloom, as mentioned by Harter,’ was not observed, but there was a uniform decrease in the rate of transpiration. The leaves of the plants grown in the higher concentrations felt harsh to the fingers. A microscopical study of the leaves was not made, but possibly this harshness was due to some modification in the struc- ture of the cell walls, as found by Harter. As mentioned above, there was a correlation between the size of the plants and the amount of salts added, the plants in the higher concentrations being much smaller. This is of special interest, for not only was the area of leaf surface reduced, in plants grown in the higher concentrations, but their root systems were proportionately re- duced. In the 0.8 per cent. set the roots developed only in the upper one third of the tumblers. It follows, therefore, that the 288 BoviE: NON-AVAILABLE WATER IN SOILS roots of the plants in the higher concentrations came into contact with a much smaller proportion of the total surface presented by the soil grains. Yet, the percentage of non-available water, re- maining in these tumblers, was no greater than that found in the lower sets, which indicates a water transfer from the more remote parts of the tumbler to the root systems of the plants. At first, when the soil was very moist, this transfer might have been made by the movement of the liquid water over the soil surfaces, but as these films became thinner, the movement would become slower, and at last, when the films became discontinuous, the movement would stop altogether. The only method of transfer, then, would have been in the form of vapor, and before the soil moisture could have been reduced to as low a percentage as was found in these experiments, this kind of transfer evidently must have taken place. But little is known concerning the vapor pressure of soil mois- ture. It may be expected, however, to vary with the shape of the film surfaces, with the surface tension, with the thickness of the film, and with the concentration of the solutes present. If, by a change in any of these conditions, the vapor pressure of the soil moisture about the roots is lowered below that of the surrounding soil, there will be a movement of water vapor toward the plant roots, and then a condensation. More than this, the water which permeates the plant roots together with their root hairs has a vapor tension and thus the roots must either give off water in the form of vapor or take it in, as they are in an atmosphere with a vapor tension either lower or higher than that of their own mois- ture. The common practice of growing plants in a damp chamber is evidence of this. In the above-described experiments, the air cavities, in the quartz, were lined with projecting root hairs, which were often so numerous as to give the cavity the appearance of having walls covered with a delicate fur coat. The writer has undertaken some further experiments in regard to the relation of plants to vapor tension; while no numerical results have been obtained, the preliminary experiments show that plant roots are very sensitive to variations in vapor pressure. In regard to the influence of the concentration of soil moisture upon vapor tension and water transfer, the following experiment Bovie: NoN-AVAILABLE WATER IN SOILS 289 has been completed. Five tall glass tumblers were selected, and 100 grams of dry river sand placed in the bottom of each tumbler. The sand in tumblers 1 and 2 was moistened with 10 grams of distilled water. To the sand in tumbler number 3, 10 grams of a 5 per cent. solution of sodium chloride were added. The sand in tumbler 4 was wetted with a 15 per cent. solution; and the sand in number 5 with 10 grams of a 20 per cent. solution of the same salt. A cloth diaphragm was then fixed in each tumbler, 3 centimeters FIGURE I. Apparatus for showing the influence of salt on vapor transfer in soils. Description in text. above the sand, thus leaving a free air-space between it and the sand. One hundred grams of sand were placed upon the cloth diaphragms of each of the tumblers. This sand, in all of the tumblers except tumbler number 2, was moistened with 10 grams of distilled water. Tumbler number 2 had 10 grams of a Io per cent. salt solution added to the sand above the diaphragm. After being sealed by tying sheet rubber over the top, the tumblers were then set in the basement, where there was but very slight variation in temperature (at least not more than occurs in field soils). After 10 days they were opened, and the amounts of water in the two layers of sand determined. As shown in the table, there 290 Bovie: NON-AVAILABLE WATER IN SOILS was, in every case, a transfer of water to the soil containing the salt solutions. Moreover, the transfer was made, by water in the form of vapor, across the air space. The water moved from the region of higher vapor pressure to the region of lower vapor pres- sure, and then condensed. No Solution added below. | Solution ners | ‘Transfer of water Direction of | abov in grams. transfer. I Dis. 0 Dis, H:0 ¥.35 | down 2 10 per cent. Sect 2:37 up 3 5 per = NaCl |Dis. H:0 2.4 | down 4 ro per | 3.85 | ‘ 5 20 per ae renal | 5-95 = It will be noted that, in tumbler number 1, with distilled water both above and below the diaphragm, there was a transfer down- ward. This was probably due to the weight of the column of vapor in the glass. This difference was further shown by the differ- ence in results from tumblers 2 and 4, where the condition in tumbler number 2 was the inverse of the condition in tumbler number 4, the salt solution being above the diaphragm in number 2, and below the diaphragm in number 4. In tumbler number 2, the water was transferred against the pull of gravity, while in tumbler number 4 the transfer was with the pull of gravity. As expected, the amount of transfer in number 4 was greater than that in number 2. It is possible that water condensed in drops on the sides of the glass and, in some cases, ran down. This error, how- ever, is not very large, and could not explain the results of number 2, nor the regular curve which all the results produce when plotted. Furthermore, there was no visible evidence of such a transfer. The amount of transfer in number 3, which had a concentration of soil moisture of the same magnitude as‘that of my cultures some time before the plants wilted, would have been sufficient to have raised the percentage of soil moisture to within the limits of avail- able water. CONCLUSIONS 1. In these experiments, it has been shown that the amount of non-available water is not influenced by adding to pure quartz the quantities mentioned above of either sodium chloride or the salts of a full nutrient solution. 2. Practically all plants of economic value are land plants, and hence, for both their water and food supply, are dependent on water BoviE: NON-AVAILABLE WATER IN SOILS 291 films. Therefore, it is important that we understand the condi- tions of equilibrium between the plant and this form of water. 3. It is apparent that the isotonic values determined for sub- stances dissolved in free water do not necessarily hold for film- water. We cannot thoroughly understand the acquisition of water and food by land plants, or the results from fertilizer experiments until some of these values are known. Further, the conditions of equilibrium im film water must be determined for both toxic and “balanced” solutions, before we have reached a logical stopping place for these lines of research. 4. The investigations should be carried out with carefully con- trolled experiments, in which the number of unknown factors is reduced to a minimum. Fundamental principles will scarcely be demonstrated by experiments on soils chosen at random in the field. Such soils contain too many unknown factors. Experience shows that experiments from soils from the same locality may not yield comparable results. The soil used should be of simple com- position, and its content known. We must have a number of simple standardized soils, of which samples can be duplicated. I have used a soil with comparatively few unknown factors, and one that is to be had in practically unlimited amounts. These experiments can be duplicated. 5. Much of our knowledge of the relation of plants to the soil must be obtained by indirect methods. 378 RypBERG: NOTES ON ROSACEAE evince these characters have other marks more obvious. Their roots are annual, or now and then of biennial duration. All other plants that ever were referred to Pofentilla are perennial, and very many suffrutescent.’’ So far, Dr. Greene. Let us see of what value these characters are. Potentilla nivea, P. grandiflora, and P. subacaulis, also trifoliolate species of the Linnaean Poten- tilla, and hence part of Tridophyllum Necker, do not fulfill this characterization. Some may claim that they did not constitute a part of Necker’s genus, but why not? Necker placed the pinnate- leaved species in Potentilla, the trifoliolate ones in Tridophyllum, and the digitate-leaved ones with more than three leaflets he transferred to Tormentilla. Ina note under Tormentilla he states that 5 species of Potentilla are to be referred to Tridophyllum; hence the five given above, of which P. subacaulis has very long styles and the other two have rather large achenes. They are all thrée perennials. But is Tridophyllum as modified by Greene a well-defined genus? Potentilla intermedia and P. heterosepala have both the very short styles and numerous small achenes, and are both in- cluded in the SUPINAE group by Dr. Wolf, the world-authority on Potentilla; but they are both perennials. The former is very close in habit to P. monspeliensis, which occasionally is a short- lived perennial. Potentilla Newberryi has all the character of that group, but the style is long. The short style, often glandular at the base, and the numerous small achenes, characteristic of the SUPINAE group, are found in many other Potentillas, especially of the MULTIFIDAE group. These characters are worth little as generic characters. While vol. 25, part 4, of the North American Flora was going through the press, we received at the New York Botanical Garden the excellent monograph of the genus Potentilla by Dr. Theodor Wolf.* If this valuable work had reached us a little earlier, some changes and corrections might have been made in my monograph, and quite a number of synonyms could have been added. The monographing of the whole genus, for the whole world, is a stu- pendous undertaking. Dr. Wolf’s work is one of the most elab- orate, conscientious, and critical ever published. It is a large *Bibliotheca Botanica, Heft 71. y RypBERG: Nores ON ROSACEAE 379 _ quarto of 716 pages and 20 plates, good paper and good large print. The descriptions in Latin are excellent and complete. To these are added elaborate discussions and notes in German. The synonymy is practically complete, and the citations have nothing of the vagueness so characteristic of many so-called monographs. As one should expect, a comparison of Dr. Wolf’s monograph and my treatment of the genus in the North American Flora discloses many differences; but most of these result from our dif- ferent views. Dr. Wolf is exceedingly conservative both as to genera and species, and the present writer has the reputation of being exceedingly “radical.” Dr. Wolf believes in large genera and broad species, and admits numerous varieties and forms; while the writer believes in small genera and narrowly limited species. If the diversity of two plant forms is of any value at all, the writer admits them as distinct species; if the variation is a trifling one, it is simply ignored. In this way the old rank of variety has been disposed of. Of course, also, many of the dif- ferences arise from the fact that Dr. Wolf had no or insufficient material of American plants and had to rely upon the printed descriptions alone in many cases. While Dr. Greene seems to go too far in splitting up the genus, Dr. Wolf is in my opinion too conservative. He has left Potentilla with about the same limitation as Lehmann had in 1856, only that he has merged even Duchesnea in Potentilla. I can not under- stand why he did not treat Sibbaldia in the same way. This genus is really much more related to Potentilla than Drymocallis and Dasiphora are. The only distinctions given by Dr. Wolf are: “Stamens 5 (very seldom 10); carpels 5-15 (the few Potentillas with only 5 stamens have always numerous carpels).’’ But there are several Potentillas that have few carpels although they have 10-20 stamens. The distinctions are therefore not well drawn. Of course the position of the style, which I have used as a generi- cally distinctive character, will place it outside of Potentilla proper and in the group with Dasiphora. Dr. Wolf, however, does not regard this as a generic character and therefore, if consistent, he should have merged Sibbaldia into Potentilla. Dr. Wolf has divided the genus Potentilla into 2 sections and 6 subsections. These subsections are based on the differentiation 380 RyDBERG: NOTES ON ROSACEAE of the styles. It is practically the same character as I used in distinguishing the genera, only that I placed more importance on the position and Dr. Wolf on the form of the style. I also took the stamens into consideration, which Dr. Wolf only in- cidentally mentions. Dr. Wolf’s RHOPALOSTYLAE correspond to my genus Dasiphora. His NEMATOSTYLAE correspond to Sibbaldiopsis and Comarum, together with several groups not American and therefore not treated by me. These two subsections constitute his section POTENTILLAE TRICHOCARPAE. It is evident that Comarum (Potentilla palustris of his monograph) should not be counted in this section, as the carpels are perfectly naked. He associates P. palustris, a herbaceous plant with creeping root- stock and glabrous achenes, with P. Salesowiana, a shrub with hairy achenes. While the latter is in its right position in the sys- tem, the former is not. I shall discuss this further under the genus Comarum. To Dr. Wolf's POTENTILLAE GYMNOCARPAE belong the rest of the subsections. (CLOSTEROSTYLAE correspond to the genus Drymocallis and LEPTosTyLAE to Argentina. The subsections CONOSTYLAE and GOMPHOSTYLAE show so many inter- gradations, a fact admitted by Dr. Wolf, that there is no ground, in my opinion, for keeping them apart. They constitute what I have called Potentilla. In the main points Dr. Wolf and myself agree, the only difference being that what he calls subsections, I call genera. J can not help, however, but accuse Dr. Wolf of inconsistency, for Sibbaldia, Fragaria, Horkelia, Comarella, and Stellariopsis, all admitted by Dr. Wolf, are none of them better genera than these subsections. Now let us take up the different groups of Potentilla in the order they are in the North American Flora. TORMENTILLAE This contains six species, of which two, Potentilla reptans and P. procumbens, are introduced. Dr. Wolf admits only one North American species, regarding P. pumila and P. simplex as varieties of P. canadensis. Potentilla caroliniana was evidently unknown to him. Regarding P. pumila, he states that I regarded it in 1898 as a distinct species but withdrew the rank in 1899 (re- fering to the Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club for that year, RypBERG: Nores ON ROSACEAE 381 page 25), after Clute had reported P. canadensis and P. pumila as growing together on the sand barrens of Long Island and were “connected through intermediate forms.’’ The page referred to contains the proceedings of the Club. I had nothing to do with it and my name was not even mentioned. Clute’s report on the sand barren flora contains a statement very opposite to what Dr. Wolf gives, viz.: ‘‘Potentilla pumila and P. canadensis growing together without intermediate forms.’’ Robinson and Fernald, who give Potentilla a very conservative treatment in Gray’s New Manual, keep them distinct, although they regard P. simplex a variety of P. canadensis. I for some time thought that an additional species could be distinguished from P. canadensts, viz., the plant common in the lower Mississippi Valley. This has much thicker and more shining leaves and usually longer bractlets than the common P. canadensis of the North Atlantic States, but these characters were found to be too unstable and the plant grades so into the typical form that the idea was given up. HETEROSEPALAE This group contains only one species from Mexico and Central America. Dr. Wolf refers it to the SUPINAE group, perhaps rightly so. ; SUPINAE In the North American Flora 12 species are admitted. Of these, Potentilla rivalis, P. millegrana, P. biennis. P. michoacana and P. pentandra are regarded by Dr. Wolf as distinct species; and P. paradoxa and P. monspeliensis are regarded as varieties of the European P. supina and P. norvegica respectively. P. Nicolletii is made a mere form (f. decumbens) of P. supina paradoxa. A comparison between this treatment and the one in Gray’s New Manual is rather interesting. In that publication P. Nicolletii is regarded as a good species, while P. millegrana and P. pen- tandra are made varieties of P. rivalis. Whatever may be said, Potentilla Nicolletii is a rather weak species, while P. pentandra is one of the most distinct in the group. Opiz even based a new genus on the same. It is also interesting to know that the speci- -men which Sheldon had most in mind when he raised P. Nicol- letit to specific rank and which he distributed under that name, 382 RYDBERG: NOTES ON ROSACEAE was not a specimen of P. supina NicolletiiS. Watson or P. Nicol- letii of my monograph, but of P. millegrana. Dr. Wolf claims that Potentilla labradorica Lehm. is but a depauperate form of P. norvegica hirsuta (i. e., of P. monspeliensis). Lehmann’s description, however, suggests another plant, differing from that species not only in the almost complete lack of pubes- cence but also in the obtuse and oval instead of lanceolate bract- lets, the broader obcordate petals and smooth instead of rugulose achenes. It is a subarctic plant and evidently the same as P. flexuosa Raf., an older name. The remaining species, Potentilla flavovirens, P. Kelseyi, and P. leurocarpa were described as new in the North American Flora, and were evidently unknown to Dr. Wolf. They are all three very local. P. Kelseyi may be a hybrid between P. biennis and P. monspeliensis. ARENICOLAE This contains only one species, P. Newberryi, which Dr. Wolf includes in the preceding group. ARGENTEAE This group isa rather artificial one and if I had had Dr. Wolf’s monograph at hand when the manuscript was prepared I should have made other arrangements. The group consists of four in- troduced species. Of these Dr. Wolf has placed Potentilla inter- media in the SUPINAE group on account of its short style. It is evidently related to that group and often closely resembles P. nor- vegica but is an evident perennial. Most specimens of this species collected in this country belong to a form with the leaflets more deeply dissected and inclined to be more or less pedately instead of strictly palmately arranged. This form was described as P. digitato-flabellata, from seed said to have come from America. Perhaps it is a native and distinct from the European species. I have never seen it growing. It would be worth while for bot- anists who have the opportunity to see it in the field to give it a thorough study. /P. argentea is rather common and is found in this country in many forms. I did not take the trouble to try to identify these with the numerous described varieties. RYDBERG: NoTES ON ROSACEAE 383 RECTAE This group contains two closely related introduced species. Dr. Wolf regards them as varieties of one. HEPTAPHYLLAE This group consists of a single species, which Dr. Wolf includes in his Grex Ranunculoides, a mixture of plants of diverse habits, from the groups Heptaphyllae, Aureae, Subviscosae, Subcoriaceae and Nuttallianae. In my monograph I had followed S. Watson in calling the species Potentilla heptaphylla Mill. It is not closely related to that species. For some years I had known my mistake but did not correct it until I did so in the North American Flora. Dr. Wolf had also noticed it and proposed a new name for the species. As his name is a few months older, the species has to bear the following name and synonymy. POTENTILLA PALMERI Th. Wolf. Bibl. Bot. 16: 513. 1908 P. heptaphylla S. Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. 17: 353; hyponym. 1882.—Rydb. Mem. Dep. Bot. Columbia Univ. 2: 62. 1898. Not P. heptaphylla Mill. 1768. P. leptophylla Rydb. N. Am. Fl. 22: 310. N 1908. NUTTALLIANAE Coulter and Nelson, in the New Manual of Botany of the Cen- tral Rocky Mountains, have reduced Potentilla brunnescens Rydb. to a doubtful synonym of P. pectinisecta, to which it has indeed very little relationship. Its nearest relative is without doubt P. Nuttallii. Dr. Wolf, who is even more conservative as a rule than the authors of the New Manual, admits it as a distinct species, but changes the name to P. brunescens, for what reason I do not know. As far as I know, both brunneus and brunnescens are usually spelled with two n’s. Potentilla Townsendii is placed in the Ranunculoides by Dr. Wolf and placed between P. fragiformis and P. Palmeri; but it is not related at all to either of the two. It has no close relative as far as I know, but must be placed in the group in which I placed it in the North American Flora, unless it is to be regarded as a group by itself. 384 RypBERG: NoTes ON ROSACEAE The only species in North America which resembles it in leaf- form is P. angustata Rydberg, proposed as new in the North Amer- ican Flora, but this is much more closely related to P. Nuttallit. It is known only from the type collection. The new species proposed in this group are Potentilla angustata, P. grosse-serrata, P. rectiformis, P. amadorensis, P. macropetala, P. Parishii, P. dascia, and P. lasia. Potentilla grosse-serrata was based partly on material referred by me in my monograph to P. Blaschkeana. As treated there, the latter species was composed of a mixture of P. grosse-serrata, P. glomerata A. Nels., P. dascia Rydb., and the true P. Blaschkeana Lehm. I shall give a further discussion under the latter species. Some of the more typical specimens of P. grosse-serrata are here given: CALIFORNIA: Donner Lake, 1865, Torrey 121 (a); Bridges 98; between Igera and Weed, 1905, Heller Sog2; (Geological Survey 1860-7) Rattan 234. NEVADA: Ruby Valley, 1868, S. Watson 3309. WASHINGTON: Vasey 322. When preparing the manuscript of my original monograph, I had two specimens, rather fragmentary, of Potentilla rectiformis. One was doubtfully and hesitatingly referred to P. recta, the other to P. pectinisecta. The following specimens belong here: WASHINGTON: Pullman, 1896, Elmer 29, ‘‘Kuskuske and Fort Vancouver,” Wilkes. Montana: Spanish Basin, 1897, Rydberg & Bessey 4370. Potentilla amadorensis is known only from the type locality. Potentilla macropetala resembles much in habit P. glaucophylla but has much larger flowers. The stem is also much stouter and and the plant much coarser, wherefore it was placed here rather than in the Macutatar. To this species I refer the following specimens: CALIFORNIA: Laguna, 1894, Schoenfeldt 3576; 1866, Bolander 50306; San Diego, Palmer. OrEGON: Tillamook, 1894, Lloyd. Potentilla Parishii is closely related to P. Hallii and the first specimens seen were referred to that species by me a few years ago, but it differs in the fine appressed instead of spreading and RYDBERG: NoTES ON ROSACEAE 385 coarser pubescence of the stem. The following specimens are re- ferred here: CALIFORNIA: Descanso, 1897, Parish 4523; Cuyamaca Lake, 1903, Abrams 3871; San Jacinto Mountains, Hall 2296; Fresno County, 1900, Hall & Chandler 182, in part; Laguna Mountains, San Diego County, 1904, Brandegee. Some of the specimens belonging to Potentilla dascia were included in P. Blaschkeana in my monograph. Later I referred them to P. glomerata A. Nelson. It is evidently related to the latter, but differs in the open inflorescence and the pubescence, which is much coarser and not at all tomentose, but slightly puberulent as well as hirsute on the lower surface of the leaves- I refer here: WASHINGTON: 1889, Vasey 320; Ellensburg, 1897, Piper 2736; Wilson Creek, 1892, Lake & Hull 518; Wilson Creek, 1893, Sandberg & Leiberg 315. OREGON: Dalles, 1869, Harford & Dunn 1144. Montana: Bozeman, 1892, Mrs. Alderson; 1874, Coues. Potentilla lasia is related to P. Hallii but is characterized by the few and large teeth of the leaves and the oblong-lanceolate instead of narrowly linear-lanceolate bractlets. To it are referred: CALIFORNIA: Schwartout Cafion, San Antonio Mountains, 1899, Hall; Bear Valley, San Bernardino Mountains, 1894, Parish 3252; Los Angeles County, 1899. Dr. Wolf reduces Potentilla Hallii to a variety of P. gracilis, evidently without having seen a specimen. This is not the only case he has treated in that way, for in about half the cases where species have been described by later authors, he has re- duced them to varieties of what seemed to him the nearest species. In habit the plant resembles much more what Dr. Wolf -describes under the name P. pulcherrima, than P. gracilis, but it lacks tomentum on the lower surface of the leaves and therefore should be placed near P. etomentosa in the Nuttallianae group. Dr. Wolf admits Potentilla etomentosa as a valid species, citing specimens from Wyoming. Not all species so named from Wy- oming belong to P. etomentosa, for some are P. jucunda. The latter he reduces to a variety of P. diversifolia, claiming that he can scarcely separate it from the variety glaucophylla, This 386 RypBERG: NoTEsS ON ROSACEAE statement he bases on specimens received from me, collected at Chambers Lake, Col. In the Chamber’s Lake collection, dis- tributed by the Agricultural College of Colorado and named by me, large specimens of P. glaucophylla and rather small ones of P. ju- cunda were mixed. I did not notice this fact when the specimens were sent out and Dr. Wolf may have received specimens of the former instead of the latter. In the New Manual of the Central Rocky Mountains the author of the name Potentilla jucunda has reduced it to a synonym of P. Nuttallii, but it differs in the total lack of the glandular pruinosity characteristic of that species, in the thinner leaflets, and less prominent veins. As an appendage of this group, I added two Mexican species, P. oaxacana Rydb. and P. Goldmani Painter, with thicker leaves and but 5 leaflets to the basal leaves. They are known only from the type localities. New York BOTANICAL GARDEN. INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE (1900-1909) The aim of this Index is to include all current botanical literature written by Americans, published in America, or based upon American material ; the word Amer- ica being used in its broadest sense. vi and papers which relate exclusively to forestry, — horticulture, monaheaed products of vegetable origin, or laboratory m s are not included, and no attempt is made to index the literature of bacteriology. occasional exception is made in a of some paper appearing in an American periodical which is devoted If users of the Index will call the attention of the editor to errors or omissions, their kindness will be appreciated. This Index is reprinted werd on cards, and furnished in this form to haanaiaine at the rate of one cent for each card. Selections of cards are not permitted ; each subscriber must take all eas published during the term of his. subscription. Cities spondence relating to the card-issue should be addressed to the Treasurer of the Torrey Botanical Club. Andrews, A. L. Bryophytes of the Mt. Greylock region. IV. Rhodora II: 116-118. 7 Je 1909. Barbazette, L. Tentative list of Myxomycetes of northern Indiana and southern Michigan. Am. Mid. Nat. 1: 38-43. 15 Je 1909 Bessey, C. E. The Carolina poplar. Rep. Nebraska State Board Agric. 1906-1907: 203-210. [1908?] Borgesen,F. Vegetationen Dansk-Vestindien. Atlanteen 1909: 601-632. f. 277-300. 1909. Briquet, J. Decades plantarum novarum vel minus cognitarum—II-IV. Ann. Conserv. & Jard. Bot. Genéve 11 & 12: 175-193. 1909. Includes many species described as new from Mexico and the Andes. Cardot, J. Diagnoses préliminaires de mousses mexicaines. I. Rev. Bryol. 36: 67-77. 1909; II. Rev. Bryol. 36: 81-88. 1909; III. Rev. Bryol. 36: 105-115. 1909. Christ, H. Primitiae florae costaricensis Filices—VI. Genéve 1: 216-236. 31 My 1909. Clark, G. H., & Fletcher, J. Farm weeds of Canada. 1-192. pl. I-70. Ottawa, 1909. [Ed. 2.] 7 Clements, E.S. The relation of leaf structure to physical factors. Am. Microsc. Soc. 1905: 19-102. a I-g. 1905. 387 Bull. Soc. Bot. Trans, 388 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE Collins, G. N. The avocado, a salad fruit from the tropics. U.S. Dept. Agric. Plant Ind. Bull. 77: 1-52. pl. 7-8. 5 Jl 1905. Cooper, A. W. Sugar pine and western pine in California. U.S. Dept. Agric. Forest Service Bull. 69: 1-42. pl. I-4. 1906 Darbishire, O. V. Lichens collected during the 2d Norwegian polar ex- pedition in 1898-1902. 1-64. pl. 1, 2. Christiania, 1909. From report of second Norwegian arctic expedition in the ‘‘Fram’’ 1898-1902, No. 21. Eichlam, F. Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Kakteen von Guatemala—VI. Monats. Kakteenk. 19: 97-99. 15 Jl 1909;—VII. Monats. Kakteenk. 19: 145-149. 15 O1909;—VIII. Monats. Kakteenk. 19: 166-171. 15 N 1909. Evans, A. W. Notes on New England Hepaticae—VII. Rhodora 11: 185-195. 3 N 1909. Includes Metzgeria crassipilis sp. nov. Forbes, C. N. Some new Hawaiian plants. Occas. Papers Bishop Museum 4: 38-46. Ap 1909. [IIlust.] Gallardo, A. Observaciones morfolégicas y estadisticas sobre algunas anomalias de Digitalis purpurea L. Anal. Mus. Nac. Buenos Aires, II. 9: 27-72. 7 Je 1900. Gates, R. R. Studies of inheritance in the evening primrose. Chicago Med. Recorder 1909: 1-6. F 1909. Glaziou, A. F. M. Liste des plantes du Brésil central. Mém. Bot. Soc. France 9: 297-392. 20 Je 1909. Greene, E. L. Canadian species of Thalictrum—II. Ottawa Nat. 23: 37-40. My 1909. Greene, E. L. Ecology of a certain orchid. Am. Mid. Nat. 1: 61-65. 16 Au 1909. Cypripedium acaule. Greene, E. L. Field notes of Canadian botany—I. Ottawa Nat. 23: I10-113. 28S 1909. Greene, E. L. Notes on the stemless Lady’s slipper. Am. Mid. Nat. 1: 125-127. 15 D 1909. : Greene, E. L. Some Thalictra from North Dakota. Am. Mid. Nat. 1: 99-104. 15 O 1909. Includes 3 new species. Halsted, B. D. Fungi of native and shade trees. Report New Jersey Forest Park Comm. 4: 101-120. f. 33-43. 1900. Hasse, H. E. Additions to the lichen flora of southern California. No. 2. Bryologist 12: 101-104. N 1909. INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 389 Hassler, E. Ex herbario Hassleriano: Novitates paraguarienses. I. Re- pert. Nov. Spec. 6: 341-352. 1 Mr 1909. Contains 5 separate papers here indexed under the authors: Christ (3), Hackel, and Malme. Haywood, J. K. Injury to vegetation by smelter fumes. U. S. Dept. Agric. Bur. Chem. Bull. 89: 1-23. 1905. Pe Heald, F. D. Symptoms of disease in plants. Bull. Univ. Texas Sci. Ser. 14: 1-63. f. 1-62.15 'N. 1000, Henkel, A. American root drugs. U.S. Dept. Agric. Plant Ind. Bull. 107: I-80...pl. 1-7 + f. 1-25... 25 O 1907. Hieronymus, G. Plantae Stiibelianae. Pteridophyta. Vierter Teil. Hed- wigia 48: 215-224. pl. g-11. 10 F 1909; 225-256. pl. 12-14. 10 My 1909; 257-303. 28 Je 1909. Hochreutiner, B. P.G. Monographia generis Arthroclianthi Baill. Ann. Conserv. & Jard. Bot. Genéve 13: 30-46. 15 Au 1909. Studies of a New Caledonian genus, but based on material from the herbarium of the N. Y. Botanical Garden, and distributed as Contrib. N. Y. Bot. Garden no. 130. : Holm, T. Nyssa sylvatica Marsh. Am. Mid. Nat. 1: 128-137. pl. 9, Io. 15 D 1909. Holm, T. Observations on seedlings of North American phaenogamous plants. Ottawa Nat. 22: 235-244. pl. 7, 8. 6 F 1909. Continued from Ottawa Nat. 22: 165-174. 908. Howe, R. H. Lichens of the Mount Monadnock region, N. H. No. 4. Bryologist 12: 59, 60. Jl 1909. Humphrey, H. B. The plant societies of Monterey peninsula. Plant World 12: 79-82. Ap 1909; 152-157. f. 2-4. Jl 1909. Hyams, C. W. Edible mushrooms of North Carolina. N.C. Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 177: 23-58. D 1900. (Ann. Rep. 24: 23-58.) Descr. cat. Jaffa, M. E. Nuts and their uses as food. Yearbook U. S. Dept. Agric. 1906: 295-312. pl. 15. 1907. Chiefly dietetic, but mentions sources of principal kinds. Jepson, W. L. South limits of Coast Range trees. I. Bull. South. Cali- fornia Acad. Sci. 8: 69-71. Jl 1909. Kellerman, K. F. Inoculation of legumes. U.S. Dept. Agric. Farmers’ Bull. 240: 1-7. 1905. Kindberg, N.C. New contributions to Canadian bryology. Ottawa Nat. 23: dee 15 N 1909. Includes new species in Calliergon (3), arac ireecEst: Brachythecitum, Hypnum, Polytrichum, piesa and Grimmia (3). 390 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE Koehne, E. Robinia neomexicana X Pseudacacia. (R. Holdtii Beissner.) Gartenflora 52: 272, 273. 15 My 1903. Koehne, E. Uber Taxodien. Natur. Wochenschr. 1905: 122-124. 1905. Koehne, E. Vorweltliche und lebende Taxodien. Mitteil. Deuts. Den- drol. Gesells. 16: 119-122. 1907. Learn, C. D. A common forest-tree disease. Upper Iowa Collegian 26: 145-147. My 19009. Leveille, H. Monographie du genre Onothera. Bull. Acad. Internat. Geogr. Bot. 17: 257-332. My 1908. [Illust.] Lloyd, F. E. The seeds and seedlings of the hemlock, Tsuga canadensis. Jour. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 1: 97-100. Jl 1900. Mackenzie, K. K. Notes on Carex—V. Bull. Torrey Club 36: 477-484. 35 1909. Many new species described. Maza, M. G. de la. Sinonimia de las familias de la Flora Cubana (Faner- égamas). Ann. Acad. Cienc. Méd. Habana 46: 105-155. Jl 1909. Merrill, G. K. Lichen notes no. 14. Bryologist 12: 107, 108. N 1909. Includes Calicium obscurum and C. minutissimum spp. nov. from Maine. Metcalf, H. Diseases of ornamental trees. Yearbook U. S. Dept. Agric. 1907: 483-494. pl. 58-60 + f. 52. 1908. Moore, C. C. Cassava: its content of hydrocyanic acid and starch and — other properties. U.S. Dept. Agric. Bur. Chem. Bull. 106: 1-30. 1907. Moore, G.T. Soil inoculation for legumes. U.S. Dept. Agric. Plant. Ind. Bull. 71: 1-72. pl. 1-10. 23 Ja 1905. [Nieuwland, J.A.] Changes in plant names. Am. Mid. Nat.1 : 141-144. 15 D 1909 Nieuwland, J. A. Hints on collecting and growing algae for class work. Am. Mid. Nat. 1: 85-97. 15 O 1909. Nieuwiand, J. A. Notes on the priority of plant names. Am. Mid. Nat. I: 49. 15 Je 1909. Nieuwland, J. A. Priority of names of certain families of plants. Am. Mid. Nat. 1: 109-112. 15 D 1909. [Nieuwland, J. A.] ‘‘Spineless cacti.’”” Am. Mid. Nat. 1: 76-80. 16 Au 1909. “ [Nieuwland, J. A.] The “knee-joints” of species of Mougeotia. Am. Mid. Nat. 1: 82-84. 15 O 1909. Nieuwland, J. A. The name Stemonitis a synonyme. Am. Mid. Nat. 1: 65-68. 16 Au 1909. INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 391 Oakley, R. A. Orchard grass. U.S. Dept. Agric. Plant Ind. Bull. 1oos: 45-56. pl. 7. 25 Ap 1907. Dactylis glomerata. Orton, W.A. Plant diseases in the United States in 1901. Yearbook U.S. Dept. Agric. 1901: 668-672. 1902. Orton, W.A. Plant diseases in the United States in 1902. Yearbook U.S. Dept. Agric. 1902: 714-719. 1903. Orton, W. A. Plant diseases in 1903. Yearbook U.S. Dept. Agric. 1903: 550-555- 1904. Orton, W. A. Plant diseases in 1904. Yearbook U.S. Dept. Agric. 1904: 581-586. 1905. Orton, W. A., & Ames, A. Plant diseases in 1907. Yearbook U. S. Dept. Agric. 1907: 577-589. 1908. Orton, W. A., & Ames, A. Plant diseases in 1908. Yearbook U. S. Dept. Agric. 1908: 533-538. 1909. Osterhout, W. J. V. The living plant. California Agric. Exp. Sta. Nature-study Bull. 41-64. f. 1-21. S 1900. Palla, E. Neue Cyperaceen—V. Oesterr. Bot. Zeits. 59: 186-194. pl. 3. My 1909. Pammel, L. H. Flora of northern Iowa peat bogs. Rep. Iowa Geoh. Survey 19: 737-787. f. 106-117. [1909.] Piche, G. C. Liste des principaux arbres et arbrisseaux indigénes ou naturalisés de la province de Québec. 1-8. Montreal, 1908(?). Piper,C.V. The search for new leguminous forage crops. Yearbook U.S. Dept. Agric. 1908: 245-260. pl. Q-I5. 1909. Pohlmann, R., & Reiche, K. Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Flussthaler Camerones und Vitor und ihres Zwischenlandes (19° s. Br.). | Verh. Deuts. Wiss. Vereins Santiago 14: 263-305. 1900. Radlkofer, L. Uber die Gattung Allophylus und die Ordnung ihrer Arten. Sitzungsber. Kgl. Bayer. Akad. Wiss. math.-phys. KI. 38: 201-240. 1909. Ragan, W.H. Nomenclature of the pear; a catalogue-index of the known varieties referred to in American publications from 1804-1907. U. S. Dept. Agric. Plant Ind. Bull. 126: 1-268. 30 Je 1908. Sapper, C. Ueber die geologische Bedeutung der tropischen Vegetations- formationen in Mittelamerica und Sudmexico. 1-38. Leipzig, 1900. Schumann, K. Bliihende Kakteen (Iconographia Cactacearum) 1: pl. 1-4. [16 O 1900]; 2: pl. 5-8. [25 N 1900.] Scofield, C. S. The botanical history and classification of alfalfa. U. S. Dept. Agric. Plant Ind. Bull. 131°: 13-19. f. z, 2.. 17 Au 1908. 992 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE Shear, C. L. Fungous diseases of the cranberry. U. S. Dept. Agric. Farmers’ Bull. 221: 1-16. 1905. Spegazzini, C. Mycetes argentinenses. IV. Ann. Mus. Nac. Buenos Aires III. 12: 257-457. f. I-40. 1909. Spring, S. N. The natural replacement of white Ce on old fields in New England. U.S. Dept. Agric. Forestry Bull. 63: 1-32. pl. I-4+-map. 1905. Stephani, F. Species Hepaticarum. Bull. Heb. Boiss. I]. 8: 941-972. 5 Ja 1909. Includes four new ee in Mastigobryum, three from South America, and one from tropical North America. Stockberger, W. W. The drug known as pink-root. U.S. Dept. Agric. Plant Ind. Bull. 100°: 41-44. pl. 5, 6+f.5,6. 25 Ap 1910. Stone, G. E. Potato and apple scab. (Oospora Scabies Thax.) Mass. Board Agric. Nature Leafl. 7: [1-4]. 1900. [Illust.] Stone, G. E. The black-knot of the plum and cherry (Plowrightia morbosa Schw. & Sacc.) Mass. Board Agric. Nature Leafl. 3: [1-4]. 4. i¢2.. TSOO. Stuckert, T. El! Vinalillo. Una nueva planta arbérea de la familia de las Leguminosas, perteneciente 4 la flora Argentina. Anal. Mus. Nac. * Buenos Aires II. 7: 73-79. pl. 4. 2 Au 1900. Prosopis Vinalillo sp. nov. Taylor, N. Local floral notes—I. Torreya 9: 203-208. 260 1909; II. Torreya 9: 257-261. 31 D 1909. Theissen, F. Fragmenta brasilica. II. Ann. Myc. 7: 343-353. pl. 7-0. Au 1909. Thom, C. Fungi in cheese ripening: Camembert and Roquefort. U. S. Dept. Agric. Animal Ind. Bull. 82: 1-39. f. 1-3. 1906. Tidestrom, I. Notes on Populus, Plinius. Am. Mid. Nat. 1: 113-118. pl. 6,7. 15 D 1909. Tillotson, C. R. Trees of Lincoln and vicinity. Rep. Nebraska State Board Agric. 1906-1907: 213-236. [19087] Tyler, F. J. The nectaries of cotton. U.S. Dept. Agric. Plant Ind. Bull. 131°: 45-54. pl. 1. 17 Au 1908. Vries, H. de. Tucson en de West Amerikaansche Woestijn. Onze Eeuw 5:— (1-32). 1905. Wester, P. J. Roselle: its culture and uses. U.S. Dept. Agric. Farmers’ Bull. 307: 1-16. f. 1-5. 24 O 1907. Hibiscus Sabdariffa L. THE BRYOLOGIST WITH THE JANUARY, 1910, NUMBER BEGINS ITS THIRTEENTH YEAR ano VOLUME It is a 16~20 page bi-monthly devoted to the study of the Mosses, Hepatics, and Lichens. It is fully illustrated with new, original, and artistic drawings and half-tones. It is indispensable to the working bryologist, professional as well asamateur. Send forsample copy. Subscription price $1.00a Address, Mrs. ANNIE MORRILL SMITH, 78 Orange Street, Brooklyn, N. Y. INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE This Index, printed each month in the BULLETIN, is reissued on library catalogue cards; these are furnished to subscribers at the rate of one cent for each card. Subscriptions to the card-issue may be addressed to the Treasurer of the Torrey Botanical Club, WILLIAM MANSFIELD, CoLi_eGr oF PHARMACY, I15 W. 68th St., N. Y. City. From January, 1903, to December, 1909, inclusive, the Index was also reprinted on taper, on one side only, and can be furnished in that form at the rate of $3.00 a year, North American Flora HIS work is designed to present descriptions of all plants ga eGo [ of cultivation, in North America, here taken to include and, Centr merica, the Republic of Panama, and the West fob. ee pie Tobago, and Curacao and other islands off aS aes coast of Venezuela, whose flora is cocaine South America will be vuiblished i in parts at irregular intervals by the New York Botanical Garten through the aid of the income of the David Lydig Fund bequeathed by Charles aly. ye is planned to issue parts as re as they can be id pela = extent of any n hs ts. the work making it possible a commence publication at of The Soanricted work will form a series of volumes He A ftiswing « poss Volume 1. Mycetozoa, Silico phyta, Diatomace V es 2 to I0 gi ngi. . Algae. Volumes 14 and 15. Bryophyta. Volume 16. — Pteridophy * and pions gaa MS eciata Abi to 19. Monocotyle hy Volumes 20 to 30, Dicotst don e pr eparation of t has Teen referred by the Scientific Directors of the Garden to a mittee sucteiet of Dr. N. L. Britton, Dr. W. A. Murrill, and Dr. ates & Barkan Professor George F. Atkinson, of Cornell eae Professors Charles R. Barnes and John M. Coulter, of = University of Chi nM: uF i ts erick & ee of the United een Department of Agriculture, Profesor Edw L. Gre of the United nal Museum, Professor Byron D. Halsted, of Note s Coles e, and oe States Nat useu fessor Wi tlie iam T —— of the Missouri Botanical “Gard en, have consented to ac an advisory comm The following parts have been published : Vol. 7. Part 1, Ustilaginales, by G. P. Clinton. Part 2, Coleosporiaceae, Ule- dinaceae, and Aecidiaceae (pars), by J. C. Arthur Vol. 9. Parts 1 and 2, Pol olan by W KE Murrill. Part 3, ae by W. A. Murrill ; ape (pars) by W. A. — and G, S. Burlin ol. 16. Pe 8 ae aap by eargicnet and R. — Benedict : rhs oe 1. NM. Underwood; Osm Heviann e and Ceratopteridaceae, by R Benedic ; Schizaeaceae, Gleinkentacwe, ad Aes aceae (pak Ss); by WER. Maxon. Vo : Part I, yg oa hi by P. Wilson; Sparganiaceae, Elodeaceae, and Hy- drochartacae, by P. ‘A. Rydberg ; Zannichelliaceae, Zosteraceae, Cymodoc neon Naiadac and Tisaties by N. Taylor; Sc heuchzeriacene, by N. L. Bri Alimacene by J. K. Small; Butomaceae and Poaceae Saige y G. V. Nash. 2. Part 1, Podostemonaceae, by G. V. ; Crassulaceae, by N. L. Betton nay, N. Rose; Penthora e and Pamasiacene, BE A. Rydberg. Part 2; Saxifragaceae and Hydrangeaceae, ee and P. A. Rydberg; Cunoniaceae, Iteaceae, and Hamamelidaceae, by N. L. Briton Pinntidac-oun, by J. K. Small ; Altingiac eae, by P. Wilson; Ph (letreimotae: by H. a, Part 3, Grossularia- ceae, by F. V. Coville and N. L, Britton; .Platanaceae, by H. A. Gleason ; mataceae, by J. K. Small ; Connaraceae, by N. L. Britton ; €alycanthaceae, by C. L. feentah Rosaceae (pars), by P. A. Rjdbeng: ne 4, Rosaceae (pars), by P. A. Rydberg. Vol. 25. Part 1, peer eE Ps by L. T. Hanks and Re i apne Oxalidaceae and Linaceae, by J. K ; Erythroxylaceae, by N. L. The iedacsintana price is ae at $1.50 for each part; it is See that four or a — will be required nl biog volume. A limited number of separate parts will at $2.00 each. Add THE NEW YORK BOTANICAL GARDEN BRONX PARK, NEW YORK CITY PUBLICATIONS BY OFFICERS AND STUDENTS OF THE DEPART- MENT OF BOTANY, COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY 1. MEMOIRS OF THE DEPARTMENT : . A Monograph of the North American Species of the Genus ol. Filevuin (1895). By John Kunkel Small, Fellow in Botany, 1893- 1895 ; Curator of the Herbarium, 1895-1598. $6.0 ol. raph of the North Hee Potentilleae (1898). By Per Awol Ryne Fellow in Botany, 1896-7. Quarto, 224 pages, 112 plates. Price $6.00. 2. CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE DEPARTMENT: Vol. 1. Nos. 1-25. 1886-1892. Price $5.00. Vol. 2. Nos, 26-50. 1892-1894. Price $5.00, Vol. 3. Nos. 51-75. 1894~1895. Price $5.00. Vol. 4. Nos. 76~100. 1895-1896. Price $5.00, Vol. 5. Nos. ro1-125, 1896-1897. Price $5.00. Vol. 6. Nos. 126-150. 1897-1898. Price $5.00. Vol. 7. Nos. 151-175. 1898-1901. Price $5.00. Vol. 8. Nos. 176-200. 1go1-1902. Price $5.00. Vol. 9. Nos. 201-. 1903-(current). List of separate numbers available on application, 2% xt-book of General Lichenology (1896). By Albert ee Fellow i in Botany, 1895-1896. Oct 230 pages, 76 plates. Price $4. 25 Sioeiee ; $3.80 (paper). Published by Willard N. Clute & Co. Binghamt he Department invites propositions ices is es of <— barium material for any of the above named pe Addres Dr. | C. Curtis, Columbia Universitv, N. Y. City n Illustrated Flora of the Northern United States, ‘Canada, and the titich Pomenii ns from Newfoundland to oe Parallel of the Southern Boundary of Virginia, and from the Atlantic Ocean westward to the 102d Meridian (1896-1898). By Nathaniel sal Britton, Profes- sor of Botany, 1891-1896; Emeritus Professor 1896-, and Hon. Addi- son Brown. Three volumes, royal octavo. Vol. 1, 612 pages; Vol. 2, 64 pages; Vol. 3, 588 pages; 4162 figures in ie text, ectestng every species described. Published by Charles Scribner’s Sons, New York. Price, in cloth, £9.00 for we three volumes; with the indexes and keys bound separ- ately, $10.0 as 5. Our: Native Ferns and their Allies. (Sixth Edition) 1o 60 By Lucien Marcus Underwood, Professor of Botany, 1896-1907 uodecimo, 158 pages, 35 figures. Published by Henry Holt & Co. New York. Price, €:. "6: Moulds, Mildews, ae Mushrooms. By Lucien Marcus Un- derwood, Professor of Botany, 1896-1907. Duodecimo, 236 pages, 10 plates. Published by Henry Holt & Co. Price ¢r. 7. Nature and Development of Plants (1907). By Carlton Clar- ence Curtis, Assistant in Botany, 1892-1895; Tutor in Botany, 1895-1906 ; Instructor in Botany, 1906-1908 ; spe Professor of Botany, 1908-19103; Associate Professor of Botany, 1 Octavo, 471 pages; 42 ee Published oy fists Holt & Co., New York. Price O. ESTABLISHED 1851 EIMER & AMEND 205-211 Third Ave., Corner 18th Street NEW YORK MANUFACTURERS AND IMPORTERS OF Chemicals and Chemical Apparatus Sole Agents for Cu A. H. KAHLBAUM’S Our Specialties MICROSCOPES C. P. Chemicals and Reagents and ACCESSORIES CARL SCHLEICHER & SCHULL’S MICROTOMES = 4) | C. P. Filters — * Beco ees BUM SCHOTT & BALANCES & % = GENOSSEN'S Famous Labora- = tory Glassware WEIGHTS And for many other renowned European ont ouses in our line. ceicbaine LINE OF Bacteriological Apparatus WE HANDLE EVERYTHING NEEDED FOR A LABORATORY Inspection of premises cordially invited, _A Series of idetatcal papers on potigicat subjects, Erker 3. 00a volume. Not offered in eichenpe: : Vol. 1, No. 1; not furnished s rately: Bailey, Liberty eh ai Staies of the types of various species af the genus trees fo ¢ Pages 1-85. 25 My : As | ie ee No. 2; fink tarnished sepatately Seg one < ot _ Martindale, Isaac Comly. Marine algae of the = "Joey cout ‘oa a adacent eae CoE waters of Staten Island. Pages vee 2. Au Vol. 1, No. 3; price, pacha ec te aos eee Spruce, Richard. /Hefaticae etiam: S “Andibos “Boliviae etal canis 1885-6, acl. H. H. Rusby lectae. Pages 113-140. a ee: ety WOEea, No. 4; PACs 35 cents: : Fe i : = Sturtevant, res Lewis. On seedless fruits Pages 141-187. - 30 My 1890, aioe not furnished separately : pe ian _ Halsted, Byron Da oe Reserv food interns in bs a = fa ae Plates 1,2, 10S 1300: Vol. 2, No, 2; pha 75 cents: ae "Vail, Anna Murray, & Hollick, Charles Arthur. ___. Virginia. Pages 27-56, plats 31 #- 23 D 1890. ede —- Fol. 2, No. 3} not furnished s oer £05 , Herman Theodor. Contributions to the knowledge of the "some North American plants. ia 57-108, plates 5-19. oy. A D et s : : Vol. 2, No o. 4; price, 75° cents: KS = * _ Wheelock, William Efner. The genus Polygala in North rth Ameri age nae 30 D 1891. ne goes Vol. 3, No1; _not famished meration of the oe in Bo ste cae Pages 1-67. 2B Ap 1893. : apecgte I-91. gears tion of southwestern Virginia panels the S, 75-82. 18 N 1893-17 A p 1894. ; 2e. : Vol k. : sie : ee > , Henry | An enun Bang. Part 2.- Pages 203-274. 10 Mr—-1 Vol. 4, No. 4 Ara at j 5 Je 1895. 2 2 Ryat ere The Nc th : z yigexe Ante! Sm = 15 s Sige Vol. 5; price, $3.00 List of egw ecig a Steratopyt grow ing without cultivation in northeastern North America. 1-377. 4 D 1893-31 Vol. 6, No. 1; price, . 25: rm Henry Hurd. An sumbaadien of the plants collected in Bolivia by Miguel Bang.. Part 3. Fine I-130. 1896. Vol. 6, No. 2; not furnished separately : Grout, Abel Joel. A a itor - the North American ake taceae and Brachythecia. ages 131-210. 30 Jl : y: 6, No. 3; price, 50 c Hazen, Tracy Elliot. Th é life biter of Sphae ie lacustris ( Haematococcus pluvialis). Pages 211- ab plates 86, by tered Je 1899. ol. 6 No. 4; price, 50 cents : Underwood, Lucien Marcus. A review of the dissin of ferns proposed prior to 1832. Pages aes I e ge Vol o..5; price, 25 ce Fink, Bruce. Notes on haken distribution in ¥ jag ingy pies. Py eal tae ry : ss if Vol. 37 No 8 BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB eee AUGUST, 1910 Have we enough New England blackberries ? EUGENE P. BICKNELL What are we to believe about our wild blackberries? Has nature bestowed on our flora really many more than those few well-accredited species which have come down to us from our botanical forefathers, or are our woods and fields crowded with the brave number which recent years have spread on the botanical page and which, by the token of their array, may yet be infinitely multiplied ? Our wise forefathers in the restraint of their learning were cautious in their treatment of this suspiciously unconventional group of plants—too cautious, it may be, and perhaps not so wisely restrained after all. Quite possibly their example of con- servatism carried its influence too securely into the widened out- look of the present day and some form of reaction was predestined to follow in the accounting. Be this as it may, the spell has finally been broken, and lo,—the fragments! What is the blackberry situation at this hour? It is indeed an unhappy heritage. Where angels had feared to tread the ground has been traversed, and so unforbearingly, notwithstanding the briers, that not any semblance of a pathway has been suffered to exist. My study of the flora of Nantucket in course of publication has led me, reluctant, into the general blackberry problem. No evasion was possible. Many unusual forms of blackberries are found on Nantucket and, in order to discuss them at all, it was necessary first to determine whether any or all of them had been [The BULLETIN for July, 1910 (37: 345-392) was issued 29 Jl 1910.] 393 394 BicKNELL: HAVE WE ENOUGH NEW ENGLAND BLACKBERRIES ? accounted for in recent print. If the study of what had thus been offered should fall into no final Rafinesquian entanglement, there was the hope that it might unfold some long concealed but con- sistent and beautiful multiple structure of evolution’s handiwork. And if, peradventure, there should be disclosed any sad mixture of dislocated facts and naive fancies, then those unwisely conserv- ative botanical forefathers should be held to their proper blame. In any case, the problem required some attempt at solution. Hence these lines. Two fundamental facts about our blackberries should not long escape the most casual student. Even the least unstable species possess some kind of ready pliancy, which answers, often with marked emphasis, to slightly changed conditions of growth; and, further, all the species by some freely practised method of versa- tility acquire variously in combination with their own proper characters the features of associated members of their group. These facts import an extraordinary natural variability and un- doubtedly, also, a facility in hybridizing which is perhaps not ex- ceeded in any other genus of our flora. A number of years ago, before these facts were well apprehended, the blackberries of York County, Maine, excited my wonder and engaged my particular attention. Who knows but that for a warning sounded by President Brainerd the observer of those days might have complacently occupied the pitfall which thus jnvited any artless and too self-assured purveyor of spurious species? President Brainerd’s admonition, which was not unduly apprehensive, as later events have shown, may well be quoted here: “Our American blackberry is so excessively variable that in order to be completely understood it may in time need to be presented under as many mental types. But we most sincerely hope that only experts—after years of study—will attempt it.’’* Since the day of that admonition, York County, Maine, has become distinguished as a stronghold of blackberry trouble. Here a Canadian flora is thrown out along a partly deforested country fronting the ocean shore, which has also received a counter- invasion of the coastwise flora of more southern New England. The condition of compression within this coastal strip may well *Rhodora 2: 23, 24. F 1900. BICKNELL: Havre WE ENOUGH NEW ENGLAND BLACKBERRIES? 395 be supposed to produce a tension between two distinct floras not usually brought into contact, and to place many plants in unac- customed relations of contiguity. Among plants capable of hybridizing such conditions could scarcely fail to give the op- portunity. The intricate taxonomic problem presented by our blackberries has long been to the writer a most fascinating subject of attention, but without the opportunity of adequate study, and the conclu- sions which the present situation in the group has here called pre- maturely into expression are advanced with many reservations. Something like fifty new blackberry names have been added to the lists during recent years. Of these the majority, some forty or more, have been promulgated by Mr. W. H. Blanchard from the general New England region. Full sets of specimens bearing these new names have been distributed. They have been well collected and better herbarium material need not be desired. Those deposited in the herbarium of the New York Botanical Garden have been utilized in the present study. It would scarcely yet be the part of wisdom to accept any one of these new names as denoting a valid species nor, on the other hand, is there sufficient warrant in our present knowledge for reporting all of them as being without standing. I should suppose, however, that some sixty per cent. of the number might be allowed to pass into the category of synonyms; the remainder, possibly with a few exceptions, appear to disclose themselves as scarcely doubtful hybrids. It should be said at once, however, that no sufficient proof, properly so considered, can be adduced in sup- port of this view. But every reasonable probability of circum- stantial evidence points to such a conclusion; it seems to meet the requirements of a correct working hypothesis among the multitude of interrelated forms which the group presents and to satisfy various theoretical tests. Nevertheless, in so general a commitment of alleged new species it is more than possible that mistakes have been made and that there may be some members of wholly unblemished origin which should be rescued from the asylum of bastards. As to the valid New England blackberries I see little reason to doubt that we have at least eleven species in the Eubatus group, here alone considered, as follows: 396 BIcKNELL: HAVE WE ENOUGH NEW ENGLAND BLACKBERRIES ? Rubus allegheniensis Porter. cuneifolius Pursh. frondosus Bigelow. nigricans Rydb. ispidus L. procumbens Mubhl. Baileyanus Britton. Enslenii Trat. flagellaris Willd. Under these names, if I hav e not wholly misconceived the prob- lem, all or nearly all more recent names may be disposed somewhat in accordance with the arrangement in the following tables. The problem is made very intricate by reason of the extreme varia- bility of the apparent hybrids, which would appear to have ac- quired a compound tendency to variation through their double inheritance. And th indications that compound hybrids have also to be reckoned with. What appear to be the product of the same crosses present themselves under many different aspects according as they resemble one or the other parent or variously combine the characters of both. And the crosses appear to reflect also the fluctuating forms of development to which the parents are subject under varied conditions of growth and in different parts of their range. So freely do our species appear to hybridize that there would seem to be little reason to doubt that every one of them holds the capability of crossing with every other one. There is thus among the species here enumerated, omitting Rubus cunet- folius, only a local plant in New England, a potentiality of forty- five primary hybrids, and nearly all of this possible number ap- pear to be accounted for by existing forms. Some of these seem to announce their parentage quite unmistakably, while others offer mere suggestions only, easily misinterpreted, of what their origin may be. The final word is not for the systematist but for the experimental culturist and must rest on the demonstration which induced crossing can alone supply. Not all of the species here taken to be valid are secure against the test, having its advocates, that species may not intergrade. BICKNELL: HAVE WE ENOUGH NEw ENGLAND BLACKBERRIES? 397 It would need a very keen botanical eye to discover inviolable boundary lines separating Rubus allegheniensis from Rubus cana- densis on the one hand and from Rubus argutus on the other; and between Rubus argutus and Rubus frondosus there exists a range of forms equally open to a double claim. Among the trailing . species the lines of separation are even less effectively protected. There would thus appear to be little room for new species in this group. Its units are established at such narrow intervals that the organic circumference of each undoubtedly invades that of one or more of the others. In es —— genus of plants wherein the species move withi ted radius, differences far less pronounced than those which mark mere forms or states of our Rubi might be evidence enough of distinct organic type. The genus Rubus, however, would appear to represent the grow- ing point of a genetic phylum subject to great variational activity and rapid and impermanent change and, not least to be considered, ready hybridization. In this view even wide variations in these plants are to be understood as the expression of a concentrated phylogenetic energy rather than as evidence of a completed or- ganic segregation. All of our species, however, show regional and local variations which, if unstable, are more or less obvious. For those who enjoy the exploitation of varieties here is a pristine field where their name islegion. For myself I have never yet been able to comprehend by what theory of differentiation the infinite varieties of plants are cast into two main categories—the to be named and the to be name- less. Not less among the blackberries than in many another group the accustomed eye finds varieties well marked for it every- where, and moves freely out beyond the range of charted taxonomy not to be overtaken by any strained following of printed names. Shall we dare to hope, notwithstanding, that the foundations builded for this group by our forefathers may not ever be weighted by some crataegal structure which it is ill fitted to support? It has perhaps been thought that the genus Rubus was subject to an interpretation similar to that which has been unfolded in the genus Crataegus. To my observation there is an unmistakable failure of parallel between the composed and resistent, if often slight, differences between the species of Crataegus and the often 398 BICKNELL: HAvE WE ENOUGH NEW ENGLAND BLACKBERRIES ? strongly expressed but weakly held variations scattered broadcast among the forms of Rubus. My own study of this group, inadequate though it has been as a basis for assured conclusions, has led me notwithstanding, to make one addition to the number of our species. No need arises, however, for adding a new name to an already overburdened genus, for it seems possible with reasonable certainty to correlate this plant with the Rubus flagellaris of Willdenow, a trailing species allied to Rubus procumbens, which appears never to have been interpreted. This plant, which occurs on Nantucket and on Long Island, seems to possess the individuality of a true species and I have not been able to see how it can be accounted for as a hybrid. Furthermore it seems to be required as a parent of a series of Nantucket hybrids otherwise difficult or impossible to understand. This plant will be discussed in detail in another connection. It is more than probable that some other species of eastern blackberries than those here accepted may yet come to light. In different parts of their ranges there is to be observed a perturbation among some of our hybrid forms which would seem to indicate either the influence of some unrecognized unit of species quality or else a process of intercrossing among primary hybrids very difficult to elucidate. The wide fluctuations in the characters of all our blackberries under differing environments does not wholly obscure the fact that these variations in many cases take recognizable directions. It will doubtless ultimately be possible to define such tendencies with some approach to systematic form but, to use again the words of President Brainerd, it is to be hoped ‘“‘that only experts—after years of study—will attempt it.” Specimens representing all the hybrids here proposed which have not already been described in detail as species will be deposited in the herbarium of the New York Botanical Garden. And it is in- tended that descriptions shall follow as opportunity may allow. Current practice seems to require that the names of hybrid plants should bear the authority of the author by whom they were first proposed. It may be questioned whether by this usage the citation of an author’s name is not a little overstrained. Unlike the case of a true species, the precise relationship and identity of a BICKNELL: HAVE WE ENOUGH NEW ENGLAND BLACKBERRIES? 399 hybrid plant is verifiable by experimental proof. Its name, formed from the combined names of its parents, comes into being automat- ically with the birth of the hybrid itself. It is not the creation of any author. And it may well be asked why its already compound structure should be further burdened with the name of an author by whom a certain one, possibly of many, forms of the hybrid was first made known. No reason appears for instance why the author of the present paper should be cited as authority for the names of crosses which it becomes necessary here first toemploy. Nevertheless, in order more certainly to divest the subject from all nomenclatorial claims in these pages and to allow the free treatment of a tabular presenta- tion, I wish to be understood merely as pointing out the probabil- ity of the occurrence of the hybrids mentioned, not as announcing that they are known unmistakably to exist. RUBUS CANADENSIS L. R. elegantulus Bld. R. amabilis Bld. > ALLEGHENIENSIS: R. ovarius Bld. and R. pergratus Bld. so unite characters of R. canadensis and R. allegheniensis that a presumption of hybrid origin from those species seems unavoidable. X NIGRICANS: R. peculiaris Bld. appears to belong here. < HIsPIDUS: R. multiformis Bld. may well be a form of this cross. Certain specimens of R. vermontanus Bld. are not to be separated from R. multiformis. BAILEYANUs: The characters of R. recurvicaulis Bld. would appear to point to its origin in the parentage here suggested. PROCUMBENS: R. recurvicaulis, var. inarmatus Bld., and R. multiformis, var. delicatior Bld., should be studied in the field with reference to their probable relationship with R. canadensis on the one hand and R. procumbens and R. Enslenii on the other. In regard to Rubus Randii (Bailey) Rydb. there seems to be good reason to suppose that it is either a reduced form of R. cana- densis or a hybrid of that species. I have not seen the type speci- mens but, judging from current labeling of botanical sheets, there would seem to be no definite conception among collectors of just x x 400 BicknetL: Have WE ENoUGH New ENGLAND BLACKBERRIES ? what the supposed species is or should be expected to be, and weak forms of a number of different blackberries have been re- ferred to it. Among specimens so determined, spindling forms of R. canadensis are clearly to be recognized, and I have seen a few specimens of aberrant plants which actually suggested a cross between R. canadensis and R. triflorus Rich. RUBUS ALLEGHENIENSIS Porter. R. glandicaulis Bld. >< CANADENSIS: See under R. canadensis. x ARGUTUS: Nantucket; Long Island. > FRONDOsUsS: Nantucket; Long Island. X NIGRICANS: R. frondisentis Bld. < Hispipus: R. permixtus Bld. R. flavinanus Bld. is perhaps a form of this cross or possibly a compound hybrid involv- ing R. nigricans, 1. e., R. allegheniensis K vermontanus. > PROCUMBENS: Long (aaa. < ENSLENI: R. invisus Bailey is possibly to be papliined as a hybrid of these species. Certain herbarium specimens, presumably authentic, readily allow the suggestion, but, never having seen the living plant,I may altogether mis- understand it. BatLeyanus: Long Island. R. Jeckylanus Bld. 1 think may be referred here. Rubus sativus Brainerd, a name for which, I believe, President Brainerd through some misadventure of editor or printer was un- intendedly on his part made to stand sponsor, represents a plant which I am inclined to regard as a weakened shade form of R. allegheniensis or perhaps some mixture of that species and R. Baileyanus. RuBUsS ARGUTUS Link. R. floricomus Bld. R. Andrewsianus Bld. R. amnicolus Bld. ALLEGHENIENSIS: Nantucket; Long Island. > FRONDOsUsS: Nantucket; Long Island. X NIGRICANS: R. ascendens Bld., in part. Nantucket; Long Island. X HIsprpus: Long Island. BICKNELL: HAVE WE ENOUGH NEW ENGLAND BLACKBERRIES? 401 X PROCUMBENS: Nantucket; Long Island. x BartLeyAnus: Long Island. x ENsLent: Long Island. X FLAGELLARIS: Nantucket. > CUNEIFOLIUsS: A plant collected at Tom’s River, New Jersey, July 1, 1900, has every appearances of being this cross. Rubus amnicolus, here placed with R. argutus, represents one of those intermediate variants between R. allegheniensis and R. argutus which, with equal reason, might be regarded as a form of either species. When copiously glandular their relationship to R. allegheniensis would scarcely be doubted; when glandless or nearly so they are not to be separated from racemose forms of R. argutus. RUBUS FRONDOSUs Bigel. . recurvans Bld. . recurvans, var. subrecurvans Bld. . arundelanus Bld. . Rossbergianus Bld. . philadelphicus Bld. > ALLEGHENIENSIS: Nantucket; Long Island. x ArGuTus: Nantucket; Long Island. NIGRICANS: R. abbrevians Bld. Nantucket; Long Island. X HIsprpus: Nantucket. < PROCUMBENS: R. multispinus Bld. Nantucket; Long Island. < BaILEyANus: Nantucket; Long Island. R. arenicolus Bld. is very close to this hybrid. < ENsLeENt: Long Island. X FLAGELLARIS: Nantucket. AAADAADD RUBUS NIGRICANS Rydb. R. vermontanus, var. viridifolius Bld. R. jacens Bld. R. tardatus Bld. R. junceus Bld. R. Groutianus Bld. R. semisetosus Bld. X CANADENSIS: R. peculiaris Bld. X ALLEGHENIENSIS: R. frondisentis Bld. 402 BIcKNELL: HAVE WE ENOUGH NEW ENGLAND BLACKBERRIES ? < ARGUTUS: R. ascendens Bld., in part. Nantucket; Long Island. < FRONDOSUsS: R. abbrevians Bld. Nantucket; Long Island. ENsLentt: Long Island. X FLAGELLARIS: Nantucket. RUBUS PROCUMBENS Muhl. x CANADENSIS: See under R. canadensis. ALLEGHENIENSIS: Nantucket; Long Island. X ARGuUTUS: Nantucket; Long Island. X FRONDOsUs: R. multispinus Bld. Nantucket; Long Island. x NIGRICANS: R. semierectus Bld. R. plicatifolius Bld. Long Island. < HISPIDUS: Nantucket. x BAILEYANUS: R. roribaccus Bailey, which I find almost always associated with R. procumbens and R. Baileyanus, BICKNELL: HAVE WEENOUGH NEW ENGLAND BLACKBERRIES? 403 appears to show no characters not derivable from one or the other of these species. xX ENsLent: R. geophilus Bld., in part. Nantucket; Long Island. X FLAGELLARIS: Nantucket. Rusus BaAILEYANUS Britton. ALLEGHENIENSIS: R. Jeckylanus Bld. Long Island. ARGUTUS: Long Island. FRoNDOsUs: R. arenicolus Bld. Nantucket; Long Island. X NIGRICANS: Long Island. x HIspipus: Long Island. >< PROCUMBENS: See under R. procumbens. < Enstentt: Nantucket; Long Island. R. geophilus Bld., in part. X FLAGELLARIS: Nantucket. Rusus ENSLENII Trat. R. subuniflorus Rydb., in part. R. geophilus Bld., in part. > ALLEGHENIENSIS: See under R. allegheniensis. x ARGUTUS: Long Island. xX FRONDOSUS: Long Island. X NIGRICANS: Long Island. x Hispipus: Long Island. X PROCUMBENS: R. geophilus Bld. in part. Nantucket; Long Island. >< BatLeyanus: Nantucket; Long Island. X FLAGELLARIS: Nantucket. RUBUS FLAGELLARIS Willd. x ARGUTUS: Nantucket. X< FRONDOSUS: Nantucket. X HIspipus: Nantucket. > PROCUMBENS: Nantucket. < BatLeyAnus: Nantucket. x ENsLentt: Nantucket. New York CIty. A quantitative study of the more conspicuous vegetation of certain natural subdivisions of the coastal plain, as observed in traveling from Georgia to New York in July ROLAND M. HARPER In July, 1906, I made a zigzag journey from Georgia northeast- ward through the coastal plain, and after the botanical notes resulting therefrom had been digested so as to bring all the records of each species together, I prepared from them lists of plants which seemed to be common in all the states studied, and of some which were evidently more common in one state or region than in others, and also pointed out certain peculiarities of distribution of indi- vidual species. In the published account of this trip* some at- tention was paid also to general geographical features, aspects of vegetation, and plant habitats, but I did not do much in the way of defining natural geographical regions within the coastal plain, as the relations between vegetation and geology were not so evident in the Carolinas as in the states farther west. Three years later I went through the coastal plain of the same States in the same direction, but by as different a route as possible, and afterward, instead of grouping my notes by speciesas before, I tried to determine the boundaries of the minor vegetation prov- inces that I had passed through, and then made a rough quanti- tative study + of the vegetation—or rather as much of it as could be identified from the car window—of each province. On this second trip I started northward from Savannah on the afternoon of July 26, 1909, crossed the Savannah River into South Carolina about 33 miles out, and struck the fall-line at Columbia, about 140 miles due north of my starting-point. Remaining on the same train, I was then carried northeastward along or near the fall-line 106 miles, to Hamlet, North Carolina, but missed the last *Bull. Torrey Club 34: 351-377. O07 TtMost studies of vegetation in the past inn been of an essentially qualitative nature, but quantitative work ought to be just as useful in phytogeography as it is in chemistry 405 406 HARPER: VEGETATION OF THE COASTAL PLAIN forty or fifty miles of scenery on account of darkness. From Ham- let early the next morning I walked back along the same route about a mile in order to study the sand-hill vegetation at close range. A little later I took the train for Wilmington, North Carolina’s principal seaport, 110 miles away,* and after about an hour’s wait there proceeded northeastward to New Bern,{ 86 miles farther. On the twenty-eighth I went by the Norfolk & Southern Ry. up to Norfolk, Virginia, about 162 miles. The next day I went by the C. & O. Ry. from Newport News (just across Hamp- ton Roads from Norfolk) to Richmond, 75 miles, and Doswell, 27 miles farther, then took the direct route to Washington. (Dark- ness came on about the time I reached the banks of the Potomac at Quantico, Va., the northern terminus of the R. F. & P. R. R.) On the afternoon of the thirtieth I went from Washington to Philadelphia by the Pennsylvania R. R., but without taking any notes, partly because the vegetation along that part of the route has been too much tampered with, and partly because it had been seen by so many botanists before. On the morning of the thirty- first I crossed the ferry to Camden, N. J., and went by rail di- rectly east to the coast. Finally, after spending three days in the vicinity of Belmar and Tom’s River with Dr. J. W. Harshberger, I went on to New York, through a thickly settled region in which no botanical notes of importance were obtained. The route above described crossed that of 1906 at Fairfax, S. C., and Wilmington, N. C., and was tangent to it at Norfolk and Richmond. Except in the vicinity of these places the two routes were so far apart that in the present state of my knowledge of the geography of the Carolinas and Virginia I do not like to attempt much correlation between them; but in three of the re- gional lists below I have made use of my 1906 notes, in a manner to be explained. *I traversed the first 32 miles of this, from Hamlet to Pembroke, in November, 1905, partly on foot. (See Torreya 6: 41-45. 1906). Although less than four years had elapsed, I could see that quite a number of changes had taken place along that part of the route. The population must have increased at least 10 per cent., and the natural vegetation suffered proportionately. +The post-office authorities and some of the railroads print this name ‘“‘Newbern,”’ but the inhabitants of the city still prefer ‘‘New Bern,” g their usage in the matter at present, although the simpler form may ultimately prevail. , HARPER: VEGETATION OF THE COASTAL PLAIN 407 In the following crude sketches of the regions passed through, the plants which I was able to identify in each are divided into trees, shrubs, and herbs, in my accustomed manner, and to each is prefixed the number of times it was noted from the train, with this modification: namely, wherever a species was very abundant (and so indicated in my field notes) I have counted it twice, just y 4 ‘Be os, VA S ‘ 2 Coaehne PLAIN Peters Pa \ BETWEEN TRE = Sie B i JAMES AND SAVANNA RIVERS A SHOWING iy le aA a VEGETATION PROVINCES ve = the ch ‘ A AND oS A ROUTES OF EXPLORATION s B eo i ’ Hy set State boundaries se Fall-line So cecccevescsersces ? : Other /boundar 188) cssecceceoscae N.C 7 é MeN» 3 A ip on : Routes traversed ya c A oO | in daytine teeter eeeeeeneenteet af } t night only +--+,» . : o Geldsder? Poul Dor 2 e fof ie Nese UN 8 : £ witte Bert. 4 ss° ao G 7 P : Bf Pa % 3 Gs —-— oe o ° oY 2oocens. -— Fd co NG oe fw Pd oo ro B F ul fos Pod S.C. Hes - Pod 2X, a ph Bred co é or / a a 2 = * te i yy, oF *, 2 : : eee” e : ” , 3 \ : B . pert $ ree Ce ) c 12 Bo, or. a C1 4 334 Pees Ad VEGETATION PROVINCES 33} FS Zo nninetiasiainianidaaat Pree, B J E g ok A. Oak and beech flats of eastern ¥.C b eh ey lat pi ds with Pinus ni. H ay W306 nol B. Flat pine woods w é f C. Red bills, etc 2G D, Fall-line ani C 4 H E. wilsington pine-bar rA. of FT, Pine-barrens with row mutes. a \d ie G, Coast region of & oe / a (H, Altamabs Grit sone a ee! Sp 77m = R.K.K. 1910 a FIGURE I. Map showing some of the vegetation provinces described herein, and the author's travels in the coastal plain between Virginia and Georgia from 1900 to 1909. others Compiled from car-window notes and the maps of Kerr, Hammond, and as if I had noted it twice between two consecutive mile-posts (as I might easily have done if I had been on a slower train). Species noted only once in a distance of 75 miles or less, or not more than twice in a distance of over 75 miles, are omitted. 408 HARPER: VEGETATION OF THE CUASTAL PLAIN As each list of course combines several habitats, 1 have not attempted to distinguish evergreens, vines, etc., as I sometimes do in treating habitat lists, but I have placed the names of weeds in parentheses, so as to make a little distinction between natural and unnatural vegetation. It is so difficult to estimate the effects of civilization on the relative abundance of native plants that I have left that phase of the problem almost untouched in this paper. Probably the most marked effect is the growing scarcity of long- leaf pine. In my earlier paper already cited I referred to 68 works by other authors which bore more or less directly on the phyto- geography of the Carolina and Virginia coastal plain. Not much additional literature of that kind has appeared since, except a few more of the soil surveys of the U.S. Department of Agriculture. Under each region described I will mention a few of the more important references to it in previous publications, as I did not classify the literature by regions before. That part of my route north of Savannah which lay in Georgia I had traversed once before (in June, 1903), but had never written anything about it. As I excluded it from the Altamaha Grit region in both of my published maps of Georgia* (though perhaps without sufficient reason) a superficial description of it will not be out of place here. It is mostly flat pine-barrens, with frequent gum swamps, and not many ponds. Only a small proportion of the area is under cultivation, but lumbering has greatly reduced the amount of Pinus palustris, as has been the case nearly through- out the range of that useful tree. The plants noted are as follows: TREES. 13 Pinus serotina 4 Magnolia glauca 13 Nyssa biflora 4 Acer rubrum 11 Pinus palustris 3 Taxodium imbricarium 10 Pinus Elliottii 2 Liriodendron Tulipifera 9 Liquidambar Siyraciflua 2 Quercus falcata 5 Pinus Taeda SHRUBS. 7 Serenoa serrulata 4 Cliftonia monophylla 6 Clethra alnifolia 4 Quercus pumila *The frontispieces of Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci., vol. 17, no. 1, 1906, and Southern Woodlands, vol. 1, no. 3, 1907. ~HARPER: VEGETATION OF THE COASTAL PLAIN 409 6 Myrica cerifera 3 Hypericum aspalathoides ? 4 Smilax laurifolia 2 Ilex glabra HERBS. 18 Eupatorium rotundifolium 2 Campulosus aromaticus 7 Tillandsia usneoides 2 Rhexia Alifanus 6 Eriocaulon decangulare 2 Scirpus Eriophorum 3 Pluchea imbricata 2 Hibiscus aculeatus, 3 Osmunda cinnamomea (The flat pine-barrens of the southeastern part of the Altamaha Grit region, between Valdosta and Walthourville, Georgia, which I had studied in the same way a few days before, seem to have Pinus Elliottii, Taxodium imbricarium, Ilex glabra, and Rhexia Alifanus relatively more abundant, and Pinus serotina, Eupatorium rotundifolium, Liquidambar, Pinus Taeda, Tillandsia, and Os- munda cinnamomea perceptibly less so.) Of the plants listed above, Serenoa and Cliftonia were not seen any more after leaving Georgia, this being just about the northern limit of both. After crossing the Savannah River the railroad goes for about five miles through bottom-lands, in which Liguidambar and Pinus Taeda are the commonest trees and Tillandsia usneoides almost the only herb recognizable from the train. (It is hardly worth while to make a formal list of the plants seen in the ten or fifteen minutes it took to pass through these bottoms.) The “rolling wire-grass country” of the Altamaha Grit region, which separates the lime-sink region from the flat pine-barrens all the way across Georgia, seems to terminate at or near the Savannah River, and the country just east of there in South Caro- lina appears to combine to a considerable extent the characters of those two regions which are so widely separated in Georgia and Florida. This part of South Carolina is a part of Hammond’s “lower pine belt.’’* Its peculiarities are not easily pointed out, but it may be briefly described as a region of flat or nearly flat grassy pine-barrens with very little underbrush, and many shallow ponds. Its soil is probably a little more fertile than that of some other pine-barren regions, for there are more cultivated fields along this part of the route than I saw in the same distance south of the Savannah River. *South Carolina” 44-56. 1883; Tenth Census U. S. 6: 478-481. 1884. 410 HARPER: VEGETATION OF THE COASTAL PLAIN In 1906 I passed through this region for a distance of 35 miles, between Allendale and Yemassee, and in 1909 I traversed it from about Garnett to Sycamore, a distance of some 28 miles; the two routes crossing at Fairfax, near its upper edge. In the following table the notes of the two trips are combined, but the figures are kept distinct, those for 1906 being given first in each case. As the dates were almost exactly the same in the two years there is no appreciable seasonal difference to be allowed for. The 1906 figures average somewhat smaller in this and the two other tables similarly constructed, probably because I did not watch the mile- posts as closely then as I did in 1909. TREES 5+15 Pinus Elliottii 3+3 Pinus Taeda 8+10 Taxodium imbricarium 5+0 Magnolia glauca 9+4 Pinus serotina 1+2 Liguidambar oe 4+8 Nyssa biflora I+2 Quercus marylandic 7+1 Pinus palustris 2+1 Acer rubrum 2+4 Liriodendron Tulipifera SHRUBS 8+6 Clethra alnifolia 0+2 (Prunus angustifolia) HERBS. 1+12 Eriocaulon decangulare o0+3 Pluchea bifrons 1+10 Exupatorium rotundifolium 1+2 Pontederia cordata 3+8 Oxypolis phere) I+2 Lespedeza capitata sericea 4+6 Polygala cy 0+2 Ludwigia pilosa 2+4 Zygadenus eas o+2 Rhexia Alifanus 3+2 Tillandsia usneoides o+2 Sabbatia decandra 5+0 Sarracenia flava 1+ 1 Osmunda cinnamomea 2+2 Anchistea virginica 1+1 Polygala ramosa o+4 Scirpus Eriophorum If I could have made this trip fifteen or twenty years earlier, when the railroad (then known as the South Bound R. R.) was new, Pinus palustris would doubtless have headed my list. Its present inferior rank here is due partly to lumbering operations, and partly to the fact that it occupied the driest soils, which were best suited to cultivation, while the trees that stand ahead of it in the above list all prefer wet places and have thus escaped de- struction to a much greater extent. Pinus Elhiottii, Pluchea bifrons, Ludwigia pilosa, and Sabbatia decandra, all of which are typical, pine-barren pond plants, were not seen again after leaving Barnwell County, ponds being very HARPER: VEGETATION OF THE COASTAL PLAIN 411 rare in the coastal plain farther north. A few of the other species seem to be more abundant in South Carolina than in any state farther north, probably for the same reason, as I have previously pointed out.* The next 44 miles, from about the Salkehatchie River to the North Fork of the Edisto, were through a more hilly, less sandy, and more cultivated region, a continuation of the Eocene region of Georgia. In 1906 I passed through the same region for a similar distance in Aiken and Barnwell counties, between the Savannah River and Allendale. This part of South Carolina was included by Governor Draytonj in the “‘middle country,’ and described by Hammond}{ as the “upper pine belt” and “‘red hills.” According to Hammond, in 1880 about 30 per cent. of the region was under cultivation, and over one third of that in cotton. (The proportion of cultivated land at the present time is probably at least 50 per cent.) The following list is made up from two sets of notes, in the same manner as the preceding. TREES 10+21 Pinus Taeda 5+2 Magnolia glauca 8+20 Pinus palustris I+4 CORRES FOCINE 7+15 Liriodendron Tulipifera 4+o0 Salix nigra 7+10 Liguidambar Styraciflua o+3 Quercus falcata 1+9 Nyssa biflora 0+3 Quercus marylandica 2+7 Quercus Catesbaei 1+2 Acer rubrum 7+1 Pinus serotina 2+1 Taxodium distichum 4+3 Taxodium imbricarium o+2 Nyssa uniflora SHRUBS 2+3 (Prunus angustifolia) 2+2 Myrica cerifera I+3 Alnus rugosa 0+3 (Sassafras variifolium) HERBS 1+4 Scirpus Eriophorum o+2 Vernonia angustifolia 0+4 Eupatorium rotundifolium 2+0 Ludwigia suffruticosa 4+0 Tillandsia usneoides 2+0 Pontederia cordata This list contrasts with the preceding in many ways. The scarcity of (indigenous) visible herbs is striking. That seems to be characteristic of many originally well-wooded regions with vege- tation approaching the climax, as compared with pine-barrens, *Bull. Torrey Club 34: 364. 1907. TA view of South Ca Phe Q-II. 18 t‘South Carolina” 71-116. 1883; tet Census U. S. 6: 481-488. 1884. o 412 HARPER: VEGETATION OF THE COASTAL PLAIN prairies, marshes, etc.* The abundance of Pinus Taeda also indicates the trend away from the typical pine-barren conditions which may be assumed to have existed here several thousand years ago. The frequency of Pinus palustris in a region with such characters is rather surprising, but that does not necessarily indicate that it is abundant. One tree of it on each side of the railroad every two or three miles would have been enough to give the above figures, 8 and 20. The traveler going northward from Savannah would apparently here encounter Cornus florida and Alnus rugosa for the first time, but no species seem to have their northern limits in this belt. On my route of 1909 the fall-line sand-hills begin in the upper edge of Orangeburg County, about 30 miles south of Columbia, and continue to Hamlet and beyond, interrupted only by the valleys of a few muddy rivers which rise in the Piedmont region. The sand- hill region is quite hilly, and nearly all the way through Lexington County one can get a splendid view to the eastward, clear across the valley of the Congaree River, and probably all the way to the “high hills of Santee.’’{ Descriptions of this region can be found in nearly all general descriptions of South Carolina (which need not be specified here), but it is rarely mentioned in botanical liter- ature. Only about Io per cent. of the area was under cultivation in 1880, according to Hammond, but the proportion is of course considerably greater now. The following list of plants is based on about 90 miles of ob- servations in South Carolina, mostly in Lexington, Richland, and Kershaw counties, and 10 miles in Richmond and Scotland counties, North Carolina, besides what I saw in walking out a short distance from Hamlet. (On this walk of course I saw many plants that were too inconspicuous to be recognized from a train, but my rule of excluding species seen only once or twice in a region disposes of them.) The sand-hill plants belong principally to only two habitats, dry hills and bogs. n 1908 I found the same to be true on the Delaware peninsula, especially the southern half of it. (See Torreya 9: 222-223. 1 09. With the weeds eliminated a similar state of affairs would have been evident in the other regional lists in the same ‘Wate +S yton, View of S.C. 10. 1802; Hammond, ‘“‘South Carolina” rro-111. 1883; nacht Citivas U. S. 6: 486. 1884. / HARPER: VEGETATION OF THE COASTAL PLAIN 413 TREES 64 Quercus Catesbaei 7 Liquidambar Styraciflua 50 Pinus palustris 7 Quercus cinere 18 Nyssa biflora 5 Pinus echinata 17 Quercus marylandica : Magnolia gla 15 Pinus Taeda Populus Tan (along rivers) 13 Lirtodendron Tulipifera 3 Hoe amaecy paris thyoides 8 Cornus florida 3 Acer rubrum 7 Pinus serotina SHRUBS 6 Alnus rugosa 3 Clethra alnifolia 4 Polycodium caesium 3 Arundinaria tecta 4 Phoradendron flavescens 3 (Prunus angustifolia) HERBS 29 Silphium compositum 6 Baptisia Serenae ? 14 Vernonia angustifolia 5 Pteris aquilina 12 Dasystoma pectinata 4 Osmunda cinnamomea 12 Eriogonum tomentosum 4 Carduus repandus 10 Eupatorium rotundifolium 3 Nolina georgiana 6 Angelica hirsuta The frequency of Pinus palustris has of course been diminished by the same causes previously mentioned. About ten years ago, when that part of the Seaboard Air Line between Columbia and Hamlet had just been completed, this pine should have been seen nearly every mile, or about 100 times. Of the other plants associ- ated with it here, Polycodium, Eriogonum, Baptisia, and Nolina were seen only in South Carolina on this trip, and they probably do not extend any farther north; while Dasystoma pectinata, Carduus repandus, and a few species seen less than three times were noticed a few miles over the state line in North Carolina, but no farther. From about Laurel Hill to Rosindale, N. C., a distance of 63 miles, the country is mostly rather level, damp and sandy, with no ponds, but many shallow bogs and non-alluvial swamps, and a few pocosins toward the southeast. (The first few miles, and indeed most of Scotland County, is more hilly than the rest, and should perhaps be correlated with the parts of Orangeburg County, 5. C., passed through the day before, but the hilly part is so limited that it will not introduce any serious error to include it with the rest.) This kind of country, with slight modifications, seems to extend southeastward most of the way across South Carolina, 414 HARPER: VEGETATION OF THE COASTAL PLAIN but not into Georgia. It has been described by Kerr* and by Ashe,t but they did not clearly indicate its boundaries, and it is indeed difficult to do so. A pretty good description of a part of it is the U.S. soil survey of Robeson County, by W. E. Hearn and others, published in October, 1909. Pinus Taeda is the prevailing tree, this being far out of the range of P. Elliottii, which occupies somewhat similar habitats farther south. The woods are mostly rather open, with a her- baceous vegetation much like that of regular pine-barrens. While traversing this region on July 27, 1909, my observations were hindered somewhat by frequent showers, but the following list is probably representative enough. TREES 10 Cornus florida 10 Magnolia glauca 10 Quercus falcata 8 EERE ON Tulipifera 5 Salix 4 seteias reabasi 3 Taxodium distichum 2 Nyssa uniflora 47 Pinus Taeda 25 Nyssa biflora 17 Quercus maryland 15 mare Sacckl 15 Acer 14 Pia pohors 12 Pinus serotina 11 Taxodium imbricarium SHRUBS 3 (Sassafras variifolium) 3 Myrica cerifera 3 Smilax laurifolia 9 Clethra alnifolia 5 Cyrilla racemiflora 4 Alnus rugosa HERBS 3 Rhexia Alifanus 3 Zygadenus glaberrimus 3 (Helenium tenuifolium) 2 Afzelia cassioides Expatorium rotundifolium 24 Sarracenia flava 8 Habenaria blephariglottis 7 Marshallia graminifolia Nymphaea sagittifolia 5 Eriocaulon decangulare 5 Polygala lutea 4 Lespedeza capitata sericea 4 Osmunda cinnamomea a 2 (Leptilon canadense) 2 Baldwinia uniflora 2 Xyris sp. Sarracenia flava, which was not seen at all between Savannah and Hamlet, here occurs in abundance. Marshallia graminifolia likewise appears in this list for the first time. A few of the rarer plants will be mentioned more Bie in a subsequent paper. *Tenth Census U. S., vol. 6. TN. C. Geol. Surv. Bull. 5 ae ies and 1808. HARPER: VEGETATION OF THE COASTAL PLAIN 415 Extending out from Wilmington in all directions (that is, on the land side) for thirty or forty miles is a most interesting area of genuine pine-barrens, long noted for being the home of Dionaea muscipula and several other local species. In general this region is nearly level, except near some of the streams, where the topog- raphy somewhat resembles that of the Altamaha Grit region of Georgia. Pocosins* are frequent, savannas are occasional, and lakes and ponds are rare or wanting. There seems to be no marked difference in topography or soil between this region and the preceding, and they intergrade over a zone perhaps ten miles wide. This and other circumstances seem to indicate that the boundary is determined by succession of vegetation more than any- thing else, that the pine-barrens were formerly more extensive, and that the short-leaf pine forests are tending to close in on them and will ultimately ‘‘wipe them off the map”’ (that is, if man does not do so first, which is more likely). The Wilmington or Cape Fear pine-barren region as here treated coincides almost exactly with that part of eastern North Carolina in which according to Kerrt less than one tenth of one per cent. of the area was cultivated in cotton in 1880. Descrip- tions of it have been published by Emmons, Kerr, Ashe, and others, and pretty good floras of parts of it by Curtis in 1835 and Wood & McCarthy in 1887. The U. S. soil survey of New Hanover County, by Drake & Belden (February, 1907) covers the very focus of it, and Circular 20 of the Bureau of Soils, by H. H. Bennett (January, 1910) contains a preliminary report on the soils and some other geographical features of Pender County.$ *See Bull. aye Club 34: 361-362. 1907; also C. A. Davis, N. C. Geol. Surv. Econ. Pbeie 5: 149-150. ps ip dated 1908). ent ae U. S:, vol. or more complete eae to these works see my 1907 paper. §It is probably something more than a mere coincidence that the summers are a little wetter in this Cape Fear region than in adjoining regions or in many places where the native vegetation more nearly approaches the climax condition and there is more land under cultivation. At Wilmington, according to the latest statistics I have been able to obtain, 49.4 per cent. of the total annual precipitation occurs jn the four warmest months, June to September, inclusive. For a number of other places in the coastal plain within a few hundred miles of Wilmington the same factor is somewhat lower, as follows:—Norfolk, Va., eg per cent.; Tarboro, N. C., 41.0; Goldsboro, N. C., 43.6; New Bern, N. C., 4 ; Cape Hatteras (one i the rainiest ‘pe in the Eastern Unites States outside of coe moun- 416 HARPER: VEGETATION OF THE COASTAL PLAIN In 1906 I passed through this region from about Lake Wacca- maw to Wilmington, 36 miles, and from Wilmington to the northern boundary of Pender County, 35 miles; and in 1909 from Rosin- dale to Wilmington, 37 miles, and Wilmington to Verona, 43 miles. The following list of plants has been compiled from the notes of both trips in the manner previously described. In my account of the first trip * I gave a systematic list of species which seemed to be more abundant near Wilmington than in some other places. As might have been expected, the present list, which shows ap- proximately the relative abundance of some of the more conspicu- ous plants in the Cape Fear region, contains many of the same species, though the two lists are by no means identical. TREES 18+53 Pinus ea 2+12 Taxodium imbricarium 17+40 Pinus s 74+7 Taxodium distichum 12+26 aay ser 4+7 Quercus marylandica I1+27 Gordonia Lasianthus 5+6 Liriodendron Tulipifera 13+15 Pinus Taeda o+ 9 Acer rubrum 3+22 Nyssa biflora t+8 Quercus falcata 5+20 Quercus Catesbaei 0+3 Persea pubescens 3+12 Cornus florida 2+1 Quercus cinerea 6+9 Liquidambar Styraciflua SHRUBS 12+20 Clethra alnifolia 6+10 Myrica cerifera 4+27 Smilax laurifolia 2+10 Ilex glabra 7+20 Cyrilla racemiflora 1+4 Phoradendron flavescens 3+15 Myrica pumila 2+2 Amorpha herbacea HERBS 19+31 Sarracenia flava 3+3 Chondrophora nudata Q+22 Aristida stricta 3+3 Tillandsia usneoides ns), 35-8; Lumberton, N. C., 41.2; Florence, S. C., 46.1; Statesburg, S. C., 41.7; Blackville, S. C., 42.5; St. George, S. C., 47.8; Altamaha Grit region of Georgia, 43-9 per cent. The Piedmont region seems to have about 35 per cent. of its annual rainfall in these four months. Mere distance from the coast does not seem to have much to do with these figures, as shown by the great difference between those for Wilmington and Cape Hatteras. Latitude and altitude are probably equally inadequate to explain the variation. In general a heavy summer rainfall (in Eastern North America at least) seems to cor- respond approximately with pioneer vegetation, such as open pine forests. But this seasonal distribution of precipitation could hardly be considered the sole cause of the condition of the vegetation, for that can often be correlated with soil and geo- logical history. May not this type of az then perhaps be partly the effect rather than the cause of igi vegetation *Bull. Torrey Club 34: 365. 10907. tOften only a shrub HARPER: VEGETATION OF THE COASTAL PLAIN 417 8+22 Eriocaulon decangulare 3+3 Dichromena latifolia 17+10 Rhexia Alifanus 0+5 Oxypolis pee is 13+13 Polygala lutea I+4 Osmunda cinnamomea 8+13 Eupatorium rotundifolium 2+3 (Acanthospermum australe) 0+17 Trilisa odoratissima 2+3 Vernonia angustifolia 5 +11 Zygadenus glaberrimus 3+2 Tofieldia racemosa 9+6 Polygala ramosa 3+2 Xyris sp. 3+8 Marshallia graminifolia I+3 Pteris aquilina 10o+0 Campulosus aromaticus I+3 Scirpus Eriophorum 2+5 Sabbatia lanceolata 2+2 Pontederia cordata 2+5 (Helenium tenuifolium) I+2 Polygala cymosa 4+3 Lilium Catesbaei I+2 Silphium compositum 2+4 Habenaria blepharigloitis Rhexia Alifanus, Polygala ramosa, Campulosus aromaticus, and Lilium Catesbaei were seen oftener along my 1906 route through this region than on that of 1909, and Gordonia, Nyssa biflora, Quercus Catesbaei, Cornus florida, Taxodium imbricarium, Acer rubrum, Quercus falcata, Smilax laurifolia, Myrica pumila, Ilex glabra, Phoradendron, Trilisa, Oxypolis, and Osmunda cinnamomea at least four times as often on the second trip as on the first, which seems rather singular. Some of these cases may be due simply to my own carelessness, but others probably indicate local irreg- ularities of distribution. Other evidence of such irregularities is found in the fact that in each year I noted several fairly abundant species in this region either on one side or the other of Wilmington and not on both. It would be very interesting if some other botanist would go through the same region at the same season, either by one of the same routes or by a different combination of routes (Wilmington has five lines of railroad radiating from it, all passing through the pine-barrens for approximately the same distance), and take notes in the same way and compare his results with the above. It happens that all the species here recorded from the Cape Fear pine-barrens occur also in Georgia} (and with approximately the same relative frequency), while several of them, such as Gor- donia, Persea, Cyrilla, Myrica pumila, Amorpha, Aristida stricta, *Probably X. flexuosa (X. torta of many authors) and one or two o tFrom which it follows that the local species peculiar to this region are either rare, or inconspicuous in midsummer (or both), or else that I do not know them well enough to recognize them from a moving train. 418 HARPER: VEGETATION OF THE COASTAL PLAIN Polygala lutea, Trilisa, Sabbatia lanceolata, Habenaria blephari- glottis, and Chondrophora, were not seen at all in South Carolina, in either year, and a number of others seem to be rare in that state. In this connection it is extremely interesting to note that on Dr. Hilgard’s agricultural map of the southeastern states* (which by the way is undoubtedly the best vegetation map of that part of the country ever published), he assigned the Cape Fear pine-barrens to the same subdivision as the Altamaha Grit region of Georgia (together with certain parts of other states), but skipped South Carolina with this subdivision entirely. This idea of Dr. Hil- gard’s is all the more remarkable when one observes that the agricultural maps of the individual states involved (in the sixth volume of the same series) give scarcely a hint of this state Of affairs. Quercus Catesbaet, Q. cinerea, Marshallia, Chondrophora, Oxypolis, Vernonia, Tofieldia, and Polygala cymosa were not seen any more after leaving the pine-barrens, and three of these, the Marshallia, Oxypolis, and Polygala, were not even seen northeast of Wilmington. All except the Marshallia and Vernonia are known or supposed to extend considerably farther north, but they cannot be very common along the route that I traveled from Wil- mington to New York. On reaching the banks of the estuary of New River in Onslow County, half way between Wilmington and New Bern, I left the pine-barrens behind. From there to Mackey’s Ferry on Albe- marle Sound, a distance of about 122 miles, I was in a country very similar in most respects to that between Laurel Hill and Rosin- dale in the same state, and probably connected with it, but with certain differences in vegetation which I am not quite prepared toexplain. This part of the journey should perhaps be subdivided further, for low hills with hammock-like vegetation weret fre- “7 st map in the fifth volume of the Tenth Census reports. Another interesting fact in this connection is that Dr. Eugene A. Smith about the same time published a map of similar import (the first map in the fourth report of the U. S. Entomological Commission), based on essentially the same data, which combines the various kinds of pine-barrens under one color, making no distinction between those of South Carolina and other states; but this may be due only to the fact that this map is smaller and does not attempt to show so much detail. tI once supposed (see Science II. 22: gor. 1905) that the term “hammock” was used in North Carolina, but the only evidence I had (U. S. Geol. Surv. Bull. HARPER: VEGETATION OF THE COASTAL PLAIN 419 quent in some places and pocosins (almost the other extreme) in others; but for the present I can do no better than treat it asa unit. Three or four estuaries were crossed in this distance, but most of the plants characteristic of their marshes were not seen often enough to be included in the following list. A considerable part of this region is described in the U. S. soil survey of the ‘Craven area,’”’ by Smith and Coffey, published in January, 1905. Important botanical papers on the same region have been published by Croom* and by McCarthy.t The rail- road between New Bern and Washington, a distance of about 35 miles, had been in operation only a year or two, so that I found the vegetation along there more nearly ina natural condition than in most other parts of this journey. The plant list for these 122 miles is as follows: TREES 104 Pinus Tae I2 Quercus marylandica 4% ponee Styracifiua 10 Taxodium distichum 57 Nyssa biflora 9 Quercus alba 35 Cornus florida 8 Salix nigra 27 Pinus serotina 7 Fagus grandifolia 26 Magnolia glauca 7 Gordonia Lasianthus 25 Oxydendron arboreum 5 Ilex opac 24 Pinus palustris 4 Quercus pao 19 Acer rubrum 3 Nyssa uniflora 18 tessieasan Tulipifera 3 Taxodium imbricarium 15 Quercus falcata 3 Quercus stellata SHRUBS 23 Myrica cerifera 11 Clethra alnifolia 21 Cyrilla racemiflora 6 P dendron flavescens 13 Ilex glabra 5 puree spino. 2 Alnus rugosa 3 Pieris nitida 12 Smilax laurifolia 3 Decodon verticillatus 12 Arundinaria tecta HERBS 23 Eupatorium rotundifolinm 5 Rhexia Alifanus 18 Sarracenia flava 5 Osmunda cinnamomea 0 Habenaria blephariglottis 5 Polygala ramosa 9 Tillandsia usneoides 4 Xyris sp. 84: 72. 1892) was its use by a man who had seen hammocks in the states farther south, so that it may not have been really indigenous to that locality (the ‘ ‘natural well” of Duplin County). *A catalogue of plants . . . in the vicinity of New Bern, . . . 1837. ot. Gaz. 10: 384,385. 1885; 12: 76-78. 1887. 420 HARPER: VEGETATION OF THE COASTAL PLAIN 8 (Rynchospora inexpansa) 4 (Senecio tomentosus) 4” Aristida stricta 4 (Leptilon canadense) 7 Polygala lutea : 3 Sabbatia lanceolata 6 Eriocaulon decangulare 3 Pontederia cordata Pinus echinata must have once occurred in this region, ac- cording to Pinchot & Ashe,* but I did not see any of it. Oxyden- dron, Quercus alba, Fagus, Ilex opaca, and Senecio tomentosus make their first appearance in this list, and Cornus florida, Taxodium distichum, Quercus Phellos, Myrica cerifera, Aralia spinosa, and Rynchospora inexpansa are decidedly more frequent here than in most of the preceding lists. (Most of the twelve species last men- tioned seem to be still more common in southeastern Virginia.) On the other hand, Pinus palustris, Gordonia, Taxodium imbri- carium, Cyrilla, Ilex glabra, Clethra, Pieris, Sarracenia, Tillandsia, Aristida, Rhexia Alifanus, Polygala ramosa, and Sabbatia lan- ceolata (as well as several equally interesting species noted less than three times and therefore not listed here) were now seen for the last time. Nearly all of these last are known or supposed to extend at least a short distance into Virginia, west of Dis- mal Swamp, but the rest of my route to Norfolk lay farther east. From Mackey’s Ferry the cars were taken across Albemarle Sound (and the 36th parallel) to Edenton, the county-seat of Chowan County, ona nine-mile ferry (since superseded by a trestle). From about this point what Prof. Shaler termed the Nansemond escarpment{ extends northward past the western edge of Dismal Swamp to the vicinity of Suffolk, Va. From Edenton to Norfolk, 73 miles, I was east of this escarpment all the way, skirting the eastern edge of the swamp, and passing though a region quite different from anything else seen on this trip. It is rather flat, with prevailingly loamy or even silty soil, quite different from the sandy soil that prevails at corresponding distances from the coast most of the way from New York to New Orleans. There are many shallow swamps but apparently no ponds. The up- lands, or drier spots, were nearly all cleared and cultivated long 7. Ca . Surv. Bull. 6: 130, 150. 1898. a a aa Club 34: 366. 1907; Torreya 9: 223, 224. 1909. nn. Rep. U. S. Geol. Surv. 10': 314, 317, 326-331. pl. 6, 12-14. f. 28, 34-30 1890. pe also Kearney, Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 5: 332. 1gor. HARPER: VEGETATION OF THE COASTAL PLAIN 421 ago,* so that not much is left of their original vegetation. In topography, soil, vegetation, proportion of cleared land, and a few other features, this region strikingly resembles some river-bottoms farther south, particularly in the Cretaceous region of Georgia and Alabama.f This region was mapped by Kerr in 1884f as the ‘‘oak and beech flats with short-leaf pine,’ and parts of it have since been de- scribed by Shaler in the work just cited, by Kearney in his well- known Dismal Swamp report, by Darton in the ‘Norfolk folio”’ of the U. S. Geological Survey,§ and by J. E. Lapham and others in the government soil surveys of the “Norfolk area,’’ Virginia, and Pasquotank, Perquimans, and Chowan counties, North Carolina. The plants observed between Edenton and Norfolk are as fol- lows: TREES 39 Pinus Taeda 8 Nyssa uniflora 37 Liquidambar Styraciflua 6 Cornus florida 16 Taxodium distichum 5 Liriodendron Tulipifera I2 Acer rubrum 5 Magnolia glauca I1 Fagus grandifolia 4 Quercus Phellos 9 Nyssa biflora 3 Quercus falcata 9 Salix nigra 3 Quercus alba 9 Pinus serotina 3 Oxydendron arboreum : SHRUBS 17 Arundinaria tecta 4 Phoradendron css 12 Myrica cerifera 2 Aralia spinosa 8 Alnus rugosa : 2 Smilax laurifolia § 6 Rhus copallina *The earliest permanent settlements in North Carolina were made in this very region about 260 years ago +Prof. Collier Cobb, in his North Carolina supplement to Redway & Hinman’s Natural Advanced Geography, states that the first settlers were attracted to this region by the ‘“‘magnificent bottom land,’”’ among other things. (He tells me that this quotation is from pages xxi-xxii of the prefatory notes to vol. I of the Colonial Records of North Carolina, by Col. Wm. L. Saunders.) Tenth Census U. S., vol. 6, map 12. ologic Atlas of the U. S., Folio no. 80. 1902. Unlike most of the earlier folios of this series, this one contains several excellent illustrations of the vegetation and other scenery (which Mr. Darton tells me are from photographs taken by the late Prof. I. C. Russell). Some of the same pictures were used before in the reports of Shaler and Kearney already cited, and some have appeared more recently in various semipopular magazines, mostly in connection ae articles advocating the annihilation of swamps. 422 HARPER: VEGETATION OF THE COASTAL PLAIN HERBS 13 (Senecio tomentosus) 3 Habenaria blephariglottis 7 Eupatorium rotundifolium 2 Pontederia cordata 6 Anchistea virginica 2 Saururus ceynuus 5 (Daucu 2 Pteris aquilina 5 Scirpus Eriophorum 2 (Oenothera biennis) 4 (Rynchospora inexpansa) 2 Nymphaea advena 3 sieceears artemisiifolia) 2 Sabbatia angularis* 3 Typha latifolia os 4 the above species are especially characteristic of bottom-lands. But Acer rubrum, Pinus serotina, Magnolia glauca, Smilax laurifolia, Eupatorium rotundifolium, Anchistea, and Habe- naria indicate occasional sandy bog conditions, perhaps connected with prongs of the Dismal Swamp The only plants in this list that had not been seen farther south are Daucus Carota and Saururus cernuus. The former, a well-known weed, appeared commoner than any native herb all the way from the southern boundary of Virginia to New York, except in the New Jersey pine-barrens. Pinus serotina, Arun- dinaria,t} Phoradendron, Senecio tomentosus, Rynchospora inex- pansa, and a few species noted only once and therefore not men- tioned here, were not seen north of Norfolk. From Newport News on the coast (in latitude 37°) to Richmond at the fall-line, a distance of 75 miles, the country is moderately undulating (with considerable bluffs along some of the estuaries), the soil rather loamy, and the forests comparatively dense, with no suggestion of pine-barrens. The proportion of cleared land was less than I expected to find along a railroad 28 years old, in a region that has been settled for 300 years,t but perhaps very little of the forest is primeval. A considerable portion of this peninsula between the York and James rivers has been described by Burke & Root in their soil survey of the “Yorktown area,’’ published in April, 1907. There are few direct references to this part of Virginia in botanical *Seen only near the second mile-post north of Northwest, Va., which is pretty close to the only station recorded for it by Mr. Kearney fSeveral years ago I saw this from the Pennsylvania R. R. at a point between Washington and Baltimore which Dr. Forrest Shreve tells me is the only known sta- tion for it in Marylan On this trip I looked for it again there but did not happen to see it. tMy route passed within six miles of Jamestown and still nearer to Yorktown. HARPER: VEGETATION OF THE COASTAL PLAIN 423 literature, though Clayton probably explored the territory pretty thoroughly in the eighteenth century,* and a few plants were collected near Mobjack Bay, a little farther east, in the nine- teenth century.t The following list of plants will give some idea of the general appearance of the vegetation at the present time. TREES 41 Pinus Taeda 10 Quercus falcata 28 Liquidambar Styracifiua 9 Quercus Phellos 19 aeartes ies oo 6 Nyssa biflora ? 19 Cornus flor 6 Salix nigra 18 Quercus a 4 Oxydendron arboreum 18 Pinus virginiana 3 Taxodium distichum 13 Acer rubrum 2 Quercus marylandica 12 Fagus grandifolia 2 Nyssa uniflora Il Pinus echinata SHRUBS 7 Myrica cerifera 2 Alnus rugosa 3 (Sassafras variifolium) HERBS 9 (Daucus Carota) 2 pene anges 3 Pieris aquilina 2 Nympha Trees are here much more numerous than conspicuous herbs, doubtless for the same reason as in the ‘‘middle districts”’ or ‘upper pine belt’? of South Carolina, described a few pages back. The only new element in this list is Pinus virginiana, but that comes in rather suddenly, immediately taking its place considerably above the middle of the list.t Oxydendron, Taxodium and Myrica ap- pear here for the last time. They all extend somewhat farther north, but only in the coastal plain, and after passing Richmond I kept too close to the fall-line to see them until I got entirely beyond their northern limits. This vegetation is naturally very similar to that of the Delaware peninsula, which I had examined in the same superficial way about a year before.§ I had about three hours to wait in Richmond, and while stroll- ing about the city I was surprised to see ‘‘cut flowers” of Polygala lutea, Sabbatia lanceolata, and Habenaria ciliaris, typical pine- *See Barnhart, Torreya 9: 242. 1909 See Leggett, Bull. Torrey Club 6: ea: 1875. tSee Torreya 9: 226. 190 §See ‘Peewera 9: 221-223. 1909. 424 HARPER: VEGETATION OF THE COASTAL PLAIN barren bog plants, together with those of Daucus Carota and per- haps a few others, offered for sale in the markets by negro women. I had never found the first two myself within many miles of Rich- mond, but one would not suppose they had been brought very far for such a purpose, and it would be interesting to learn just where they did grow. From Richmond to Doswell (via Hanover) my route was within a few miles of the fall-line, and from Doswell to Philadel- phia it would seem from a small-scale map to be right on the fall- line, but in reality the coastal plain sediments overlap the meta- morphic rocks a little all along here, so that the latter were hardly ever visible except on the banks of rivers. It will be safe enough therefore to regard the vegetation along this route as belonging to the coastal plain, as I did in the fall-line sand-hills of the Caro- linas. Some botanical notes made along very nearly the same route have been published by Prof. L. F. Ward.* The soil survey of Hanover County, Virginia, by Bennett and McLendon, published in May, 1907, covers a small part of it. It is 84 miles, the way I went, from Richmond to Quantico, where I stopped taking notes on account of darkness. In this distance the following plants were noted. TREES 30 Pinus Taeda 26 Pinus virginiana 35 Liquidambar Styraciflua 16 Liriodendron Tuli pifera 14 Acer rubrum 14 Quercus alba 13 Betula nigra 13 Cornus florida 11 Salix nigra 11 Pinus echinata 9 Quercus Phellos 7 Fagus grandifolia 5 Quercus palustris 5 Quercus falcata 4 Platanus occidentalis 3 Quercus stellata 3 (Robinia Pseudo-Acacia) SHRUBS 18 Alnus rugosa 3 Cephalanthus occidentalis 9 (Sassafras variifolium) HERBS 12 (Daucus Carota) 6 Pteris aquilina 7 Scirpus cyperinus ? 3 Nelumbo lutea Quercus palustris and Robinia here appear for the first time (the latter introduced), Betula nigra and Nelumbo for the *Bot. Gaz. 11: 32-38. 1886. HARPER: VEGETATION OF THE COASTAL PLAIN 425 only time, and Pinus Taeda, Salix nigra, Liriodendron, Fagus, and Platanus for the last time; but perhaps no special significance is to be attached to any of these facts. Practically all the species in the list are common both in the coastal plain and in the Pied- mont region, as might have been expected, and trees are much more numerous than conspicuous herbs, for the same reason as before. Skipping Maryland, Delaware, and Pennsylvania, for the reasons already given, we now come to New Jersey. From Camden to South Pemberton, a distance of 25 miles, I was in the Cretaceous region, which differs in no essential particular from the corre- sponding portions of Delaware, which I had traversed in the same manner and for approximately the same distance the year before.* Parts of it lying north and south of my route were described several years ago in the United States soil surveys of the Trenton and Salem areas, New Jersey. This region is so thickly settled that it is difficult to form an adequate idea of its original vegetation. The following pitiful remnants (and introduced weeds) were noticed. TREES 3 Acer rubrum 2 Liquidambar Styraciflua 3 Castanea dentata 2 Quercus alba 3 (Robinia Pseudo-A cacia) 2 Pinus virginiana SHRUBS 3 Alnus rugosa HERBS 5 (Daucus Carota) 2 (Trifolium arvense) 2 Pteris aquilina 2 (Achillea Millefolium) t 2 Nymphaea advena Castanea dentata appears in this list only, and it happens that on my way southward the year before I saw it only in approxi- mately the same kind of country in Delaware. I traversed the celebrated pine-barrens of New Jersey for a. distance of 31 miles, from South Pemberton to Barnegat Pier, where the salt-water vegetation begins. The papers bearing on this region are too numerous (and mostly too short) to be men- *See Torreya 9: 219-221. 1909. 426 HARPER: VEGELATION OF THE COASTAL PLAIN tioned in such a rudimentary description as this, but interested readers can easily find them.* The plants which I was able to recognize more than once in this region are as follows. TREES 34 Pinus rigid 3 Quercus marylandica 8 Chamaespari thyoides 3 Quercus Prinus 7 Pinus ech 2 Nyssa sylvatica ? 4 Betula Seti. 2 Quercus alba 3 Acer rubrum SHRUBS 16 Quercus tlicifolia 2 (Sassafras variifolium) 2 Comptonia peregrina HERBS 19 Pteris aquilina 3 Osmunda cinnamomea 4 Anchistea virginica 2 Habenaria en 4 Lilium superbum Lophiola a The species appearing for the first time in this list are Pinus rigida, Quercus Prinus, Q. ilicifolia, Comptonia, Lilium superbum, and Lophiola. In botanical manuals one frequently sees the ranges of certain plants given as “Pine-barrens, New Jersey to Florida,” etc., just as if the same kind of country extended all the way. But on this trip it was strongly impressed on me that the New Jersey pine- barrens are quite different from the southern ones. The two kinds do not even intergrade, for one can travel the whole length of the Delaware peninsula, from the fall-line to the coast, without seeing any pine-barrens of either kind. + The differences between northern and southern pine-barrens seem to be more numerous than the similarities. Consider- ing only characters observable from a train, the similarities are about as follows. Both are in the coastal plain and have sandy soil, with pioneer vegetation subject to frequent fires. Pines are the dominant trees, and oaks usually form a sort of lower story. Sour bogs and swamps are frequent. Both regions are compara- tively thinly settled, and still have more forests than fields. *There is however one work that deserves special mention, namely, the report on forests that accompanied the annual report of the state geologist of New Jersey for 1899. This i volume of 327 pages, containing important contributions by Vermeule, Pinchot, Hollick, Gifford, and others, together with numerous maps and illustrations. tSee Torreya 9: 217,218. 1909. Shreve, Plant life of Maryland 85-88. 1910. HARPER: VEGETATION OF THE COASTAL PLAIN 427 Some of the differences are: The sand is coarser in New Jersey, and there seems to be no clay subsoil, and no ponds. The dom- inant pines and oaks are different (and the range of Pinus rigida does not even overlap that of P. palustris, and still less that of P. Elliottii). Shrubs are much more abundant (in individuals, not necessarily in species) in New Jersey, and herbs, especially grasses, correspondingly sparse. The southern pines are among the most valuable trees we have, while the northern ones are small and crooked, and even if they were larger they would be of little use except for fuel. Chamaecyparis is commoner in New Jersey than it is in pine-barrens of any other state. The New Jersey pine-barrens probably find their nearest counterpart in those of Long Island, which I described about two years ago.* The principal difference is that those of New Jersey have more bogs to the square mile, and a richer flora even in the dry pine-barrens. New Jersey seems to have all the pine-barren plants that Long Island has, and several more besides. Of those listed above, Pinus echinata and Lophiola are not known on Long Island, while Chamaecyparis, Quercus marylandica, Q. Prinus, Lilium, and Habenaria do grow on the island but apparently not in the pine-barrens thereof. On the whole trip from Savannah to Barnegat Pier, which in- volved about 775 miles of note-taking, the number of species of plants seen from the train (this excludes about 25 species which I saw only near Hamlet, as above explained) was about 220. Of these 61 were seen in Georgia, 103 in South Carolina, 135 in North Carolina, 70 in Virginia, and 50 in New Jersey. (The diversity of these figures of course depends more on the different distances traveled in each state than anything else, for the number of species seen on any route is probably approximately proportional to the square root of the distance, when other things are equal.) About 100 of these plants were not seen often enough in any one region to be mentioned in this paper. Of those that are mentioned by name, 3 are ferns, 10 conifers, 22 monocotyledons and 88 dicotyledons; but ten or twelve of the dicotyledons are weeds. Some generalizations with respect to the distribution of the remaining 112 native species may be of interest. *Torreya 8: 1-9. 1908. 428 HARPER: VEGETATION OF THE COASTAL PLAIN Nearly 37 per cent. are confined to the coastal plain, as far as known, while 32 per cent. extend into the adjacent Piedmont region (several of them even to the mountains), but not into the glaciated region. About 4.5 per cent are common to the glaciated region and coastal plain and not known elsewhere, while a little over 26 per cent. are rather widely distributed in Eastern North America. About 6 per cent. (including some of each of the three groups just mentioned) are supposed to occur also in the West Indies, but none are unquestionably native in the Old World. Notes on the distribution of certain species of particular in- terest observed on this trip will appear in a subsequent paper. TALLAHASSEE, FLORIDA. Local flora notes—V* NorRMAN TAYLOR AMARYLLIDACEAE 1. Hypoxis hirsuta (L.) Coville. Of all the stations in our range,t and there are a good many, none is at a greater elevation than 500 ft. The recent catalogue of Connecticut plants says of it, ‘“‘Common.” If it is found throughout that state it reaches greater altitudes than our collections show. No specimens are known from the Catskills or from the Pocono region. IRIDACEAE 1. Iris versicolor L. There are a good many specimens from the range, only one of which, however, comes from south of Monmouth Co., N. J. This is a single specimen from Forked River, N. J. Is the plant ever found well within the pine-barren region? In the catalogue of New Jersey plants it is said ‘‘Com- mon in the eastern and southern counties; less frequent in the northwestern part of the state.” We have no specimens from the latter territory but a few along the eastern counties, one only from south of Monmouth Co. 2. Iris Pseudacorus L. General works say of this that it is established from Massachusetts to New Jersey. Our only specimen is from near Prince’s Garden, at Flushing, L. I., and has all the hall marks of an accidental escape. Such a record cannot be construed into a logical basis of asserting that the plant is “established.” A conservative interpretation of this would de- mand at least a three year’s persistence of a reasonably large quantity of the plants. Has any one ever seen this plant growing ae from Torreya 10: 145-149. local flora range as prescribed by the Club’ s Preliminary Catalogue of 1888 is as fees All of the state of Connecticut; Long Island; in New York the counties bordering the Hudson River up toand including Columbia and Greene, also Sullivan Montgomery, Philadelphia, Delaware, and Chester counties in Pennsylvania. 429 430 TayLor: LOCAL FLORA NOTES in our range where there is every reason to suspect that the colony is a permanent feature? 3. Sisyrinchium angustifolium Mill. There are only three specimens of this from the range, and they fail to give any ade- quate idea of the plant’s true distribution. All the Pocono region, the upper northwestern part of Connecticut, and the highland sec- tion of New Jersey are unrepresented in the collections. With a general range of ‘‘Newf. to N. J.and on the mountains to Va.,” the plant should be more widely dispersed in our range than the specimens show. 4. Sisyrinchium albidum Raf. In the new catalogue of Con- necticut plants there is a single specimen cited from New London. An old specimen in our collections, identified by Mr. Bicknell as this species, is from Morrisania, N. Y. City, a locality now com- pletely built over. Otherwise, this western plant is not known from the range. 5. Sisyrinchium intermedium Bicknell. In Britton’s Manual this plant is credited to southern New Jersey on the authority of E. P. Bicknell, who contributed the treatment of the genus. There are no specimens from the range and the catalogue of the Philadelphia Botanical Club makes no mention of the species. ORCHIDACEAE* 1. Cypripedium arietinum R. Br. The plant is credited to the range in the Preliminary Catalogue of the Torrey Club, but there are no specimens to support this contention. There are rumors of its occurrence in the Orange Mts., N. J., but nothing definitely certain. Its northern distribution is such that the Orange Mts. locality would be a surprising extension of its range. 2. Cypripedium acaule Ait. There are over twenty stations for this species represented by specimens. All of these are below 1,000 ft. in altitude, and the plant is unknown, so far, in the Catskills. Can any one contribute specimens that will help to determine the altitudinal range of the species? 3. Cypripedium Reginae Walt. (C. hirsutum Mill., the name that must be used for our showy lady’s slipper orchid). *The names used in the discussion of this family are those adopted by Dr. P. A. Rydberg in Britton’s Manual. A few exceptions will be found, based on further studies by the same writer. TaYtor: LocaL FLORA NOTES 431 our specimens come from stations north of Poughkeepsie, N. Y. It is supposed to grow south [in the mountains?] to Georgia. The highland region of New Jersey and Pennsylvania should contain this plant, although no mention of it is made by the Philadelphia botanists, as occurring in the Pennsylvania region. 4. Cypripedium parviflorum Salisb. In New Jersey the most southerly point from which the plant is known is Lake Hopatcong. With a general known distribution from Newfoundland to Georgia, etc., the delimitation of this species in our range to the region north of upper New Jersey is probably quite wide of the mark. In New York we have specimens from Van Cortlandt Park, New York City, and Mt. Vernon, neither of which are materially south of the Jersey record. 5. Cypripedium candidum Muhl. In all the general works, in Britton’s catalogue of New Jersey plants and in the Prelimin- ary Catalogue of the Torrey Club this plant is credited to the range. The only specimen is an old one from “Swamp, Bergen, N. J.” Otherwise the plant is unknown in our area. 6. Cypripedium hirsutum Mill. The name we must now use for this plant is C. pubescens Willd. Its distribution is about as the books indicate but specimens are lacking from all the Penn- sylvania counties. Note—In Torreya 2: 84-87, Dr. Rydberg calls attention to still another lady’s slipper, a plant little known and inadequately understood. It is one of the yellow-flowered sorts, referable according to that writer to C. flavescens Red. Any specimens (particularly flowers preserved in fluid) would be very welcome in clearing up the identity of this species. 7. Orchis rotundifolia Pursh. In the Preliminary Catalogue of the Torrey Club this species was credited to the area, but ap- parently mistakenly so, as there are no specimens from the range. Its northern range almost. precludes the idea of its occurrence in our area, the only likely place being the highest peaks of the Catskills. 8. Gymnadeniopsis integra (Nutt.) Rydb. Credited to our range in the Manual and definitely to Monmouth, Ocean, and Burlington counties, N. J., in the catalogue of New Jersey plants. There are no specimens and its distribution in the pine-barren is wholly conjectural, beyond that given above. 2 432 TAYLOR: LOCAL FLORA NOTES 9. Gymnadenia conopsea R. Br. So far as known, this is the first record of the occurrence of this plant in America. It is a native of Europe. Our specimen is from Litchfield, Conn., and is undoubtedly authentic. Whether or not it is established there is unknown, as the collector of it does not remember it particularly. I am indebted to Dr. Rydberg for the determination of this un- familiar orchid. 10. Limnorchis huronensis (Nutt.) Rydb. The only specimens are from Canaan, Conn., and Ulster Co., N. ¥Y. Mt. Pleasant, Wayne Co., Pa., is cited in Porter’s Flora of Pennsylvania and this is presumably backed by a specimen. Otherwise the dis- tribution of the plant in our range is unknown. 11. Limnorchis major (Lange) Rydb. Only a single specimen from the range is known. This was collected at ‘‘North Yonkers,”’ N. Y. (2). The general distribution of this species is from Green- land to New York. The New York part of this assertion is backed by our local flora plant, and in view of the fact that it is supposed to come from Yonkers the distribution is very poorly supported. A high Catskill plant might have been this species but it seems only reasonable that the label reading ‘‘North Yonkers” belongs to some other plant, and that if Z. major is in our range at all, which is very doubtful, it may be in the higher Catskills. The specimen is correctly determined but the label probably belongs elsewhere. 12. Lysias orbiculata (Pursh) Rydb. The most southerly station represented in our collections is West Point, N. Y. With a general distribution that extends south [in the mountains] to North Carolina, the plant should be found in the highland region of New Jersey and Pennsylvania. It is fairly common in the Catskills. 13. Blephariglottis cristata (Michx.) Raf. Most of the speci- mens come from near Monmouth County, N. J. Its general distribution is supposed to be from New Jersey to Florida and any information as to the plant’s distribution in southern New Jersey will be welcome. 14. Blephariglottis grandiflora (Bigel.) Rydb. This species is supposed to grow south [in the mountains?] to North Carolina. All our specimens are from upper New Jersey and the Catskill region. Nothing is known of this from southern New Jersey or from the Pennsylvania counties in our range. TAYLor: LOCAL FLORA NOTES 433 15. Blephariglottis psychodes (L.) Rydb. This has the same general range as the preceding, and, so far as the local collections show, is restricted in our area to the same region as that species. 16. Blephariglottis peramoena (A. Gray) Rydb. The only specimen is from Chester Co., Pa. It is credited to New Jersey in the Manual but specimens are lacking to show its true distri- bution in that state. Has it been collected in the Cape May region? 17. Pogonia divaricata (L.) R. Br. The only specimen from the range is from Quaker Bridge, N. J. It does not seem credible that a species that is supposed to grow throughout southern Jersey is so localized as our specimens show. How far north in the pine- barren region may the plant be looked for? 18. Isotria affinis (Austin) Rydb. This plant is described as rare and local, and is supposed to grow from Connecticut to southern New York, Pennsylvania, and New Jersey. Our only specimen is from Closter, N. J., its type locality. According to ‘the Connecticut botanists it is known only from New Haven and Stratford in that state. From where is it known in Pennsylvania? 19. Triphora trianthophora (Sw.) Rydb. With a general dis- tribution from Vermont to Florida, our specimens from Palisades, New Jersey, and Elm Station, near Philadelphia, are grotesquely inadequate, as far as representing the distribution in the area is concerned. Any extension of the range will be welcome. 20. Arethusa bulbosa L. The specimens and all the books show that this plant becomes increasingly scarce northwards. The lower counties of Pennsylvania and New Jersey are well represented. All the counties in the former state above Chester, except one station in Wayne, are apparently lacking the plant. North of the New Jersey state line, New York is also not represented by specimens. The Connecticut botanists say that it is rare or local, but not a word as to its state distribution. What is the true distribution of this plant above the line of the coastal plain? 21. Epipactis viridiflora (Hoffm.) Reich. The only station for this in the range is the recently discovered one at Plainfield, N. J. This is a marked southerly extension of its range, and it should be expected in the mountains of Pennsylvania and in the Catskills. It is otherwise known from Syracuse and Niagara Falls. 434 Tayvtor: LocAL FLORA NOTES 22. Listera cordata (L.) R. Br. New Durham, N. J., and Wayne Co., Pa. are the only places within the range from which the plant has been collected, and it is apparently not known to the writers of local floras that bear on our region. The new Connecticut list makes no mention of the plant. The Pennsyl- vania flora has only the Wayne Co. station. A general range of from Labrador to New Jersey would argue a more extended rep- resentation than our limited collections show. It should be found in the Catskills. 23. Listera australis Lindl. A single specimen from a swamp southwest of Camden, N. J., is all there is to show for the range of this species. The New Jersey and Philadelphia lists both give another station, at New Brunswick, N. J. Otherwise, the dis- tribution of the plant is unknown save for one station in Chester Co., Pa. The general range of from New York and New Jersey to Florida is scarcely borne out by our scanty material. 24. Gyrostachys stricta Rydb. No specimens from the range. General works credit it to our area, but apparently the only specifi- cally recorded station is Norfolk, Conn. It is probably to be found in the adjacent mountains along the eastern edge of Columbia Co., N. Y., and perhaps also in the Catskills. 25. Gyrostachys plantaginea (Raf.) Britton. Our only speci- men is from Flatbrookville, Sussex Co., N. J. Other recorded stations seem to indicate that so far as our local flora range is concerned the plant is confined to the Delaware River Valley, or its branches. Is this a correct assumption? 26. Peramium ophioides (Fernald) Rydb. So far as the speci- mens show, this plant is confined to the higher Catskills and the mountains of Pennsylvania. So far as known, it has never been reported from New Jersey but might be looked for in the northern hilly part of the state. P. tesselatum (Lodd.) Rydb. has a similar range and is restricted in the same way. Can either of the plants be found at an elevation less than 1,000 ft.? 27. Achroanthes monophylla (L.) Greene. With the single exception of Sam’s Point, Ulster Co., N. Y., for which there is a specimen, the only recorded station for this species is Wayne Co., Pa. It is curious that the plant should not have been found in Delaware and Greene counties, N. Y. TAYLOR: LOCAL FLORA NOTES 435 28. Aplectrum hyemale (Muhl.) Torrey. The only specimen is from Peekskill, N. Y. The early numbers of the Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club credit it to Pine Plains, N. Y., and Closter, N. J., and other stations are recorded in northern New Jersey. From New Brunswick, N. J., southwards the plant is unknown, save a record in the Philadelphia catalogue from Swedes- boro, Gloucester Co. The general distribution of ‘‘Ontario to Georgia’”’ is too general to represent adequately the restricted range of this plant. 29. Corallorhiza Corallorhiza (L.) Karst. The only specimen is from the summit of Onteora Mt., Greene Co., N. Y. Where in the mountains of Pennsylvania, except Wayne Co. from which it is reported, may the plant be looked for? 30. Corallorhiza Wisteriana Conrad. With a general range from Massachusetts to Florida, the only recorded stations are from Chester and Philadelphia Co., Pa. There are no specimens. Is this delimitation correct? NEW YorK BOTANICAL GARDEN. Notes on Rutaceae — IV PERCY WILSON In the large collection of plants recently made in eastern Cuba by Dr. J. A. Shafer there are two species of Rutaceae which hitherto have apparently escaped recognition. Descriptions of them follow: Ravenia Shaferi P. Wilson, sp. nov. A glabrous shrub or tree, 4-7 m. tall, with a grayish bark. Leaves simple, elliptic to ovate, or occasionally somewhat obovate, 5-10 cm. long, 2-5 cm. broad, sessile or subsessile, entire, more or less revolute, acute or occasionally obtuse at the apex, acute or somewhat rounded at the base, glandular-punctate; inflorescence ovate to nearly oval, 5-7 mm. long, 4.5-5.5 mm. broad, all glandular-punctate; ‘‘corolla red,’ glandular-punctate, the tube cylindric, 1.2-1.5 cm. long, the lobes 4, unequal, oblong to oblong- obovate, 1.4-2 cm. long, 0.8-1 cm. broad; stamens 4, adnate to the throat of the corolla, the two inferior ones fertile, sessile, the two superior ones sterile, linear to subulate, flattened; disk cup- shaped; ovary 4-lobed, 4-celled, immersed in the disk; style fili- form; stigma 4-lobed. Type collected in alluvial valley of Rio Yamaniguey, Province of Oriente, Cuba, Shafer 4218. DISTRIBUTION: Eastern Cuba. The other species of Ravenia, so far as I know, are 5-merous. Spathelia cubensis P. Wilson, sp. nov. A slender, branchless tree, I-3 m. tall; new growth and under surface of the young foliage velvety with a reddish stellate pubes- cence intermixed with simple hairs. Leaves odd-pinnate, 3-3.5 dm. long, the rachis wingless, narrowly grooved above, velvety when young, glabrous or nearly so with age; leaflets 41-57, those on the branches of the inflorescence fewer in number, oblong, 3-7 cm. long, 6-10 mm. broad, sessile, entire, more or less revolute, acutish or rounded at the gland-tipped apex, cordate or sometimes inequilateral at the base, dull gieen above and glabrous, paler be- 4: 438 Witson: NoTES ON RUTACEAE neath and more or less stellate-pubescent; inflorescence panicu- late, the branches glabrous or nearly so; flowers scarlet; sepals elliptic, 3-3.5 mm. long, 2 mm. broad, gland-tipped, acutish; petals elliptic-oblong or oblong, 5-6 mm. long, 2-3 mm. broad, gland-tipped, acutish, filaments with wing-like appendages at the base, anthers oblong; ovary glabrous, three-angled. Type collected in dry rocky places, Sierra Nipe, along trail from Piedra Gorda to Woodfred, Province of Oriente, Cuba, Shafer 3091; collected also by Wright (2192) at Mayari. DISTRIBUTION: Eastern Cuba. — New York BOTANICAL GARDEN. i INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE (1910) aim of this Index is to include all current botanical literature written b Americans, published in America, or based upon American material ; the word Amer: ica oo used in its broadest sense ws, and papers which solace exclusively to forestry, agriculture, horticulture, Diieitadncat products of vegetable origin, or laboratory methods are not included, an no attempt is made to index the literature of bacteriology. An occasional exception is Some important particular. If users of the Index will call the attention of the editor to errors or omissions, their kindness will be appreciated. This Index is reprinted monthly on cards, and faintshed 3 in this form to subscribers, at the rate of one cent for each card: Selections of cards are not permitted ; each cies must take all cards published paoae the term of his subscription. Corre- ondence relating to the card-issue should be addressed to the Treasurer of the Torrey esi Club. Bailey, I. W. Anatomical characters in the evolution of Pinus. Am. Nat. 44: 284-293. pl. 2. My 1910. Bailey, I.W. Notes on the wood structure of the Betulaceae and Fagaceae. Forest. Quart. 8: 178-185. f. I-9. Je 1910. Bailey, W.W. The flowering raspberry. Am. Bot. 16: 37-39. [Jl] 1910. Barnes, C.R. The nature of physiological response. Am. Nat. 44: 321- 332. Je 1910. Read at sixteenth annual meeting of the Botanical Society of America. Bessey, C. E. Some European forest notes. Forest. Quart. 8: 201-209. Je 1910. Blumer, J.C. A comparison between two mountain sides. Plant World 13: 134-140. Je IgIo. Blumer, J.C. The vitality of pine seed in serotinous cones. Torreya 10: 108-111. 26 My 1910. Bovie, W. T. The effects of adding salts to the soil on the amount of non-available water. Bull. Torrey Club 37: 273-292. f. I. 21 Jl IQI0. Brandegee, T. S. Plantae Mexicanae Purpusianae—II, Univ. California Publ. Bot. 4: 85-95. 26 My 1910. Britton, N. L. Botanical exploration in Santa Clara, Cuba. Jour. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 11: 109-117.. My 1910. 439 440 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE Brown, H. B. The genus Crataegus, with some theories concerning the origin of its species. Bull. Torrey Club 37: 251-260. 2 Je 1910. Buchanan, R. E. Monascus purpureus in silage. Mycologia 2: 99-108. pl. 22, 23 +f. 1, 2. 9 Je 1910. C[lute], W. N. Rare forms of fernworts—XIV. Some variations of Polypodium. Fern Bull. 18: 47-49. [My] toro. [Illust.] Clute, W. N. The aggressiveness of plants. Am. Bot. 16: 39-41. [Jl] 1910. Clute, W.N. The Philippine pedate bracken. Doryopteris ludens. Fern Bull. 18: 43-45. [My] 1910. [Illust.] Clute, W. N. The plants of the sand barrens. Am. Bot. 16: 33-37. [Jl] 1910. Coulter, J. M. Practical science. Science II. 31: 881-889. 10 Je 1910. Davidson, A. Acrolasia tridentata n. sp. Bull. So. California Acad. Sci. 9: 71. Jl 1910. Deane, W. A fourth Pinus rigida for Coos County, New Hampshire. Rhodora 12: 99. 27 My 1910. Dobbin, F. Tetraplodon australis in Massachusetts. Rhodora 12: 156. 14 Jl 1910. Dodge, C.K. Plants growing wild and without cultivation in the County of Lambton, Ontario. Ottawa Nat. 24: 45-52. 8 Je IgI10. Dodge, R. Variation in Botrychium ramosum. Fern Bull. 18: 33-43. [My] 1910. East, E. M. Inheritance in potatoes. “Am. Nat. 44: 424-430. Jl 1910. Eggleston, W.W. Crataegus viridis L. in Virginia. Rhodora 12: 93, 94- 27 My i910. Eichlam, F. Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Kakteen von Guatemala—IX. Monats. Kakteenk. 20: 65-69. 15 My 1910. Farlow, W. G. A consideration of the “Species Plantarum” of Linnaeus as a basis for the starting point of the nomenclature of cryptogams. Am. Nat. 44: 385-394. Jl 1910. Farlow, W. G., & Atkinson, G. F. The botanical congress at Brussels. Science I]. 32: 104-107. 22 Jl 1910. Fernald, M. L., & Wiegand, K. M. The North American variations of Juncus effusus. Rhodora 12: 81-93. 27 My 1910. Fink, B. The lichens of Minnesota. Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 14: 1-269 +i-xvil. pl. I-51+f. I-18. 1 Je 1910. Gardner, N. L. Leuvenia, a new genus of Flagellates. Univ. California Publ. Bot. 4: 97-106. pl. 14. 26 My 1910. INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 441 Grout, A. J. Mosses with hand-lens and microscope 5: 320-416. pl. 76-87 +f. 166-220. Jl 1910. Gurke, M. LEchinocactus Lecontei Engelm. Monats. Kakteenk. 20: 69- 73. 15 My rg1o. [Illust.] Gurke, M. Rhipsalis hadrosoma G. A. Lind. Monats. Kakteenk. 20: 77, 78. 15 My 1g10. Harris, J. A. A quantitative study of the morphology of the fruit of the bloodroot, Sanguinaria canadensis. Biometrika 7: 305-351. f. I. Ap 1910. Harter, L. L. The starch content of leaves dropped in autumn. Plant World 13: 144-147. Je 1910. Haynes, C.C. Sphaerocarpos hians sp. nov., with a revision of the genus and illustrations of the species. Bull. Torrey Club 37: 215-230. i. 25-32: 2-Je 19to. Hedgcock, G. G. A new polypore on incense cedar. Mycologia 2: 155, 156. ‘ Polyporus amarus sp. nov. Hollick, A. A new fossil fucoid. Bull. Torrey Club 37: 305-307. pl. 33. 21 Jl 1910. Thamnocladus passifrons sp. nov. : H[owe], M. A. Editorial note. In Thompson, E. I., The morphology of Taenioma. Bull. Torrey Club 37: 98. 31 Mr i910. Humphreys, E. W. The name Buthotrephis gracilis Hall. Bull. Torrey Club 37: 309-311. 21 Jl 1910. Humphreys, E.W. Variation among non-lobed Sassafras leaves. Torreya Io: 101-108. f. 1-8. 26 My 1910. Jeffrey, E. C. A new araucarian genus from the Triassic. Proc. Boston Nat. Hist. Soc. 34: 325-332. pl. 31-32. Jl 1910. Jeffrey, E.C. A new Prepinus from Martha’s Vineyard. Proc. Boston Nat. Hist. Soc. 34: 333-338. pl. 33. Jl 1910. Kern, F. D. Prediction of relationships among some parasitic fungi. Science II. 31: 830-833. 27 My 1g10. Knowlton, C. H. Note on Scheuchzeria palustris L. Rhodora 12: 156. 14 Jl 1910. Lewis, I. F. Periodicity in Dictyota at Naples. Bot. Gaz. 50: 59-64. f. I. 14 Jl 1910. Lloyd, C. G. Mycological notes 35: 461-476. Mr 1910. [Illust.] Long, B. Range extension of Scirpus Smithii, var. setosus. Rhodora 12: 155, 156. 14 Jl 1910. 442 InDEx TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE Mackenzie, K. K. Notes on Carex—VI. Bull. Torrey Club 37: 231-250. 2 Je 1910. McGregor, E. A. Two new seed-plants from the Lake Tahoe region, Cali- fornia. Bull. Torrey Club 37: 261-264. f. 1, 2. 2 Je 1910. Apocynum bicolor and Lappula Jessicae, spp. nov. Mell, C. D. The histology of resin canals in white fir. Am. Forestry 16: 351-356. f. 1-9. Je 1910. Meyer, R. Uber Echinopsis campylacantha R. Mey. und E. leucantha Walp. Monats. Kakteenk. 20: 73-76. 15 My 1910. Murrill, W. A. The Polyporaceae of Jamaica. Mycologia 2: 183-197. 15 Jl 1910. 13 species described as new. Nash, G. V. A century plant coming into flower. Jour. N. Y. Bot. Gard. Ir: 123-125. pl. 79. My i910. Nash, G. V. Tropacolaceae. N. Am. Flora 25: 89-91. 3 Je 1910. ‘\ Newcombe, F.C. The place of plant responses in the categories of sensi- tive reactions. Am. Nat. 44: 333-342. Je 1910. Nichols, G. E. Notes on Connecticut mosses. Rhodora 12: 146-154. 14 Jl 1910. Osterhout, G.E. Colorado notes. Muhlenbergia 6: 46, 47. f.8. 12 My Includes Aulospermum Betheli sp. nov. and new varieties, one each, in Aster and Arnica. Pace, L. Some peculiar fern prothallia. Bot. Gaz. 50: 49-58. f. I-IJ. 14 Jl 1910. Piper, C. V. Botany in its relations to agricultural advancement. Science II. 31: 889-900. to Je 1910. Prescott, A. Juvenile ferns. Fern Bull. 18: 45-47. [My] 1910 Rock, J. F. Some new Hawaiian plants. Bull. Torrey Club 37: 297-304 f.I-5. 21 Jligio New species, one each, in Pittosporum, Sideroxylon, Lysimachia, and Dubautia. Rolfe, R. A. Begonia Martiana, var. grandiflora. Curt. Bot. Mag. IV. 6: pl. 8322. Ji 1910. Sargent, C. S. Crataegus in Pennsylvania—II. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia 62: 150-253. Ap 1910. Many new species described. Saxton, W. T. Contributions to the life history of Widdringtonia cupres- soides. Bot. Gaz. 50: 31-48. pl. 1-3+f. 1-3. 14 Jl 1910. Schatzberg, A. Preservation of wild flowers. Jour. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 11: 117-123. My 1910. THE BRYOLOGIST WITH THE JANUARY, 1910, NUMBER BEGINS ITS THIRTEENTH YEAR ano VOLUME It is a 16-20 page bi-monthly devoted to the study of the Mosses, oper and Lichens. It is fully illustrated with new, original, and artistic drawings and half-tones. It is indispensable to the working bryologist, ca eo pt as well asamateur. Send for sample copy. Subscription price $1.00 a ye Address, Mrs. ANNIE MORRILL SMITH, 78 Orange Street, Brooklyn, N. Y INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE This Index, printed each month in the BULLETIN, is reissued on library catal cards; these are furnished to subscribers at the rate of one cent for each card. Subscriptions to the card-issue may be addressed to the Treasurer of the Torrey Botanical Club, WILLIAM MANSFIELD, CoLLecE oF PHARMACY, 115 W. 68th St., N. Y. City From January, 1903, to December, 1909, inclusive, the Index was also reprinted on taper, on one side only, and can be furnished in that form at the rate of $3.00 a year North American Flora HIS work is designed to present descriptions of all plants growing independently i of cultivation, in North America, here taken to include Greenland, Central America, the Republic of Panama, and the West Indies, except Trinidad, o, and Curacao and other islands off the north coast of Venezuela, whose flora is essentially South American. It will be published in parts at irregular intervals by the New York Botanical Garden through the aid of the income of the David Lydig Fund bequeathed by Charles Daly. t is acest to issue parts as rapidly as they can be La ps? ba extent of the work een ‘it ny na to commence publication at any n r of — The i si ak will f series of volumes bei is Sliowiie seen Volume I. Myc sail , Schizophyta, Diatomace Vv es 2 to IO u Volumes II to 13 ] olumes 14 and 15. B hyt Volume 16. ia io aa Gymnospermae. oe yd 19. ocotyl = Volum 0 30. Dicotyle 8 The mendnadit of the work has ps referred by the Scientific Directors of the Garden to a committee consisting of Dr. N. L. Britton, Dr. W. A. Murrill, and Dr, J. H. Barnhart. eeagrg George F. Atkinson, of Cornell University, Professors Charles a Barnes and John M. Coulter, of = yes of Chicago, Mr. tl eta ith Coville, of the United States Departmen nt of Agricu eens "Edw . Greene, of the United States National Museum, Pats aye . Halsted, oe eos College e, and Pro- ning William T release, of the. Missouri tater Garden, have consented to act as advisory comm The following parts have been published : Vol. 7. Part 1, Usti ng comes by G. P. Clinton. Part 2, Coleosporiaceae, Ule- dinaceae, and heitiegeue (pars), by J. C. Arthur ol. 9. Parts 1 and 2 Pleo, by W. A. Murrill. Part 3, +78 gi by W. A. Murrill ; Agaricaceae (pars) b actill and G. S. Burlin ol. Part 1 _Opbiglnacene, ig L. M. Underwood and R. i : "isedice: or ge e, by _M. Underwood; Osmundaceae and Ceratopteridaceae, by R. C. Benedic ; Schizaeaceae, Glichenacee, aN Wedgie (pars), by W. R. Maxon. Vo ni ao; Patt ty Pg a by P. W ; Spargania —— Aso and Hy- a arma by: Rydberg ; Zannicheliacene e, Zosteraceae, ere doceaceae, Nai and Lilacacese, by Taylor; Scheuchzeriaceae, by N Britton ; rae by J. K Small ; Butomaceae and Poaceae ie Ss); by G. V. Nash. _ Vol. 22. Part. i; Podostens monaceae, by G. V. Nas ih iheoe by L. Britton and J. N. Rose; Penthoraceae and Viviasinscen. bP. A. Rydberg. pace 2, Saxifragaceae and pin, ae by J. K. Small and P, A. Rydbe Tg; gg ere Iteaceae, and Hamamelidaceae, by N. L. Britton ; Pterostemonaceae, by J. K. Small ; Altingiacene, by °P. Wilson ; Bid oneness by H. ous Part 3, Grossulari deg ae ae N. L, Britton; Platanaceae, ‘by H . A, Gleason ; Crossos elabae by j.K er hag ara by N ian 8 Britton ; Calycanthaceae, y C oe _ cee. y iceasee pase 1 oe ees 28 Rydberg. Part 4, Rosaceae (pars), by P. A. y Vol. 25. Part 4 Pycicer nae -e by L. Han aye RK. era Oxalidaceae and Linaceae, by J. K. Small; pops e ae by x i Britto The subscription price is fixed at $1.50 for each part; it is eas that four or five _— will be required for vomig volume. A limited number of separate parts will be sold at $2.00 each. Addr THE NEW YORK BOTANICAL GARDEN BRONX PARK, NEW YORK CITY PUBLICATIONS BY OFFICERS AND STUDENTS OF THE DEPART- MENT OF BOTANY, COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY 1. MEMmoIRS OF THE DEPARTMENT : Vol A Monograph of the North American Species of the Genus Pobgoniom ‘(189 5). By John Kunkel Small, Fellow in Botany, 1893 895 ; Curator of the Herbarium, se Quarto, 178 Pages, 84 plates. Price Vol. 2. A raph of the North oe Potentillene (1898). By Per pe Rydberg, Fellow in Botany, 1896-7. uarto, 224 pages, 112 plates. Price $6.00 2. CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE DEPARTMENT: Vol. 1. Nos. 1-25. 1886-1892. Price $5.00 Vol. 2. Nos, 26-50, 1892-1894 rice $5.00, i Vol. 3. Nos. 51-75. 1894-1895. Price $5.00 Vol. 4. Nos. 76-100. 1895-1896. Price $5.00 Vol. 5. Nos. ro1-125, 1896-1897 rice $5.00. Vol. 6. Nos. 126-150. 1897-1898. Price $5.00 »Vol. 7. Nos. 151-175. 1898-1901. Price $5.00, Vol. 8. Nos. 176-200. 1g01~1902. Price $5.00. Vol. 9. Nos. 201-. 1903~(current). ni of separate numbers available on application. A Text-book of General preemies (1896). By Albert Sciitiaen fale in Botany, 1895-1896. ctavo, 230 pages, 76 py Price $4. 25 age ; $3.80 (paper). ' Published by Willard N. Clute & Co. Binghamt The Department invites propositions vehitive . epee of her- barium material for any of the above named ey Address Dr. Carlton C. Curtis, Columbia aR, Nay.Cit An Illustrated Flora of the Northern United sed ‘Canada, and the British Possessions from Newfoundland to the Parallel of the Southern Boundary of Virginia, and from the Atlantic Ocean westward to the 102d Meridian (1896-1898). By Nathaniel Lord Britton, Profes- sor of casi 1891-1896; Emeritus Professor 1896-, and Hon. Addi- son Bro Three volumes, royal octavo. Vol. 1, 612 pages; Vol. 2, 642 pages; Vol. ms 588 pages; 4162 figures in ce text, insnietag. every species desc Published by Charles Scribner’s Sons, New York. Price, in cloth, $9.00 for the three volumes; with the indexes and keys bound separ- ately, $10.00. ; re r Native Ferns and their Allies. (Sixth oe ame 1900. By Lucien Mae Underwood, Professor of Botany, 1896-1907. Duodecimo, 158 pages, 35 figures. Published by Fate Holt & Ce, ra York:: Price, $1-00 6. Moulds, Mildews, and "Mushrooms. By Lucien Marcus Un- ine Pec of Botany, 1896-1907 decimo, 236 pages, ro plates. Published by Henry Holt & Co. Price $1.5 Nature at Development of Plants (1907). By Carlton Clar- ence Curtis, Assistant in Botany, 1892-1895; Tutor in Botany, 1895-1906 ; Instructor in Botany, 1906-1908 ; ope Professor of Botany, 1908-1910; Associate Professor of Botany, Octavo, 471 pages; 42 illustrations. Published ee aur Holt & Co., New York. Price $2.5 ESTABLISHED 1851 EIMER & AMEND 205-211 Third Ave., Corner 18th Street NEW YORK MANUFACTURERS AND IMPORTERS OF Chemicals and Chemical Apparatus Sole Agents for pace a KAHLBAUM’S MICROSCOPES ¢ Bes C. P. Chemicals and i = il pA and Reagents ACCESSORIES = Sag (= ES CARL SCHLEICHER & SCHULL’S C. P. Filters — ee MICROTOMES “= BALANCES and WEIGHTS Famous Labora- me tory Glassware MAnd for many other renowned European houses in our line. COMPLETE LINE OF Bacteriological Apparatus WE HANDLE EVERYTHING NEEDED FOR A LABORATORY Inspection of premises cordially invited, MEMOIRS OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB A series of technical ae on botanical subjects, published at irregular intervals. Price $3.00 a volume. ot offered in exchange. . 1, No. 1; not furnished separately: Bailey, Liberty Hyde. Studies of the types of various species of the genus Carex. Pages 1-85. 25 My 1889. Vol. 1, No. 2; not furnished separately : Martindale, Isaac Comly. Marine algae of the New Jersey coast and adjacent waters of Staten Island. — 7- 1889. 1.1, No. 3; hoes 75 cents: Spruce, Richard. nes icae Bolivianae, in Andibus 1885-6, a cl. H. H. Rusby lectae Pages Sei Vol. 1, No. 4; price, 75 cen Sturtevant, Edward Lewis. On seedless fruits. Pas 141-187. 30 My 1890, 1. 2, No. 1; not furnished se Halsted, Byron Da itn Reserve food-materials in nea and surrounding parts. Pages 1-26, plates 1, 2. 10S 1890. be 2, No. 2; price, 75 cents: les Arthur. Contributions to the botany of Boliviae orientalis, annis 1990. Vail, Anna Murray, & Hollick, Virginia. Pages ee plates 3, 4. 23 D 1890. Vol. 2, No. 3; not furnis a caress 5 Holm, Herman Theodor. Contributions to wledge of the -pisganae: some North American plants. age vote las 5-19. 15 Ap 1891 Vol. 2, No. 4; price, 75 cents: Wheelock, William Efmer. The genus Po/yga/ain North America. Pages 1og- 152. 30 D 1891. Vol. 3, No 1; not furnished separately Small, J Kunkel, & Heller, Amos Arthur. Flora of nese North Carolina and pra territory. Pages 1-39. . 20 F 1892. pro 3, No. 2; price, $2.00 Morong, Thom atadaceae of North America [with illustrations ot al the species]. ae oe pia 20-74. 15 Mri poy 3, No. 3; not furnished separately usby, H numeration = ~ — solleetsa. in Bolivia by Miguel saps gps ¥i se pou 1-67. 28A Vol. 4, No. 1; eiges Ga y: Underwood, Lucien Marcus. Index Hefaticarum. Part 1, Bibliography. Pages I~9I. 10 Je 1893. Vol. 4, No. 2; not furnished separately ae Sm one dees a Murray. Report on ‘the botanical explo — n of southwestern during the season of 1892. Pages 93-201, ates pie 18 N hier Ao Ae sae Vol. 4, ao = price, 50 cents ppeee sed Henry Hurd. An enum of the plants epliected} in Bolivia by Miguel ang. Part 2. Pec 203-274. ae ag ews Ap 1895. Vol. 4, No. 4; price, 50 cents Pettit, Anna Stockton. Arachis hypogaea L. Pages 275-296, plates 83-85 5 Je 1895. ora dape al price, 75 cents North American species of Physalis and related genera. Rydberg, Per Axel. Pages 297-374. 15S $1896 List of east and Spermato py gehen without cultivation in northeastern North America. Pages 1-377. 4 D 1893-31 D 1894. i Vol. 6, No. 1; price, $1.25: Rusby, Henry Hurd. An enumeration of the plants collected in Bolivia by Miguel Bang. Part 3. Pages 1-130. 17 N 1896. 0. 2; not furnished sep: Vol. 6, arately : Grout, Abel Joel. A revision of the North Apieices Mr vlijene and Brachythecia. Pages 131-210. 30 flr ol. 6, N . 3; price, 50 ce Hazen, The life history of Spidoctis Pest vit ( Haematococcus plavialis). seg, Pas pe 211-246, plates 86, 87 Sige Je 1899. Vo ' > price, 50 cents: Underwood, Lucien M arous. A review of the Saiets of ferns proposed prior to 1832. Pages 247-283. 1 D 1899. Vol. 6, No. 5; price, 25 cents Fink, Bruce. Notes on lichen ped ae in ae" upper Mississippi Valley. Pages 285-307. 1 D 1899. Vol. 7 e, $3.00 Howe, Marshall Avery aw ‘ieatese ‘and dnthoesiobes of California, Pages 1-208 , plates ripe gs 5 Aut ang @, Ro. es not furnished separat “iy eas the mparative embryology of ae Rubiaceae, Part F io ra ats I$. 26 axe 1899. Part II, Pages 27-112, plates pte 15 Vol. 8, No. 2; price, $1.00 Ev: Alexander William. pegs ZL oe ge of the United States and Canada. Pages II e183) ett 6-22. 15 F Vol. 8, No. re - ia. 75 cents: on, Elizabeth Gertrude, & Taylor, Alexandrina. — life history of Vittaria lineata, Pages 135-211, plates 27-31. 30 Au 190 Vol. woh price, $3.00 Ernest Stanley. A mo of the erie, Pages ee plates tg. 401900, No longer oid one in Piao sets of the Memoi Vol. 10; e€, $3.00 Burgess, Edward Sandford. aos of Pre-Clusian botany in its relation to Aster. Pages i-xii, 1-447. 22 Be a No. 1; price, $1.75: Grifiths, Davia. The Nont “American Sordariaceac. Pages 1-134, plates 1-19. 30 My Igor. Vol. 11, No. 2; price, $1. Hazen, Tracy Elliot. The Wothricaceae por pai stoheinaees of the United States. ye 135-250, plates 20-42. 200 1902. ans 12, No. 1; price, $1.50 Northrop, Alice Rich. Flora of New Providence and Aisin (Bahama Islands). Pages err plates 1-19 - map. 1902. ol. 12, No. price, $1.00: Banker, Howar A co santenon ie a revision of the North American Hydnaceae. Pier seins oy Je 1906. 2, No. 3; price, 75 cent Kupfer, Elsie. Studies” = age regeneration, Pes 195-241. 10 Je 1907- ol. 13; price, $3. Edward Sandford. Species and variations of Biotian Asters, with dis- cussion of variability in Aster. Pages i-xv, sapere i tes 1-137. 15 Mr 1906. Vol. 14, or 1; price, $1.25: Burlingham, ons, A study of the ‘Lecteriae of the United States. Pages 1-109, figures 1-15. 26 My 1908, - Vol. 2; price, 75 cen er, Ormond. Observation on the Calif = prise Ee fetes n the ifornia vine eee Pages £11-153, ae DR. WILLIAM MANSFIELD, College of Pharmacy, en ee ot Sour Souk CRS: Studies on the Rocky Mountain fora — XXIUI . » . PER AXEL RYDBERG 443 BULLETIN: 2 TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB Editar ae MARSHALL AVERY HOWE — Associate Editors JoHN HENDLEY BARNHART Tracy ELLiot Nazkx JEAN BROADHURST WILLIAM ALPHONSG MURRILL Puitip DoweLe CHARLES Louis POLLARD | ALEXANDER WILLIAM EVANS —: MAULE RICHARDS CONTENTS Cienfuegosia Drummondii, a rare Texas plant. . FREDERICK L. LEWTON 73 % Development of the embryo-sac of Boseniver ¢ concolor FRANK M. ANDREWS an Other editions of Emory’s Report, 1848 --.-: - . OLIVER A. FARW por 479 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE ...... +--+ 48% e PUBLISHED FOR THE CLUB THE. lene ERA PRINTING COMPANY LANCASTER, PA. u THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB President, a HENRY H. RUSBY, M.D site Vice- Presidents, EDWARD S. BURGESS, PH.D. JOHN HENDLEY BARNHART, A.M.,M.D Recording Secretary, shee © reasurer, PERCY WILSON. WILLIAM MANSFIELD, PuHar.D. Botanical Garden, Bronx Park, New York City. : College of Pharm ee 115 West 68th St., New van City- Hee MEETINGS pee Dlectings twice each month from October to May inclusive: the second Tuesday, _ at 8:00 P.M., at the American Museum of Natural History; the last Wednesday, at 3:30 P.M., in the Museum Building of the New York Botanical Garden. > % PUBLICATIONS All subscriptions and other business communications relating to the publications re vs the Club should be addressed to the Treasurer, William: Mansfield, College of Pharmacy, 115 West 68th St., New York City. ? Monthly, established 1870. Price, $3.00 a year; single numbers 30 cents. Of former volumes, only 24-36 can be ees oo — numbers of other volumes are available, but the entire stock of som rs has been res for the completion of sets. Manu cial intended for scot in the BULLETIN should be addressed to Marshall A. Howe, Editor, New York Botanical Garden, Bronx Park, New York City. Torreya. Monthly, established 1901. Price, $1.00 a year. Manuscripts in- tended for publication in ToRREYA should be addressed to Jean Broadhurst, Editor, Teachers College, Columbia University, New York City. Memoirs. Occasional, established 1889. (See last pages of cover. ) Preliminary Catalogue of Anthophyta and Pteridophyta within. 100 miles of New York City, 1888. Price, $1.00 Vol. 37 No 9 BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB —- = SEPTEMBER, rgi1o Studies on the Rocky Mountain flora — XxXIll PER AXEL RYDBERG “ Gaillardia Mearnsii sp. nov. Annual; stem 1-3 dm. high, leafy only towards the base, finely pubescent; basal leaves oblanceolate or spatulate, petioled, 5~10 cm. long, puberulent, entire or round-lobed; upper leaves similar or sometimes pinnatifid with rounded lobes; peduncles I~2 dm. high; involucres about 2 cm. broad; bracts lanceolate, acute, grayish-pubescent; disk-corollas purple, their lobes short and rounded, fimbriate; pappus-scales lanceolate, each gradually attenuate into a slender awn equaling the corolla; rays yellow, 10-15 mm. long. The type sheets were labeled G. aristata, which it somewhat resembles in general habit, but the lobes of the disk-corollas are not attenuate. It resembles, however, still more, G. arizonica in the annual root, the stem naked above, and the leaf-form, al- though the leaves are more inclined to be entire; but it differs from that species in the purple disk and the gradually acuminate and long-aristate pappus-scales. On the whole, it is therefore more nearly related to G. pinnatifida, although the plant is evi- dently an annual and the leaves are seldom pinnatifid. When pinnatifid, their lobes are short and rounded. Arizona: Fort Verde, May 4, 1888, Mearns 322 (type, in herb. N. Y. Bot. Gard.). Uta: Sandy bluffs near Green River, June 12, 1900, Stokes. TETRANEURIS In Coulter & Nelson’s New Manual the name Actinella Nutt. has been readopted for this genus, apparently in conformity with [The BuLLeTIN for August, 1910 pe 393-442) was issued 8 S 1910.] 44 444 RypBerG: Rocky MounrAIN FLORA the Vienna Rules. Nuttall, however, did not intend to propose a new genus Actinella, but thought that the Galardia acaulis of Pursh belonged to Actinella Pers., based on Actinea Juss. In reality there is no such thing as Actinella Nutt. Actinella Pers. is a synonym of Cephalophora, to which even DeCandolle thought Galardia acaulis belonged. The way Professor Nelson has handled other persons’ species of this genus and his own is very arbitrary. Actinella simplex A. Nels., A. incana A. Nels., and A. eradicata A. Nels. he keeps distinct from A. acaulis (Pursh) Nutt. Both Actinella depressa A. Gray and Tetraneuris brevifolia Greene he makes synonyms of his own Actinella acaulis caespitosa, and Tetraneuris glabra Greene and 7. glabriuscula Rydb. of his own Actinella epunctata. He unites T. linearis Greene (Nutt.) and T. angustifolia Rydb.; T. fastigiata Greene and T. stenophylla Rydb.; and lumps under Actinella leptoclada A. Gray not only Tetraneuris mancosensis A. Nels. and T. intermedia Greene but also T. Crandallii Rydb., T. arizonica Greene, and T. pilosa Greene (?). My studies of the genus have given me quite different results. Galardia acaulis Pursh was collected by Bradbury in ‘‘Upper Louisiana.’ Any one who knows a little about Bradbury’s travels knows that this meant along the Missouri River, somewhere be- tween St. Louis, Mo., and Fort Mandan, N. D. Further, the type locality must have been in South Dakota or North Dakota, as no species of Tetraneuris is known to grow near the Missouri south thereof. The common plant of the plains and hills of the western part of the Dakotas and Nebraska has densely silky, linear-oblanceolate leaves. It is well represented by my own nos. 106 and 196, by MacDougal 53 from Nebraska, and by Bolley 404 from Mendora, N. D. It is true that the type of Tetraneuris incana A. Nels. (Elias Nelson 5006) is slightly more delicate and whiter than these, but A. Nelson 8265, determined by the author himself as T. incana matches perfectly my no. 106. Actinella or Tetraneuris incana A. Nels. is therefore in my opinion the true T. acaulis (Pursh) Greene. It is the only one that has been col- lected in the neighborhood of the type locality. The only other species that has been collected in the Dakotas or Nebraska is T. simplex A, Nels. and that only in the very extreme western RypDBERG: Rocky MounNrTAIN FLORA 445 portion. The latter does not agree with the description of Ga- lardia acaulis. I have come to the conclusion also that Tetraneuris eradiata A. Nels. is but a rayless form of T. acaulis. My no. 106 contains both radiate and rayless specimens. The disk-flowers of T. eradiata are said to be “‘almost orange.’’ They usually turn more or less orange in age in T. acaulis and the type of T. eradiata is pretty well advanced in age. There are no other distinctive characters either in the description or in the specimens that I can see. Even Tetraneuris simplex is not too good a species and it is very close to T. acaulis on one hand and T. trinervata Greene on the other. The latter I had reported for Colorado in my Flora of Colorado; but it is wholly ignored by Nelson. As the New Manual includes northern New Mexico, the type locality even of T. trinervata, viz., Sandia Mountains, N. M., between Santa Fé and Albuquerque, is within the range. What Professor Nelson’s interpretation of Actinella acaulis really is, is hard to tell, for some of the specimens he has distributed under that name and Tetraneuris acaulis belong to T. lanata and others to T. acaulis caespitosa A. Nels. Most of them were distributed before the latter was segregated. Both E. Nelson 4329, distributed as T. acaulis, and A. Nelson 4607, distributed as T. lanata?, match perfectly a part of the type of Nuttall’s Actinella lanata in the Torrey herbarium. All three are very young. It is evident that Actinella acaulis caespitosa A. Nels. is more closely related to A. Janata than to A. acaulis. It has the loose pubescence of A. Janata, a character best seen in age. I am in- clined to think that it is the same as Tetraneuris brevifolia Greene, although I have not seen the type of the latter. It should then bear that name, unless it is reduced to a variety of A. Janata. The plant was first collected by James in Long’s Expedition on James Peak (now Pikes Peak), the type locality of T. brevi- folia. Torrey* referred this specimen to Actinea integrifolia Kunth; but in Torrey and Gray’s Flora,t it was referred to Actinella lanata with the following remark: ‘““The specimen of *Ann. Lyc. N. Y. 2: 213. +2: 382. 446 RypBerc: Rocky MOUNTAIN FLORA A. integrifolia? Torr. loc. cit. is so imperfect that we can not very confidently refer it to the present species; but it certainly is not the same with the foregoing” [A. Torreyana]. When preparing the manuscript of the Flora of Colorado, I overlooked the publication of Tetraneuris epunctata A. Nels. Otherwise I should not have proposed T. glabriuscula to replace the untenable T. glabra Greene. I am perfectly willing to reduce the last two to synonymy. This is, however, not the case with T. angustifolia. In the key Professor Nelson has a division, “Crowns of the caudex short” in contrast to ‘Crowns of the caudex fastigiate and elongated, 1-2 dm. high.”’ Under the first division he includes Actinella linearis. If he had given A. an- gustifolia instead it would have been correct. The type of Ac- tinella scaposa linearis was collected by Riddell in Texas and is preserved in the Torrey herbarium. It has elongated branches of the caudex as have Tetraneuris fastigiata and T. stenophylla, and differs from them mainly in the fact that the bases of the leaves are scarcely dilated. I think that Tetraneuris fastigiata and T. stenophylla also are distinct. This is only a matter of difference in opinion as to limitation of species. If they are to be united, they should be included in T. linearis, which is just as closely related. Tetraneuris angustifolia on the contrary is more distinct and related to 7. Torreyana, but lacks the hair-tufts at the bases of the leaves. Tetraneuris mancosensis A. Nels. is a synonym of Actinella leptoclada A. Gray. 1 am now inclined to regard T. inter- media Greene also as such, although I kept it distinct in the Flora of Colorado. But I think it goes too far in “lumping,” if one tries to include the acaulescent Tetraneuris Crandallit, T. arizonica, and T. pilosa in the leafy-stemmed T. leptoclada. Besides the difference in habit the acaulescent species have abruptly aristate pappus-scales, while in T. leptoclada the scales taper gradually into the bristle-point. Tetraneuris Crandallii in habit closely resembles T. Torreyana, but the scape in not villous and the pappus is different. T. arizonica, in which I am inclined to include T. pilosa, resembles T. epunctata, but the leaves are more hairy, more punctate, and have conspicuous hair-tufts at the bases- It seems as if enough species have been proposed in this genus, RYDBERG: Rocky MouNTAIN FLORA 447 but still there is a plant of Montana, Idaho, and Saskatchewan, related to Tetraneuris acaulis, though differing in so many respects that it would be inconsistent to include it in that species. I therefore propose it as new: “ Tetraneuris septentrionalis sp. nov. An acaulescent perennial, with a short, thick cespitose-pulvinate caudex; leaves spatulate or oblanceolate, mostly rounded at the apex, 1.5-4 cm. long, 5-8 mm. wide, canescent-tomentose, sub- velutinous; scape 5-10 dm. high, rather thick, appressed-tomentose; involucres 6-7 mm. high, 12-15 mm. broad, densely villous; bracts elliptic, rounded at the apex; rays 8-10 mm. long, 5-6 mm. wide, very strongly veined; achenes silky-strigose; pappus scales ovate, abruptly short-aristate. This is related to Tetraneurts acaulis and T. simplex, but differs from both in the broader leaves, the looser pubescence, the usually shorter and stouter scape, and short bristle-tips of the pappus scales; from the former of these also in the less silky pubescence and the larger and more strongly veined rays, and from the latter in the dense pubescence. _ Ipauo: Palouse Country, June-July, 1892, G. B. Aiton (type, in herb. N. Y. Bot. Gard.). Montana: Fort Benton, John Persall 926; Livingston, June, 1899, Tweedy. SASKATCHEWAN: Cypress Hills, June 23, 1894, John Macoun 5078. ; Wyomtnc: Yellowstone Park, June, 1888, C. H. Hall. v Hymenoxys Macounii (Cockerell) Rydb. comb. noy. Hymenoxys Richardsoni, var. Macounti Cockerell, Bull. Torrey Club 31: 474. 1904. It is not plain whether Professor Cockerell intended this as a variety of H. Richardsoni or of his H. Richardsont, subsp. pumila. From the discussion, the latter interpretation seems most probable, but technically it seems to have been made a variety of the species. In habit it is most like H. pumila, but it has one character that was overlooked by Professor Cockerell, viz., the outer bracts are much thickened on the back, even sub- carinate. This would associate the plant with H. floribunda 448 RypserGc: Rocky MouNrAIN FLORA rather than with H. Richardsoni. The rays are, however, not so broad or so decidedly cuneate as in that species. The following specimens belong to H. Macount. SASKATCHEWAN: 1858, Bourgeau; Cypress Hills, 1880, John Macoun; Medicine Hat, 1894, John Macoun 5077; Bare sige 1906, Macoun & Herriot 72840. Montana: “Northwest Boundary,’ 1874, Cowes; Falls of Missouri, 1886, R. S. Williams 4520; Midvale, 1903, Umbach 150; Manhattan, 1895, Rydberg 2930. © Hymenoxys Greenei (Cockerell) Rydb. comb. nov. Picradenia biennis Greene, Pittonia 3: 272, in part. 1898. Not Actinella biennis A. Gray. 1878. Hymenoxys Lemmoni Greene Cockerell, Bull. Torrey Club 31: 479. 1904. I think this is specifically distinct from Hymenoxys Lemmont. The best character to distinguish the two was not pointed out by Professor Cockerell or by Dr. Greene. The inner bracts in Palmer 261, the type number of H. Greenei, of which there are five specimens on two sheets in the Columbia University her- barium, are broadly obovate and more or less erose-dentate on the margins, while in all specimens seen of H. Lemmoni they are elliptic and entire. Watson 616, from Nevada and referred to the subpecies Greenei, belongs to H. Lemmoni. DUGALDEA Professor Nelson included in this genus Hymenoxys heleni- oides Cockerell (Picradenia helenioides Rydb.), on what ground I do not know. Both I, who, with Mr. Vreeland, discovered the plant, studied it in the field, and described it, and Professor Cockerell, who has spent so much time on Hymenoxys, believed it a good species of that genus. In Dugaldia Hoopesii the bracts are in more than two series, distinct, and in age reflexed; in Hymenoxys helenioides they are as in the rest of that genus not reflexed, in strictly two series, and those of the outer series are united at the base. Dysopia Nelson in the New Manual has evidently given Dysodia Cav. the same limitation as it has in Engler & Prantl’s Pflanzen- RYDBERG: Rocky MOouNTAIN FLORA 449 familien, 7. e., including Adenophyllum, Hymenatherum, Aci- phyllaea, Thymophylla, and Lowellia. If so, the name Dysodia papposa (Vent.) Hitch. and D. aurea (A. Gray) A. Nels. can be used; but if these genera are to be regarded as distinct or if they are limited as by Gray and by Hemsley, the names are not the correct ones. The monotype of Dyssodia Cav. (originally spelled with two s’s), is D. Porophyllum = Adenophyllum Hemsl., which is not congeneric with either of these species according to Hemsley. The only available generic names for the two species of the Rocky Mountain region would be Boebera Willd. and Lowellia A. Gray, respectively. ARTEMISIA The treatment of Artemisia in the New Manual of the Central Rocky Mountains is very unsatisfactory. The author has kept up five of his own species and reduced every species proposed by any one else since 1884 and some before that year, either to syn- onymy or else to a variety of some older species, except Artemisia saxicola Rydb., which was a substitute for the North American so-called A. norvegica. Now let us see what the facts really are. There are only two species of Professor Nelson’s that I am in- clined to uphold, viz., Artemisia aromatica and A. nova. In such a ‘‘conservative’’ work as the New Manual generally is, even these ought to have been reduced to varieties. It is questionable if Artemisia aromatica A. Nels. can be kept specifically distinct from A. dracunculoides. The latter is fully as common in the Rockies as is A. aromatica, and even one speci- men distributed from the University of Wyoming and named A. aromatica, viz., Goodding 602, is typical A. dracunculoides. Also an older specimen, Nelson 2469, belongs here. Artemisia nova A. Nels. was not altogether new when it was described. In fact, several specimens were found in herbaria before that time under the name Artemisia arbuscula. If I am not mistaken, it constituted a part of Nuttall’s original A. ar- buscula, although the description fits better the other part, which therefore may be regarded as the type. Dr. Gray* states: “Two forms, passing into each other (both collected by Nuttall, * * *); one with involucres more campanulate, 7-9-flowered; in the other oblong and only 4-5-flowered.”” The latter is A. mova A. Nels. *Syn. Fl. 1°: 374. 450 RypperG: Rocky MouNTAIN FLORA The other Nelsonian species have in my opinion no claim to specific rank. Two duplicates of the type of Artemisia gracilenta A. Nels., one in the Columbia University herbarium and the other in the New York Botanical Garden collection, are almost identical with the two original specimens of A. floccosa Rydb. The only dif- ference is that the segments of the leaves of the former are somewhat narrower. There are also two duplicates of A. pawcicephala A. Nels., which differs from A. floccosa only in the fact that the upper leaves are entire. As Nelson himself unites A. pawci- cephala and A. gracilenta and the original A. floccosa is intermed- iate between the two, I see no reason why they should not be re- duced to synonyms of A. floccosa, which is three years older. Artemisia subglabra A. Nels., of which there are two duplicates here, is identical with A. graveolens Rydberg, three years older. The leaves of even Nelson’s own specimens show traces of tomen- tum on the lower surface. The species is related to A. discolor, not to A. saxicola, with which Nelson has placed it. Artemisia natronensis A. Nels. is, according to a duplicate of the type and several specimens distributed from the University of Wyoming, the same as A. longifolia Nutt., as that species is understood. The specimens which I referred to A. natronensis in my Flora of Colorado do not belong there. They are unusually large-headed A. diversifolia or at least closely related to it. I wish to make this correction here. Now let us take up the species reduced by Professor Nelson. Artemisia Scouleriana (Besser) Rydb. and A. Forwoodii S. Wats. are reduced to synonyms of A. canadensis. Artemisia canadensis Michx. is a subarctic plant and not found in the Rocky Mountains within the United States. The type came from the shores of the Hudson Bay. It is a low plant with the leaves mostly basal, with narrowly linear divisions, and com- paratively few heads nearly as large as those of A. spithamaea hese (A. borealis Auct. Am.) and ina narrow panicle. I have seen specimens from the White Mountains; Vermont; the Gaspé Peninsula, Que.; Keweenaw Point, Mich.; and the Yukon Ter- ritory; but from nowhere in our western states. The specimens named Artemisia canadensis from there belong to A. Forwoodit or A. Scouleriana. Whether the latter two should be regarded as RyDBERG: Rocky MountTAIN FLORA 451 distinct is questionable, but they are evidently different from A. canadensis, and Besser, regarding them as such, referred them, first to A. desertorum and later to A. commutata. In the original publication,* Dr. Watson compares A. Forwoodii with A. discolor, to which it’ has no close relationship. It is the same as A. deser- torum Hookeriana Besser. t Artemisia kansana Britton and A. stenoloba Rydb. are given as synonyms of A. Wrightii. The description of the last in the New Manual is mostly copied from Dr. Gray, who perhaps in- cluded A. kansana, but the type, Wright 1279, is not the same as A. kansana Britton. The plant Professor Nelson had in mind is evidently A. kansana and not the true A. Wrightii, judging _ from the key and from the association with A. coloradensis Oster- hout. The true Artemisia Wrightii has an involucre only slightly tomentose and the leaves glabrate above and is very close to A. Bakeri Greene, differing mainly in the erect instead of nodding heads. If Artemisia Bakeri should be reduced to a variety of A. mexicana, A. Wrightii should also. A. stenoloba Rydberg was never described, but the specimens so named in manuscript belong to kansana. There is however, an older name for this species, viz., A. Carruthii Wood, as pointed out by Mr. Mackenzie. Artemisia rhizomata A. Nels., A. pudica Rydb., A. pabuiaris (A. Nels.) Rydb., A. Purshiana Besser, and “‘probably”’ A. can- dicans and A. floccosa Rydb. are reduced to synonyms of A. gnaphalodes Nutt. If A. rhizomata and A. pabularis (originally described as a variety by Nelson) are reduced to synonymy I shall enter no protest. I do not know what the first really is. One specimen in the Columbia herbarium bears the type number, but it does not agree with the original description and the label evi- dently has been interchanged. Some of the specimens distributed later under that name belong to the form of A. gnaphalodes common in the Rocky Mountain region. The form growing in Wisconsin, the type state of A. gnaphalodes, looks quite different, although it is almost impossible to characterize the differences in words. Artemisia pabularis is a peculiar plant, in some respects inter- mediate between A. gnaphalodes and A. microcephala Wooton, *Proc. Am. Acad. 25: 133. 1890. THook. Fl. Bor.~Am. 1: 325. 1833. 432 RyYvBERG: Rocky MounrAIN FLORA ~~ but with narrower leaves than either. A. pudica Rydb. is re- lated to A. gnaphalodes and A. diversifolia, but in my opinion distinct. This is, of course, a matter of individual opinion. A. Purshiana is a northern plant with much broader leaves and denser inflorescence than the ordinary A. gnaphalodes. It is common in British America and Montana, has been collected in the Da- kotas, and one specimen from Nevada I have referred doubtfully here, but I have seen no specimens from Wyoming or southward. Perhaps this species is unknown to Professor Nelson. I must protest, however, against the reduction of Artemisia candicans Rydb., and A. floccosa Rydb. to synonyms of A. gnaph- alodes. Artemisia floccosa, as stated above, should take the place of A. paucicephala and A. gracilenta, and the A. candicans is re- lated to it. Using Nelson’s key, one would place it in A. pauci- cephala, but the heads are still broader, sessile in small clusters, nodding or spreading, instead of erect, and the tomentum is more loose. , Artemisia Underwoodii Rydb., A. Brittonii Rydb. and A. latiloba (Nutt.) Rydb. are made synonyms of A. ludoviciana Nutt. I doubt if Professor Nelson knew what the first two are. One specimen of A. Underwoodii, viz., Goodding 1034, was distributed from the University of Wyoming under the name A, silvicola G.E.O. Both A. Underwoodii and A. silvicola are perhaps more closely related to A. mexicana than to A. lu- doviciana. Artemisia Brittonii Rydb. has the leaves permanently tomen- tose on both sides and would be placed in A. gnaphalodes if Nelson's key were used. It is most nearly related to A. Purshiana, but has at least the lower leaves deeply lobed. Artemisia latiloba (Nutt.) Rydb. should be known as A. Hookeriana Besser. I have seen a duplicate of the latter in the Gray herbarium and there is no doubt that it is the same as my A. latiloba. It isa northern plant, not found in Wyoming and rare in Montana. It has the same leaf-form as A. elatior and A. Suksdorfii, but the inflorescence is denser and the involucre is densely tomentose. It is sometimes hard to distinguish from, and in the west seem to grade into, what has been known in Cali- fornia and Nevada as A. heterophylla Nutt. The latter name is + ae a Noe AS Brey RYDBERG: Rocky MouNTAIN FLORA 453 untenable and ‘Belongs evidently to A. Suksdorfii. _The Cali- . fornia-Nevada plant has been described as A. Kennedyi A. Nels., but even this must pass into synonymy, for the plant has an older name, A. Douglasiana Besser. Under Artemisia discolor is given as a synonym: ‘‘A. elatior (T. & G.) Rydb. as to our range.’’ A. discolor and A. elatior can never be confused, but perhaps this could happen with the latter and A. incompta Nutt., which Nelson has regarded as a variety of A. discolor, following Dr. Gray. Good specimens of A. elatior, resembling the type in the Columbia University her- barium, have been collected in Montana and one specimen which I can refer to no other described species we have from Colorado. Artemisia spiciformis Osterhout is reduced to a synonym of A. arbuscula Nutt. It is not related to that species but is related to A. Rothrockii A. Gray. The specimens from Utah collected by Ward and Parry and referred to by Dr. Gray,* belong to A. spiciformis Osterhout. Nelson has .also reduced several species to varieties, viz., A. Parryi A. Gray, A. coloradensis Osterhout, A. diversifolia Rydb., A. silvicola Osterhout, and A. Bakeri Greene. There is scarcely any better species than A. Parryi and it can never be justly referred to A. saxicola. Not only has the plant ‘‘a tendency to become glabrate,’’ but the pubescence, if any is present, is not that of A. saxicola, but is short-silky and ap- pressed, the heads are usually much more numerous than in that species and not racemose, and the corollas are perfectly glabrous. If it were not for the absolute lack of tomentum I should place it next to A. franserioides and A. discolor. It is strange that Professor Nelson reduced this species to a variety, while he re- garded A. Pattersonii as distinct from A. scopulorum. Besides, what rules of nomenclature was he following, when he reduced the older species A. Parryi to a variety of the later A. saxicola? Artemisia coloradensis Osterhout is made a variety of A. Wrightii. As A. Wrightii of Nelson is not the original A. Wrightia A. Gray, but A. kansana Britton (see above), a new combination is necessitated, if the specific rank of A. coloradensis is not upheld. __ Artemisia diversifolia Rydb. is made a variety of A. gnapha- i ne --#See Syn. Fl. 12: 375. 454 RypBERG: Rocky MounTAIN FLORA lodes Nutt. This is of course a matter of individual opinion. It is fully as good as the two Nelsonian species A. aromatica and A. nova, which I am inclined to admit. Artemisia silvicola Osterhout and A. Bakeri Greene are made varieties of A. mexicana. The former is, as stated before, related to A. mexicana, but the latter is very hard to distinguish from the original A. Wrightii. A. mexicana is not found in the Rockies and not even near them. What goes under that name from New Mexico and Arizona is mostly either A. neo-mexicana Greene or A. microcephala Wooton. The latter extends into southern Utah and Nevada. So many species have already been proposed in this genus that it may seem a little hazardous and unnecessary to add more to the already too large number. There are, however, two plants, both collected by Bourgeau on the Palliser Expedition in Saskat- chewan, that can not be included in the species known by me, so that it seems better to give descriptions of them here. The second one was rediscovered in Alberta by Macoun and. Herriot. “Artemisia Bourgeauana sp. nov. Perennial with a tap-root and short caudex; stem silky- pubescent, more or less tinged with red, 3-4 dm. high; basal leaves petioled, 4-6 cm. long, sericeous-canescent on both sides, twice-pinnatifid with oblanceolate divisions; stem-leaves pin- natifid with linear, crowded divisions, rather small; heads nu- merous in a narrow panicle; involucres nearly 5 mm. wide, silky- villous, yellowish and shining; bracts oval, broadly scarious- margined; flowers light yellow, the central ones sterile. This species is perhaps most closely related to Artemisia For- woodu, having the same habit and leaf form, but the plant is more silky and the heads are twice as broad, fully as large as in A. Spithamaea and A. canadensis. From the former it differs in the humerous heads, compound inflorescence, yellow instead of brown flowers, and taller stem. From A. canadensis it differs in the compact inflorescence, the densely silky leaves, and broader leaf-segments. SASKATCHEWAN: 1857-9, Bourgeau (type, in herb. Columbia University). RYDBERG: Rocky MOUNTAIN FLORA 455 ' Artemisia Herriotii sp. nov. Perennial with a rootstock; stem 6-10 dm. high or more, tomentose; leaves entire or sparingly and sharply toothed, 5-20 cm. long, 5-15 mm. wide, glabrate and green above, densely white-tomentose beneath, rather thin, margins not revolute; r small heads; branches erect, racemiform; heads erect; involucres about 5 mm. high, 2.5—3 mm. broad; bracts oblong-ovate to ovate, acute or obtuse, yellowish, densely tomentose; flowers yellow, the central ones fertile; receptacle naked. Bourgeau’s specimens were referred to Artemisia longifolia by Dr. Gray, but they are not closely related to that species. The leaves are not revolute-margined and the heads are not half the size of those of that species. It is most closely related to A. silvi- cola and A. Hookeriana Besser (A. latiloba Rydb.). It differs from the former in the denser and narrower inflorescence, the erect heads, the denser tomentum on the involucres, and the firmer leaves, and from the latter in the more entire leaves and the smaller, more cylindric heads. ALBERTA: Edmonton, Aug. 25, 1906, Macoun & Herriot 72825 (type, in herb. N. Y. Bot. Gard.). SASKATCHEWAN: 1858, Bourgeau (in herb. Gray). ACHILLEA A great diversity of opinion exists among botanists as to the number of species of this genus found in America. Dr. Gray admitted three species, Achillea Millefolium, A. multiflora, and A. Ptarmica. Evidently Nelson held the same view, as he admits only A. Millefolium, the other two not being found in the Rocky Mountain region. Piper in his Flora of Washington* admitted A. lanulosa Nutt. as variety of A. Millefolium. Robinson and Fer- nald+ regarded A. lanulosa as a good species. Pollard { admitted 10 species as North American. Of these one is Mexican and three escaped or introduced. Afterwards he, in codperation with Cockerell,§ described an additional species from New Mexico. ith the wes of A. multiflora and perhaps A. laxiflora, *Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. vol. 11. TtGray’s Neg Manual 8 tBull. Torrey Club 26: ake 375. 1899. §Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 15: 179. 1902. 456 RYDBERG: RocKy MOUNTAIN FLORA which is unknown to me, all the North American species are closely related to A. Millefolium and may be only forms of that species. Notwithstanding the fact that Achillea borealis, on account of its large heads and numerous rays, has been placed in the Ptarmica section of the genus, it is closely related to A. Millefolium, and can be connected with it through two different lines of rela- tionship. (See below.) It is very hard to say whether the native species of the Millefolium group admitted by Pollard should be regarded as species or as varieties of A. Millefolium and my inten- tion here is not to express any opinion on that subject. I only wish to clear certain points regarding which there seems to be a great deal of confusion. I shall here use the specific names that have been applied to the different forms, whenever such are available. ACHILLEA MILLEFOLIUM L. Sp. Pl. 899. 1753 This is a native of northern Europe and I think also of northern New York and New England and eastern Canada; at least it has naturalized itself in that part of North America. Elsewhere it is only sparingly introduced. It is a characteristic northern plant. It differs from all the other native forms in being less villous and having shorter hairs. |The rachis of the leaves is distinctly wing- margined and the primary segments more or less decurrent; they are usually decidedly spreading. The secondary segments are short, lanceolate, and spinulose-tipped. The rays are comparatively large, 2-3.5 mm. broad. The bracts have usually brown margins. In the far north, the plant often becomes more hairy and the margins almost black, and it approaches A. borealis on one hand and A. lanulosa on the other. Of such specimens we have one from North Iceland, collected by Olasur Davidson, and two col- lected by Collins and Fernald, one at Carleton Point, Que., in 1904 (labeled A. lanulosa) and the other at Mt. Albert, Que., in 1906, no. 257 (labeled A. borealis). Achillea occidentalis Raf.; DC. Prod. 6: 24. 1837, as a synonym under . Millefolium occidentalis DC. loc. cit. - Millefolium Pollard, Bull. Torrey Club 26: 371, in part. 1899. Not A. Millefolium L. 175 3. This is evidently the plant that Pollard took for the real ee RYDBERG: Rocky MounrTAIN FLORA 457 Achillea Millefolium. It is characterized by the small rays, only 1.5-2.5 mm. broad, and straw-colored bracts, pointed out by Pollard. It differs also from A. Millefolium in the narrow linear and usually more elongated segments of the leaves. There is also only a trace of a wing-margin on the rachis and the stem is usually more hairy and with longer hairs. DeCandolle regarded it as a variety of A. Millefolium and stated that it is intermediate between that species and A. setacea, a native of Southern Europe. In my opinion it is nearer to A. setacea, having the small rays and narrow segments of that species, but is more hairy. It is the common native form of the prairie region from Wisconsin to Ken- tucky, Arkansas, and eastern Nebraska, but specimens have been collected as far east as Pennsylvania and South Carolina. ree sp from southern Colorado I have also referred here. PCL TIS ACHILLEA LANULOSA Nutt. Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia 7: 36. 1834 A. tomentosa Pursh, Fl. Am. Sept. 561. 1814. Not A. tomen- tosa L. 1753. This resembles the foregoing in many respects; the pubescence (although often more copious) and the color of the bracts are the same. The segments of the leaves are much shorter and more crowded and more directed forward; the rachis has not even a trace of a wing margin and the rays are much larger, 2.5-4 mm. (Pollard gives them up to 6 mm.) broad. This is the common plant of the Rocky Mountain region and its range extends from Saskatchewan to Kansas, New Mexico, northern Mexico, the mountains of California, and British Columbia. ACHILLEA SUBALPINA Greene, Leaflets 1: 145. 1905 A. lanulosa alpicola Rydb. Mem. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 1: 426. 1900. A. alpicola Rydb. Bull. Torrey Club 33: 157. 1906. This resembles a depauperate Achillea lanulosa in habit, but the margins of the bracts are strongly colored, usually almost black, though sometimes only brown, and such specimens ap- proach closely A. lanulosa. The inner bracts as are a rule de- cidedly acute and in this respect it resembles A. borealis. It differs, however, from that species in the small heads, not over 4 458 RypBeERG: Rocky MOuNTAIN FLORA mm. broad, the less numerous rays, and the short and crowded leaf-segments. It belongs to the higher Rocky Mountains. ACHILLEA BOREALIS Bong. Veget. Sitcha 149. 1832 In many respects this is close to the typical Achillea Mulle- folium. The heads are usually larger and have more rays; the bracts are usually darker but not always so. The main differences are in the inner bracts, which are decidedly acute, the narrow and usually long segments of the leaves, the rachis, which is almost without a wing margin, and the longer pubescence. The ~ leaves resemble much those of A. occidentalis and A. californica. The range of A. borealis extends from the Mackenzie to Alberta, British Columbia, and Alaska. The plant of Newfoundland and Labrador, which has been referred to this species is somewhat different. So far as I know, it has not received any specific name, but it has been described under the following name: | ACHILLEA MILLEFOLIUM NIGRESCENS E. Meyer, Pl. Labrad. 65. 1830 It has the large heads and dark-margined bracts of A. borealis, but the bracts are not acute, the leaf-segments are broad and short, and the rachis has a decided wing-margin. It agrees there- fore in every respect with A. Millefolium, except the larger head and the more numerous flowers. ACHILLEA CALIFORNICA Pollard, Bull. Torrey Club 26: 369. 1899 This, so far as I know, is not found in the Rocky Mountain region. It is restricted to the Pacific Coast. It is usually taller and more robust than any of the species mentioned above. The character of the head is practically the same as in A. Millefolium, but the heads are larger, about as large as in A. borealis. The margins of the bracts are usually not so dark as in that species and none of the bracts are acute. The leaf-form is more that of A. borealis and A. occidentalis, but the segments are usually still more elongated and more divaricate. The leaves are usually thrice rather than twice pinnatifid. RypDBERG: Rocky MountTAIN FLORA 459 ACHILLEA ARENICOLA Heller, Muhlenbergia 1: 61. 1904 This resembles in many respects the preceding but is much more copiously villous than any of the other species. The in- florescence is compact and of many large heads. The leaf-seg- ments are short and crowded as in A. lanulosa, but the plant is stouter, the heads much larger and the margins darker. It has been mistaken for A. borealis, but has neither the blackish margins nor the acute inner bracts of that species. ACHILLEA GIGANTEA Pollard, Bull. Torrey Club 26: 370. 1899, and ACHILLEA LAXIFLORA Pollard & Cockerell, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 15: 179. 1902, are both unknown to me. The species or forms discussed above are fairly distinct when typical specimens from the centers of their distribution are com- pared. It must be admitted that intermediate forms are not al- together lacking. Intermediate forms between Achillea Millefolium and A. Millefolium nigrescens have been collected in Newfoundland. In northern New England A. Millefolium seems to be the only species. In New York, New Jersey, and Pennsylvania, both this and A. occidentalis are found, but intermediate forms seem to be very rare. In the center of distribution of A. occidentalis, viz., in Wisconsin, Illinois, Iowa, and Kentucky, A. Millefolium seems to be unknown, while in the north it has been collected in Manitoba, Saskatchewan, Alberta, and even British Columbia. It has been found also in Colorado; but judging from the localities, these specimens might have been escapes from cultivation. I have seen yarrows planted around miners’ cabins. From Colorado and Nebraska I have seen a few specimens that were somewhat intermediate between Achillea occidentalis and A. lanulosa, but in almost every case they could be referred either to one or the other. A. lanulosa and A. subalpina both belong to the Rockies, but they grow at different altitudes; the former grows also on hillsides of the Great Plain region and at an altitude of 1000-3500 m.; the latter only in the high mountains at an altitude of 3000- 4000 m. Hence at an altitude of 3000-3500 m., they are both found. Here intermediate forms might be expected. In Cali- fornia both Achillea lanulosa and A. californica are found, but 460 RypDBERG: Rocky MOouNTAIN FLORA I have seen no intermediate forms. There are several specimens from Utah, Idaho, and Washington which I refer to A. lanulosa, though they approach A. californica in the stoutness of the plant and the larger heads. From Washington I have seen a specimen intermediate between Achillea californica and A. borealis and another between A. arenicola and A. borealis. Achillea borealis is not found in the Rockies within the United States and A. sub- alpina not in British America outside of the Rockies. The only specimen which I refer to A. borealis though approaching A. subalpina, is from the Canadian Rockies of Alberta. - Petasites corymbosa (R. Br.) Rydb. comb. nov. Tussilago corymbosa R. Br. in Chloris Melv. 21. 1823. Petasites palmata frigida Macoun, Cat. Canad. Pl. 1: 553. 1886. Not P. frigida (L.) Fries. 1845. This has been included in Petasites frigida (L.) Fries, but differs in the deeply lobed leaves, the lobing extending one third to one half the distance to the midrib. It is the more common plant of the Canadian Rockies, known as P. frigida. ARNICA : This genus, as represented in western North America is one of the most perplexing, and the last word concerning it is far from being said. I doubt if all the species proposed by Dr. Greene and Professor A. Nelson can be maintained. One of my own, Arnica monocephala, must be regarded as a low broad-leaved form of A. pedunculata, and A. tenuis Rydb. might be an entire- leaved and monocephalous form of A. Rydbergii Greene. On the other hand there are evidently forms of this genus that have not been described. Considerable confusion has existed in regard to Arnica Chamis- sonis Lessing and A. mollis Hook. Gray in his Synoptical Flora united the two. In the old Torrey herbarium there are two specimens. One of these bears the printed label ‘Arnica Chamissonis Lessing, Unalaschka” and was received from St. Petersburg. It is evidently from the original collection. It is a plant of the A. foliosa group, with longer loose villous pubes- cence. We have several specimens similar to it from British Columbia, Alberta, and Saskatchewan and at least one from Mon- RYDBERG: Rocky MOUNTAIN FLORA 461 tana. The other specimen is a duplicate of the type of A. mollis, received from Hooker. This is almost identical with A. subplu- mosa Greene, or A. Chamissonis longinodosa A. Nels., except that the involucral bracts are broader, oblanceolate, and abruptly short-acuminate. It represents a plant not uncommon in the Rockies, from northern Wyoming northward. The Arnica that is not uncommon in New England was referred to A. Chamissonis in Gray’s Manual, 6th edition, and to A. mollis by Robinson & Fernald in the Gray’s New Manual. It has nothing to do with the former. It is related to the latter, but is, I think, distinct enough. It has more affinity to A. amplexifolia Rydb. (A. amplexicaulis Nutt.) and A. rivularis Greene than to A. mollis Hook. It does not have the broad bracts of A. mollis. It should be known as Arnica lanceolata Nutt. A duplicate of the type (if not the ac- tual type) of the last named is found in the Torrey herbarium. What Professor Nelson had in mind ‘as Arnica mollis when pre- paring the manuscript of the New Manual, I can not imagine. In his key he separates it from Arnica subplumosa by the “‘leaf blades decurrent on the petioles.”” The blades are slightly and but slightly decurrent in both. His description is very vague and evidently drawn from several species. As synonyms he cites “A. Chamissonis in. part, but mostly A. latifolia as to our range (A. latifolia A. Gray, Bot. Calif. 1: 415. 1885; A. tomentulosa Rydb. loc. cit.28: 20. 1got).’”’ It is true that Gray and others re- ferred A. mollis to A. Chamissonis, but I do not know that it has been referred to A. latifolia, unless by Prof. Nelson. Arnica latifolia A. Gray in the Botany of California comprises A. latifolia Bong., A. Menziesii Hook. (this perhaps not specifically distinct from A. latifolia) and A. diversifolia Greene ( A. latifolia viscidula A. Gray). None of them has anything to do with A. mollis. A. tomentulosa Rydb. is related to A. Chamissonis Less., but differs in the short pubescence and the broad involucral bracts, rounded at the apex. If the form of the bracts should happen to be a variable character and of no specific value, Nelson’s own Arnica rhizomata should be reduced to a synonym of A. fomentulosa, as there are practically no important differences except the form of the bracts and the latter name is nearly five months older. Greene’s idea of Arnica Chamissonis is also wrong. He states — 462 RYDBERG: Rocky MOUNTAIN FLORA under A. columbiana: “It can not be referred to A. Chamissonis, since it lacks the distinctly obovate leaf-cut, the broad, short disk- corollas and the tawny subplumose pappus of that species.” These characters belong to A. mollis, not to A. Chamissonis. There are more exceptions to be made to the treatment in the New Manual. Under Arnica ventorum Greene are given as synonyms A. platyphylla A. Nels. and A. grandiflora Greene. 1| have not seen the type of A. platyphylla, but A. grandiflora Greene is closely related to A. cordifolia Hook., and is not of the A. lati- folia group. One specimen collected by R. S. Williams and re- ferred to A. platyphylla by Nelson in his original publication is exactly like a specimen sent to Dr. Torrey as A. Menziesii by Dr. Hooker and included by him in his Flora. Both of these are very close to the original Arnica latifolia Bong., of which there is a duplicate in the Torrey herbarium. The only essential dif- ference is that A. latifolia has perfectly glabrous achenes, while in A. Menzies and Williams’ plant the achenes have a few scat- tered hairs toward the upper end and are sparingly glandular-gran- uliferous. Arnica sylvatica Greene is made a variety of A. subplumosa, and specimens distributed from the University of Wyoming under the name Arnica subplumosa sylvatica are nothing but a low- stemmed A. subplumosa. But the original A. sylvatica, of which there are two duplicates in the herbarium of the New York Botanical Garden, is quite different. It has cordate basal leaves and coarsely and saliently toothed stem-leaves. It is related to A. diversifolia Greene (A. latifolia viscidula A. Gray). Professor Nelson has also united Arnica fulgens Pursh and A. pedunculata Rydb. What the original A. fulgens was, I do not really know, as I have not seen Bradbury's specimen; but A. fulgens, as interpreted by myself and by Piper,* has a horizontal slender rootstock, without any tufts of brown hairs, while A. pedunculata, including A. monocephala Rydb., is characterized by its short, thick, almost erect rootstock, with dark brown hair- tufts in the manner of Plantago eriopoda. It is the only species in North America that has this character, so far as I know. *Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 11: 590 and 592. RYDBERG: Rocky MOUNTAIN FLORA 463 » Arnica caudata Rydb. sp. nov. Perennial, with a short cespitose rootstock; stems 2-3 dm. high, leafy, villous, and densely glandular-puberulent; leaves nearly erect, linear-lanceolate, mostly sheathing at the base, densely glandular-puberulent and with scattered villous hairs, 5-10 cm. long, 5-8 mm. broad, caudate-attenuate at the apex, with entire, somewhat revolute margins; heads mostly 3, cymose, with the lateral peduncles usually exceeding the terminal one; involucres turbinate, about 1 cm. high, glandular-puberulent and hirsute; bracts linear-lanceolate, almost subulate, atten- uate; ligules nearly 1 cm. long, I-1.5 mm. broad, deeply toothed or cleft; achenes slender, cylindric, glandular-granuliferous, and sparingly hispidulous; pappus short, sordid, plumose; corollas more or less pubescent. This species is perhaps related to Arnica longifolia but is easily distinguished by the low habit, the caudate-attenuate leaves, and the hirsute as well as glandular-puberulent bracts. Urtan: Big Cottonwood Cafion, near Lake Catherine, Aug. 3, 1905, alt. 9300 ft., A. O. Garrett 1547 (type, in herb. N. Y. Bot. Gard.). SENECIO The original Senecio Bigelovit was collected by Bigelow on the Whipple Expedition and a specimen is in the herbarium of Columbia University. It differs from all that have been known — under that name in later years by the lower leaves having long petioles and ovate-lanceolate blades. The petioles are longer than the blades, and the latter are abruptly contracted below. In S. chloranthus Greene and SS. contristatus Greene the basal leaves have comparatively short petioles, and the blades taper gradually below. These two species, which it may be, should be united in one, are therefore fully as distinct from 5S. Bigelovii as is S. scopulinus Greene. The latter is acknowledged as a variety in Coulter & Nelson’s New Manual under the name S. Bigelovit Hallii A. Gray. It is in reality much closer to S. chloranthus than either is to S. Bigelovii. Dr. Greene* in proposing S. scopulinus says: “True Bigelovii is still unknown except from southern New Mexico, and is of very different aspect, with thin and not at all succulent deep-green herbage, usually no trace of any pubescence, *Pittonia 4: 117-118. 464 RypBperc: Rocky MOountTAIN FLORA but consisting of short stiff straight hairs whenever present. This, the real S. Bigelovii, was distributed by Mr. Wooton, from the White Mountains of New Mexico, as S. Rusbyi, an error for which I am solely responsible. The species is nearer to S. Rusbyt than it is to S. scopulinus, which latter I have until recently as- sumed to be the typical S. Bigelovii.” These statements of Greene are correct in as far as that the specimens distributed by Wooton and referred to by Greene are the most like the original S. Bigelovit of any that we have in the herbarium of the New York Botanical Garden, but Wooton’s specimens have narrow leaves, the blades of the basal ones are not abruptly contracted at the bases, and the heads are smaller than in S. scopulinus, while those of the type of S. Bigelovii are much larger, even larger than those of S. con- tristatus. The treatment of Senecio in the New Manual of the Botany of the Central Rocky Mountains is fairly good. There are many cases, however, in which the authors have reduced species to synonymy under closely related species, where the writer is in- clined to keep them distinct, but where this is merely a matter of difference of opinion. But there are other cases in which such reductions are wholly unwarranted, misleading, and destruc- tive to real science. Such a case for instance, is where Senecio solitarius Rydb. is made a synonym of S. subnudus DC. A mere reading of the description of the former would show that it is related to the group comprising S. integrifolius Nutt., S. colum- bianus Greene, S. perplexus A. Nels. etc., while S. subnudus is related to S. aureus. Another case is where Senecio Flintii Rydb. is made a synonym of S. glaucescens Rydb. The former is closely related to S. exaltatus Nutt. and has a short crown with fascicled roots, characteristic of the S. integrifolius group, while S. glau- cescens has a distinct rootstock, and is related to S. anacletus Greene. Under Senecio perplexus A. Nels. we find the following state- ment: “(S. columbianus Rydb. in Fl. Col., not S. columbianus Greene, of which S. atriapiculatus Rydb. is a synonym.)"" The true typical Senecio columbianus Greene is found in Colorado and not uncommon. The only question in my mind is whether S. perplexus A. Nels. is really specifically distinct. The only RYDBERG: Rocky MouNTAIN FLORA 465 difference is the more distinct toothing of the leaves of the former and the tendency of the upper stem-leaves to be narrower and more distinctly auriculate-clasping. S. columbianus and S. per- plexus are really more closely related to each other than S. dispar A. Nels. is to S. perplexus, of which Professor Nelson has made it a variety. Both Senecio Harbourii Rydb. and S. Howellii Greene have been made synonyms of S. canus. Before I published the former I visited the Gray Herbarium and had a conference with Dr. Greenman. I found that two of the species I had in manuscript he also intended to publish, viz., S. Harbourii Rydb. and S. multicapitatus Greenm. I published the latter under Greenman’s name, and retained my own for the former. S. multicapitatus Greenm., Professor Nelson reduces to a synonym of S. Riddellii T. & G. I know that at least a few years ago, Dr. Greenman, our best student of Senecio, regarded both S. Harbourti and S. multicapitatus as good species. In Piper’s Flora of Washington,* S. Howellii is kept distinct from S. canus. The manuscript of the genus was prepared by the aid of Dr. Greenman. Senecio salicinus Rydb., S. canovirens Rydb., and S. lanatifolius Osterhout are given as synonyms of S. Fendleri. S. salicinus is more closely related to S. rosulatus Rydb. than to S. Fendlert. The other two are somewhat related to S. Fendleri but I think perfectly distinct, having an altogether different foliage. S. lanatifolius has besides discoid heads. Regarding Senecio rosulatus Rydb., I may say that when that species was proposed we had but one sheet of S. Nelsonii and that not a duplicate of the type. This sheet bears two undeveloped plants, one of them evidently belonging to the variety uintahensis. My conception of S. Nelsonii was therefore rather S. uintahensts A. Nels. I am willing therefore to accept S. rosulatus as a syn- onym. Senecio uintahensis A. Nels. is related to S. multilobatus T. & G., as Nelson indicates; but the latter is not a winter annual or biennial, but a perennial with a tap-root, just as S. wintahensis eh AR main differences are that S. multilobatus is more glabrous, *Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 11: 599 tSee Bull. Torrey Club 27: 170 gaa 172. 466 Rypsperc: Rocky MOUNTAIN FLORA has narrower divisions to the stem-leaves, and has hispidulous instead of glabrous achenes. Under Senecio cymbalarioides Nutt., in’ the New Manual is given the following: ‘(S. Jonesit, S. subcuneatus, S. acutidens Rydb. * * * and S. oodes Rydb. * * * seem to be impossible to discriminate satisfactorily).”’ S. subcuneatus and S. acutidens, especially the latter, are closely related to S. cymbalarioides, but the others are not. S. Jonesii is more closely related to S. uin- tahensis than to S. cymbalarioides and is perhaps not specifically distinct. If not, S. Jonesii is the older name and should be used. Senecio Hartianus Heller is given as a synonym of S. pseu- daureus Rydb. Professor Nelson may have been led astray by myself, for the specimens referred to S. Hartianus in my Flora of Colorado are but depauperate specimens of S. pseudaureus. The true S. Hartianus is closely related to S. flavulus Greene. Senecio pyrrochrous Greene and S. Tracyi Rydb. are made syno- nyms of S. longipetiolatus Rydb. They are both more related to S. pseudaureus, having cordate or reniform, although entire, basal leaves, while in S. longipetiolatus the basal leaves are narrow and oblanceolate, tapering into the petioles. Senecio fediifolius Rydb. and S. nephrophyllus Rydb. are made synonyms of S. discoideus (Hook.) Britton, perhaps because all three have usually discoid heads. The original descriptions show that they are entirely different plants. S. discoideus should be replaced by S. pauciflorus Pursh, which is an older name. Green- man and Blankinship* think that S. nephrophyllus is the same as S. debilis Nutt. I have not seen the type of the latter and can not express any opinion. Dr. Greenman some years ago called my attention to the fact that the plant usually known as Senecio eremophilus Richardson, does not agree with the original. There is a duplicate of the latter in the Columbia University herbarium and it differs from the Colorado plant in the larger heads, which are 10-12 mm. high and about 1 cm. wide and ascending or spreading instead of erect. In the Colorado plant the heads are less than 1 cm. high. _S. ere- mophilus is a northern plant, its range extending from Manitoba to *See Supplement to the Flora of Montana ro2. 1 RYDBERG: Rocky MOUNTAIN FLORA 467 North Dakota, Montana, and northward far down the Mackenzie. Dr. Greenman thought that the Colorado plant should be referred to S. MacDougalu Heer, and so I adopted that view in the Flora of Colorado. I have seen two specimens from Colorado which may be included in S. MacDougalii, but the rest belong to what I think should be recognized as a distinct species. Senecio ambrosioides sp. nov. Senecio eremophilus Porter & Coulter, Syn. Fl. Colo. 82, mainly. 1874. Not S. eremophilus Richards. Senecio MacDougalii Rydb. Fl. Colo. 397. 1906. Not S. Mac- Dougalii Heller. 1899. Perennial, with a stout rootstock; stem glabrous, leafy, 4-10 dm. high; leaves lanceolate or oblanceolate in outline, pinnatifid to near the midrib or the lower incised, glabrous, all except the uppermost short-petioled, the lobes lanceolate, coarsely sige s or incised; heads numerous, corymbose- paniculate, 9-10 m. high, erect; involugres glabrous, 6 mm. high and shack as. ti soe bracts carinate, linear, acute, with black tips, the calyculate ones subulate, 4-5 mm. long; ligules light yellow, 5-6 mm. long, 1.5-2 mm. wide; achenes minutely scabrous-puberulent on the angles. This species differs from Senecio MacDougalii in the larger heads (in S. MacDougalii only about 7 mm. high), more campanu- late involucres, lanceolate instead of linear divisions of the leaves, and the achenes scabrous-puberulent on the angles. From 5S. eremophilus it differs in the smaller and erect heads (in S. ere- mophilus 10-12 mm. high), shorter rays, and smaller leaves. 5S. ambrosioides grows in damp places at an altitude of 1800-3000 m. CoLtorApo: Green Mountain Falls, El Paso County, Aug. 2, 1892, C. S. Sheldon (type, in herb. N. Y. Bot. Gard.); above Beaver Creek, July 8, 1896, Crandall 3030; Pagosa Peak, 1899, Baker 706; Parrott City, 1898, Baker, Earle & Tracy 475 475; Ute Pass, 1896, Clements 190; Colorado Springs, July, 1893, Saunders; Parlin, Aug. 16, 1901, B. H. Smith 127; Ruston Park, Igor, Clements ents 152; Mesa Yempa, 1898, Shear 3943; Chambers Lake, 1896, Baker; Ute Pass, 1896, Shear 3695; mountains between Sunshine and Ward, 1902, Tweedy 4863; Empire, 1903, Tweedy 5783; Silver Plume, 1895, Shear 4999; La Veta, 1896, Clements 166; Silver Plume, 1894, E. A. Bessey; Georgetown, 1878, M. E. Jones 728; Gunnison, 1901, Baker 590. ge on / 468 RypBerGc: Rocky MOUNTAIN FLORA Wvyominc: Bridger Peak, 1903, Goodding 1942; between Sheridan and Buffalo, 1900, Tweedy 3034; Upper Buffalo Fork, 1899, C. C. Curtis; Centennial Mountain, Albany Co., 1902, Aven Nelson 8773; also 1900, 7719; Copperton, 1901, Tweedy 4136; Eastern slope of Big Horn Mountains, 1900, Tweedy 3033. New Mexico: Mineral Creek, 1904, Metcalfe 1415; Santa Fé Cafion, 1897, Heller 3819. ~ Senecio Kingii sp. nov. Senecio eremophilus D. C. Eat., Bot. King’s Exp. 191. 1871. Not S. eremophilus Richards. 1823. Perennial, with a thick rootstock; stems glabrous, 3-6 dm. high, rather stout, leafy; leaves obovate or oblanceolate in out- line, 4-7 cm. long, the lower petioled, all pinnately lobed one third to one half the distance to the midrib, with ovate or lanceo- late, more or less toothed lobes; heads numerous, corymbose- paniculate, 9-11 mm. high; involucres glabrous, campanulate, 7-8 mm. high, 6-7 mm. broad; bracts linear, acute, carinate, sometimes with small black tips; the calyculate ones few, subulate; rays 5-7 mm. long; achenes scabrous-papillose on the rounded angles. This species is related to S. eremophilus, but differs in the some- what smaller and erect heads, less deeply dissected leaves, and their broad and short divisions, and shorter rays. One of the - specimens cited below was determined some years ago as S. glauci- folius, but that species differs from this as well as from the rest of the group in the narrower and scarcely carinate bracts. Utan: Cottonwood Cafion, Aug. 1869, S. Watson 676 (type, in herb. Columbia University); Alta, Wahsatch Mountains, 1879, M. E. Jones 1144; American Fork Cafion, July 1895, M. E. Jones; Big Cottonwood Cajfion, Aug. 1905, Garrett 1591; near Marysvale, 1905, Rydberg & Carlton 7068; Mount Barrette, 7200; Fish Lake, 7500. ~ Senecio Leonardi sp. nov. es Perennial, with a short rootstock; stem 4~—5 dm. high, loosely floccose; basal leaves long-petioled; petioles 5-15 cm. long; blades obovate or oval, 2-6 cm. long, densely crenate, rather thick, loosely floccose, or in age glabrate, rounded at the apex; lower stem-leaves similar but with shorter petioles, the middle ones more or less lyrate-pinnatifid at the base; upper stem-leaves 1-3 cm. long, lanceolate in outline, pinnately lobed and somewhat RYDBERG: Rocky MouNTAIN FLORA 469 auriculate-clasping; heads in a rather dense corymb, 8-9 mm. high; involucres somewhat turbinate and floccose at the base, 5-6 mm. high, 6-7 mm. broad; bracts linear, acute, carinate, brownish-black on the backs, yellowish brown on the margins; rays orange, about 6 mm. long, 2 mm. wide; achenes glabrous. This species resembles most the eastern Senecio tomentosus in habit and pubescence, but differs in the shorter blades of the basal leaves, which are obovate or oval instead of ovate, in the ¥. dark involucres, and the glabrous achenes. It grows in meadows @ at an altitude of 1500-2000 m. Urau: Near divide, head of American Fork Cafion, July 29, 1885, Leonard 143 (type, in herb. N. Y. Bot. Gard.); Wahsatch . County, near Midway, July 6, 1905, Carlton &G Garrett 970%. US be Hop “Senecio Tweedyi sp. nov. Senecio flavovirens Rydb. Bull. Torrey Club 27: 181, in part. 3 1900. A Senecio Balsamitae A. Nels., Coult. & Nels. New Man. Cent. 4 Rocky Mts. 583, in part. 1909. Perennial, with a rootstock; stem glabrous, or slightly floccose at the leaf-axils, 4-6 dm. high, striate; basal leaves 3-15 cm. long, petioled; blades elliptic or oval to oblanceolate, crenate-dentate, often lyrate-pinnatifid with a few lobes below the large terminal one; lower stem-leaves similar, but more pinnatifid; upper stem- leaves deeply pinnatifid, with oblong toothed divisions; heads corymbose, 9-10 mm. high; involucres glabrous, somewhat tur- binate at the base, about 8 mm. high and as broad; rays narrow, bright yellow, 8-10 mm. long and a little over I mm. wide; achenes hispidulous on the margins. _ This species has been mistaken for Senecio flavulus Greene (S. flavovirens Rydb.). In fact, the type was included in the orig- inal publication of S. flavovirens and the characters of the achenes were drawn from it. The type of S. flavovirens is just in bloom and the achenes only slightly developed, but a closer investigation shows that they are perfectly glabrous. So are the young achenes of all the specimens cited under S. flavovirens except Tweedy 586. As this had well-developed achenes, I unfortunately described the achenes from it. The type of S. flavovirens and the other specimens cited under it, with the single exception mentioned, belong to S. flavulus Greene, described a few months earlier. Be- 470 RypBerRG: Rocky MouNTAIN FLORA - sides the difference in the achenes, Tweedy 586 has longer and narrower rays and more deeply dissected stem-leaves than has S. flavulus. Since the publication of S. flavovirens we have re- ceived more specimens with long and narrow rays, but otherwise resembling closely S. flavulus. All these specimens have also hispidulous achenes. Wvominc: Buffalo Fork, Aug. 1897, Tweedy 586 (type, in herb. N. Y. Bot. Gard.); Snake River, Aug. 12, 1899, Aven Nelson & Elias Nelson 6402; headwaters of Clear Creek and Crazy Woman River, 1900, Tweedy 3031; low ground, Adams Ranch, Jackson’s Hole, July 15, 1901, Merrill & Wilcox, 967. Montana: Lima, June 30, 1895, Shear 3400. The following species described from within the range of the New Manual or known to exist therein are not accounted for at all in that publication: S. seridophyllus Greene, S. lanceolatus T. &. G., S. perezitfolius Rydb., S. neomexicanus A. Gray, S. lara- miensis A. Nels., S. Hallii Britton, S. exaltatus Nutt., S. Scrib- nert Rydb., S. Porteri Greene, S. alpicola Rydb., S. turbinatus Rydb., S. pentadontus Greene, S. cognatus Greene, and S. Wardit Greene. Greene and Greenman regard Senecio altus Rydb. as a syno- nym of S. sphaerocephalus Greene, and I think that S. perennans A. Nels. is but a broad-leaved form of S. werneriaefolius A. Gray. Blankinship in his Supplement to the Flora of Montana adopts Senecio saxosus Klatt, giving under it the synonyms: S. petraeus Klatt, S. petrocallis Greene, and S. alpicola Rydb. I can not find that S. saxosus Klatt was ever published. S. petraeus Klatt, or S. petrocallis Greene, is not found in Montana and S. alpicola is well distinct, being more closely related to S. werner- iaefolius than to S. petrocallis. TETRADYMIA In the New Manual, Tetradymia multicaulis A. Nels. and T. linearis Rydb. are given as synonyms of T. inermis Nutt. The first I regard as a low depauperate form of T. inermis, but the second can not well be reduced to a synonym thereof. It is some- what intermediate between Tetradymia canescens and T. glabrata. Except in the early spring it bears fasciculate leaves, as does T. RYDBERG: Rocky MOUNTAIN FLORA 471 glabrata, but these leaves are more tomentose. The primary leaves are neither erect nor subulate and somewhat spine-like as they are in T. glabrata. It differs from T. canescens in the narrower, more or less falcate primary leaves and the presence of secondary fasciculate ones. v Tetradymia longispina (M. E. Jones) Rydb. comb. nov. Tetradymia spinosa longispina M. E. Jones, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. I]. 5: G8. - 130%. This I think deserves specific rank. NEw YorK BOTANICAL GARDEN. Cienfuegosia Drummondii, a rare Texas plant FREDERICK L. LEWTON Several years ago, while collecting in western Texas, the writer’s attention was attracted by a note in Coulter’s Botany of Western Texas in reference to a malvaceous plant, Fugosia Drummondii Gray. ‘‘Found in Gonzales County many years ago by Drum- mond, but, so far as known, not since found.”’ Being engaged in field experiments with cotton for the United States Department of Agriculture, the ragity of this close relative of the cotton plant aroused a desire to discover it again, and during the past four years the plant has been kept in mind and sought for pretty generally throughout southwestern Texas. Consultation of the United States National Herbarium re- vealed the fact that the single North American specimen of this plant there preserved was obtained by that indefatigable collector of western plants, A. A. Heller, at Corpus Christi, Texas, in 1894. Of this find he says: ‘Tn rich black land on the edge of a water hole near the Arroyo, Corpus Christi, altitude 40 feet. Very few plants were seen, and only one in flower, but the others in good fruit. Flowers almost two inches in diameter, greenish yellow. Apparently a very rare plant.’’* With this clue the writer carefully investigated the locality mentioned in July, 1909, but found no traces of the plant. A species of Sida having leaves closely resembling those of the plant sought was eagerly gathered many times in the belief that the quest was ended, but a closer examination showed that it belonged to the opposite end of the mallow family from that of Fugosia. On June 15, 1910, the four-year search was rewarded by finding several plants of this rare species in flourishing condition in a *Contr. Herb. Franklin & Marshall College, no. 1:67. 1895. 473 A474 LEWTON: CIENFUEGOSIA DRUMMONDII cotton field belonging to the Coleman-Fulton Pasture Company at Taft, Texas. Thisisa rapidly developing town in San Patricio County, located on the San Antonio & Aransas Pass Railway between Sinton, the county seat, and Gregory, the junction with the Rockport branch of the railroad. The first plant found was all but buried in the soil, the field having been cultivated a few days before. This plant was subsequently found to be plentiful at Taft, in the fields, where it can escape the agricultural implements, around the margins of the irrigating tanks, and along the banks of the roadside ditches. Its large sulphur-yellow flowers tinged with green make it a conspicuous object when in bloom. According to Small* and Heller} this plant is the same as the Brazilian plant described by Saint-Hilairet under the name Fugosia sulfurea. Another student of this difficult genus, Hoch- reutiner, considers the Texan plant a variety of the Brazilian species and in an annotated list of the species of the genus§ labels it Cienfuegosia sulphurea, var. Drummondii. The Brazilian species is evidently quite variable, however, and Giirke has described|| under the name of Cienfuegosia sul- phurea, var. glabra, a variety which appears to be nearer Gray’s Fugosia Drummondti than the typical F. sulfurea. Morong’s no. 929, collected in Paraguay in February 1891, when compared with the Texas specimen, shows a larger, more erect plant; leaves more nearly round; curved and much shorter peduncles, having fewer, smaller and narrower involucral bracts and bearing smaller flowers, which have a “brown eye at the base inside.” § In the opinion of the writer the Texas plant differs from the Brazilian Cienfuegosia sulfurea (St. Hil.) Garcke by sufficient characters to warrant the restoration of Gray’s specific name. These differences might be contrasted as ‘follows: *Small, J. K. Flora Southeastern United States og Ue Paes 163 tHeller, A. A. Contr. Herb. Franklin & ms Coll. no. 1:67. 1895. tSaint-Hilaire, A. Flora Brain Meridionalis 1 . pl. 4 1825. §Hochreutiner, B. P. G. onserv, et Jard. brig Sie 57. 1902. ||Giirke, M. Martius, hi “Seacliaee 123: 577. 1892 —{Morong, T. Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci. 7: 60. 1892. LEWTON: C. sulfurea Plant pubescent. Stipules ovate. Leaves subrotund, subcordate, less than I inch lon Peduncles a aoe lancer than the pet Bracts of iavglie 5-6, linear, —8 mm Flowers with brown or purple center Style exserted beyond the stam- ineal tube more than the length of the stamens. Capsules 3-4-celled, covered with black tuberculate glands. Cells 1-seeded by abortion. CIENFUEGOSIA DRUMMONDII 475 C. Drummondii Plant glabrous but for a few scattered stellate hairs on younger parts. Stipules linear-subulate. Leaves oblong or obovate, 2 inches long. Peduncles twice as long as the petioles or more. Bracts of involucre Sees spatu- ate, 10-20 mm : Flowers without ak center, greenish yellow throughout. Style but little exserted beyond the stamineal tube. Capsules 5- or rarely 4-celled; black glands not conspic- uous. Cells 3—5-seeded. ~ The name for the Texas plant should thus be Cienfuegosia Drummondii (A. Gray) Lewton, comb. nov. The synonymy is as follows: Fugosia Drummondii A. Gray, Pl. Wright. 1: 23. Hibiscus Drummondii Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 1: 67. 1852. 1892. (?) Cienfuegosia sulphurea, var. glabra Giirke; Mart. Fl. Bras. 12°: 577.5 Teor Cienfuegosia sulphurea, var. Drummondii Hochreutiner, Ann. Conserv. et Jard. Bot. Genéve 7: 57. 1902. BUREAU OF PLANT INDUSTRY . S. DEPARTMENT OF Acunosieees, WASHINGTON, D. C Development of the embryo-sac of Hybanthus concolor FRANK M. ANDREWS The embryo-sac of Hybanthus concolor (Forst.) Spreng. (Cu- belium concolor Raf.) begins its development as an hypodermal cell. At first this cell is not different apparently from the other cells about it, but soon it becomes very grumous and is then easily distinguishable (Fic. 1). The mother-cell of the embryo-sac next divides by a transverse wall into two cells unequal in size (Fic. 2). The terminal one of these two cells becomes somewhat more granular than the others and gives rise to the primary tapetal cell. By the rapid and nu- RS \ ne @, Figures 1-8. Development of the embryo-sac of Hybanthus concolor. The figures are magnified 420 diameters. See text for explanations. merous transverse divisions of this primary tapetal cell the embryo- sac when completely formed and sometimes even before maturity is covered by many layers of cells. Vertical as well as transverse divisions of the cells of the tapetal region also occur, so that fre- quently several quite regular rows of cells above the embryo-sac are produced (FIGs. 3, 4, 5,6). Sometimes this regularity of these 477 478 ANDREWS: EmMBRYO-SAC OF HYBANTHUS CONCOLOR divisions in the tapetal region is not shown. Instances were no- ticed where before and also after the formation of the primary tapetal cell the mother-cell of the embryo-sac divided longitu- dinally. These, however, in every instance divided into cells like those usually surrounding the embryo-sac mother-cell but were more granular. The embryo-sac mother-cell divided first into two and then into four cells in the usual way. These divisions were often very irregular, as in some cases (FIG. 3) they were nearly vertical, and as shown by FIG. 4 were completely vertical after the first division. The formation of the embryo-sac by the dissolution of these four cells generally begins with the lowest one of the tetrad and proceeds apically as regards the ovule through the other three. This is not always the case, for some instances were noticed in this same plant where the dissolution began with the next to the lowest cell of the tetrad as shown in Fic. 7. The embryo-sac, formed by the destruction of the tetrad as well as some of the surrounding cells, is very large. The egg apparatus and antipodal cells in this plant are un- usually large, as shown by Fic. 8. They frequently extend nearly across the embryo-sac lengthwise. The secondary nucleus was usually rather small. INDIANA UNIVERSITY, BLOOMINGTON, INDIANA. AEN eee RE note ae ete ara , at ere Other editions of Emory’s Report, 1848 OLIVER A. FARWELL In the Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club for September, 1895, Dr. Barnhart points out some differences in detail between the botanical portions of Executive Document No. 7, for the Senate, and Executive Document No. 41, for the House, the same being Lieut. W. H. Emory’s Notes on a Military Recon- noissance. In the same journal, for the following March, Mr. F. V. Coville, in discussing the above paper, deduces from internal evidence that Ex. Doc. No. 41 was published earlier in 1848 than Ex. Doc. No. 7.. Mr. Coville also mentions a third edition, by H. Long and Brother, of New York, which is an exact copy of Ex. Document No. 7 but paged differently. It may be of interest to botanists to know that other editions have been published. In the library of Parke, Davis & Co., Detroit, Mich., there is a copy of each of both House and Senate documents which are different in pects from those described by Dr. Barnhart and Mr. Coville. Judging from the remarks of Messrs. Barnhart and Coville on the subject of typographical errors in the earlier editions, I should imagine, from a careful perusal of these copies, that many of the earlier errors were cor- rected in these editions. Executive Document No. 41 was oublished in 1848, according to the date of the title page. The character (7) appears on pages 17-32, inclusive, of Lieut. Emory’s ‘‘Notes”’ instead of on pages 145-158 of the botanical portion as described by Dr. Barnhart. The full description of Zinnia grandiflora Nutt. is included and appears on page 144. In other respects it agrees with the edition described by Messrs. Barnhart and Coville. The other copy is appendix No. 2, taken bodily from some report, but gives no evidence to indicate the report of which it formed a part or its date of publication. The page is somewhat smaller than that of Ex. Doc. No. 41 and the lines are double- spaced, but the body of the report is essentially the same; the 479 480 FARWELL: Epitrions oF Emory’s REPORT pagination is from 179 to 211, the figures appearing in the middle at the top of each page, and therefore is probably a second issue of edition 3 described by Mr. Coville and is Doc. No. 7; it differs from this however, in that the plates are those of C. B. Graham of Washington, D. C., and plate VI is labeled Baileya multiflora instead of B. multiradiata. It includes Convolvulus Nuttallii and Alternanthera? (Endotheca) lanuginosa, which are not in Doc. No. 41. Cereus gigantens of the latter becomes C. giganteus in the former; E. |Eriogonum| Aberteanum n. sp. becomes EF. Abertianum n. sp.; and Stillengia spinulosa n. sp. becomes Stillingia spinulosa n. sp. Also the concluding part of Dr. Engelmann’s Report, matter pertaining to No. 15 and Cereus giganteus, is entirely rewritten. Prof. Torrey’s report occupies pages 179-206; p. 207 is occupied by an explanation of plates; and on pages 208-211 appears Dr. Engelmann’s report. It would, therefore, appear that there are five editions of Lieut. Emory’s Report, all of which probably were published in 1848: two of Ex. Doc. No. 41, one without a description of Zinnia grandiflora and one with it; three of Ex. Doc. No. 7, one with pagination the same as that of No. 41 and two with different pagination; of the latter, one has the plates of E. Weber & Co. and one has the plates of C. B. Graham; and all three differ from the second edition of No. 41 in including Convoloulus Nuttallii and Alternanthera lanuginosa. DETROIT, MICHIGAN. INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE oe (1910) aim of this Index is to include all current botanical literature written by Americans, published in Sie or based upon American material ; the word Amer- ica be se used in its broadest se s, and papers stich ue exclusively to forestry, — horticulture, hacen products of vegetable origin, or laboratory methods are not included, and no attempt is made to index the literature of bacteriology. fe occasional exception is made in favor of some paper appearing in an American periodical which is devoted wholly to botany, Reprints are not mentioned unless they differ from the original in some fsectianhe particular. If users of the Index will call the attention of the editor to errers or omissions, their kindness will be appreciated ndex is reprinted ye on cards, end furnished in this form to subscribers, at the rate of one cent for each card. Selections of cards are not permitted ; each subscriber must take all sare published piesa the term of his subscription. Corre- spondence relating to the card-issue should be addressed to the Treasurer of the Torrey Botanical Club. Babcock, E. B. Teratology in Juglans californica Wats. Plant World 13: 27-31. f. I-97. 1G8o. Barnhart, J. H. Koeberliniaceae. N.Am. Flora 25: 101,102. 3 Je 1910. Bean, W. J. Cornus florida var. rubra. Curt. Bot. Mag. IV. 6: pl. 8315. My Ig10. Berger, A. Agave Franzosini. Curt. Bot. Mag. IV. 6: pl. 8317. Je 1910. Berry, E. W. Additions to the Pleistocene flora of Alabama. Am. Jour. Sci. IV. 29: 387-398. f. 1-3. My 1910. Berry, E. W. Contributions to the Mesozoic flora of the Atlantic coastal plain—V. Bull. Torrey Club 37: 181-200. pl. 19-24. 29 Ap 1910. Birger, S. Om férekomsten i Sverige af Elodea canadensis L. C. Rich. och Matricaria discoidea DC. Arkiv Bot. 9’: 1-32. pl. r-3+f. 1,2. 18 Ja 1910. Blakeslee, A. F. The botanic garden as a field museum of agriculture. Science II. 31: 685-688. 6 My 1910. Blumer, J. C. Fire as a biological factor. Plant World 13: 42-44. F 1gI0. Britton, E. G. Adalbert Geheeb. Bryologist 13: 86. Jl 1910. Britton, E. G. A plea for more and better local work, Bryologist 13: 30-32. 9 Mr i910. 481 ee 482 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE Britton, N. L. Studies of West Indian plants—III. Bull. Torrey Club 37: 345-363. 29 JI 1910. Campbell, D. H. The embryo and young sporophyte of Angiopteris and Kaulfussia. Ann. Jard. Bot. Buitenzorg Suppl. 3: 69-81. pl. 6, 7. 1910, Campbell, D. H. The embryo-sac of Pandanus coronatus. Bull. Torrey Club 37: 293-295. f. 1-6. 21 Jl 1910. Cardiff, I. D. An aberrant walnut. Plant World 13: 82-85. f. 2,3. My 1910. Cockerell, T. D. A. Descriptions of Tertiary plants. Am. Jour. Sci. IV. ag; Foee. J. 7,2... Ja 1oro. Cockerell, T. D.A. Notes on the genus Sambucus. Torreya 10: 125-128: Fis OF JF THi0, Cook, O. F. Relationships of the ivory palms. Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 13: 133-141. f. 42-44. 22 Je 1910. Dachnowski, A. Physiologically arid habitats and drought resistance in plants. Bot. Gaz. 49: 325-339. 17 My 1g10. Davidson, A. Calochortus paludicola n. sp. Bull. So. California Acad. Sci. 9g: 52-54. Jaisg1o. [Illust.] Deane, W. Some facts relating to Silene antirrhina. Rhodora 12: 129- I31. 13 Je 1910. Dowell, P. The violets of Staten Island. Bull. Torrey Club 37: 163-179. pl. 11-18. 29 Ap 1910. Edgerton, C. W. Trochila populorum Desm. Mycologia 2: 169-173. $037. F531: 1010. Evans, A. W. Vegetative reproduction in Metzgeria. Ann. Bot. 20: 71-303. f. 1-16. Ap 1910. 3 U.S. species described as new. Evermann, B. W., & Clark, H. W. Fletcher Lake, Indiana, and its flora and fauna. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington 23: 81-88. 4 My 1910. Fawcett, H. S. An important entomogenous fungus. Mycologia 2: 164-168. pl. 28, 29. 15 Jl 1910. Aegerita Webberi sp. nov. Fernald, M. L. New or little known Mexican plants, chiefly Labdiatae. Proc. Am. Acad. Arts. & Sci. 45: 415-422. [20] My 1910. Frye, T. C. Grimmia olympica, a new species. Bryologist 13: 58, 59- pl. 7. 2 My Iog10. Greene, E. L. A fascicle of violets. Leaflets 2: 94-98. 9 Jl 1910. INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 483 Greene, E. L. A new name for the bayberries. Leaflets 2: 101-104, 9 Jl 1910. Greene, E. L. Miscellaneous specific types—II. Leaflets 2: 86-88, 11 My roto. Greene, E. L. New Papilionaceae. Leaflets 2: 83-85. 11 My 1910. New species in Baptisia (3) and Lupinus (2). Greene, E. L. New species of Sambucus. Leaflets 2: 99-101. 9 Jl 1910. Greene, E.L. Some western species of Arabis. Leaflets2: 69-83. 11 My 1910. 27 species described as new. Greenwood, H. E. Five common Cephalonias. Bryologist 13: 72-76. j. 6... Ji 19x; Grout, A. J. Amblystegium Holzingeri—a correction. Bryologist 13: 32. 9 Mr 1910. Hamburg, A. M. The preservation of our native wild flowers. Jour. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 11: 136-146. Je 1910 Hasse, H. E. Additions to the lichen flora of southern California. Bry- ologist 13: 60-62. 2 My 1910. Bacidia Clementis and Haematomma pacifica, spp. nov. Haynes, C. C. Pleuroclada albescens found in United States of America. Bryologist 13: 49, 50. pl. 6. 2 My Igto. Heller, A. A. Some Nevada violets. Muhlenbergia 6: 39-46. f. 7. 12 My 1910. Herre, A.W.C.T. The lichen flora of the Santa Cruz peninsula, California. Proc. Washington Acad. Sci. 12: 27-269. 15 My 1910. Includes many new species and the new genus Zahlbrucknera. Hollick, A. A new fossil polypore. Mycologia 2: 93, 94. f- 1, 2. 8 Mr 1910. Pseudopolyporus carbonicus gen. et sp. nov. Holzinger, J. M. Moss flora of the north shore of Lake Superior in Min- nesota. Bryologist 13: 50-56. 2 My 1910. Holzinger, J. M. Some additions to the moss flora of the United States. Bryologist 13: 84, 85. Jl 1910. Hopkins, L. S. New varieties of common ferns. Ohio Nat. 10: 179-181. f. 1; 2. 9 Je 1910. Howe, M.A. Charles Reid Barnes. Bryologist 13: 66, 67. 2 My 1910. Howe, R. H. Lichens of Mt. Ascutney, Vermont. Bryologist 13: 85. Jl 1910. a 484 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE Howe, R. H. Species plantarum (1753) as a starting point for licheno- logical nomenclature. Proc. Thoreau Mus. Nat. Hist. 1: 1-6. 26 Ap 1910. 2 Hoyt, W. D. Physiological aspects of fertilization and hybridization in ferns. Bot. Gaz. 49: 340-370. f. 1-12. 17 My 1910. Jennings, O. E. A supplementary description of Cerastiwm arvense Webbii Jennings. Ohio Nat. 10: 136. 2 Mr 1gro. Kern, F.D. The morphology of the peridial cells in the Roesteliae. Bot. Gaz. 49: 445-452. pl. 21, 22 +f. 1, 2. 23 Je 1910. Kern, F. D. os new species of Uromyces on Carex. Rhodora 12: 124- 127. 13 Je U. uniporulus ae U. valens, spp. nov. Kindberg, N.C. New pees to Canadian bryology. Ottawa Nat. a3: 480-191. 2% Ja } Includes new species in Sundin (4), Barbula (2), Meesea, pated Philonotis, Physcomitrium, Mnium, Bryum (10), Brachythecium (2), a . Lambert, F. D. An unattached zoosporic form of Coleochaete. Fike Coll. Studies 3: 62-68. pl. 9. My 1910. Leveille, H. Decades plantarum novarum. XXXIV-XXXVII. Repert. Nov. Spec. 8: 280-286. 1 My toro. Oenothera (Onagra) Heribaudi Lévl., sp. nov. from Mexico. Lewis, C.E. Occurrence of Monascus Barkeri in bottled pickles. Mycol- ogia 2: 174. 15 Jl 1910. Lloyd, C.G. Mycological notes 34: 445-460. F 1910. [Illust.] Loesener, T. Labiatae [In Mexikanische und zentralamerikanische No- vitaten. IT.} Repert. Nov. Spec. 8: 308-311. 1 Je 1910. Lorenz, A. Notes on a alpestris (Schleich.) Evans. Bryologist 13: 69-71. pl. 8. Jl 19 Lorenz,A. Some ie 0 of the ventricosa group. Bryologist 13: 36-45. pl. 3,4. 9 Mr 1910. Lotsy, J. P. Phylogeny of plants. Bot. Gaz. 49: 460, 461. 23 Je 1910. Macoun, J. M. Contributions from the herbarium of the Geological Sur- vey. Ottawa Nat. 24: 37, 38. 7 My rgto. Merrill, G. K. Lichen notes no. 14. Two new Cetraria forms and three new combinations. Bryologist 13: 25-30. pl. 2. 9 Mr 1gto. Miller, M. F. Carolyn Wilson Harris. Bryologist 13: 86. Jl 1910. Murrill, W. A. Illustrations of fungi—VI. Mycologia 2: 43-47. pl. 19. 8 Mr 1910. Tricholoma personatum, Ceriomyces communis, C. subsanguineus, C. subtomentosus, Marasmius oreades, Fistulina hepatica, and Boletinellus merulioides, INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 485 Murrill, W. A. Illustrations of fungi—VII. Mycologia 2: 159-163. pl. 27. 15 JV rote, Sebel ee) abet H. ceraceus, H. chlorophanus, H. onthe. A. puniceus, H. nitidus, H. eus, H. conicus, H. miniatus, and H. Lau Nakano, H. Variation and correlation in rays and disk of Aster fastig- iatus. Bot. Gaz. 49: 371-378. f. I-4. 17 My 1910. O'Kane, W. C. The Ohio powdery mildews. Ohio Nat. 10: 166-176. pl. 9, 10. 9 My 1910. Osterhout, G.E. Two Colorado Umbeiliferafe]. Muhlenbergia 6: 59, 60. 30 Je 1910. [Illust.] Phellopterus macrocarpus and Cymopterus lucidus, spp. nov. Peace, L. M. Notes upon the clearing and staining of leaves and stems. Plant World 13: 93-96. [My] 1910. Pittier, H. New or noteworthy plants from Colombia and Central America —II. Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb. 13: 93-132. f. 1-41+ pl. 17-20. 11 Je Ig10. Ramaley, F. European plants growing without cultivation in Colorado. Ann. Jard. Bot. Buitenzorg Suppl. 3: 493-504. 1910. Rehder, A. A new hybrid Cornus (Cornus rugosa X stolonifera). Rho- dora 12: 121-124. 13 Je 1910. C. Slavinii Rehder. Robinson, B. L. Spermatophytes, new or reclassified, chiefly Rubiaceae and Gentianaceae. Proc. Am. Acad. Arts & Sci. 45: 394-412. [20] My togto, Rolfe, R. A. New orchids: decade 35. Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1910: 158- 162. GTO, Lycaste peruviana, Anguloa Cliftoni, spp. nov., both South American. Roll, J. The typical form and the series of forms. Bryologist 13: 77-79. Jl 1910. Rydberg, P. A. Balsaminaceae. N. Am. Flora 25: 93-96. 3 Je 1910. Rydberg, P. A. Limnanthaceae. N. Am, Flora 25: 97-100. 3 Je 1910. Rydberg, P. A. Notes on Rosaceae—IlI. Bull. Torrey Club 37: 375- 386. 29 Jl 1910. Schaffner, J. H. A proposed list of plants to be excluded from the Ohio catalog. Ohio Nat. 10: 185-190. 9 Je 1910. Schaffner, J. H. Xerophytic adaptations of Apocynum hypericifolium. Ohio Nat. 10: 184, 185. f. 1. 9 Je 1910. Schreiner, O., & Skinner, J. J. Ratio of phosphate, nitrate, and potassium on absorption and growth. Bot. Gaz. 50: 1-30. f. {-9. 14 Jl 1910. é \\ Transeau, E. N. A simple vaporimeter. 486 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE Scribner, F. L., & Merrill, E. D. The grasses of Alaska. Contr. Us & Nat. Herb. 13: 47-02. pl. 15, 16. 8 Je 1910. Seaver, F. J. Notes on North American Hypocreales—IIlI. Two new species with studies of their life histories. Mycologia 2: 175-182. pl. got+f. 1. 15 Jl 1910. Seaver, F. J., & Clarke, E.D. Studies in pyrophilous fungi—II. Mycol- ogia 2: 109-124. pl. 24-26. 9 Je 1910. Setchell, W. A. The genus Sphaerosoma. Univ. California Publ. Bot. 4: 107-120. pl. 15. 26 My I9gI10. Shafer, J. A. Botanical exploration of the cays on the north coast of Camaguey Province, Cuba. Jour. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 11: 147-159. Je 1910. Shreve, F. The coastal deserts of Jamaica. Plant World 13: 129-134. F.2, 2. Je 1910. Shull,G.H. Results of crossing Bursa Bursa-pastoris and Bursa Heegeri. 1-6. 1910 Advance reprint from Proc. Seventh Intern. Zool. Cong. 1907. Skan, S. A. Nothofagus antarctica, var. uliginosa. Curt. Bot. Mag. IV. 6: pl. 8314. My 1910. Small, J. K. Malpighiaceae. N. Am. Flora 25: 117-171. 3 Je 1910. Smith, J. D. Undescribed plants from Guatemala and other Central American republics—XXXIII. Bot. Gaz. 49: 453-458. 23 Je 1910. To new species in as many genera. Somes, M. P. A new variety of Claytonia. Jowa Nat. 2: 67, 68. 23 Je Igto. Sterki, V. Winter-buds of Spirodela polyrhiza (L.). Ohio Nat. 10: 181, 182. 9g Je 1910. Stevens, N. E. Discoid gemmae in the leafy hepatics of New England. Bull. Torrey Club 37: 365-373. f. I-4. 29 Jl 1910. Stockberger, W. W. Theeffect of some toxic solutions on mitosis. Bot. Gaz. 49: 401-429. f. 1-7. 23 Je 1910. Stover, W.G. Notes on new Ohio agarics. Ohio Nat. 10: 177,178. 9 Je 1910. Tilden, J. The Myxophyceae of North America and adjacent regions, including Central America, Greenland, Bermuda, the West Indies, and Hawaii. Minnesota Algae 1: i-iv+1~328. pl. 1-20. Minneapolis, Minnesota. 1 Ap 1910. Report of the Survey, Botanical series VIII. Bot. Gaz. 49: 459, 460. 23 Je 1910. [Illust.] THE BRYOLOGIsF WITH THE JANUARY, 1910, NUMBER BEGINS ITS THIRTEENTH YEAR ano VOLUME It is a 16-20 page bi-monthly devoted to the study of the Mosses, Hepatics, and Lichens. It is fully illustrated with new, original, and artistic drawings and half-tones. It is indispensable to the working tiryclaghe professional] as wellasamateur. Send forsample copy. Subscription price $1.00 a year Address, Mrs. ANNIE MORRILL SMITH, 78 Orange Street, Brooklyn, N. Y. INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE s Index, printed each month in the BULLETIN, is reissued on hiaig catalogue cards ; cn are furnished to subscribers at the rate of one cent for each c Subscriptions to the card-issue may be addressed to the Treasurer of the Torrey Botanical Club, WILLIAM MANSFIELD, CoLLece or PHARMACY, 115 W. 68th St., N. Y. City. From January, 1903, to December, 1909, inclusive, the Index was also reprinted on daper, on one side only, and can be furnished in that form at the rate of $3.00 a year, North American Flora HIS work is designed to present descriptions of all plants growing independently | of cultivation, in North America, here taken to include Greenland, Central America, the Republic of Panama, and the West Indies, except Trinidad, af o, and Curacao and other islands off the north coast of Venezuela, whose flora is essentially South American. will be published in parts at irregular intervals by the New York Botanical Garden through the aid of the income of the David Lydig Fund bequeathed by Charles P. Daly. It is planned a issue ibe as Ao as they can be prepared, the extent of the work making i ssible nee publication at any number of = ints. The completed week wall form a series of ok leds with Bog following sequence Volum ozoa, Schizophyta, Diatomacea un Volumes 14 and 1 5. yophyta Volume c hates i and Gymnospermae. ito pe = eee seria = Volum 0 30, Di Scotited The sevandion of the work bas ere Botte by the Scientific Directors of the Garden to a committee consisting of Dr. N. L. Britton, Dr. W. A. Murrill, and Dr. J. H. Barnhart Professor Gioale F. Atkinson, of Cornell sii Professors Charles R. Barnes and John M. Coulter, of the peed f Chicago, Mr. ep age ie Coville, of the United one big oxen t of Agr epee Edw d L. Greene, of the United States Nat eum, Profecas. on D. Halsted, a Rutgers Collage, and Pro- pag William. “ release, of the Missbard. Siisdical Garden, have consented to act as advisory committee. The following parts have been published : Vol. 7. Part 1, Ustila: penaanye by G. P. Clinton. Part 2, Coleosporiaceae, Ule- dinaceae, and Aecidiaceae Sauce y J. C. Arthur Vol. 9. Parts olyporaceae, by W. A. Murrill. Part 3, neater by WGA Murrill ; Aarcacen pie by W. A. Manill and G. S. Burling Vol. 16. Part 1, Ophioglossaceae, by L. M. Underwood and R. - ries gir Marattiaceae, by L. M. Underwood; Osmundaceae and Ceratopteridaceae, by R. C. Benedict ; Schieeeaiee: Gleicheniaceae, aod Seon (pars), by W. R. Maxon. Vol. x7. Part 1, pregeceee: B y P. ; Spargani gare Elodeaceae, and Hy- oe by P. ydbe ag ; Zamichelinc eae, Zosteraceae, oo sips, Naiadaceae, and Lilacaceae, N. Tay Scheuchzeriaceae, by N. L. a tton Allapnceae by J. K. Small ; Holaniceen wa Poaceae (pars), by G. V. Nas bi Fart i, Podos temonace y G. sh; a wieeer the 7 ae V. Na N. i. Britto and J. N ; Penthoraceae and togee ee by P. A. Rydberg. Part 2, Saxifagacese and Hydrangeaceae by J. K A. Rydbe erg; Cunoniaceae, Iteac and Hamamelidaceae, by N. L, Britton ; Pterostemonaceae, by J. K. Small; Altingiacene, by °?. Wilson; Phyllonomaceae, by H. H. ae Part 3, Grossularia- y F. Ria e me N. . Britton; hee met by H. A, Gleason; Cross pers ot e, by hk ; Connaraceae, by N. L. Britton; Calycanthaceae, by C. L Pollard ; Rosaceae son by PAR ydberg. Part 4, Rosaceae (pars), by P. A. Rydberg. Vol. 25. Part 1, Geraniaceae, by I Hanks and J. K. Sgucias Oxalidaceae and Linaceae, by J. K.S mall ; Eoniecefacen by N. L. Britto The subscription price is fixed at $1.50 for each part; it is oe that four or “his Spi will be — yee each volume. A limited number of separate parts will dress at $2.00 THE NEW YORK BOTANICAL GARDEN BRONX PARK, NEW YORK CITY PUBLICATIONS BY OFFICERS AND STUDENTS OF THE DEPART- MENT OF BOTANY, COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY . MEmotrs OF THE DEPARTMENT : Vel A Monograph of the North American Species of the Genus Pobygonin (1895). By John Kunkel Small, Fellow in Botany, 1893- 395; Curator of the Herbarium, 1895-1808. Gae ye pages, 84 plates. Price $6.00. Vol. Monograph of the North American Potentilleae (1898). By Per Axel Rydberg, Fellow in Botany, a = Quarto, 224 pages, 112 plates. Price $6. 2. CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE feviicandiee Vol. 1. Nos. 1-25. 1886-1892. Price $5.00. Vol os, 26-50, 1892-1894. Price $5.00, Vol. 3. Nos. 51-75. 1894-1895. Price $5.00 Vol. 4. Nos. 76-100. 1895-1896. Price $5.00 Vol. 5. Nos. ror-125,. 1896-1897. Price $5.00. Vol. 6. Nos. 126-150. 1897-1898. Price $5.00 Vol. 7. Nos. 151-175. 1898-1901. Price $5.00. Vol. 8. Nos. 176-200. 1901-1902. Price $5.00, Vol. 9. Nos. 201-. 1903—(current). List of separate numbers available on application. 3- A Text-book of General Lichenology (1896). By Albert Schneider, Fellow in Botany, 1895-1896. Octavo, 230 pages, 76 plates. Price $4.2 5 Naar ; $3.80 (paper). Published by Wiad N. Clute & Co. Binghamt The Department invites propositions whic S pads of her- barium materi for any of the above nam med ogden Address ty. n Illustrated Flora of the Northern United States, Canada, and the british Possessions from Newfoundland to the Parallel of the Southern Boundary of Virginia, and from the Atlantic Ocean westward to the 102d Meridian (1896-1898). By Nathaniel Lord Britton, Profes- sor of Botany, 1891-1896; Emeritus Professor 1896-, and Hon. Addi- son Brown. Three volumes, royal octavo. Vol. 1, 612 pages; Vol. 2, 642 pages; Vol. 3, 588 pages; 4162 figures in ike text, ella every species described. Published by Charles Scribner’s Sons, New York. Price, in cloth, $9.00 for the three volumes; with the indexes and keys bound separ- ately, $10.0 : eee Native Ferns and their Allies. (Sixth Edition) 1900. By Lucien Marcus Underwood, Professor of Botany, 1896-1907. odecimo, 158 pages, 35 figures. Published by Henry Holt & Co., New York. Price, $1. 6. Moulds, Mildews, a "Mushrooms. By Lucien Marcus Un- derwood, Professor of Botany, 1896-1907. _ Du odecimo, 236 pages, 10 plates. Published by Henry Holt & Co. Price $150. 7. Nature and Development of Plants (1907). By Carlton Clar- ence Curtis, Assistant in Botany, 1892-1895 ; Tutor in Botany, 1895—1906 ; Instructor in Botany, 1906-1908 ; "Adjunct Professor of Botany, 1908-1910; Associate Professor of Botany, 1910— Octavo, 471 pages; 42 illustrations. Published by Henry Holt & Co., New York. Price $2.50. ESTABLISHED 1851 EIMER & AMEND 205-211 Third Ave., Corner 18th Street NEW YORK MANUFACTURERS AND IMPORTERS OF Chemicals and Chemical Apparatus Sole Agents for Our Specialties K AHLBAUM? Ss MICROSCOPES C, P. Chemicals and Reagents and ACCESSORIE “OARL a fee SCHLEICHER i fF & SCHULL’S MICROTOMES C. P. Filters SC T & BALANCES GENOSSEN’S Famous Labora- and tory Glassware WEIGHTS And for many other renowned European houses in our line. COMPLETE LINE OF Bacteriological Apparatus WE HANDLE EVERYTHING NEEDED FOR A LABORATORY Inspection of premises cordially invited, MEMOIRS OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB A series of technical papers on botanical subjects, published at irregular intervals. Price 83.00 a volume. Not offered in exchange. No. 1; not furnished separately : Bailey, Liberty Hyde. Studies of the wees of various species af the genus Carex: Pages 1-85. 25 My 1889. Vol. 1, No. 2; not furnished separate] artindale, Isaac Comly. Marine _ of the New Jersey coast and adjacent waters of Setar Island. Pages 87-11 24 Au 1889. No. te price, z cents Spruce, Richard. Azfaticae Bolivianae, in Andibus elke orientalis, annis 1885-6, acl. H. H. Rusby lectae. Peoes eek Ja 1890. Vol. L No. 4; price, 75¢ Sturtevant, Edward Lewis. On seedless fruits. ak 141- Pact 30 My 1890. Vol. 2, No. 1; not furnished separately Halsted, Byron David. Reserve food-materials in buds sat surrounding cori Pages 1-26, plates 1, 2. 10 S 1890. sti 1. 2, No, 2; price, 75 cents ail, Anna Murray, & Hollick, Charles Arthur. Contripations to the botany of Virginia, Pages 27-56, plates 7, g. 23 D 1890. ©. 3; not furnished s Holm, Herman Theodor Conielaeinds to the know ledge of the , oer: of | some North American plants. Pages 57-108, plates Pes 15 Ap Vol. 2, No. 4; price, 75 cents Wheelock, Dagger Efner. ‘The genus Polygala in North America. Pages 109- 152. 30D 1891 3, No 1; not furnished separately Small, John eae Pe Heller, Amos Arthur. Flora of western North Carolina and contiguous territory. Pages 1-39. 20 F 1892. Vv }; price, $2.00 rong, Thom Naiadaceae North America Cwith illustrations ot all the pg es]. Pass oe. Soon 20~74. 15 Mr 1893. es 3, — 3; not furnished tely Rusby, Hi umeration of the ete collected in Bolivia by Miguel Bang. wr eer t; - Spee parry 28 Vol. 4,.No. 1; not furnished Underwood, Lucien literal’ Index Hefaticarum. aa ‘, | Bibliography. Peer ea I-gl. Ic Je 1893. 4, No. 2; not furnished ie Small, John Kunkel, & Vail, Anna Murray. Report on ‘the botanical explora- tion of southwestern Virginia curiae the season of 1892. Pages 93-201, plates 75-82. 18 N 1893-17 Ap 1894 ol. 4, No. 3; a. e, 50 cents Pe eae Henry Hurd. An enumeration of the plants collected in Bolivia by Miguel — g. Part 2. Pages sess 10 Mr-17 4, No. 4; price, 50 Pettit, Anna Pn nee hypogaea 1. es 275-2096, Lee ai « 5 Te 1895. ol. 4, No. 5; price, 75 cents: Rydberg, Per Axel. The North American species of Physalis and related genera. — Pages 297-374. 15 S 1896 es ek ae eae eat ule ae BRERA Ee pe, ae ote ee Es a AN Le CORA tet ee the RE oor tee 2 Se Pe Phare ‘ eeacug hs fen a Contributions to the Mesozoiciflora of the Atlantic coastal plain—VI. Georgia ef) Additions to the flora of peninsular Florida... . -. » JOHN K. SMALL 513 PP PR GEN ER SPS Rie ease VOL. 37 OCTOBER, 1910 NO. 10 BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB — 2 : : . €ditor E:: s MARSHALL AVERY HOWE ( Associate €Cditors : a ~ JOHN HENDLEY BARNHART ‘Tracy Evviot HAZEN : =. E JEAN BROADHURST WILLIAM ALPHONSG MuRRILt 3 Puitip Dowett CHARLES Louis POLLARD ALEXANDER WILLIAM EVANS HERBERT MAULE RICHARDS p a a : : ae CONTENTS oe 4 = Motes. on Rosacese— IV. os es PER AXEL RYDBERG pee EDWARD W. BERRY 503 ee INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE ..-.-.-..--- Sg ee THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB - EDWARD S, BURGESS, Pu.D. JOHN HENDLEY BARNHART, A.M.,M.b Recording Secretary, Treasurer, im PERCY WILSON. WILLIAM MANSFIELD, Puar.D. Botanical Garden, Bronx Park, New York City. College of Pharmacy, 2 as t 2X5 West 68th St., New York big GS Meetings twice each month from October to May inclusive : the second Base PUBLICATIONS All subscripti d other business communications relating to the publications _ Pharmacy, 115 West 68th St., New York City. | _ of other volumes are. available, but the entire stock of som reserved for the completion of sets. Manuscripts intended na wsiblication in re Bo! ; BULLETIN should be addressed to Marshall A. Howe, Editor, New York - Garden, Bronx Park, New York City, ge Ss Torreya. onthly, established 1901. Price, $1.00 a year. Manuscripts in- 2 a tended oaks in TORREYA should be addressed to Jean Broadhurst, Editor, Re Teachers College, Columbia University, New York City. : Memoirs. Occasional, established 1889. { See last pages of cover. ) Se Preliminary Catalogue of Anthophyta and Presidophyts within 109 > miles a ee New York City, 1888. Price, $1.00 te ef the Club should Se wanna ee Treasurer, William Mansfield, College of -_-—- Bulletin. Monthly, established 1870. Price, $3.00 a year; single panes 30° - ¢ents. Of former jellies. only 24~36 can be supplied Sates ; certain numbers has been Vol. 37 * No.9 BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB —— OCTOBER, tg1o0 Notes on Rosaceae — IV Per AXEL RYDBERG POTENTILLA (continued)* PERMOLLES This group contains only one species, Potentilla permollis Rydb. Dr. Wolf reduced this to a variety of P. Blaschkeana, evidently without having seen any specimen. It has a pubescence wholly unlike any species in the GRACILEs or the NUTTALLIANAE groups, and although somewhat related to these, I regard it as distinct enough to be placed in a group by itself. Piper, who is rather conservative in his treatment, regards it as distinct in his Flora of Washington,t and cites three specimens. CANDIDAE This group contains six species, of which four are proposed as new. These are Potentilla Elmeri, P. Pecten, P. subvillosa, and P.comosa. Of these, the last one is related to P. Bakeri, and the rest to P. candida. Potentilla Pecten stands nearest to that species and differs mainly in the leaves, which are green above, and in the stem, which bears only a few small leaves. The following speci- mens belong to P. Pecten: Montana: Bridger Mountains, 1897, Rydberg & Bessey 4377 - Wyominc: Cokerville, 1898, Aven Nelson 4647; Union Pass, Aven Nelson 043. *See Bull. Torrey Club 37: 375-386. Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. vol. 11. “The BULLETIN for September, 1910 (37: 443-486) was issued 5 O rgro.] 487 488 Rypsperc: Notes on RosacEAE -Uran: Big Cottonwood Cafion, 1905, Garrett 1614. Potentilla Elmeri resembles P. Pecten in habit but is silky, not at all tomentose. It is represented by the following: CattrorniA: Griffins, Ventura County, 1902, Elmer 4000; Donner Lake, 1903, Heller. Potentilla subvillosa and P. comosa are very local and are represented by the type collections only. Dr. Wolf in his monograph and Professor Aven Nelson in the New Manual of Botany of the Central Rocky Mountains unite Potentilla Bakeri and P. viridescens, and the former reduces both to a variety of P. gracilis. P. viridescens is evidently related to P. gracilis and differs in the characters presented by Dr. Wolf; but P. Bakeri has the leaves dissected to near the midrib into linear or linear-oblong and obtuse, not lanceolate and acute divi- sions. P. Bakeri has spreading pubescence on the stem, and the leaves are rather densely tomentose beneath. I have collected Potentilla Bakert myself in Utah and P. viridescens in Montana and know that they both hold their characters well. Besides the specimens cited by me in the original publication, the following represent P. Bakeri: UtaH: Wahsatch County, near Midway, 1905, Carlton & Garrett 6721 and 6696; Juab, June 10, 1902, Goodding 1092; Big Cottonwood Cafion, Aug. 14, 1905, Garrett 1614; Hot Pots, Wahsatch County, Garrett F726. Wvyominc: Chug Creek, Albany Co., June 29, 1900, Aven Nelson 7318 (not 7317, which is cited by Dr. Wolf under P. gracilis viridescens). PECTINISECTAE This group contains four species, of which Potentilla longiloba is described as new. It resembles P. Blaschkeana in habit, but the leaves are loosely villous-tomentose above. specimens belong here: Montana: Lo Lo, May 29, 1897, Elrod and assistants 110; Gallatin Valley, near Bozeman, 1896, Flodman 563, in part. WASHINGTON: Pullman, June, 1903, Piper 4134. BritIisH COLUMBIA: Near international boundary between Kettle and Columbia rivers, June 25, 1902, Macoun 63901. Ipano: Clear Water, Spaulding. The following Rypgperc: Nores on RosAcEAE 489 Dr. Wolf regards Potentilla ctenophora as a variety of P. flabelliformis, which was also my first idea, before I knew the plant better. Dr. Wolf makes some remarks which read in trans- lation as follows: ‘The relationship of this variety to var. typica seems to me about the same as, for instance, that of P. argentea var. decumbens to its var. typica, and its elevation to specific rank seems to have been made on slight grounds, as the author himself in his monograph says that it should perhaps be regarded as a variety of P. flabelliformis, as intermediate forms are not lacking. Why has he not let it remain in its original category? It seems that he makes the limitations of his idea of a species narrower as the years pass by.’” This may be in a certain sense true, but it has been brought about by a study of many years and the char- acters stand out better and better as the plants become better known. In this special case Dr. Wolf's remarks were more or less amiss. I do not know what specimens he might have had at hand to support his statements. Neither in the original descrip- tions of P. flabelliformis ctenophora in the Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club nor in my monograph, did I cite any specimens. Unfortunately, I forgot to do so. The illustration in the mono- graph gives only a basal leaf. There is nothing to show the differences in general habit and the flowers. Professor Piper has directed my attention to the fact that my P. ctenophora is the same as P. Blaschkeana Lehm. Later he has also recorded his views on this point in his Flora of Washington. I agree fully with Professor Piper and have stated before that my conception of P. Blaschkeana was a composite one, mainly made up of P. grosse-serrata. Dr. Wolf, I think, did not make the same mistake, for his description points unmistakably to P. Blaschkeana Turcz., as described and illustrated by Lehmann, not as characterized in my monograph. After the citation of Lehmann’s plate, Dr. Wolf gives in parenthesis “(optima)”. His conception of P. Blaschkeana was therefore evidently correct. As my P. cteno- phora is evidently the same, why should it not be regarded as specifically distinct from P. flabelliformis? Professor Aven Nelson in the New Manual of Botany of the Central Rocky Mountains makes P. Blaschkeana a synonym of P. gracilis and P. ctenophora a synonym of P. flabelliformis. 490 RypsBerGc: Nores oN ROSACEAE GRACILES The following species were described as new in the North American Flora: Potentilla intermittens, P. alaskana, P. dichroa, and P. camporum. As stated in the North American Flora, Potentilla intermittens may be a hybrid between P. glaucophylla and P. filipes, so inter- mediate is it in every respect that a mere glance would suggest its hybrid origin. As I had no direct evidence, however, I pro- posed a specific name and described it, hoping that botanists might study it further in the field. The following specimens belong here: CoLorapo: Cameron Pass, 1896, Baker 25; Buffalo Pass, 1898, Shear 3863. ALBERTA: Foothills, 1897, Macoun 16722. Potentilla alaskana resembles P. viridescens in habit but the flowers are much larger, the petals being 9-14 mm. long, the bractlets linear instead of lanceolate, and the leaves densely tomen- tose beneath. It differs from P. gracilis in the lower stem and the appressed pubescence on stems and petioles. Several speci- mens have been seen, but all were from the Island of Kadiak, Alaska. Potentilla dichroa is related to P. glomerata but differs in the dense white tomentum of the lower surface of the leaves. It differs from P. gracilis in the thicker leaves, and in the stouter and lower, more leafy stem, which is appressed-hairy. The fol- lowing specimens belong here: Montana: Old Sentinel, t901, MacDougal 185. OREGON: Burns, 1901, Griffiths & Morris 766. The following I have referred here, although they are less typical specimens: Utau: Hot Pots, Wahsatch County, 1905, Garrett F727. NEVADA: Washoe Valley, Stretch 74. Potentilla camporum is somewhat intermediate between P. gracilis and P. filipes, having the toothing of the leaves of the former and the small flowers of the latter. It has much broader, thicker, and more pubescent leaves than the former, more coarsely toothed and more hairy leaves than the latter. The following specimens are referred here: SoutH Dakota: Black Hills, Miss Pratt 93 Rypperc: Notes on RosacKAE 491 MAnitosa: Rapid City, 1896, Macoun 14447 and 14450; Fort Ellis, 1906, Macoun & Herriot 68930. SASKATCHEWAN: Milk River, 1881, Dawson 34348; The Holes, 1885, Macoun 10447; Cypress Hills, 1894, Macoun 4538; Herzel, 1906, Macoun & Herriot 69827; Park Bay, 1896, Macoun 14447; Silver City, 1885, Macoun 635 and 7284. BritisH CoLumBIA: Slotch-oot-a Lake, 1876, Dawson 7282; Nicola Valley, Macoun 7229; Revelstoke, 1890, Macoun 7287. In 1901, while visiting northern Europe, I found in the Botan- ical Garden at Upsala specimens of Potentilla pulcherrima Lehm., which had been cultivated for several generations since Lehmann’s time and kept unchanged the characters of pinnate leaves, etc. Side by side were growing also specimens of the so-called P. gracilis from Colorado with its digitate leaves. The latter is of course not the true P. gracilis but the P. pulcherrima of my monograph or P. pulcherrima communis Th. Wolf. Seeing these two forms together, the suggestion came to me that they might not be one species. While collecting in Utah, I found P. pul- cherrima in the same cafion where Dr. Watson had rediscovered it, viz., in the Big Cottonwood Cajfion, southeast of Salt Lake City. Here it was growing alone. Numerous specimens were seen in an open place along the river, but no digitate-leaved specimens were seen. I have come to the conclusion that it is not a parallel case to P. diversifolia, in which the basal leaves are either pinnate or digitate or both on the same plant. In all speci- mens of P. pulcherrima proper, the basal leaves are all pinnate, while in P. pulcherrima communis they are all digitate. In 19OI, I described a supposed new species under the name of P. jilipes, which Dr. Wolf reduced to a variety of P. pulcherrima. I have found that the characters separating P. filipes and the so-called P. pulcherrima of Colorado do not hold. I therefore united the two into one species under the name of P. filipes in the North American Flora. A depauperate high-mountain form of this species is P. pulcherrima condensata Th. Wolf. Professor Nelson in the New Manual of Botany of the Central Rocky Mountains makes not only P. pulcherrima and P. filtpes but also P. fastigiata and P. Blaschkeana synonyms of P. grace ’ a consolidation which goes altogether too far. 492 Rypserc: NotTes oN ROSACEAE LONGIPEDUNCULATAE This section contains only one species, which Dr. Wolf makes a doubtful variety of P. gracilis. SUBJUGAE This group also contains only a single species, Potentilla sub- . juga. In my monograph, I included also in this group P. quin- quefolia, a disposition which Dr. Simmons in the Flora of Elles- mere Land rightly criticizes. This species I transferred in the North American Flora to the CONCINNAE group. SUBCORIACEAE This group contains three species, all Mexican. Dr. Wolf calls the group RANUNCULOIDEs and includes in it not only these three species, and the BREVIFOLIAE and SuBVISCOSAE groups, but also such diverse plants as Potentilla Townsendii, P. Palmeri, P. Ra- nunculus, P. flabellifolia, P. fragiformis, and P. Sierrae-Blancae, together with P. acuminata, which is a species with pinnate leaves related to P. saxosa. OBOVATIFOLIAE This group also is Mexican and Central American and consists of three species. The first of these, P. staminea Rydb., was until lately known only from the type collection by Ghiesbrecht. It has been collected also in Guatemala, in 1896, Seler 2753. If I am not mistaken, they are the same specimens that Dr. Wolf cites under P. haematochrus on page 226 of his monograph. A few years after its publication I referred to this species doubtfully Pringle 6890. This evidently was the reason why Dr. Wolf re- duced P. staminea to a variety of P. leptopetala Lehm. Pringle 6890 is evidently much more closely related to P. leptopetala than to P. staminea. I have been inclined to refer Pringle 6890 and other material collected later in the same region to P. leptopetala, for they agree fairly well with Lehmann’s description (except as to the size of the petals). If, however, Lehmann’s figure in his Monographia, fl. 43, is correct, then the plant from which it was prawn must be of a different species from Pringle 6890 or else it is a freak or in an abnormal condition. I have seen neither the type of RyDBERG: NoTEs on ROSACEAE 493 P. leptopetala, nor the plants collected by Schiede and by Ehrenberg, enumerated in Linnaea. From certain remarks there I have sus- pected that these specimens belonged rather to the same species as Pringle 6890 than to the typical P. leptopetala. Dr. Wolf, on page 228 of his monograph, also states that these specimens agree very well with Pringle 6890. From this I may judge that Dr. Wolf's interpretation of my P. staminea is wrong and that his P. leptopetala staminea is the same as my P. obovatifolia, which was based on Pringle 6890. Dr. Wolf has committed another grave blunder, for on page 251 he reduces P. obovatifolia to a variety of P. concinnaeformis. Here he also cites Pringle 6890, overlooking the fact that he had already cited the same number under P. leptopetala staminea. When preparing the manuscript for page 228, he evidently had the specimen before him, while when doing the same for page 251, he made use of no specimens and simply made P. obovatifolia a variety of P. concinnaeformis, because of my statement that it was nearest P. concinnaeformis of the CoNCINNAE group. From his treatment of P. concinnae- jormis, it is evident that Dr. Wolf had seen no specimens of that species. All he had to go by was the short description and plate in my monograph. I think it rather audacious to reduce one species to a variety of another, without knowing material of either. The following specimens belong to P. obovatifolia: Mexico: Sierra de Pachuca, Hidalgo, 1898, Pringle 6890; also in 1902, Pringle 9783; Cuyamaloya, Hidalgo, 1906, Pringle 10276. HorrRIDAE This group contains two Mexican species, known only from the type collections. Potentilla horrida is referred to the HAEMATOCHROAE group by Dr. Wolf, notwithstanding its yellow flowers. P. durangensis is described as new in the North Ameri- can Flora. RUBRAE The oldest known species of this group is Potentilla coma- rioides Humb. & Bonp. Unfortunately this universally known name is antedated by one year by P. rubra Willd., which name must be adopted. The group contains seven species from northern Mexico and the southwestern United States. Of these, P. 494 RypsBerc: Nores oN ROSACEAE madrensis is overlooked by Dr. Wolf. P. sanguinea is described as new in the North American Flora. AUREAE As treated in the North American Flora, this group contains nine North American species. If one follows Dr. Wolf in laying so much stress on the form of the style, all the American species, except Potentilla maculata and P. Langeana, should be excluded from the AuREAE group. In this group the styles should be somewhat thickened upward, instead of downward. In some species the styles are perfectly filiform, not thickened either way. The result is that a distinct line can not be drawn between the CONOSTYLAE and the GompHosTYLAE of Dr. Wolf’s monograph. In the Avureak, Dr. Wolf has such diverse species as Potentilla maculata, P. elegans, P. Robbinsiana, and P. gelida. Of these, P. Robbin- siana at least does not have the styles thickened upwards. The RANUNCULOIDES group of Dr. Wolf is still worse. It contains not only the thick-leaved and thick-rhizomed Mexican and Central American species, of which it was made up in my treatment, and my SUBVISCOSAE and BREVIFOLIAE groups, but also such diverse species as Potentilla acuminata Hall (related to P. saxosa), P. flabellifolia Hook., P. fragiformis Willd., P. Townsendii Rydb., P. Palmeri Th. Wolf, and P. Sierrae-Blancae Rydb. Potentilla emarginata Pursh is placed with the AUREAE, while the closely related P. fragiformis is placed in RANUNCULOIDES. P. gelida Mey. is put in the former, and P. flabelliformis Hook., which S, Watson and other students of Potentilla have not been able to distinguish from it, is put in the latter group; P. perdissecta Rydb. or, as Dr. Wolf calls it, P. diversifolia var. decurrens (Wats.) Th. Wolf, is placed in the MuttijuGAr, while P. Ranunculus Lange, which can be separated from it only by the different root- stock (see below), is placed in the RANUNCULOIDES. P. Town- send and P. Palmeri and their relationship I have discussed before. Dr. Wolf's grouping in this case therefore is very artificial and unsatisfactory. I think that the group as constituted by me is more natural, although it could be subdivided into three subgroups. Potentilla Sierrae-Blancae stands alone, is not so closely related to the rest, RypDBERG: Notes oN ROSACEAE 495 and shows many affinities to the ConcrnNag, although it lacks tomentum. Potentilla maculata and P. Langeana are closely related. Dr. Wolf adopts the name P. alpestris for the former, claiming that the name P. maculata Pourr. probably belongs to P. pyrenaica Ram. He does not, however, adopt the name P. maculata for the latter, although the name is much older. Dr. Wolf does not admit P. Langeana as a distinct species. The rest of my AUREAE group are closely related. Potentilla Vreelandit Rydb. was first described in the North American Flora, and was consequently unknown to Dr. Wolf. Potentilla diversifolia Lehm. is placed in the MULTIJUGAE group by Dr. Wolf, and under it he recognizes four varieties: genuina, decurrens, glaucophylla, and jucunda. It is true that P. diverst- folia often has at least some of the leaves pinnate, although with closely approximate pairs of leaflets, and that it connects the MULTIJUGAE and the AUREAE groups. The forms regarded as varieties of it by Dr. Wolf have digitate leaves. Concerning Potentilla glaucophylia Lehm., first described as a species and afterwards reduced to a variety of P. diversifolia by the author himself, it may be said that although it is very close to some forms of P. diversifolia, especially when they bear only digitate leaves, it seems to be more different in the living state than in dried material, and Professor Aven Nelson,* who also has had chance to study them in the field agrees with me in regarding them as distinct. That Dr. Wolf reduced Potentilla jucunda to a variety is probably due to the fact that he had received unusually large specimens of P. glaucophylla which were labeled P. jucunda. See the remarks in my preceding Notes on Rosaceae. What I actually described and figured in my monograph of Potentilla as Potentilla decurrens, was not the same as P. dissecta decurrens of S. Watson. My description was, however, made broad enough to include Watson's plant. In 1905, while collecting in Utah, I collected at several places a plant which I regarded as a new species. A closer comparison with Watson’s type of P. ‘dissecta decurrens (which is a rather poor specimen) revealed my *See Coult. & Nels. New Man. Cent. Rocky Mts. 257. 496 RypBERG: Nores ON ROSACEAE mistake. Potentilla decurrens of my monograph, and as under- stood by A. Nelson, Joc. cit., or A. diversifolia var. decurrens Th. Wolf, mainly, is not the same as Watson’s plant. It is a plant related to P. glaucophylla and P. Ranunculus, while the original P. dissecta decurrens is related to P. ovina J. M. Macoun: In the North American Flora, the former is described under the name P. perdissecta. Potentilla Ranunculus Lange, which Dr. Wolf associates with P. ranunculoides H. B. K., is not related to that species but to the one just discussed above and to P. glaucophylla. It is hard to distinguish it from these species except by the rootstock, which in P. Ranunculus is much branched and creeping and densely covered with scales. This character is found in many arctic plants and is perhaps due to the climatic conditions. P. Ranun- culus has usually broader leaflets than P. glaucophylla and they are less dissected than in P. perdissecta. Potentilla multisecta (S. Wats.) Rydb. is closely related to P. perdissecta. Dr. Wolf reduces it back to a variety of P. dissecta, as it was originally described by S. Watson. This is really a transfer to another species, for P. dissecta of Watson was not the same as P. dissecta Pursh, but was P. diversifolia Lehm. This transfer is made, although Dr. Wolf expressly states that he has not seen P. dissecta Pursh. Professor Nelson, loc. cit., has omitted this species, although it has been collected in Wyoming. % SUBVISCOSAE Very little can be said about this group, as little material has been received since my monograph and few new facts have been brought to light since that time. Through further study of Poten- tilla Wheelerit viscidula, 1 have come to the conclusion that it deserves specific rank and it is given such in the North American Flora. Dr. Wolf has made no change in the species of this group, as he had seen specimens of only P. Wheeleri. As stated before, he includes the whole group in his RANUNCULOIDEs. CONCINNAE This group has been a little modified from the treatment in my monograph and a few species have been transferred from other groups. RYDBERG: Notes oN ROSACEAE 497 Potentilla fastigiata Nutt. was transferred from the GRACILES group. Although it connects the CoNCINNAE with this group and with the CANDIDAE, and has a more erect stem than the other species, I think, after all, that it should be placed here and that it has its nearest relative in P. concinnaeformis Rydb. Dr. Wolf retains it in the GRACILEs group and associates it with P. tomen- tosa, P. oaxacana, and P. Nuttallii. Its nearest relative outside the CONCINNAE is P. candida Rydb., and a few of the specimens cited by me under the latter in my monograph belong to P. fasti- giata instead. It is evidently unknown to Professor Nelson, for under P. gracilis, he has the following remark: ‘(This may be a composite species; as here used it includes the following, which are not readily discriminated: P. fastigiata Nutt.; P. pulcherrima Lehm.; P. Blaschkeana Turcz..... )” The leaves of P. fasti- giata are silky-villous with rather long hairs on both sides, only very slightly tomentose beneath. A species related to thisand P. concinnaeformis is described in the North American Flora under the name of Potentilla Hasset. It differs from P. fastigiata in the broader, broadly obovate leaf- lets and the oblong instead of linear-lanceolate bractlets, and from P. concinnaeformis in the dense many-flowered inflorescence, the densely pubescent stem, and the oblong bractlets. Besides the type given in the North American Flora, I have seen the following specimens, referable to it: CALIFORNIA: Head of Stanislaus River, 1903, Hall & Chandler 4778. There has been no change made in Potentilla concinnaeformis, P. oblanceolata, and P. bicrenata since my monograph, except that the range of the last one has been extended to Wyoming, where it has been collected by Professor Nelson. Dr. Wolf admits all three as species, although he had not seen specimens of any of them. Concerning the reduction of P. obovatifolia Rydb. to a variety of the first one, see my remarks on page 493. A further study of P. concinna and its variety divisa brought to light facts that seemed to me sufficient to warrant the raising of the latter to specific rank. In the North American Flora, I transfer Potentilla quinquefolia Rydb. to this group. In my monograph I had placed it with P. 498 RYDBERG: NOTES ON ROSACEAE subjuga. My placing it with that species was done simply because both show a tendency to combining digitate and pinnate characters in the leaves. Dr. Simmons in the Flora of Ellesmereland, has rightly criticized me for so doing. The species was based upon Potentilla nivea pentaphylla Lehm., as represented by some of the specimens cited in Hooker's Flora Boreali-Americana. Unfor- tunately Dr. Lehmann did not propose the name in the work just mentioned, although he gave a description. His publication of the variety did not appear until 1850.* In the meantime, the name had been taken up by Turczaninow,t but whether for the same plant or not I can not tell. As the name pentaphylla was not available I used another name, P. quinquefolia, and it matters little what plant Turczaninow had, as P. quinquefolia applies to the North American plant characterized in my descrip- tion. In 1900 Mr. Morten Pedersen Porsild sent me a collection of Potentillas from Greenland. J undertook to determine them and also published a paper upon them in the Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club for March, 1901. Some of the work was hastily done and several corrections to that paper must be made. One of the mistakes made was that I regarded P. nivea subquinata Lange as identical with P. quinquefolia. Following the Madison amendments to the Rochester Code, I substituted the name P. subquinata (Lange) Rydb. for P. quinquefolia. P. nivea, as well as other 3-foliolate species, has occasionally some of the lower leaves 5-foliolate, but P. quinquefolia has them nearly always so. On account of this confusion, I have been severely criticized both by Dr. Simmons and by Dr. Wolf for regarding P. quinquefolia Rydb. as a distinct species. The former made the following re- marks: “‘there being not the slightest cause to look upon it as a species as Rydberg has done, probably because he has had no opportunity of studying the plant from nature.”’ If Dr. Simmons had taken a little trouble, he could have found that this statement was not exactly true, for in my monograph, I cited a specimen collected by myself in Montana, viz., Rydberg & Bessey 4397, and I had had opportunity to study it in the field. I have since collected it at two other stations, one in Colorado and one in Utah. ¥*Delect. Sem. Hort. Hamb. 1850: 12. 1850. 7Bull. Soc. Nat. Mosc. 14: 607. 1843. RypperGc: Nores on ROSACEAE 499 In neither case did I find a single specimen that could be referred to P. nivea. At the Colorado station it was associated with P. saximontana and P. uniflora, but was easy to distinguish, especially from the latter. In the collections at the New York Botanical Garden there are eighteen sheets of P. guinquefolia, representing sixteen localities. I have seen perhaps as many more localities represented in other herbaria, and have seen no sheets on which it was mixed with P. nivea proper. We have only four sheets of P. nivea from the Rocky Mountain region. When I visited Copen- hagen in 1901, I confused P. rubricaulis with it and named a specimen of the latter P. subquinata. This was due mostly to the fact that I had a wrong idea of P. rubricaulis Lehm. and had applied the latter name to what appears in the North American Flora as P. rubripes Rydb. Dr. Simmons has cleared up P. rubricaulis Lehm. in such a way that nothing more needs to be said, except perhaps that he could have made plainer the dif- ferences between the trifoliolate P. rubricaulis var. arctica and P. nivea L., taken in such a broad sense as Dr. Simmons has done. Of the specimens collected by Pedersen and referred to P. sub- quinata by me, no. 496, as represented in the New York Botanical Garden herbarium, is a form of P. nivea L., with some quinate leaves. It is intermediate between P. nivea macrophylla and P. nivea subquinata. Nos. 113 and 233 belong to P. nipharga Rydb., which also sometimes has quinate leaves. The other numbers are not represented here. There is none referable to P. quingue- folia, which seems confined to the Rocky Mountains of the United States and Northwestern Canada. Closely related to P. quinquefolia, perhaps a depauperate variety thereof, is P. modesta Rydb., described as new in the North American Flora. It is confined to two mountain chains in Utah. It differs from P.-guinguefolia, besides in the smaller stature, in the linear and obtuse instead of lanceolate and acute bractlets, the golden yellow petals only 4 mm. long, and the dense inflores- cence, reminding one of that of P. Hookeriana. The following specimens belong to it: UraH: Mount Barrette, July 26, 1905, Rydberg & Carlton 7261, 7259, and 7258; Sierra La Sal, 1899, C. A. Purpus G, Q, and R. 500 Rypserc: Notes oN ROSACEAE NIVEAE This group is represented in the North American Flora by nine “species. Of these, two are proposed as new, P. nipharga and P. Pedersenii, the first based on specimens referred to P. nivea and several of its varieties, the latter based on P. subquinata Peder- senit Rydb. Dr. Simmons in his Flora of Ellesmere Land remarked: “Rather might it be justifiable to distinguish all the arctic forms with deeply incised leaflets, from the typical P. nivea, which has them more rounded and feebler dentate. I have, however, had too little opportunity to study them from nature, to be able to give any definite opinion about it. . . . Rydberg has, however, not only established a new species P. quinquefolia for the plant here in question, but . . . .’’. If we compare this quotation with the other one from the same discussion given above we notice that Dr.Simmons contradicts himself. In the first quotation he states “there being not the slightest cause to look upon it as a species” and in the latter “rather might it be justifiable to distinguish all the arctic forms. . . ."’. These arctic forms with deeply incised leaflets, certainly look very different from P. nivea proper, but at the same time they are not the same as my P. quinquefolia. As I could not find any available name for them I proposed P. nipharga in the North American Flora. The plant is not exclu- sively arctic, for similar specimens, although usually smaller, have been collected in the Rockies, especially in Utah. Some of the specimens included in P. nivea dissecta by S. Watson belong here, others belong to P. divisa Rydb. The name dissecta is, however, not available. Potentilla nivea subquinata Lange is probably a form of this with some quinate leaves, but as the name P. sub- quinata has been applied to another species, it is not available for this. It includes probably P. nivea arenosa Lange, but it is not P. nivea arenosa Turcz. I think that it is P. nivea pinnatifida Lange (not that of Lehmann), but pinnatifida can not be used as a specific name for it. It is the same as P. nivea altaica Rydb., at least as far as the Utah specimens are concerned. I thought that it was the same as P. altaica Bunge, but have seen my mistake. I agree fully with the opinion of Dr. Simmons that “‘it [P. altaica] does not belong to P. nivea,” not even if P. quinquefolia, P. ni- RypBERG: Notes on ROSACEAE 501 pharga,and P. uniflora are included. Dr. Simmons states further: “In the Index Kewensis, it is referred to P. multifida L., where its right place seems rather to be.’’ This statement was made after Dr. Simmons had seen the original specimens of Bunge. It is not unlikely at all that its relationship is with P. pinnatifida, but the plate illustrating it does not resemble so much P. pinnatifida as P. Hookeriana. The latter is also intermediate between the NIVEAE and the MULTIFIDAE groups, both in habit, the congested inflorescence, and the fusiform style. I can not agree with Dr. Wolf in regarding P. altaica as merely a form of P. nivea pinnati- fida in the sense he uses the name. I refer the following specimens to P. nipharga: MACKENZIE: Fort Good Hope, 1861-2, 7. S. Onion (type). ALBERTA: Rocky Mountains, Drummond 368. Urtau: Sierra La Sal, 1899, C. A. Purpus A, C, L, and H. GREENLAND: Vajat-shore, Disco, Morten Pedersen 113; Un- artuarsuk, Disco, Morten Pedersen; Onjigsak, Disco, Morten Peder- Sen 233. Potentilla Pedersenit Rydb. was based upon P. subquinata Pedersenti Rydb. In describing the latter I had only one collec- tion in flower, viz., Morten Pedersen 470, and the description was drawn wholly from that. Laying too much stress upon the pe- culiar rootstock of this species and almost overlooking more essential characters, I referred carelessly to it several sterile speci- mens with a similar rootstock. These do not belong to it and Dr. Wolf is fully correct in his criticism of me for basing the variety on a mixture and for including in it specimens which he refers to P. nivea and var. subquinata. The type specimen he regards as a small-flowered P. Wahliana. With this I can not agree. Itis true that it has something of the habit of P. Wahliana, the long hairs, although not yellowish, of that species, and the pubescent upper surface of the leaves; but it does not have the large, broad, and overlapping petals of P. Wahliana, or the oval or elliptic obtusish bractlets characteristic of that species and P. villosa. It has the flowers of Potentilla nivea. It could be a hybrid of P. nivea and P. Wahliana. Dr. Wolf regards both P. uniflora and P. Hookertana as vari- 502 Rypsperc: Nores ON ROSACEAE eties of P. nivea. P. Hookeriana, at least, is very distinct, and were it not for the 3-foliolate leaves, I would associate it with the MULTIFIDAE group, especially with P. pseudosericea and P. pauct- juga. The style is just as fusiform as in those species and the inflorescence is compact as in that group, not open as in the typical species of the NIVEAE. Dr. Wolf also regards P. prostrata as a variety of P. nivea, in this respect following Dr. Lehmann, but neither Lehmann nor Wolf seems to have seen the type of P. prostrata Rottboell. Dr. Wolf refers to it a specimen collected by Morten Pedersen, labeled as P. quinquefolia Rydb., but according to Wolf, better referable to P.nivea macrophylla. It is probably Pedersen 496 that is referred to, but this has nothing to do with P. prostrata Rottb. The type of the latter is in the herbarium of the Botanical Garden at Copenhagen, where I saw it in 1901 and drew from it the descrip- tion which is found in the North American Flora. I have seen no other specimen resembling it, and no form of P. nivea or of any of the species often included in it approaches it. The leaflets resemble those of P. gracilis but are three in number, and the flower and inflorescence are different. NEW YorK BOTANICAL GARDEN. Contributions to the Mesozoic flora of the Atlantic coastal plain— Vi. Georgia Epwarp W. BERRY No fossil plants have been specifically recorded from the coastal plain of Georgia, although several Eocene plant localities are mentioned by McCallie in his Report on the Underground Waters of Georgia* and one of the following Cretaceous localities is mentioned by Veatch in his recent Report on the Clay Deposits of Georgia.t With the exception of this latter locality near Buena Vista in Marion County all of the following localities have been discovered recently by Dr. L. W. Stephenson or the writer. Both Lower and Upper Cretaceous deposits are present in Georgia, the former, which have thus far proved unfossiliferous, extending entirely across the state along the “‘fall-line’’ and the latter extensively developed west of the Ocmulgee River, which is in the central part of the state, being transgressed east of that point by the late Eocene. These Upper Cretaceous deposits have been divided by Veatch, on lithologic grounds, into five units, which are, from the oldest to the youngest, the Eutaw (=Tuscaloosa formation), Blufftown, Cusseta, Renfroes, and Providence. They emphasize slight alter- ations in conditions of sedimentation whereby beds predominantly of sand alternate with marl, the Blufftown and Renfroes phases representing the latter type of sediments. These lithologic phases are fairly well defined in the western part of the state but merge toward the eastward into an indivisible series of sands with local clay lenses, for the most part unfossiliferous. The geology of this area, no doubt with a revised nomenclature, will be published shortly by Dr. Stephenson, so that the foregoing very brief out- line will suffice in the present connection. Determinable fossil plants have beeen collected from the follow- ing five localities: Geol. Sarr. Georgia, Bull. 15: 36, 336, 347. 1908. rs: Surv. Georgia, Bull. 18: 88. 1909. 503 504 BerRRY: MESOZOIC FLORA OF THE COASTAL PLAIN 1. McBride’s Ford—This locality is in the basal part of the Tuscaloosa formation, on the left bank of Upatoi Creek, about 10 miles southeast of Columbus, in Chattahoochee County. The plants were all collected from one small clay lens and include the following species: _ Andromeda cretacea Lesq? Andromeda Wardiana Lesq. Androvettia sp. nov. Aralia sp. nov. Brachyphyllum macrocarpum Newb. Cinnamomum Heerii Lesq.? Cinnamomum intermedium Newb. Eucalyptus angusta Velen. Ficus ovatifolia Berry. Juglans arctica Heer? Magnolia Boulayana Lesq. Magnolia Capellini Heer. Manthotites sp. nov. Menispermites sp. nov. Paliurus sp. nov. Salix flexuosa Newb. Sequoia Reichenbachi (Gein.) Heer. Tumion carolinianum Berry? Zizyphus sp. nov. The Sequoia and Androvettia are the most abundant forms and the horizon indicated by the general facies of the foregoing 19 species is one homotaxial with the Tuscaloosa formation of Ala- bama, the Black Creek formation of the Carolinas, the Magothy formation of the northern coastal plain, and the Dakota-Woodbine formations of the western Gulf and interior. 2. Broken Arrow Bend.—This locality is on the left bank of the Chattahoochee River about 13 miles below Columbus in Chattahoochee County, and the flora, as at the preceding locality, comes from small clay lenses near the base of the Tuscaloosa formation. The following species have been recognized: Malapoenna horrellensis Berry? Salix flecuosa Newb. Phragmites Prattti Berry. Sequoia Reichenbachi (Gein.) Salix eutawensis Berry. Heer. The Sequoia is characteristic and is the most abundant form present. The horizon indicated is the same as in the preceding case. 3. Chimney Bluff——This locality is on the left bank of the Chattahoochee River about 22 miles below Columbus and still in Chattahoochee County. The plants from this locality are near BERRY: MESOZOIC FLORA OF THE COASTAL PLAIN 505 the top of the Tuscaloosa formation and include the following species: Araucaria bladenensis Berry. Salix flecuosa Newb. Araucaria Jeffreyi Berry. Salix Lesquereuxti Berry. Ficus crassipes Heer. Sequoia Reichenbachi (Gein.) Ficus Krausiana Heer. Heer. The Sequoia is rare at this outcrop and Araucaria bladenensis is the most abundant form. The indicated horizon does not differ greatly from that of the preceding localities. 4. Near Buena Vista.—This locality is in a gully along the Buena Vista-Tazewell road, about 6 miles northeast of the former town in Marion County. The horizon is that of the so-called Cusseta sands and the following identifiable species, based on poor and scattered material, indicate a flora not appreciably different from the preceding: Andromeda Novae- Caesareae Manthotites sp. nov. (same as at Hollick. McBride’s Ford). Araucaria bladenensis Berry. Monocotyledon, gen. et sp. nov. Eucalyptus angusta Velen. common to the Black Creek Ficus sp. nov. and Tuscaloosa formations). 5. Near Byron.—This locality is in a cut of the Central of Georgia Railway about 1.5 miles northeast of Byron in Houston County. The specimens are few and poor but point to a correla- tion with the Cusseta sands near Buena Vista. The following have been identified, of which the Cunninghamites is the most abundant: Araucaria Jeffreyi Berry. Dryopteris sp. nov. Cunninghamites elegans (Corda) ndl When this Upper Cretaceous flora, which consists of but 32 determinable species, is compared with allied floras one is struck with its paucity. For example, the Tuscaloosa flora of Alabama probably contains about 200 species, the Black Creek flora of the Carolinas about 100 species and the Magothy flora considerably more than 100 species. It is evident that the Georgia flora pre- sents but a meager picture of the contemporaneous vegetation of the Piedmont area of Georgia. Another noticeable feature is 506 Berry: MESOZOIC FLORA OF THE COASTAL PLAIN the coriaceous nature of most of the leaves. The conifers, which are among the slowest plants to succumb to maceration, are the most abundant types, and the various andromedas, magnolias, and lanceolate leaves of Ficus are also very resistant. The con- clusion is obvious that all of the more delicate plant remains that floated into the Cretaceous sea were destroyed, and this is corroborated by the character of the sediments, which are pre- dominantly sandy and indicate deposition in shallow much agi- tated waters. Possibly the Cretaceous coast-line in this region was not broken by any re-entrants of any size, which usually offer exceptional opportunities for the formation of bars and lagoons and the resulting mud-flats, which furnish such excellent facilities for the preservation of the terrestrial vegetation supplied by the tributary rivers. We know that vegetable matter was abundant in these Cretaceous waters from the lignitic character of many of the sands and from the dark carbonaceous clays, but the bulk of it was evidently thoroughly triturated and comminuted before entombment. Possibly too, subsequent erosion of the landward margins of the sediments may account for the absence of land plants, since at McBride’s Ford near the landward margin of the deposits they are so much more abundant than at any of the other localities. These thirty-two Georgia Cretaceous species are distributed among seventeen families in fifteen orders. They include a single polypodiaceous fern and seven species of conifers, most of the latter apparently referable to the Araucarieae, although the relatively primitive Taxaceae are represented by a species of Tumion. There are two monocotyledons of little significance and twenty-two dicot- yledons of various affinities, including four figs, three willows, three andromedas, two magnolias, and two cinnamomums. Perhaps the most remarkable form collected is a new species of Euphorbiaceae, very similar to the modern tropical genera Ja- tropha and Manihot. These leaves are of immense size and are represented in the collections by the two nearly complete leaves, restorations of which are here figured, and by a number of frag- ments. This species, which is unlike anything previously known either in this country or abroad, may be briefly characterized as follows :— BERRY: MESOZOIC FLORA OF THE COASTAL PLAIN 507 Manihotites georgiana gen. et sp. nov. Leaves large, 36 cm. t m, in diameter, palmately and 0 48 c deeply lobate, the main lobes dichotomously sublobate. Base probably peltate. Margins entire, more or less undulate. Tex- ture coriaceous. Venation coarse, consisting of five or six stout primaries diverging at acute angles from the top of the petiole, Ficure 1. Restoration of Manihotites georgiana Berry, from the Upper Cretaceous of Georgia. (X14 size and running to the apex of a subordinate lobe. — There are a sparse number of relatively fine secondaries diverging at angles of about 45° or more and apparently camptodrome. The deep and narrow but rounded sinuses approach to within three to five centi- meters of the base and divide the leaf into five or more major lobes and these are subdivided by more or less deep sinuses of a similar character into inequilateral, ovate-lanceolate, obtusely pointed, subordinate lobes. [FIGURES I and 2. 508 Berry: MESOZOIC FLORA OF THE COASTAL PLAIN There was considerable variation in the lobation of these leaves as is shown by the specimens figured. It seems very prob- able that these two leaves were from a single plant, since it is very unlikely that two separate leaves of this size and of the same degree of preservation would have found their way out into the Cretaceous sea and have come to rest within a few inches of one another in this very small clay lens which was not over ten feet in diameter and which was several miles from the Cretaceous shore. The one leaf has the lobes broadly rounded and each main lobe divided Ficure 2. Restoration of a second nearly complete leaf of Manihotites georgiana Berry, from the Upper Cretaceous of Georgia. (xX 1/3.33) into two nearly equal subordinate lobes, while in the other leaf these subordinate lobes are subdivided in a like manner and some of these subdivisions are again subdivided. The only fossils that are at all comparable to this species are, first, the forms from the Raritan formation in New Jersey described by Professor Newberry as Fontainea grandifolia;* second, those named Haliserites Reichii by Sternbergt from their supposed algal nature, although they are clearly angiospermous as Rothpletz has *Newberry, Fl. Amboy Clays 96. pl. 45. f. 1-4. 1806. TSternberg, Fl. Vorwelt 2: 34. pl. 24. f. 7. 1833 Berry: MESOZOIC FLORA OF THE COASTAL PLAIN 509 recently pointed out.* The latter fossils come from the Ceno- manian of Saxony, while a third form, suggestive of the Georgia fossils from the Cenomanian of Bohemia, is called by Velenovsky Aralia furcata.t The Georgia plant is, however, entirely distinct from any of these forms and it has been compared with a large amount of recent material such as Jatropha, Cecropia, various tropical Araliaceae, etc. It proves to be closest, however, to certain species of the genus Manzhot of Adanson and it is believed that the remarkably variable leaves in the latter genus furnish a satis- factory clue to the relationship of this Cretaceous species, since no other comparable modern genus has leaves with similar wavy margins and inequilateral rounded lobes. This relationship is indicated in the generic name chosen for the Georgia fossils. The modern genus Manihot has between eighty and one hundred species in the American tropics. An effort to picture accurately the environment of this flora is beset with unusual difficulties, as may be imagined from what has already been said. It is safe to assume that the climate was mild and humid, the latter being probably the most important factor aside from the absence of frost. That the temperature was not tropical in character we may assume from the manner in which this flora preserves its integrity when traced northward over a good many degrees of latitude. Judged by the facts of the present- day geographical distribution of plants, this flora presents an antipodean facies with its Eucalyptus and abundant Araucarieae, | but this is only another way of emphasizing its Mesozoic character, since the abundant evidence at our command shows that both of these types were practically cosmopolitan in the Mesozoic. An- other feature, strange in the eyes of modern plant geographers is the curious mingling of forms which in the existing flora are to a greater or less extent climatically segregated. Willows and wal- nuts growing with figs, eucalypts, laurels, and araucarias would indeed be anomalous in the present flora, but this and similar associations are familiar enough in fossil floras not only during the Mesozoic but well into the Cenozoic. *Rothpletz, Zeits. Deutsch. Geol. Gesells. 48: 904. 1896. TVelenovsky, Fl. Béhm. Kreidef. 3: 13. pl. 4. f. 1. 1884. 510 BERRY: MESOZOIC FLORA OF THE COASTAL PLAIN Even though no close comparisons with modern ecological groups are possible it would seem that if the Upper Cretaceous flora were existing at the present time it would be included by ecological botanists under that somewhat elastic head which Schim- per calls ‘‘temperate rain-forests.’’ In no other modern plant associations do we find that commingling of temperate and tropical types that we find in certain present-day temperate rain-forests, as for example those of southern Chile, southern Japan, northern Australia, and New Zealand. In the last mentioned we find aralias, laurels, Cinnamomum, Magnolia, and Sterculia associated with Quercus, Fagus, Gleichenia, Dryopteris, Dicksonia, etc. In some respects this type in New Zealand is the most tropical in its facies and more like our eastern American Upper Cretaceous floras than any other existing flora. In New Zealand conifers are abundant and include forms with reduced leaves like Lzbo- cedrus and Dacrydium, as well as forms with broad leaves like Dammara, Podocarpus, and Phyllocladus. Dicotyledonae are numerous and varied, including between 100 and 150 species, among which forms of Myrtaceae, Lauraceae, Proteaceae, etc., with coriaceous leaves are prominent. The undergrowth is rich in tree-ferns and various genera of Araliaceae. When this modern flora is compared element for element with the coastal plain Cretaceous flora many differences naturally become apparent, nevertheless the resemblance between the two is remarkable. In the coastal plain Cretaceous floras the narrow or scale-leaved conifers are represented by Sequoia, Moriconia, Brachyphyllum, and Widdringtonites. Dammara represents the broad-leaved araucarias, while Androvettia and Protophyllocladus represent the modern Phyllocladus. The dicotyledons are nu- merous and varied with a mixing of temperate and tropical types and with numerous coriaceous forms belonging to a number of the same families as do the New Zealand plants. Aralias are common in the former as in the latter. That the Cretaceous rainfall was plentiful may be inferred, not only from the species of plants preserved, but also from the formation of dripping points on various leaves, this feature being especially emphasized in the Tuscaloosa flora of Alabama, although it is often obscured by the facility with which these long slender tips are broken off by current action before entombment. BERRY: MersOzOIC FLORA OF THE COASTAL PLAIN 511 The present brief note is in the nature of an abstract of a full discussion of the Georgia flora which will be published by the U.S. Geological Survey, to the Director of which the writer is indebted for the permission to publish the present paper, setting forth such conclusions as seemed to be of especial botanical interest. Jouns Hopkins UNIVERSITY, BALTIMORE, Mp. Additions to the flora of peninsular Florida Il. NATURALIZED SPECIES JoHN K. SMALL The plants recorded in the following list represent species chiefly new to the hitherto known flora of the United States. Two of the species have been established on the Florida Keys for many years, and two have been collected in other parts of the United States. The others have been brought into peninsular Florida from many foreign countries and only recently established themselves as members of our naturalized flora. The specimens were for the most part secured through explorations in Florida maintained by the New York Botanical Garden. CYPERUS ALTERNIFOLIUS L. It was a surprise to find this African plant established in the Everglades. In company with Mr. J. J. Carter, I discovered it growing in the front prairie at a point about five miles south of Black Point Creek and two miles east of Naranja. The plant was evidently carried there through the agency of animals. Specimens were collected on January 14, 1909, Small & Carter 2911. RHOEO DISCOLOR (L’Her.) Hance This species, commonly cultivated in Florida, has begun to establish itself beyond the limits of the gardens, and should now be recognized as a member of our wild flora. The writer collected specimens in pinelands about Miami in November, 1904, Small 2295, while Mr. A. A. Eaton discovered naturally self-supporting plants at Chatham Bay, on the opposite side of the state, in the spring of 1905. ANEILEMA NUDIFLORUM R. Br. This East Indian plant is now thoroughly established about Braidentown, Florida, and is said to be spreading rapidly. Mr. J. H. Simpson has had it under observation for several years past 513 514 SMALL: THE FLORA OF PENINSULAR FLORIDA and reports that it has now become a permanent member of the flora of this continent. ZEBRINA PENDULA Sch. A copious growth of this species was discovered in the heart of a dense hammock near the beach south of Palm Beach, Florida, in November, 1904, Small 2168. If the species is not indigenous it was doubtless carried to where I found it by birds or by other animals. ANANAS ANANAS (L.) Lyons The pineapple has become spontaneous on the mainland as well as on the Florida Keys, particularly in abandoned fields and adjacent pinelands. SANSEVIERA GUINEENSIS Willd. This African plant, now widely cultivated in the tropics, is naturalized in peninsular Florida, and Dr. Britton also found it growing in waste places in Key West in the spring of 1903. MUSA SAPIENTUM L. The common banana has established itself in low hammocks near Miami. Itisabundant between Cocoanut Grove and Cutler, and thrives particularly well in Snapper Hammock. Specimens were collected there in November, 1904, Small 2254. Musa CAVENDISHII Lamb. The dwarf banana, now widely cultivated in southern Florida, is also naturalized. It is not uncommon in waste and abandoned grounds about Miami, and I have observed it at points farther north along the east coast. Specimens were collected in Snapper Hammock between Cocoanut Grove and Cutler in November, 1904, Small 2251. ALPINIA SPECIOSA (Wendl.) Schum. Recent exploration in the Everglades has discovered this East Indian plant as a naturalized member of our flora. Mr. J. J. Carter and the writer found the plants established in hammocks between Perrine and Cutler on November 16, 1906, no. 2460. SMALL: THE FLORA OF PENINSULAR FLORIDA 515 ACHYRANTHES ASPERA L. This tropical American plant was found in the Brickel Ham- mock near Miami on February 20, 1905, by Mr. A. A. Eaton (no. 1188). This collection adds a second species of the genus Achyranthes to our flora. Achyranthes obtusifolia was collected on Key West several years before. GOMPHRENA DECUMBENS Jacq. A native of Mexico, or perhaps of Texas and Mexico, this relative of the Bachelors Button, Gomphrena globosa, has been introduced into other countries chiefly through its cultivation in gardens. As early as 1897 Mr. N. K. Berg collected specimens at Tampa, and in 1903 Dr. Britton collected specimens in the same region, no. So. CLITORIA TERNATEA L, This plant, originally from the East Indies, but now widely dispersed through the tropics, has escaped from cultivation in Florida. Specimens were collected by the writer in pinelands between Cocoanut Grove and Cutler in November, 1904, no. 2225. Cajan Cajan (L.) Pollard Within the last few years this species has escaped from culti- vation and established itself in several localities in the vicinity of Miami. Collections were recently made as follows: Pinelands between Cocoanut Grove and Cutler, Small 2229. Pinelands about Arch Creek, Small 2305. DoticHos LABLAB L. The hyacinth bean, grown in Florida both as an ornamental and an esculent plant, has become established as a member of our flora. Specimens were collected by the writer about Miami in November, 1904. PHASEOLUS VULGARIS L. The common bean has established itself in southern Florida. It occurs not only in waste grounds, but also in the pinelands remote from settlements or other human habitations. Its occur- 516 SMALL: LHE FLORA OF PENINSULAR FLORIDA rence in the pinelands may be accounted for by the former exist- ence of camps. Specimens were collected in pinelands between Cocoanut Grove and Cutler in the fall of 1903, Small & Carter 1280. PHASEOLUS LUNATUS L. The Lima bean became naturalized in Florida under the same conditions as the Phaseolus vulgaris. Specimens were collected on hammock islands between Homestead and Cross Key in the fall of 1906, Small & Carter 2572. The plant occurs under nearly similar conditions on Andros, Bahamas. CICCA DISTICHA L. This native of the East Indies, known as the Otaheite goose- berry, now widely cultivated in the tropics, has escaped from cultivation in South Florida, where it is grown for its fruits, which are used as a substitute for gooseberries. Specimens were col- lected in pinelands near Miami in November, 1904, Small 2227. /’ Breynia nivosa (W. G. Smith) Small, comb. nov. Phyllanthus nivosus W. G. Smith This plant, very commonly cultivated in gardens, and par- ticularly used for hedges, in southern Florida, where it grows luxuriantly, has begun to spread beyond the limits of cultivated grounds. It makes itself perfectly at home in the pinelands and on the edges of hammocks. Specimens were collected near Miam in November, 1904, Small 2218. The plant is also becoming naturalized in the West Indies. THESPESIA POPULNEA (L.) Soland. Although introduced on the Florida Keys long ago and growing naturally there for many years, this shrub or tree apparently did not reach the mainland until recently. Specimens were collected along the shore of Biscayne Bay near Cutler in 1905, by Dr. S. H. Richmond, of Cutler. The fruits from which these trees originated were evidently floated across the bay from the Keys. Hipiscus SABDARIFFA L. The roselle or Jamaica sorrel, cultivated in southern Florida for its edible flowers, has become established in pinelands and waste SMALL: THE FLORA OF PENINSULAR FLORIDA 517 places about Miami. The plant is a vigorous grower and thrives exceedingly well in that region. Specimens were collected there in November, 1904, Small 2280. HIBISCUS CANNABINUS L. The ambaree or brown Indian hemp is naturalized in both pinelands and about hammocks in southern Florida. Specimens were collected near Miami in the fall of 1903 by the writer and Mr. J. J. Cartes; Hipiscus Rosa-sINEnsis L. The Chinese rose or Shoe-black plant, cultivated throughout peninsular Florida, chiefly for its showy flowers, is naturalized, especially in the southern portions of the peninsula. We have specimens collected on the west coast at Pinellas, by Mr. Otto Frank and on the east coast about Miami by the writer. JASMINUM GRANDIFLORUM L. This widely cultivated tropical plant has escaped Kon culti- vation and is growing spontaneously in the pinelands north and south of Miami. Specimens were collected at two stations in November, 1904: Between Cocoanut Grove and Cutler, Small 2223. About Arch Creek, Small 2307. ANGELONIA ANGUSTIFOLIA Benth. This tropical American plant, commonly cultivated in gardens, has become established as a member of our wild flora in southern peninsular Florida. Specimens were collected in Dade County, in December, 1903, by Mr. A. A. Eaton, no. 872. RUSSELLIA JUNCEA Zucc. This Mexican shrub, commonly cultivated in gardens, has now become established in peninsular Florida. Professor P. H. Rolfs reports it as especially plentiful about towns on the west coast. THUNBERGIA FRAGRANS Roxb. Several species of Thunbergia are generally cultivated in Florida, but only one seems to have become naturalized. The species cited above was collected growing wild in waste places 518 SMALL: THE FLORA OF PENINSULAR FLORIDA as early as 1894, at Eustis, Nash 728. The writer has observed it in similar localities at several towns in the peninsula. PAEDERIA FOETIDA L. This vine, remarkable for the very offensive odor of its foliage when bruised, has become established about Sanford. Specimens were collected there by Mr. S. Rapp in 1903. TRIDAX PROCUMBENS L. This tropical American species, hitherto known as a member of our flora only from the Florida Keys, is now very plentiful and permanently established in southern peninsular Florida. Speci- mens have been collected as follows: Miami, November, 1903, Small & Carter. Dade County, December, 1903, Eaton 458. Between Cocoanut Grove and Cutler, November, 1904, Small 230. Near Arch Creek, Dade County, November, 1904, Small 2245. EMILIA SONCHIFOLIA (L.) DC. This plant of the old world tropics is now firmly established in southern Florida, where the following collections have been made: Dade County, Eaton rr5o. Palm Beach, Small 2129. Between Miami and Kendall Station, Small & Carter 2755. New York BOTANICAL GARDEN. INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE (1910) The aim of this Index is to include all current botanical literature written by Americans, published in seat or based upon American material ; the word,Amer- ica being used in its broadest s Reviews, and papers which ce exclusively to forestry, agriculture, horticulture, manufactured products of vegetable origin, or laboratory methods are not inc noa ttempt is made to index the literature of bacteriology. An occasional exception is wholly to botany. Reprints are not mentioned unless they differ from the original in some important particular. If users of the Index will call the attention of the editor to errors or cee pee kindness will be appreciated This d monthly on cards, and furnished i in this form to subscribers, at the rate of one sek for each card. Selections of cards are not permitted ; each subscriber must take all cards published during the term of his subscription. Corre- spondence lees to the card-issue should be addressed to the Treasurer of the Torrey Botanical Club Agrelius, F. U. G. Investigations regarding the phloém and food-conduc- tion in plants. Kansas Univ. Sci. Bull. 5: 169-179. pl. 36, 37- Ap 1910. 4 Bailey, I. W. Oxidizing enzymes and their relation to “sap stain’”’ in lum- ber. Bot. Gaz. 50: 142-147. 18 Au Igto. Bartlett, H. H. Vernonia georgiana, a new species related to V. oligo- phylla. Rhodora 12: 171, 172. 15 Au 1910. Bicknell, E. P. Have we enough New England blackberries? Bull. Torrey Club 37: 393-403. 8S 1910. Billings, F. H. The nutrition of the embryo sac in certain Labiatae. Kansas Univ. Sci. Bull. 5: 67-83. pl. rr-14. Ap 1910. Bunton, L. Histology of Townsendia exscapa and Lesquerella spathulata. Kansas Univ. Sci. Bull. 5: 183-205. pl. 38-40. Ap 1910. Christensen, C. Ueber einige Farne in O. Swartz’ herbarium. Arkiv Bot. 9": 1-46. pl. 1-5. 22 F 1910. Clark, E. D. The plant oxidases. 1-111. Easton, Pa. 1910. Clute, W. N. The arrow-leaved Hemionitis. Hemionitis arifolia. Bull. 18: 76-78. Jl 1910. [IIlust.] Cockerell, T. D. A. A new variety of the sunflower. Science II. 32: 384. 16 S 1910. . Fern 519 520 InDEx TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE Davis, B. M. Nuclear phenomena of sexual reproduction in algae. Am, Nat. 44: 513-532. S 1910. Deane, W. Teratology in Trillium. Rhodora 12: 163-166. 15 Au I9QI0. Dusen, P. Neue Gefasspflanzen aus Parana (Siidbrasilien). Arkiv Bot. 9: 1-37. f.13 + pl. 1-8. 20 Je 1910. Dutton, D. L. Habitat of Botrychium simplex. Fern Bull. 18: 87. Jl 1910. Fernald, M: L., & Wiegand, K.M. Notes on some northeastern species of Spergularia. Rhodora 12: 157-163. 15 Au 1910. Fernald, M. L., & Wiegand, K. M. A summer’s botanizing in eastern Maine and western New Brunswick. Rhodora 12: 101-121. 13 Je 1910; 133-146. pl. 84. 14 Jl 1910. Fiebrig, K. Ein Beitrag zur Pflanzengeographie Boliviens. Bot. Jahrb. 45: 1-68. 9 Au I9gto. Fries, R. E. Uber den Bau der Cortesia-Bliite, ein Beitrag zur Morphologie und Systematik der Borragineen. Arkiv Bot. 9": 1-13. f. -4. 15 Ap Ig10. Gager, C. S. The Brooklyn Botanic Garden. Jour. N. Y. Bot. Gard. II: 190, 191. Au 1910. Harper, R.A. Nuclear phenomena of sexual reproduction in fungi. Am. Nat. 44: 533-546. S IgI0. Harper, R. M. A quantitative study of the more conspicuous vegetation of the coastal plain, as observed in traveling from Georgia to New York in July. Bull. Torrey Club 37: 405-428. f. 7. 8S 1910. Harris, J. A. On the relationship between the length of the pod and fertility and fecundity in Cercis. Bot. Gaz. 50: 117-127. f. r. 18 Au 1910. Hill, E. J. Fern notes. Fern Bull. 18: 65-76. Jl 1910. Livingston, B. E. Operation of the porous cup atmometer. Plant World 13: 111-119. My Igto. Merrill, E. D. An enumeration of Philippine Leguminosae with keys to the genera and species. Philippine Jour. Sci. 5: (Bot.) 1-94. My 1910; 95-136. Jl 1910. ’ Morris, F. J. A. Fern hunting in Ontario—I. Ottawa Nat. 24: 65-74: 9g Jl ro10;—II. Ottawa Nat. 24: 86-93. 3 Au 1910;—III. Ottawa Nat. 24: 97-106. 10S 1910. Murrill, W. A. A new Boletus from Mexico. I9IO. Ceriomyces jalapensis sp. nov Mycologia 2: 248. 23 5 INDEx TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 521 Nash, G. V. The collections in the conservatory court. Jour. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 11: 192-195. pl. 8r. Au 1910. O’Gara, P. J. Occurrence of mistletoe ( Phoradendron flavescens) on Prunus Simoni. Science IT. 32: 306. 2S 1910. Prescott, A. Botrychium ramosum. Fern. Bull. 18: 86. Jl 1910. Prescott, A. The boulder fern. Fern Bull. 18: 81, 82. Jl 1910. Ramaley, F. Remarks on some northern Colorado plant communities with special reference to Boulder Park (Tolland, Colorado). Univ. Colorado Studies 7: 223-236. Je 1910. Rehder, A. Lonicera prolifera and L. flavida. Rhodora 12: 166, 167. 15 Au 1910. Richards, A. Mitosis in the root-tip cells of peice peltatum. Kan- sas Univ. Sci. Bull. §: 87-93. pl. 15, 16. » Schreiner, O., & Skinner, J. J. Some effects z a harmful organic soil constituent. Bot. Gaz. 50; 161-181. f. 1-11. 21S I1g10. Sheldon, M. Koeberlinia spinosa Zucc.: an ecological study of the an- atomy of the stem and some other parts. Kansas Univ. Sci. Bull. 5: 97-110. pl. 17-25. Ap 1910. Small, J. K. A new terrestrial orchid. Torreya 10: 186-188. 29 Au 1910. Carteria corallicola gen. et sp. nov. Small, J.K. The geographical distribution of Lespedeza striata. Torreya 10: 207, 208. 23S 1910 Smith, F. G. Development of the ovulate strobilus and young ovule in Zamia floridana. Bot. Gaz. 50: 128-141. f. r-22. 18 Au 1910. Soth, B. The arctic-alpine flora of Pike’s Peak. Plant World 13: 105-109. My 1910. Soth, B. Potentillae of the arctic-alpine zone on Pike’s Peak. Torreya 1 10: 193, 194. 23S 1910. Stapf, O. Fouquierias plendens. Curt. Bot. Mag. IV. 6: pl. 8318. Je 1910. Stiefelhagen, H. Systematische und pflanzengeographische Studien zur Kenntnis der Gattung Scrophularia. Bot. Jarhb. 44: 406-408. 22 Mr 1910; 409-496. 9 Au 1910. Stokey, A.G. The sporangium of Lycopodium pithyoides. Bot. Gaz. 50: 218-220. pl. 7. 21 S 1910. Thompson, W. P. The origin of ray tracheids in the Coniferae. Bot. Gaz. 50: 101-116. f. 1-16. 18 Au 1910. - §22 InDEx TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE Thomson, R. B. A modification of a Jung-Thoma sliding microtome for cutting wood. Bot. Gaz. 50: 148, 149. 18 Au 1910. {Illust.] Treichler, A. C. Prostrate juniper. Forest Leaves 12: 168. O 1910. {Illust.]. Trelease, W. Species in Agave. Proc. Am. Phil. Soc. 49: 232-237. pl. 32, 33. Jl 1910. Vail, A. M., & Rydberg, P. A. Zygophyllaceae. N. Am. Flora 25: 103- 116. 3 Je 1910. Vinal, W.G. A guide for laboratory and field studies in botany. 1-30. Huntington, W. Va. [Mr rgrol. Vries, H. de. A new principle in the mechanism of nuclear division. Sci- ence IT, 32: 182, 183. 5 Au I9gto. Walker, E.R. Conditions influencing the growth of Usnea longissima. Plant World 13: 173, 174. Jl 1910. Weatherby, C. A. American forms of Lycopodium complanatum. Proc. Am. Acad. Arts & Sci. 45: 412-415. [20] My toto. Weatherby, C. A. A preliminary synopsis of the genus Echeandia. Proc. Am. Acad. Arts & Sci. 45: 387-394. [20] My 1910. Weatherby, C.A. Mexican phanerogams.—Notes and new species. Proc. Am. Acad. Arts & Sci. 45: 422-428. [20] My 1910. White, J. Cruciferae of County Peel. Ontario Nat. Sci. Bull. 6: 65. 1910. Wiegand, K. M. The relation of hairy and cutinized coverings to trans- piration. Bot. Gaz. 49: 430-444. f. z. 23 Je 1910. Williams, E. F. Notes on the flora of Franklin County, Massachusetts. Rhodora 12: 168-170. 15 Au 1910. Wilson, H. L. Gracilariophila, a new parasite on Gracilaria confervoides. Univ. California Publ. Bot. 4: 75-84. pl. 12, 13. 26 My 1910. Wolf, F. A. The prevalence of certain parasitic and saprophytic fungi in orchards as determined by plate cultures. Plant World 13: 164-172. f.r. Jl 1910; 190-202. f. 4,5. Au 1910. Wolf, F. A. Formation of adventitious roots by the hackberry tree. Plant World 13: 174, 175. Jl 1910. Wolf, F. A. The leaf blight of the American mistletoe, Phoradendron flavescens (Pursh) Nutt. Mycologia 2: 241-244. pl. 32. 23 S 1910. Macrophoma Phoradendri Wolf. BOTANICAL BOOKS FRANKLIN BOOKSHOP S. N. RHOADS, PROPRIETOR 920 WALNUT ST. PHILADELPHIA Dealing in second-hand books, journals and excerpts relating to all branches of Natural History. Catalogs. "THE BRYOLOGIST WITH THE JANUARY, 1910, NUMBER BEGINS ITS THIRTEENTH YEAR ano VOLUME It is a 16-20 page bi-monthly devoted to the study of the Mosses, Hepatics, and Lichens. It is fully illustrated with new, original, and artistic drawings and half-tones. It is indispensable to the working bryologist, professional as well asamateur. Send forsample copy. Subscription price $1.00 a year Address, Mrs. ANNIE MORRILL SMITH, 78 Orange Street, Brooklyn, N. Y. INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE This Index, printed each month in the BULLETIN, is reissued on library catalogue cards; these are furnished to subscribers at the rate of one cent for each card. Subscriptions to the card-issue may be addressed to the Treasurer of the Torrey Botanical Club, WILLIAM MANSFIELD, CoLLece oF PHARMACY, 115 W. 68th St., N. Y. City. From January, 1903, to December, 1909, inclusive, the Index was also reprinted on baper, on one side only, and can be furnished in that form at the rate of $3.00 a year. Back Numbers of The Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club are wanted to complete files as follows: Vol. 7 (1880), Nos. 1 and 9 Vol. 15 (1888), No. 2 Vol. 9 (1882), No, 1 Vol. 16 (1889), No. 4 Vol. 11 (1884), Nos. 1 and 2 Vol. 17 (1890), No. 4 Vol. 12 (1885), Nos. 2 and 3 Vol. 18 (1891), No. 1 Those possessing the numbers desired are requested to state prices. Address EDITOR, TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB New York Botanical Garden Bronx Park, New York City North American Flora HIS work is designed to present descriptions of all plants growing independently | of cultivation, in North America, here taken to include Gree nland, Centra America, the Republic of Panama, and the West Indies, except Trinidad, Tobago, and Curacao and other islands off the north coast of Venezuela, whose flora is mie South American. will be published in parts at irregular intervals by the New York Botanical bas rach the aid of the income of the David Lydig Fund bequeathed by Charles ~ P. Dal “ig It is planned to issue eae as unis as they can be As sate the extent of the ck making it possible commence publication at an ber s is nts. The completed work will form a series of volumes hoe om Rlicwing aorese Volume 1. pig te ce yta, Diatomace Fun Ss It gee. Volumes 14 and 15. Bryophyt Volume 16. Pteridophyta se! Se watansieace: Volumes . - 19. Monocotyledones. Volumes oO 30. he pace las nes The pr eparation of the work has been referred by the Scientific Directors of the Garden to a te ittee eget of Dr. N. L. Britton, Dr. W. A. Murrill, and Dr. J. H. Barnhar Professor i F. Atkinson, of Cornell pomehe Professors Charles R. Barn and John M. Coulter, of the University of Chicago, Mr. ve wae k 2 oe of the United States iy anager f Agriculture, Profs fe ides . Greene, of the United States National Museum, Professor Byron D. Halsted, of "Ruger Caliees, and Pro- fessor William T release, of the Memese tome Garden n, have consented to act as an advisory comm e following parts have been published : Vol. 7. Part 1, ti ara by G. P, Clinton. Part 2, Coleosporiaceae, Ule- dinaceae, and Aecidiaceae (pars), by J. C. Arthur. ol. 9. Parts 1 and 2, Polyporaceae, by W. A. Murrill. Part 3, Boletaceae, by i ham ol. 16. Part r; eo aneegy: ghd L. M. gener Ae and RC, Benedict Marattiaceae, by n undaceae and C ot a a by R Benedict ; Schizaeaceae, Glackentscea, and Cdpicnioes (ua, by W. R. Maxon. Vol. 17. Part 1, Typhaceae, by P. W ; Sparg cine Please, and Hy- oo by P. A. Rydberg ; Zannichelincen oes eae, Cymodoceaceae, Naiadaceae, and Lilaeaceae, by N. Taylor; Scheuchze eiacene, by N. a “Buttes ‘ remem by J. K. Small; Butomaceae mr Poaceae (pars), by G. V. Nash. ol. 22. Part 1, Podostemonaceae, by G. V. Nash; Crasulaceae by N. L. Britton and J. N. Rose; Penthoraceae and pcemgens byP. A . Rydberg. Part 2, Saxifragaceae and rehtares a by J. K.5S and P. A. Ryd berg; ge capeinie eaceae, and Hamamelidacese y N. L. Bri a Paruesidccens:; by J. K. Small ; Altingiaceae, by P. Wilson Thyllonomaceae by i. H. Rus ers Part 3s Grossularia- e, ape Coville and N : Britton Fe haga by H, Glea Crossoso- mataceae, by J. K. Sm ee by N ritton ; Pe ce by C. L. cra Rasen rpm by P. A. Rydberg. me 4, Rosaceae (pars), by P. A. nn a 25. Part : pra by L. T. Hanks and J. K. Small; Oxalidaceae and Linaceae, by J. K ; Erythroxylaceae, by N. L. Britton. The subscription price is fixed at $1.50 for each part; it is expected that four or five parts will be required for — volume. A limited number of separate parts will be sold at $2.00 each. Addre “THE NEW YORK BOTANICAL GARDEN BRONX PARK, NEW YORK CITY PUBLICATIONS BY OFFICERS AND STUDENTS OF THE DEPART: MENT OF BOTANY, COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY . MEmoirs OF THE DEPARTMENT : ol A Monograph of the North American Species of the Genus Polypore: (189 5). By John Kunkel Oe Fellow in Botany, 1893- 1895 ; Curator of the Herbarium, 1895-18 Quarto, 178 pages, 84 plates. Price das Monograph of the North Aiericdh Potentilleae (1898). By fa re Rydberg, Fellow in Botany, a ad Quarto, 224 pages, 112 plates. Price $6. 2. CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE Sanaa Vol. 1. Nos. 1-25. 1886-1892. Price $5.00 Vol. 2. Nos, 26-50, 1892-1894. Price $5.00 Vol. 3. Nos. 51-75. 1894-1895. Price $5.00 Vol. 4. Nos. 76-100. 1895-1896. Price $5.00 Vol. 5. Nos. 101-125. 1896-1897 rice $5.00 Vol. 6. Nos. 126-150. 1897-1898. Price $5.00 Vol. 7. Nos. 151-175. 1898-1901. Price $5.00. Vol. 8. Nos. 176-200. 1901-1902. Price $5.00. Vol. 9. Nos. 201-. 1903-(current). List of separate numbers available on application, 3 ext-book of General Lichenology (1896). By Albert So Fellow in Botany, 1895-1896. 230 pages, 76 plates. bet de 25 (cloth) ; $3.80 (paper). Published by Will ard N. Clute & Co. amton, N. Y. The Department Ie nee relative to oe of her- barium material for any of the above named publications. Address Dr. Faye C. Curtis, Columbia Guise, N. Y An Illu — F es of the Northern United eves Canada, and the British Posses: m Newfoundland to ~ Parallel of the Southern Boundary of Virginia, and from the Atlantic Ocean westward to the 102d Meridian (1896-1898). By Nathaniel oad Britton, ati sor of Botany, 1891-1896; Emeritus Professor 1896-, and Hon. Addi son Brown. Thre ee volumes, royal octavo. Vol. 1, 612 pages; Vol. pages; Vol. 3, 588 pages; 4162 figures in i abe text, diesurstinig” ates species described. Published by Charles Scribner’s Sons, New York. Price, in cloth, $9.00 for the three volumes; with the indexes and keys bound separ- ately, $10.0 é geen Native Ferns and their Allies. (Sixth Edition) 1goo. By Lucien Marcus Underwood, Professor of Botany, 1896-1907. odecimo, 158 pages, 35 figures. Published by Henry Holt & Co., New York. Price, $1.00. 6. Moulds, Mildews, and Mushrooms. By Lucien Marcus Un- derwood, Professor of Botany, 1896-1907. : de ecimo, 236 pages, 10 plates. Published by Henry Holt & Co. Price $1.50. 7. Nature and Development of Plants (1907). By Carlton Clar- ence Curtis, Assistant in Botany, 1892-1895; Tutor in Botany, 1895-1906 ; Instructor in Botany, 1906-1908 ; Adjunct Professor of Botany, 1908-1910; Associate Professor of Botany, 1910— Octavo, 471 pages; 42 illustrations. Published by Henry Holt & Co., New York. Price $2.50 ESTABLISHED 1851 EIMER & AMEND 205-211 Third Ave., Corner 18th Street NEW YORK MANUFACTURERS AND IMPORTERS OF Chemicals and Chemical Apparatus Sole Agents for FS ve ca te | . KAHLBAUM’S MICROSCOPES , C. P. Chemicals and Reagents and es ACCESSORIES CARL me SCHLEICHER & SCHULL’S MICROTOMES C. P. Filters —— SCHOTT & BALANCES GENOSSEN’S Famous Labora- and i tory Glassware WEIGHTS mAnd for many other meio renowned European ri houses in our line. ee LINE OF Bacteriological Apparatus WE HANDLE EVERYTHING NEEDED FOR A LABORATORY Inspection of premises cordially invited, = 3, Ho! &; oot Ree speed: 3 ie heh Henry H ion of the plants colietten Bs | Bolivia ope Mig ang. [Part 1. me Pees pie ene 1893. 4, No. a wie torial sepals Underwood, L: meee Index Hepaticarum. Part I, Piggy. MEMOIRS OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB mee A series of technical papers on botanical subjects, published at regaler watevela: vets Price $3.00 a volume. Not offered in exchange. ee 1, No. 1; not furnished separately : ? Bailey, Liberty Hyde. Studies of the types of various species of the genus Carzx, SOY” Pages 1-85. 25 My 1889. : Vol. 1, is 2; not furnished separate! Martindale, Isaac Comly. Marine algae of the pis “Jeney coast and adjacent waters of State Island. As 87-111. 24 Au Vol. 1, No. 3; price, 75 ‘cents : erie. Spruce, Richard. “egaticae Bolivianae, in Andibus Boliviae orientalis, annis == 1885-6, a cl. H. H. Rusby lectae. Pages 113-140. e 1890. aes Vol. 1, No. 4; price, 75 cen _ Sturtevant, Edward Lewis. On seedless fruits. ace 141-187. 30 My 1890. Vol. 2, No. 1; not furnished | separately : eae Halsted, Byron David. Reserve food-materials in buds and mere pars. AE Pages 1-26, plates 1,2, 1S! 1890. . ive? 2, No. 2; price, 75 cents: % Vail, Anna Murray, & ck, Charles Arthur. Contributions to the botany a Virginia. Pages Be eae 3) 4 23 D 1890. Vol. 2, No. 3; not furnished a rapeee olm, Herman Theodor. Seer . Ape knowledge o: f the g ; some North American plants. Pages 08, plates — 15 sae gt. Vol. 2, No. 4; price, 75 cents * ae Wheelock, William Efner. The genus Polyga/a in North America. Pane 109" : 152. 30D 18or. Vol. 3, No 1; not furnished s pee John rat rae & , Amos d contiguous territory. Pages — 20 F Moron aiadaceae oe eee ee arog pains 20-74. 15 Mr i x I-gI. 10 te saos Vol. 4, No. 2; riot furnished separately = 3 Small, John eran us & Vail, Anna Murray. Report on the botanical pl tion of southwestern Virginia during the season of aoa ae Page 95-20, : 75-82. 18 N- bedi Ap 1894. Rescate No. 3; price $0 cent pies Rusby, Henry Hurd. n enumeration he ly cole i olny Bang. Part 2. foe 203-274. 10. hei p 1895. aioe Vol. 4, No. 4; price, $0 ce rg as Pettit, Anna Stockton. Arachis Aypogaca Le Pages 275-296, plates 83-85 5. Je 1895. BE sas nae Vol. 4, No. 5; price, 75 cents: = Rydberg, Per Axel. The Noi Avian specie of Psa and reed Pages 297-374. 15S $1896 ete past ite ngs i ae VOL. 37 NOVEMBER, 1910 | ; le 1] BULLETIN Ss OF THE - TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB €ditor : : MARSHALL AVERY HOWE | : “f Associate Cditors - Joun HENDLEY BARNHART Tracy Euiot HAZEN we oa JEAN BROADHURST WILLIAM ALPHONSO MURRILL ee Puitip DoweLt CHARLES Louis POLLARD — ALEXANDER WILLIAM EVANS , HerperT Mave Ricnaro CONTENTS : Five new species of Viola from the South. (Plates 34 and 35) Megamart tegen cis er ee eee THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB President, HENRY H. RUSBY, M.D. Vice-Presidents, EDWARDS. BURGESS, Px.D. een HENDLEY BARNHART, A.M.,M.b . Recording Secretary, Treasurer, PERCY WILSON. . WILLIAM MANSFIELD, Puar.b. Botanical Garden, Bronx Park, New York City, College 4 2 pee a : 1x3 West 68h S York Cys : op ‘y LEETINGS Mectings twice on month from October to May inclusive : the second Tuesday, M., at the American Museum ef Natural History ; the last Wednesday, — , in bl area pure. of the New York Botanical Garden. - PUBLICATIONS At aio and other apa communications Sate | to the gues : t Pee. are ee ‘hat re entire ‘stock oe some gine We has been for the completion of sets. _ Manuseripts intended for publication in the should be addressed to Marshall A. Howe, Editor, New York Botanical 3 Park, New Vork City, . aoe established y90T. Price, $1. 00 ‘a y . Manuscripts in- ) in TORREYA should be addressed to i Sane: Editor, Columbia Has etsy es York es Vol. 37 No. 11 BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB meer ere NOVEMBER, tg10 Five new species of Viola from the South Ezra BRAINERD (WITH PLATES 34 AND 35) I wish to report some results of my study of our southern violets during the past four years. This has consisted of field work during March and April of these years in portions of each of the eleven states covered by Dr. Small’s Flora, and in the culture in my home garden of all known species and varieties of this region. My work has been greatly furthered by the kind assis- tance of many collectors and students of the genus, to whom I would acknowledge my grateful indebtedness, and to some of whom I allude personally in the following report. The five new species that I describe in the present paper have been observed for at least two seasons, as they have developed from the seed to the mature plant. The first is from Florida, and is allied to Viola Langloisii Greene of southern Louisiana and Texas. Viola chalcosperma sp. nov. Plant glabrous, heterophyllous; leaves at the beginning and at the close of the season’s growth uncut, the former cordate, 2-3 cm. long, the latter truncate at the base, broadly deltoid, 4-5 cm. long; vernal leaves cordate, 3-lobed, the middle lobe ovate, acute, the lateral more or less incised; flowers small, lilac-purple, raised above the leaves on slender peduncles; lateral petals bearded, odd petal sparsely villous, all finely purple-veined; cleistogamous flowers sagittate, on ascending peduncles; capsule gray, tinged with purple at base, ellipsoidal, about 11 mm. long, 5 mm. thick; persistent sepals purplish, lanceolate, 5 mm. long; auricles 3-4 [The BULLETIN for October, 1910 (37: 487-522) was issued 28 O 1910.] 523 524 BRAINERD: FIVE NEW SPECIES OF VIOLA mm. long, the three outer with one or more sharp teeth; seeds the color of old bronze, 1.5 mm. long, about 50 in a capsule.— In wet soil in a wooded ravine, Jacksonville, Florida; the only known station. This plant was first called to my attention by Miss A. M. Ryon, of New London, Conn., who sent living specimens in the summer of 1907, collected the preceding March at Jacksonville, Fla., by Mrs. E. K. Comstock. Numerous plants were raised from seed the following season and seemed to represent an un- recognized species. On a trip to Florida in March 1909, guided by Mrs. Comstock’s precise directions, I readily found her station. The plants were abundant, and collections were made on March 21 and on April 9, which will soon be distributed. The four following belong to the group represented by Viola palmata and V. papilionacea, and marked by ovoid cleistogamous flowers on prostrate, usually short, peduncles. Viola floridana sp. nov. Leaves at time of petaliferous flowering on spreading petioles, cordate, acute, finely crenate-serrate, often somewhat puberulent above, 2-3 cm. wide, 3~—4 cm. long, leaves twice as long and wide appearing soon after, on long erect petioles, glabrate, sometimes persisting through the winter; corolla whitish or pale violet, on peduncles much surpassing the leaves, the odd petal glabrous; apetalous flowers under soil or dead leaves, narrowly ovoid- acuminate; their ripe capsules blotched with purple, trigonous-cyl- indric, about 16 mm. long, 7 mm. thick, on decumbent peduncles; sepals broadly lanceolate, about one third the length of capsule; seeds 2 mm. long, salmon-colored or dark brown, about 60 in a capsule.—Moist rich woodland, northern and central Florida. This I first collected March 13, 1907, near Jacksonville, Fla., on an embankment for a street railway across a little marsh near Woodlawn Cemetery. Plants sent home at that time, or their offspring, have since been growing in the Middlebury garden. In March and April, 1909, I found the plant in several other stations near Jacksonville, and at stations widely separated in Volusia County—near the famous DeLeon Spring, on the shores of Lake Beresford, in an orange grove on a shell island near the outlet of this lake, on the edge of a tilled field near Lake Munroe, and in moist woodland near Deep Creek. In flower and fruit it BRAINERD: FIVE NEW SPECIES OF VIOLA 525 resembles V. esculenta, but its constantly uncut leaves on erect petioles and its habitat in well drained soil seem to mark it as distinct. V. esculenta was not found in Volusia County. Viola rosacea sp. nov. Acaulescent; leaves at vernal flowering oe ovate-cordate, acute or acuminate, crenate-serrate, 2-4 cm. long, sparsely hir- tellous above; later leaves broadly ovate, ica. acuminate, glabrous, 5-7 cm. long; corolla rose-purple, about 2 cm. broad, spurred petal glabrous or slightly villous; cleistogamous flowers ovoid, on prostrate peduncles; their mature capsules ellipsoid, about 12 mm. long, 6 mm. thick, purple-dotted, enclosed for half their length in lanceolate sepals; the auricles of the three outer sepals short, appressed, entire, rounded; seeds buff, 2 mm. long, about 50 in a capsule.—Dry open woodland, Point St. Martin, near Biloxi, Mississippi; well drained borders of bayous, Crowley, Louisiana. I first observed this species March 19, 1908, in a grove of deciduous trees on the fair-ground at Crowley, La. On the low, often flooded, borders of the neighboring bayou, V. Langloisi grew in profusion; but V. rosacea was confined to stretches of woodland above the flood-plain. I afterward collected it in similar situations in adjacent townships. The plant even at that early date was out of flower, with leaves and capsules nearly mature. Moreover, live plants shipped to Vermont failed to furnish flowers the following spring. Last March on my way South Dr. Small showed me a puzzling specimen of Viola collected by Professor S. M. Tracy at ‘‘Point St. Martin,” Miss., March 10, 1898, no. 5008. A few days later I had the great pleasure of enjoying Professor Tracy’s hospitality at his beautiful home on the north shore of the Bay of Biloxi, and of learning that the station for his 5008 was on his own premises, that in fact the violet was then in flower on the grounds in front of his house. In the early morning we examined the plant. The flowers were beautifully rose-colored, a feature quite unusual in the genus. A mist of dew on the foliage brought out strikingly the minute stiff pubescence of the upper surface of the leaves. This and the Crowley plant proved to be identical. A half dozen vigorous specimens from each locality have the past summer been growing side by side in the Vermont garden. 526 BRAINERD: FIVE NEW SPECIES OF VIOLA Viola Lovelliana sp. nov. Plant often minutely hoary-pubescent on the upper part of the petiole and the adjacent lower surface of the blade, the pubes- cence elsewhere sparse and obscure; leaves cordate at base, earliest often uncut, later ones hastately 3-lobed, the middle lobe much the longest, lanceolate, sometimes contracted at the base and undulately serrate, the lateral lobes divaricate, either lunate or variously 2-3-cleft; leaves at petaliferous flowering 2-5 cm. long, those of late summer twice as long, often less deeply cut, or uncut; flowers violet-purple, on petioles often taller than the leaves, the three lower petals villous at the throat and marked with dark purple lines; cleistogamous flowers and immature fruit on prostrate peduncles; ripe capsules purple-dotted, trigonous-ellip- soid, about 14 mm. long, 7 mm. thick; sepals broadly lanceolate, acute, one third the length of capsule; auricles short, appressed, rounded, sparsely ciliate; seeds buff, 2 mm. long.—Sparsely wooded hillsides and knolls; from southern Louisiana to eastern Oklahoma. Live plants of this, as an unknown species, were sent me in March, 1906, by Mrs. Phoebe Lovell, of Crowley, La. The plants did well in the garden; and mature leaves and fruit from cleistog- amous flowers were obtained the following August, and petalif- erous flowers in the spring of 1907. On my southern journey in March, 1908, I visited the station, a recent pine-chopping on loamy clay, more or less broken by low ravines. Four additional live plants were shipped home, and from each of these, and from their seedlings in 1909, many specimens were made of the mature plant. The species turns out to be a common one in the western portion of the territory covered by Dr. Small’s Flora. In April, 1908, I collected it in open woodlands near Muskogee, Okla., a mile from ' the Arkansas River; also, in the same state, under dwarf oaks on the slopes of a rocky hill at Eufaula, and in the vicinity of Stigler. In March, 1910, I obtained beautiful specimens at Mansfield, La., in a piece of woodland cut up by deep ravines; and also at Mena, Ark. I have in addition to these specimens one from Texarkana, Ark., ‘‘Pine woods, April 6, 1905, B. F. Bush, no. 2237. ° Viola Egglestonii sp. nov. Plant acaulescent, of spreading habit, especially when young; leaves truncate at base, often flabellately decurrent, rarely sub- cordate; early leaves simply 3-5 lobed, later ones 3-parted, with BRAINERD: FIVE NEW SPECIES OF VIOLA 527 the middle or all three primary segments 2—3-cleft, the divisions oblanceolate or linear, crenately serrate toward the summit and bearing a few long narrow teeth below, the central division much the widest; flowers violet-purple, lateral petals bearded at the throat, spurred petal somewhat villous; cleistogamous flowers and fruit on short underground peduncles till seeds ripen; capsules green, turning gray, broadly ellipsoid, about 8 mm. wide and 13 mm. long, with lanceolate sepals one third as long; their —— short, appressed, the three outer dentate; seeds brown, 2.5 m long. (PLATEs 34 and 35)—Limestone barrens, West Nashville, Tennessee, W. W. Eggleston, no. 4421, May 26, 1909, type. Flowers and mature fruit and leaves observed from plants trans- ferred to garden at Middlebury, Vermont This species is so distinct that at first sight of the growing plant one might not suspect to what known violets it was nearest of kin. It is a vigorous plant under cultivation. In the early stages of its growth the leaves spread out horizontally in all directions, and the roots penetrate deeply into the soil. In mid- summer, when cespitose, the leaves are most of them erect and long-petioled. I know of no violet whose cleistogamous flowers and fruit are more thoroughly concealed under the soil; and as a result the capsules are rarely eaten into by beetles, often trouble- some pests when one is endeavoring to collect violet seeds. Only a day or two before its seeds ripen does this unique species extrude its round green capsule from the ground, and lift it erect from its nodding position on the peduncle. Then after an hour or two of fair weather the three broad valves open widely, disclosing its large brown seeds; and in another hour, by the contraction of the thin sides of the valves, the seeds are pinched out and flirted in all directions. : This violet has as yet been found at one station only. But it may be expected to appear, to the collector who is looking for it, in many other of the extensive limestone barrens of Tennessee, and of northern Alabama and Georgia. The types of the five species described in the present paper will be deposited in the herbarium of the New York Botanical Garden. MIDDLEBURY, VERMONT. 528 BRAINERD: FIVE NEW SPECIES OF VIOLA Explanation of plates 34 and 35 PLATE 34 Viola Egglestonii Brainerd, natural size. Specimen collected at West Nash- ville, Tennessee, by W. W. Eggleston, May 26, 1909, no. 4421—type. PLATE 35 Viola Egglestonii Brainerd. From three plants grown in the garden of E. Brainerd, Middlebury, Vt., transplanted from West Nashville, Tenn., May, 1909. A. Flowering specimen, May 10, 1910; X%. B. A full-grown summer leaf, July 14, 1910; X#. . A mature capsule from cleistogamous flower, Oct. 1910; x. Pollination experiments with Anonas P. J. WESTER Among the tropical and semi-tropical fruits that have found a congenial home in south Florida are the sugar apple, Anona squamosa L., the custard apple, Anona reticulata L., and the cherimoya, Anona Cherimolia Miller; one species, the pond apple, Anona glabra L., is indigenous. The sugar apple was intro- duced in 1833 by Dr: Henry Perrine, but whether the plants survived after his death in the massacre at Indian Key in 1840, and are the progenitors of the now naturalized plants of this species on the Florida Keys, or whether some of these are the offspring of a later unauthenticated introduction will probably never be known. It is probable that several separate introduc- tions have been made from the Bahamas, where the species luxur- iates and with which islands the early settlers on the Florida Keys were in intercommunication. Introductions have probably also been made from Cuba by way of Key West. The custard apple was probably introduced in a similar manner. The cheri- moya referred to by Reasoner in Bull. No. 1, Div. of Pomology, U. S. Department of Agriculture, in 1887, is the custard apple, with which the cherimoya is very frequently confounded. The first authentic introduction of the cherimoya was made in 1895, when Mr. William Freeman brought seed to Little River from San José, Costa Rica. The two first-named species have fruited fairly well in Florida, the sugar apple frequently coming into bearing the third year from the sowing of the seed; but only rarely do the trees bear abundantly. The failure of the cherimoya to set fruit after having bloomed for several years led the writer to begin investigations in 1907, in regard to the probable cause of the sterility of this species in Florida. From the construction of the flowers and their fragrance it became evident that they were entomophilous, and in the course of the observations it was discovered that they were proterogynous. After this discovery was made there was begun a comparative 529 530 WESTER: POLLINATION EXPERIMENTS WITH ANONAS study of the flowers and pollination of the sugar apple and the custard apple, the flowers of which superficially appeared to be identical with those of the cherimoya. It was then found that these two species were likewise proterogynous. In the course of this investigation it was noted that the flowers of the cherimoya and the custard apple shed their pollen in the afternoon from about 3.30 to 6 P.M. In the sugar apple the pollen is discharged in the morning from the rising of the sun to about 9 A.M., when practically all the pollen is shed. After examinations of a large number of trees of this species three were found to shed their pollen in the afternoon and the interesting fact was noted that this phenomenon does not occur on the same trees in the morning. A more limited number of trees of the custard apple and the cheri- moya were available for observation; were it extended to a large number it is quite probable that individual trees may be found that shed their pollen at other times of the day than has been noted in the course of these observations. The flowers of the three species enumerated, belonging to the section Aftae Martius, are nodding; the calyx is tripartite, the sepals small and triangular; the six petals are arranged in two rows, the three exterior ones being linear-oblong with an obtuse sometimes acute apex; outside, these petals are ferru- ginous-tomentose and velvety in the cherimoya, while in the custard apple and the sugar apple they are greenish and sparsely hairy. The petals are shortest in the custard apple, being some- times only 16 mm. long; in the cherimoya they frequently exceed 30 mm. in length. In all species they are keeled inside, whitish, concave, with a maroon blotch in the cavity, at the base; the interior petals are rudimentary; the number of stamens, which are attached to the torus, is indefinite and they cohere by a connective gland beyond the anthers, surrounding the syncarpium in which an indefinite number of carpids are united. As the flowers be- come full grown a viscid fluid is secreted that covers the syncar- pium and which appears to be most abundant about twenty-four hours before the pollen is shed. Until the shedding of the pollen the petals assume an almost perpendicular position (see FIGURES I and 3a) and leave a small opening, facing downward, for the entrance of pollen-bearing WESTER: POLLINATION EXPERIMENTS WiTH ANoNAS 53] insects.* (In individual trees of the cherimoya the apical end of of the petal is curved outward, though not to the extent of facili- tating the conveyance of pollen to the stigma.) As the time ap- proaches for the discharge of the pollen, the petals spread out and upward so rapidly that the movement is readily perceived; this phenomenon is accompanied by the exhalation from the flower of a fragrance analogous to that of a well-ripened banana 4 Ficure 1. Flower of the cherimoya, showing position of petals when the stigmas are in the receptive state. (One third natural size. or pineapple in the cherimoya and custard apple; in the sugar apple it partakes of the odor of ethyl acetate and continues for a few hours until the pollen is shed, after which it disappears and the petals wither. The fragrance is also noticeable in the flowers twenty-four hours previous to the shedding of the pollen and is undoubtedly intended to serve as a guide for insects that aid in the pollination. The stigma is now readily approached by large as well as small insects and were the stamens and stigmas syn- chronous self-pollination by insects or the wind might be effected (FIGURES 2 and 3)). as it is very evident that the flowers are *This expression is used advisedly, will appear presently. not constructed for wind pollination nor are self-pollinized, as “i 532 WESTER: POLLINATION EXPERIMENTS WITH flowering season of another year. Dr. C. L. Marlatt, assistant chief of the Bureau of Entomology in considerable numbers in the flowers of the sugar apple. ANONAS Owing to the advanced season of the year when the investiga- tion began, with the consequent scarcity of bloom, extensive ob- servations must perforce be suspended until the advent of the A small beetle, identified by as Colastus truncatus, was then found acting as pollinating agent This spring (1910) I found the same insect in flowers of the cherimoya and sent a specimen of this as well as of another species to the Bureau of Entomology for identification. The latter was identi- fied by Prof. F. H. Chittenden as “Triphleps, probably in- ‘IGURE 2. The same flower asin Figure 1, 24 hours later, showing position of petals when the pollen is discharged. (One third natural size.) sidiosus."’ As this specimen is the only one of this species so far discovered, its presence in the flower may have been accidental. Another small beetle was found in the flowers of the sugar apple and sent to Dr. Marlatt for identification in 1908, who transmitted to me the following notes, by Mr. E. A. Schwarz, in regard to this species: ‘The small brownish beetle has for a number of years been represented in our collection, but belongs to a family of Coleoptera which has been very little studied so far, the gentis of which has never been determined. As near as we can say it belongs to the group Pharaxonothi. Many years ago the species was found by WESTER: POLLINATION EXPERIMENTS WITH Anonas) 433 the late Mr.H. G. Hubbard, an assistant of the Bureau, and he made some interesting observations on it at Crescent City, Florida. The larvae were found by him feeding upon the substance of the flower stems of both male and female cones of the coontie plant, Zamia integrifolia, but in no way injuring the flower. Mr. Hub- bard came to the conclusion that both the larvae and the imagos of this little beetle are intended to facilitate the fertilization of the plant. The same species was found by me in great numbers on the flowers of the Florida palmetto and no further notes have been taken by me. The species does not seem to occur in the West Indies, nor is anything similar reported from Central America. There are various. genera of the family described from South America but whether or not this species is identical with any one of them can not be ascertained at present.”’ onan enact ontantts nite, gine FiGuRE 3. Flowers of the sugar apple; a, when the stigmas are receptive to the pollen; b, at the time of the discharge of the pollen, (One third natural size In addition to these species a small thrips frequents the flowers of these Anonas and probably to some extent assists in their pollination. In order to ascertain the validity of the theory of proterogyny in the Anonas in question a series of pollination experiments was inaugurated in 1908 on all three species, which was concluded this spring. In the course of this experiment on a cherimoya tree pol- len was applied to the stigmas of twenty-seven flowers at the time of the discharge of the pollen in the flower, all of which dropped. The pollen was in some instances taken from the flower 5384 Wester: POLLINATION EXPERIMENTS WITH ANONAS pollinated, in others from other flowers of the same tree. Ina few instances pollen of the sugar apple and the pond apple was applied. Thirty-four flowers were pollinated twenty-four or more hours before the shedding of the pollen and all set. Many of these dropped after partial development but the dissection of the FIGURE 4. Pond apple | flowers; a type introduced from Trinidad, B. W. I. (One third natural size.) immature fruits showed that fertilization had taken place and that the drop was due to some other cause. In many instances it was undoubtedly due to overproduction, as the tree few too small to bring to full maturity all the fruits that set. Pollination of the flowers on the same tree in 1909, according to the theory of pro- WESTER: POLLINATION EXPERIMENTS WITH: ANONAS 535 terogyny, produced another crop of fruits that year and the flowers responded likewise to pollination in the spring of I9gIo. Dr. A. Robertson Proschowsky, Nice, France, writes me that the results obtained by him in pollination experiments conducted on the cherimoya are analogous to those obtained by the author. The plants of the sugar apple and the custard apple available for experimentation bore a larger number of flowers than the one cherimoya plant, and 143 flowers on one sugar apple tree were, in FIGURE 5. Pond apple flowers; a type indigenous to South Florida. (One third natural size.) April and May, 1908, pollinated with their own pollen or that of eT flowers other plants of the same species, 41 with pollen ) of the cherimoya, 41 with pollen of the pond apple, and 51 flowers with pollen from the custard apple. In no instance did fruit set where the pollen was applied to the stigma simulta- neously with the discharge of its pollen; practically all dig ar ded where it was applied fifteen to forty-eight hours previous 536 WeEsTER: POLLINATION EXPERIMENTS WITH ANONAS to this act, though here, as in the case of the cherimoya, the tree shed much of the fruit before it matured owing to its inability to carry it all. In September twenty-five pollinations of flowers on a sugar apple tree were made, in accordance with the theory of proterogyny, all successful. In order to verify the observations already made in regard to the pollinization and fertilization of the flowers of the species, over 100 flowers were pollinated on three trees in April and May, 1910, the results confirming the conclu- sions already made. The pollination experiments with the custard apple in 1908 were conducted on three trees. In the course of these experiments 154 flowers, pollinated twenty-four hours before the discharge of the pollen in the flower, all, with few exceptions, set; 104 flowers, pollinated at the time of its discharge, all dropped. The writer has in the course of his work with the Anonas in a very few instances noted that individual trees subjected to ap- parently the same conditions as others less fruitful were exceed- ingly prolific and from the results obtained in these investigations concluded that this was possibly due to synacmy and self-pollina- tion. In order to obtain some information on this point with respect to the pond apple and to ascertain whether the pollination of the flowers of this species conformed to the same laws as those of its cultivated congeners, a series of experiments was carried through during April and May this year. Sixty-two flowers were bagged, in order to exclude all foreign pollen; none of these set. Fifty-six flowers were pollinated with pond apple pollen eighteen or more hours before the discharge of the pollen, and seven with pollen of the sugar apple and the cherimoya, with the result that sixty flowers were fecundated. The pollination of the flowers of this species thus appears to be analogous to that of its cultivated congeners. The flowers of the pond apple, which belongs to the section Guanabant Martius, have six distinct, glabrous, concave, fleshy, outwardly yellowish white petals, in two series, the exterior being 25 to 40 mm. long, marked with red near the base inside, the interior smaller and red within except for a narrow transverse yellowish band near the base, the arrangements of the androecium and gynoecium being similar to those in the Affae. The flowers WESTER: POLLINATION EXPERIMENTS WITH ANONAS 537 open sufficiently twenty-four hours before the shedding of the pollen to admit the entrance of small insects to the stigmas. Practically all the flowers shed their pollen early in the morning before sunrise; only rarely has it been noted in the afternoon. This is accompanied by a strong, rather disagreeable odor and it is highly probable that the pollination is performed by nocturnal insects. There is no evidence that the pollination of this species is performed in the manner indicated by Morong in Anona corni- folia St. Hil., the construction of whose flowers is very similar, and the results obtained in the pollination work show that the pollen must be conveyed from one flower to another in a less advanced stage of development. In this connection it is interesting to note that the observations on Anona cornifolia St. Hil. in Paraguay by Morong, to which my attention was directed a few months ago, led him to the con- clusion that this species also is entomophilous. “The stigmas lie . . . as far as I could judge entirely out of reach of the pollen by any action of the organs themselves. I found, however, that the pollen was very plentiful and that a pin thrust through the anthers obliquely would carry its grains to the stigmas. There seemed in the older flowers to kh ae that this operation is performed by insects, and I o the conclusion that the an must always depend for Pecan upon insect agency.’ It would appear that Morong considered the stamens and pistils synchronous, although it is not evident that this conclusion was arrived at after investigation. That the flowers might have been dichogamous seemingly escaped him. In the course of the pollination experiments of the cherimoya and custard apple a very interesting observation of the retardation of the development of a large number of fruits was made. Some cherimoya fruits developed without interruption from the time of pollination and matured in September, while a number remained stationary in size, about 8 mm. in diameter, until after July 25, when they suddenly began to increase in size and matured in October and November. The flowering season of the custard apple begins in the latter *Morong, T. Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci. 7: 47- 1892. 588 Wester: POLLINATION EXPERIMENTS WITH ANONAS half of May and continues throughout the summer and fall. Curiously enough, the flowers, which occur in great abundance, do not set until October and November, the fruit maturing in the spring. The pollination experiments with this species were started in May and continued during the following months. As already stated on a previous page, nearly all the pollinated flowers set, but with exceedingly few exceptions remained station- ary in size, 6-8 mm. in diameter, until November, when they started to develop and matured in the usual season. The few fruits whose development began immediately after the pollination of the flowers matured in December. The investigations indicate that the flowers of the cherimoya, the sugar apple, the custard apple, and the pond apple are pro- terogynous and entomophilous, though the pollinating agent of the last-named species has not been detected. Since the investigations here related began, the cherimoya, after the trees have grown larger, has without artificial pollination, though sparingly, set fruit in Florida less than 20 feet above tide water. In California and Southern France it likewise fruits at a low altitude. In some parts of the world, i. e., Hawaii, the species fruits only at an elevation of many hundred feet above the sea level. On investigation it may be found that this is due to the presence there of certain insects that do not occur at lower al- titudes. _ The sterility of the cherimoya in Florida has undoubtedly been due to the scarcity of blooms, which on this species is only one third of the number on the sugar apple, and to an insufficient number of insects to assist in the pollination of the flowers. As the trees grow larger and carry a greater number of flowers they may be expected to fruit more abundantly. It has been demonstrated that the sugar apple hybridizes readily with the cherimoya, custard apple, and pond apple; the cherimoya has also been successfully crossed with the pond apple. So far, the attempts to cross the soursop, Anona muricata L., with the cherimoya, sugar apple, and custard apple have failed. The extraordinary productivity of a few individual trees suggests a change in regard to the pollination of the flowers of these trees, possibly due to synacmy and self-pollination. Should WESTER: POLLINATION EXPERIMENTS WITH ANONAS 539 this hypothesis be confirmed on investigation, such trees would be of inestimable value for breeding work in the creation of varieties that are independent of outside agencies for fructification. BUREAU OF PLANT INDUSTRY, WASHINGTON, D. C Studies on the Rocky Mountain flora — XXIV PER AXEL RYDBERG - Saussurea densa (Hook.) Rydb. sp. nov. Saussurea alpina densa Hook. FI. Bor.-Am. 1: 303. . 1833. Saussurea alpina Ledebouri A. Gray, Syn. Fl. 1?: 397. 1884. Not S. Ledebourt Herder, 1810. Saussurea Ledebouri Herder was based on S. subsinuata, S. nuda, and S. Tilesti of Ledebour, which Herder united into one species under another name. All three are illustrated in Lede- bour’s Icones Fl. Ross., and it is evident that S. alpina densa Hook. is different from each of them. None of the three illus- trations shows the elongated, acuminate outer bracts, character- istic of S. densa. Only S. nuda shows a dense inflorescence with subsessile heads and a low stem, but the heads are fewer and less crowded, the stem is naked above, and the leaves entire. S. densa is a plant of the higher mountains of the Canadian Rockies. “ Saussurea remotiflora (Hook.) Rydb. sp. nov. Saussurea alpina remotiflora Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. 1: 303. 1833. Saussurea alpina A. Gray, Syn. Fl. 12: 396, in part. 1884. Saussurea nuda Britt. & Rydb. Bull. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 2: 187. 1901. Not. S. nuda Ledeb. 1829. This species is nearer to Saussurea subsinuata Ledeb. than to either S. alpina or S. nuda, but the inflorescence is laxer and the involucre is different, judging from Ledebour’s illustration. S. remotiflora grows on low ground from northern Saskatchewan to Yukon and Alaska. CaRDUUS So many species of thistles have lately been described from the Rocky Mountains that the number has more than doubled since the issue of Gray’s Synoptical Flora. Some of these species should be reduced to synonymy and some of them are probably hybrids, but I think that the larger number will remain as good 541 542 RypBerc: Rocky MOUNTAIN FLORA species. It seems as if it should be unnecessary to propose more, but it has been impossible for me to include the following four in any known species. ‘ “ Carduus polyphyllus sp. nov. Carduus scopulorum Rydb. Mem. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 1: 449. 1900. Not C. scopulorum Greene. 1892. Perennial; stem stout, 3-8 dm. high, very leafy, angled, arach- noid-hairy; leaves 1-2 dm. long, linear in outline, deeply pinnati- fid, with lanceolate divisions ending in yellow spreading spines, green on both sides, sparingly arachnoid-hairy; heads hemis- pheric, about 3 cm. high and broad, usually numerous, sessile in the axils of the leaves, often forming a leafy spike 2-3 dm. long; bracts linear-subulate, densely arachnoid-hairy, the outer with rather long yellow spines often 1 cm. long, the inner attenuate into slender straight tips; corollas straw-colored; pappus plumose with slender, barbellate tips. In my Flora of Montana, I referred this species to Carduus scopulorum Greene. The latter was based on Cnicus eriocephalus or Cirsium eriocephalum A. Gray, the type of which was collected by Parry in Colorado. The rather common Colorado plant is characterized by its leaves, which are grayish-tomentose beneath, and by its heads conglomerate at the end of the stem, forming a cluster which at first is nodding. Carduus polyphyllus is more closely related to C. Kelseyi and C. Tweedyi. From the latter it differs in the straw-colored instead of red corollas, the narrower bracts, and more numerous Jeaf-lobes, and from the former in the deeply dissected and decidedly crisp leaves. If the leaves are lobed at all in C. Kelseyi the spines are directed forward and the blades are almost perfectly flat. Montana: Mountains near Indian Creek, July 21, 1897, Rydberg & Bessey 5216 (type, in herb. N. Y. Bot. Gard.); Park Co., Aug., 1887, Tweedy 349. “Carduus Butleri sp. nov. Perennial or biennial; stem angled, striate, purple, sparingly arachnoid-hairy, very leafy, 6-10 dm. high or more; leaves linear- oblanceolate or linear, almost entire or sinuately lobed, spinulose- ciliate and if lobed the short lobes ending in slightly stronger spines, green and sparingly arachnoid above, grayish-tomentose RypBERG: Rocky MounrTAIN FLORA 543 beneath; heads few, ending the stem and short branches, sub- tended by narrowly linear spinulose-ciliate leaves, hemispheric, about 4 cm. high, 4-5 cm. wide; outer bracts lanceolate, brownish, glabrous or nearly so, ending in short weak spines 2-3 mm. long, the innermost linear-lanceolate, attenuate, ending in slender brownish or purplish somewhat twisted and spreading lance- linear tips, these neither dilated nor erose; corollas pinkish; pap- pus plumose; tips more or less clavate. This species resembles Carduus Kelseyi and C. foliosus in the leaves, but differs from both in the scattered few heads and purplish stem. In both species mentioned, the heads are conglomerate at the end of the stem. In Carduus Kelseyi the involucral bracts are much narrower and decidedly arachnoid. In C. foliosus the bracts are somewhat broader than in C. Butleri, the inner ones have dilated, lanceolate and erose tips, and the leaves are usually more lobed. Montana: Big Fork, July 28, 1908, B. T. Butler, 674 (type, in herb. N. Y. Bot. Gard.); also near Rost Lake, 677. ‘ Carduus lacerus sp. nov. Probably biennial; stem stout, 6-10 dm. high, sparingly arach- noid, angled and striate; lower leaves oblanceolate, 2-3 dm. long, pinnatifid, with rather broad, ovate or lanceolate divisions ending heads more or less clustered, about 4 cm. high and broad; outer bracts ovate-lanceolate, glabrous, without glutinous ridge, ending in short stout spreading spines 3-5 mm. long; inner bracts with dilated, ovate, abruptly acuminate, erose and crisp, spreading tips; corollas rose-colored; pappus plumose; tips slightly clavate. This species was probably included in Cnicus scariosus by Gray, judging from his description in the Synoptical Flora; but it is not Cirsium scariosum Nutt., for Nuttall characterized the latter as having arachnoid-hairy involucres, the bracts with dilated erose tips, and the leaves tomentose beneath. I know of only one species which agrees with this characterization. This is well represented by Flodman 880, which was distributed as Carduus Hookerianus. Uran: Wahsatch County, near Midway, July 6, 1905, Carlton 544 RypBerGc: Rocky MouNTAIN FLORA & Garrett 6732 (type, in herb. N. Y. Bot. Gard.); apparently also, Salt Lake City, August, 1880, M. E. Jones 1905, and the same locality, Sept., 1905, A. O. Garrett 1718. - Carduus olivescens sp. nov. Perennial; stem slender, somewhat tinged with purple, more or less floccose, 4-8 dm. high, leafy; leaves linear in outline, 1-2 dm. long, densely white-tomentose beneath, loosely floccose above, deeply pinnatifid, with numerous lanceolate, often 2- or 3-cleft lobes, ending in short yellow spines; heads few, peduncled, about 3 cm. high, 3-3.5 cm. wide; bracts slightly floccose on the margins, light olive-colored, darker towards the apex, ending in yellow spines 2-4 mm. long, or the innermost with lance-linear, slightly twisted yellowish tips; corollas straw-colored; pappus plumose; tips slightly clavate. This species was first determined questionably as Carduus Tracyi, to which it is not closely related, not having the con- spicuous broad glutinous dorsal ridges or the broad bracts of that species. In leaf-form it resembles somewhat C. pulcherrimus, although the upper surface is more floccose, but otherwise it is not close to that species. Uran: Aquarius Plateau, August 5, 1905, Rydberg & Carlton 7450 (type, in herb. N. Y. Bot. Gard.). Thistle hybrids are very common in Europe and even tertiary hybrids have been reported. No attempt has been made in this country to segregate or recognize hybrids in this genus. Asa rule specimens of thistles are not so common in herbaria as would be expected, probably owing to the difficulty in collecting and pre- paring them. Thistles are not uncommon in the Rocky Mountains, especially in Colorado. No person has perhaps contributed more to the knowledge of these plants of that state than Mr. George E. Osterhout, of New Windsor, Colorado. He has described a few species himself and others have been described from material collected by him. There are still more forms recognized by him and distributed under manuscript names, but which he has been reluctant to describe. With the aid of the material sent me by him, augmented by other specimens collected by Baker, Shear, Clements, myself, and others, -it has been possible to recognize RYDBERG: Rocky MounTAIN FLORA 545 a good many forms which I regard as hybrids. The two species which seem to have produced the most hybrids are Carduus americanus (A. Gray) Greene (not Rydb.) and C. griseus Rydb. The former of these is comparatively common in Colorado, but the latter is rather rare. Several of the specimens cited under the latter in my Flora of Colorado do not belong to it, but are hybrids of Carduus americanus and various species. The original of C. griseus and later specimens collected by Osterhout do not have the bracts dilated at all or erose; the spines of the involucral bracts are long and somewhat flattened, and the leaves are darker and less deeply divided than in C. americanus. The following probable hybrids have been recognized, but, like Mr. E. P. Bick- nell, in the matter of Rubus hybrids,* we wish “ to divest the sub- ject from all nomenclatorial claims”? and ‘‘to be understood merely as pointing out the probability of the occurrence of the hybrids mentioned.” CARDUUS AMERICANUS XGRISEUS This has the leaves of C. griseus, i. e. dark green above, grayish- tomentose beneath and with short lobes, as well as the strong and broad spines of the involucral bracts of that species, and some of the outer bracts are spinulose-ciliate; but most of the bracts are erose on the margins and the inner ones have dilated tips as in C. americanus. The following specimens are to be referred here: CoLorapo: Toland, Gilpin Co., July 20, 1906, Osterhout 3266; Ward, Boulder Co., July 17, 1901, Osterhout 2429. __ The former of these was labeled by Osterhout Cardwus erosus Rydb. (2). The original C. erosus is quite different. To strengthen the probability of hybridity, it may be mentioned that Mr. Oster- hout has sent in specimens of one of the supposed parents, viz., C. griseus, also from Toland, Gilpin Co., collected on the same date, his 3267, the next number, and that C. americanus is a rather common plant in Colorado. The latter of the two specimens was determined by me as C. griseus, although I now regard it as a hybrid of that species and C. americanus. C. americanus has been collected at Ward, by Tweedy. * Bull. Torrey Club 37: 399. 1910. 546 RyDBERG: Rocky MOUNTAIN FLORA CARDUUS AMERICANUS XSPATHULATUS This resembles most C. americanus in habit and leaf-form; the bracts are somewhat erose on the margins as in that species, but they are scarcely at all dilated, and if so only the innermost, and they are tipped with the short and broad spines characteristic of C. spathulatus. To this are referred: Co.Lorapo: Estes Park, Aug. 16, 1905, Osterhout 3091; Sulphur Springs, July 16, 1905, Osterhout 3057; Happy Hollow, July 14, 1898 (collector not given), Herb. State Agric. College, mo. 2801. The last was distributed as Carduus griseus and has perhaps given rise to a wrong impression of that species. C. spathulatus was then undescribed and the bracts excluded no. 2801 from C. americanus. We have no specimens of either of the supposed parents, from exactly the same locality, but C. americanus is found nearly everywhere in the mountains of northern Colorado, and Osterhout in the original description of C. spathulatus states that it is common on both sides of the range of mountains east of the North Park. CARDUUS AMERICANUS X COLORADENSIS Carduus erosus Rydb. Bull. Torrey Club 28: 507. Igot. This was originally described as a distinct species. Professor Nelson reduces it to a synonym of Carduus americanus. The broad hemispheric head, the broad bracts with less dilated tips, and the more spiny leaves with more numerous and lanceolate lobes are very different from those of the typical C. americanus. The form and structure of the involucre, the form of the leaves, and the habit approach those of C. coloradensis. The upper surface of the leaves and the midrib beneath show some of the arachnoid hairs characteristic of C. coloradensis and its allies. We have no specimens of the two supposed parents from Durango, the type locality of C. erosus, but the locality is not without the range of either. CoLorAbDo: Durango, 1896, F. Tweedy 517. CARDUUS ACAULESCENS X AMERICANUS This resembles most C. americanus, but the stem is lower, the heads crowded, the involucral bracts elongated and less dilated RYDBERG: Rocky MouNTAIN FLORA 547 at the tip, the leaves have more lanceolate lobes and stronger spines, and the stem and midribs of the leaves are more or less arachnoid-hairy. The clustered heads, the arachnoid pubes- cence on the stem, and almost glabrous bracts, with broad bases gradually tapering upwards, would suggest C. acaulescens as the other parent. CoLorapo: Plains and foothills near Boulder, July, 1903, Tweedy 5852. CARDUUS ACAULESCENS X COLORADENSIS Carduus acaulescens (A. Gray) Rydb. and C. coloradensis Rydb. are closely allied and many regard them as forms of the same species. As they often grow together and intermediate forms are found, this disposition seems plausible, but these inter- mediate forms may as well be explained by hybridity. The typical C. acaulescens has practically no stem and the small campanulate heads, seldom more than 3 cm. wide, are sessile and congregated in a flat-topped head-like cluster, while the typical C. coloradensis has a stem 3-10 dm. high and the larger heads are more or less peduncled, 4-7 cm. broad, hemispheric, and scattered. The intermediate forms are usually low-stemmed and the heads, inter- mediate in size and shape, are in a dense flat-topped cluster at the end of the stem. At the south end of Fish Lake, Utah., C. acaulescens and C. coloradensis were found together by myself and Mr. Carlton and the specimens in the New York Botanical Garden bear the numbers 7547 and 7546, respectively. The supposed hybrid also was collected, although I can not find any specimens now in the collection of the New York Botanical Garden. They may have met the same fate as some other speci- mens of the collection in being damaged by rain. There is one specimen, however, in our herbarium, which I regard as belong- ing to this hybrid, viz. Cotorapo: Sulphur Springs, Grand Co., Aug. 8, 1907, Oster- hout 3615. CARDUUS ACAULESCENS XSCOPULORUM Carduus crassus Osterhout, MS. This was distributed under the manuscript name cited above and regarded by Osterhout as a distinct species. I am inclined 548 RYDBERG: Rocky MOUNTAIN FLORA to think it a hybrid of the two species mentioned for the following reasons. The form and the pubescence of the leaves are almost exactly those of Carduus acaulescens. The small and clustered heads also suggest that species; but the plant has an evident stem and the involucre is decidedly arachnoid-hairy. As C. scopu- lorum and C. Parryi are the only species in Colorado which have arachnoid involucres, one of these may be supposed to be the other parent. As C. Parryi has also dilated erose bracts, it must be thrown out of consideration. In C. crassus the involucral bracts have also the long slender spines characteristic of C. scopulorum. CoLorapo: Sulphur Springs, Grand Co., July 17, 1905, Oster- hout 3042. Neither of the two supposed parents is represented by speci- mens from Sulphur Springs, but there is a specimen, Osterhout 3615, just cited above, which I regard as a hybrid of C. acaulescens with another species. CARDUUS GRISEUS XLATERIFOLIUS Carduus canalensis Osterhout, MS. This I included in Carduus griseus in my Flora of Colorado but it differs in many respects from the type of that species, the leaves being much broader and less lobed, the upper leaves with broad auricles and the inner bracts with dilated erose tips. These two characters suggest C. laterifolius, from which it diffets in the long and broad spines of the outer bracts, characteristic of C. erosus. CoLorRADO: Canyon of Thompson River, Larimer County, August 16, 1905, Osterhout 3080. This specimen was collected together with the type number of C. laterifolius, viz., Osterhout 3090 (the next number). CARDUUS GRISEUS X SCOPULORUM Carduus Osterhoutii Rydb. Bull. Torrey Club 32: 131. 1905. This has the habit, the leaf form, and the long flat spines of the bracts of Carduus griseus, but the inflorescence is conspicuously arachnoid-hairy as in C. scopulorum and the leaf segments are rather more numerous than in C. griseus. The following speci- mens belong here: RYDBERG: Rocky MOUNTAIN FLORA 549 CoLorapo: Red Cliff, Eagle Co., July 17, 1902, Osterhout 2706 ; Tennessee Pass, July 28, 1902, Osterhout 2640. The first of these specimens was associated with Carduus griseus, Osterhout 2707 (the next number), collected at the same date and locality. C. griseus was collected at Red Cliff in 1906 also, Osterhout 3362. C. scopulorum, the other supposed parent, is rather common throughout the mountains of Colorado. CARDUUS GRISEUS X PARRYI Carduus araneosus Osterhout, Bull. Torrey Club 32: 612. 1905. Osterhout in the original description of Carduus araneosus suggests the relationship with C. Parryt. C. araneosus differs from that species mainly in the less greenish corollas, the stouter and broader spines of the bracts, and the grayish under surface of the leaves. These characters suggest C. griseus, but the in- volucral bracts are decidedly arachnoid-pubescent and the inner bracts are more or less dilated above and erose. The following specimens belong here: CoLorabo: Red Cliff, Eagle Co., June 26, 1900, Osterhout 2169; and also Aug. 16, 1906, Osterhout 3363; Boreas, July 24, 1897, Crandall 2806; without locality, J. Wolf 459 (Wheeler Exp.). The first two specimens were collected at Red Cliff, where also two numbers of C. griseus (see under preceding hybrid) and one of C. Parryi, viz., Osterhout 2708, were collected. CARDUUS OREOPHILUS X SCOPULORUM This resembles C. scopulorum in the heads crowded at the ends of the stem, the arachnoid involucres and general habit; but the leaves are broader, with fewer lobes; the involucral bracts are broader at the base, and the flower-cluster not nodding. In these characters it approaches C. oreophilus, but it has less deeply dissected leaves with broader ene: and the inflorescence is much more arachnoid. CoLorapo: Silver Plume, hoe: 23, 1895, Shear 4948 and 4960. Carduus oreophilus also was collected at Silver Plume the same day by Shear, no. 3258, and also by Rydberg on the following day. C. scopulorum is common in the upper part of Clear Creek above Silver Plume. In the herbarium of the Garden there is one speci- 550 RypBERG: Rocky MOUNTAIN FLORA men from near Gray’s Peak, Shear 4734, collected on the same date as 4948 and 4060. CARDUUS COLORADENSIS X UNDULATUS With the specimen cited below, Mr. Osterhout sent a slip of paper on which is written: ‘Do not think this is Carduus undu- latus —do not know what it is.’ It resembles C. undulatus, the flowers being red, although paler, the bracts having a glandular dorsal ridge, and the general habit and leaf-form being similar, but the dorsal ridge is very inconspicuous. It resembles perhaps more C. coloradensis in habit, in the form of the bracts, and the lanceo- late twisted tips of the innermost of these. There is also an indi- cation of arachnoid hairs on the stem, but the corollas are pink, not dirty white, and there is an evident though narrow dorsal ridge towards the ends of the bracts. Cotorapo: Wolcott, Eagle Co., July 11, 1902, Osterhout 2653. Mr. Osterhout collected also C. coloradensis at the same date and locality, viz., 2651. CARDUUS FILIPENDULUS X OCHROCENTRUS Carduus dispersus Osterhout MS. This has the large heads and the long spines of C. ochrocentrus but the broad non-decurrent leaves and dark green glabrate upper surfaces of C. filipendulus. CoLorapo: Home, Larimer Co., July 29, 1904, Osterhout 2808. Both of the supposed parents are common in Larimer County. Mr. Osterhout doubts that this can be a hybrid between the two supposed parents given above, as he has not seen either growing so far up in the mountains. Carpuus FLODMANII X MEGACEPHALUS This specimen cited below was determined as Carduus Flod- manit, but its leaves are much broader and with shorter and broader lobes, the heads are larger, and their bracts more glutinous than in the typical C. Flodmanii. The plant is almost exactly inter- mediate between that and C. megacephalus. CoLorapo: Fort Collins, July 30, 1904, Osterhout 2903. Both of the supposed parents are common around Fort Collins. RYDBERG: Rocky MOouNTAIN FLORA 551 CARDUUS PLATTENSIS X UNDULATUS The specimen cited below was sent me by Mr. Osterhout, who suggested that it was a hybrid of Carduus plattensis Rydb. and C. undulatus Nutt. It has the head of the former, but somewhat smaller and with narrower and less viscid bracts. The leaves also are those of that species but approach those of C. undulatus. CoLorapo: Thompson’s River, Larimer Co., Aug. 16, 1905, Osterhout 3087. There are many features that suggest hybridity in Carduus perplexans Rydb. In the original description, attention was directed to its relationship to C. Centaureae (= C. americanus Greene) and also to the C. altissimus group. At that time I was inclined to regard it as a hybrid between C. americanus and C. jilipendulus, but the broad leaves seemed to contradict such a disposition. Since that time I have been inclined to regard it as a hybrid of C. laterifolius Osterhout and C. filipendulus, as the former has broad leaves resembling those of C. perplexans. The bracts, erose-tipped as they are, are not much like those of C. laterifolius. Mr. Osterhout suggests that it might be a hybrid of an undescribed species, specimens of which he has sent me. In these the bracts resemble those of C. perplexans very much and the flowers are also red; but the leaves are narrow and deeply pinnatifid. This species and C. filipendulus could scarcely produce a hybrid like C. perplexans. All the supposed hybrids given above were collected in Colo- rado. Besides these the following are in the herbarium of the New York Botanical Garden from neighboring states. CARDUUS MEGACEPHALUS X OCHROCENTRUS There seem to be two rather distinct forms included in Carduus ochrocentrus. As both are found in Texas and New Mexico and I have not seen the type specimen, I am uncertain which of the two is C. ochrocentrus proper. One of them extends northward to Nebraska and northern Colorado and is the only one found within the range of my studies. For the present I regard this as C. ochrocentrus, until further information can be had. It is charac- terized by strongly decurrent and strongly spinose, crisp leaves, 552 RypDBERG: Rocky MOUNTAIN FLORA with numerous short crowded lobes and densely white-tomentose beneath. The spines of the involucral bracts are also long and strong, in age usually strongly spreading. C. megacephalus, which resembles it in many respects, has much broader flatter leaves, with fewer lobes and short spines, scarcely decurrent and at least the upper ones with broad clasping bases. The spines of the involucres are also short and weak. The following two specimens have leaves resembling those of C. ochrocentrus but not decurrent and have involucral bracts with the short weak spines of C. megacephalus. NEBRASKA: Banner County, July 6, 1891, Rydberg 215a. Kansas: Plains, Ellis County, July 16, 1895, Hitchcock 300. The first of these was collected with Carduus megacephalus, Rydberg 215. C. ochrocentrus was common in the region. Rydberg 214, belonging here, was collected a few miles further south. There are also forms intermediate between C. megacephalus and C. undulatus, but as these two species are so closely related that it is almost impossible to draw a line between them, I have not tried to distinguish any hybrids. CARDUUS FOLIOSUS X SCOPULORUM This has the habit and bracts of Carduus foliosus, but the in- volucre is densely arachnoid as in C. scopulorum and the leaves have more numerous and crowded lobes, in that respect approach- ing those of the latter species. WyominG: Big Horn Mountains, Aug., 1899, Tweedy 2120. Carduus scopulorum was evidently growing near it, for a specimen belonging to it and collected by Tweedy bears the number 21722. C. foliosus is common in the Big Horn Mountains. Among others are Tweedy 3051, collected there the following year. Carduus Tweedyi, judging from the scarcity of the plant and from the fact that it combines the characters of two groups, may also be a hybrid. A plant of its type may be produced by the crossing of C. polyphyllus and a red-flowered species such as C. Macounit or C. edulis but neither of these two has been found east of the continental divide and C. Tweedyi not west of it. A somewhat similar plant would be produced by the crossing of C. scopulorum and C. Eatoni, but I have seen no specimens of the latter outside of Utah. RYDBERG: Rocky MounrAIN FLORA 553 Carpuus BuTLERI Xx KELSEYI The leaves of the two supposed parents are very similar, so the differences are mostly found in the inflorescence ‘and the in- volucral bracts. See under the description of Carduus Butleri. The supposed hybrid has the inflorescence of C. Kelseyi, the bracts of C. Butleri, but slightly arachnoid-hairy. Montana: Rost Lake, July 28, 1908, Butler 703. Carduus Butleri was collected at the same locality and on the same date, Butler 677; and C. Kelseyi three days later a little higher up in the mountains, Butler 308. Carpuus EATONI XOLIVESCENS Cnicus Eatont A. Gray included several forms. Three of these had been distinguished by D. C. Eaton, who, however, had applied wrong names for two of them. The first of the three Eatonian synonyms cited by Dr. Gray is Cirsium eriocephalum var. leiocephalum. Dr. Gray’s description also applies principally tothis. Hence Carduus leiocephalus (D.C. Eaton) Heller becomes asynonym. Cirsium foliosum D.C. Eaton, I think, is the same — as Carduus nevadensis Greene and C. Drummondi D. C. Eaton is a Nevada plant, almost identical with C. oreophilus of Colorado. The supposed hybrid under consideration resembles C. Eaton in general habit, but the leaves have fewer and deeper lobes and are grayish tomentose beneath, and the involucres have shorter and weaker spines. It differs from C. olivescens in the broader segments of the leaves, the narrower bracts, of which the outer are spinulose-ciliate as in C. Eatont. Uran: Aquarius Plateau, Aug. 4, 1905, Rydberg & Carlton 7422. Carduus olivescens also grew on the Aquarius Plateau. The type of it was collected the following day and bears the’ number 7450. C. Eatoniis common in the same region, although Carlton and myself did not preserve any specimens from the Aquarius Plateau. CARDUUS PULCHELLUS X UNDULATUS This most resembles Carduus pulchellus in habit, but the in- volucres are more hemispheric instead of truly campanulate, the bracts are broader and with a narrow glutinous ridge, and the inner 554 Rypsperc: Rocky MOouNTAIN FLORA ones are not so elongated as in that species. From C. undulatus it differs in the narrower segments of the leaves, the glabrate upper surface of the same, the somewhat purple-tipped inner bracts, and the inconspicuous dorsal ridge. Utau: Fish Lake, near Twin Creeks, Aug. 8, 1905, Rydberg & Carlton 7499 and 7487; Beaver City, 1877, Palmer 273. Cotorapo: Grand Junction, June 15, 1900, Mrs. Stokes. Neither of the supposed parents was collected at the same date and locality, but both are found in Utah and Colorado. C. pulchellus was collected by Carlton and myself in the neighborhood of Marysvale, nos. 7016 and 7179. A good deal can be said about the treatment of this genus in the New Manual of Botany of the Central Rocky Mountains. Many of the species, reduced to synonymy, have little or no re- lationship to those of which they were made synonyms. Under Carduus americanus we find the following synonyms: C. Centaureae Rydb., C. erosus Rydb., and C. griseus Rydb. The first isa puresynonym. When the name was proposed I was following the. Madison amendments of the ‘Rochester Code,” and according to those amendments an older varietal name in- validated the name C. americanus. C. erosus 1 now think is a hybrid of C. americanus and C. coloradensis. C. griseus, on the contrary, is a good species, easily distinct from C. americanus, and its bracts have no dilated erose tips. In my Flora of Colorado I included in it at least two hybrids of C. americanus with this species and related ones. This may have given Professor Nelson a wrong idea of C. griseus. Under Carduus Hookerianus we find as a synonym C. Oster- houttt. C. Hookerianus is, so far as I know, not found within the United States. It is from the Saskatchewan region. I, as well as Others, have referred specimens from Colorado to it, but all these belong to a form of C. scopulorum. This may have been the reason why Nelson has made the latter a variety of C. Hookeri- anus under the name C. Hookerianus eriocephalus. C. Osterhoutit neice” Wade Ge porn — species and C. griseus. ocephalus we find the follow- RyDBERG: Rocky MounrTAIN FIORA 555 ing synonyms: ‘‘Cnicus eriocephalus Gray, Carduus scopulorum Greene l.c., C. Tweedyi Rydb. l.c., C. araneosus Osterh. * * * C. Eatonti Gray, *** C. canovirens Rydb. l.c. ( ?) C. pulcherrimus Rydb.” Of these the two first are pure synonyms. CarduusTwee- dyi is a related red-flowered species (see page 552). C. Eatoni, as I understand it and limited to C. eriocephalus var. letocephalus D.C. Eaton, is a good species, forming a group by itself. C. arane- osus is not related to C. scopulorum but to C. Parryi, as Oster- hout suggested, and is probably a hybrid of that species and C. erosus. C. canovirens and C. pulcherrimus do not belong even near C. scopulorum, but to the C. undulatus group. C. canovirens has no very close relative. The nearest is perhaps C. canescens (Nutt.). Nelson once thought it a good species, distributed it under a manuscript name, and would have published it, if his attention had not been called to the fact that it was already pub- lished. C. pulcherrimus is most closely related to C. ochrocentrus and stands to that species nearly in the same relationship as C. undulatus does to C. megacephalus. Under Carduus foliosus are found the following synonyms: C. scariosus (Nutt.) Heller and C. coloradensis Rydb. Judging from Nuttall’s original description of Cirsium scariosum, it is not at all related to Carduus foliosus Hook. See remarks above under C. lacerus. Carduus coloradensis is not to be referred to C. foliosus. It was based mainly on Cnicus Drummondii of the Synoptical Flora, and is apparently the same as Carduus Drum- mondii of the New Manual, the corolla of which is described as white. The original Cirsium Drummondii T. & G., of which there is a duplicate in the Torrey herbarium, has rose-purple corollas. The only specimens I have seen from the United States, are from the Black Hills of South Dakota. All the others are from British America. Carduus oreophilus Rydb. is given as a synonym under C. Drummondii. From what is just stated it may be seen that it is not the original C. Drummondii and a comparison between my description in the Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club and that of C. Drummondii in the New Manual shows that it is not C. Drummondii as understood by Professor Nelson. C. oreophilus is very local and many things suggest a hybrid, but I have failed 556 Rypserc: Rocky MOouNTAIN FLORA to find two species that would produce a combination of characters found in C. oreophilus. A mixture of four species, C. pulchellus, C. spathulatus, C. scopulorum and C. coloradensis might do it. I think therefore that it is best to regard it at present as distinct. Under Carduus bipinnatus (Eastw.) Heller, in the New Manual, we find: C. pulchella{us], C. truncatus Greene(?) and C. spathulatus Osterh. The only true synonym is C. truncatus Greene. C. pulchellus is related to it, but the leaves are white-tomentose beneath. C. spathulatus Osterhout is related to C. griseus, though its involucral bracts are much shorter. The plant resembles closely C. americanus, but the bracts are not at all fimbriate. - Carduus Tracyi Rydb. is, in the New Manual, made a syn- onym of C. Nelsonii Pammel (Pammel did not use the generic name Carduus and the page is wrongly cited), while the latter is kept distinct from C. plattensis Rydb. A botanist with broad limitations of species might regard Carduus plattensis, C. Nelsonii, C. Tracyi, C. brevifolius, and C. palousensis as one species. They are all closely related but each has a definite range of itsown. C. plattensis belongs to the sandy regions of Nebraska, Kansas, and northeastern Colorado; C. Nelsonii, as far as I know, is found only in Wyoming; C. Tracyt in southern Colorado; C. brevifolius in Wyoming and Montana; and C. palousensis in western Idaho and eastern Washington and Oregon. Carduus Nelsonti and C. platiensis are the most closely related of the four; the only difference I can find is that C. plattensis has the inner bracts prolonged into linear lanceolate, spreading, more or less crisp tip, a character not found in the rest. The characters given by Nelson in the key to distinguish C. Nelsonti and C. plattensis are useless, because the characters assigned to the latter are not true. Under Carduus filipendulus (Engelm.) Rydb., in Coulter & Nelson’s New Manual, are given as synonyms: C. Flodmanii Rydb. and C. oblanceolatus Rydb. The description of C. filipendulus is a verbatim copy of my description of C. Flodmanni. Little could be said against this, if the two were the same, but this is not the case. In the key, Professor Nelson distinguishes C. filipendulus from C. undulatus, C. mega- cephalus, and C. ochrocentrus by the characters: ‘‘Leaves becoming RyDBERG: Rocky MouNTAIN FLORA 557 green and glabrate on the upper side” against ‘‘Leaves permanently tomentose on both sides.’’ The glabrate character is correct as far as C. filipendulus in concerned and was the reason why Dr. Gray associated it with C. altissimus; but it is not true of C. Flodmanii, for in that species the tomentum is as permanent as in C. undulatus and C. ochrocentrus and far more so than in C. megacephalus. In the key C. filipendulus is characterized, but the description is of C. Fledmanii under a wrong name. Dr. Gray included C. Flodmanii in his Cnicus undulatus canescens. Professor Nelson has admitted a variety Carduus undulatus canescens (Nutt.) Porter. Evidently this was unknown to him for he simply copies Gray’s characterization of Cnicus undulatus canescens. Some years ago, while visiting the Gray herbarium, I was curious to see what Gray meant by this variety. I found that it contained a mixture of Carduus Flodmanii, C. oblanceolatus, another related species of Arizona, and Cirsium brevifolius Nutt. The last is a yellow-flowered species related to Carduus Nelsonii and C. plattensis, and antedates both. Of these C. Flodmanii agrees best with the description of Cirsium canescens Nutt., and it might be that species. I have seen, however, a specimen of another species with strong erect involucral spines, which bore the name Cirsium canescens in Nuttall’s own handwriting. Whether that specimen was the type or not I do not know, but I have adopted the name Carduus canescens for that species. Pammel in his treatise on the Iowa thistles adopted the name Cnicus canescens for Carduus Flodmanii. Uf Nelson had followed him, I would not have made any criticism, as there is some doubt as to which the name canescens belongs to, C. Flodmanii or the species for which I have adopted it. Professor Nelson has also omitted all the Utah species described by Marcus E. Jones, although most of them belong to the range of the New Manual. CENTAUREA and ARCTIUM Neither of these two genera are included in the New Manual, although C. Cyanus has been collected at several places in Mon- tana, C. solstitialis L. at Salt Lake City, Utah, and A. minus Schk. in Colorado. New York BoTaNICAL GARDEN, Local flora notes—VII* NorRMAN TAYLOR In order to hasten the completion of these notes it is planned to publish them monthly, either in Torreya or the BULLETIN. For the same reason they will hereafter be in tabulated form. LORANTHACEAE Species Specimens wanted from Razoumofskya pusilla (Peck) Catskill region, northern N. J. Kuntze. and Pa. Phoradendron flavescens (Pursh) Central and northern edge of Nutt. pine-barrens in N. J. ARISTOLOCHIACEAE Asarum reflecum Bicknell. Anywhere in the range.f POLYGONACEAE Rumex hastatulus Muhl. New Jersey. Rumex salicifolius Weinm. Anywhere in the range. Rumex verticillatus L. N. Y. and Pa. Rumex sanguineus L. Near any city. Is it estab- lished ? Rumex pulcher L. Near any city. Is it estab- lished ? Rumex conglomeratus Murr. Near any city. Is it estab- lished ? Northern N. Y. and Pa. Northern N. Y., N. J., and Pa. S. I. and L. I., also N. J. coast. Polygonum amphibium L. Polygonum artfolium L. Polygonum littorale Link. *Continued from Torreya 10: 224-228. +The local flora range as prescribed by the aaa $ ; bratiuieary Catalogue of 1888 is as follows: All of the state of Connecticut; Long Island; in New York the counties bordering the Hudson River up to and including Columbia and Greene, also Sullivan and Delaware counties; all of New Jersey; and Pike, Wayne, Monroe, Lackawanna, uzerne, Northampton, Lehigh, Carbon, Bucks, Berks, Schu ykill, Montgomery, Philadelphia, Delaware, and Chester counties in Pennsylvania. 559 560 TAYLOR : LOCAL FLORA NOTES Species Specimens wanted from Polygonum dumetorum L. Anywhere in the range. Polygonum Hartwrightw A. Central and southern N. J. Gray. and southeastern Pa. Pélygonum Ray Babing. Along any of the coasts. : CHENOPODIACEAE Chenopodium Boscianum Moq. N.Y. and N. J. Salicornia Bigelovii Torr. Coast of N. J. AMARANTACEAE Amaranthus pumilus Raf. Coast of N. J. Cladothrix lanuginosa Nutt. Anywhere in the range. PORTULACACEAE Claytonia caroliniana Michx. Northern N. J. and Pa. CARYOPHYLLACEAE Arenaria leptoclados Guss. Along any of the coasts. Arenaria groenlandica (Retz.) Northern N. Y., N. J., and Pa. Spreng. Arenaria Michauxit (Fenzl) N. Y. and northern N. J. ook. Ammodenia peploides (L.) Rupr. Coasts of Conn., L. I., S. lL; and Nj. Alsine borealis (Bigel.) Britton. Northern N. J.and Pa. Alsine pubera (Michx.) Britton. N. J., and Pa. north of Bucks Co. Cerastium semidecandrum L. N. J., north of Atlantic Co. Moenchia erecta (L.) Gaert. Anywhere in the range. Lychnis coronaria (L.) Desr. L. I., Conn., and southern N. Y. Silene virginica L. N. Y. and Pa. Silene alba Muhl. Nef, Silene antirrhina L. N. Y., north of Westchester Co. Silene dichotoma Ehrh. Anywhere in the range. Tunica Saxifraga (L.) Scop. On L. I. or elsewhere. Dianthus deltoides L. Greene and Ulster Cos., N. Y., and Monroe Co., Pa. TAYLOR: LOCAL FLORA NOTES NYMPHAEACEAE Species Specimens wanted from Castalia tuberosa (Paine) Greene. Anywhere in the range. Nymphaea Kalmiana (Michx.) ims. Nymphaea advena variegata (Engelm.) Fernald. Nymphaea hybrida Peck. Nelumbo lutea (Willd.) Pers. Northern N. Y. Northern N. Y., N. J., and Pa. Northern N. J. and Pa. N. Y. and Pa. MAGNOLIACEAE Magnolia virginiana L. Magnolia acuminata L. Magnolia tripetala L. Long Island. - Anywhere in the range. Anywhere in the range. ANONACEAE Asimina triloba (L.) Durand. N. Y. and N. J. RANUNCULACEAE Aconitum noveboracense A. Gray. Actaea rubra (Ait.) Willd. Anemone riparia Fernald. Caltha radicans Forst. Clematis ochroleuca Ait. Clematis Viorna L. Coptis trifolia (L.) Salisb. Hepatica acuta (Pursh) Britton. Hydrastis canadensis L. Ranunculus pusillus Poir. Ranunculus alleghaniensis Britt. Ranunculus pennsylvanicus L. Batrachium trichophyllum (Chaix) F. Schultz. Trollius laxus Salisb. Xanthorrhiza apiifolia L’Hér. Orange, Greene, and Delaware ha trae “fh Stations not in Britton’s Man- ual. N. J. Southern Pa. and (?) N. J Below 500 ft. elevation any- where. N. J. and Pa. Anywhere in the range. Pa. Northern N. Y., N. J., and Pa. N. J. and Pa. Anywhere in the range. i Ae . Anywhere in the range. 562 TayLor: LocaL FLORA NOTES Species Specimens wanted from Isopyrum biternatum_(Raf.) T. Anywhere in the range. &G BERBERIDACEAE Podophyllum peltatum L. Northern N. J. Jeffersonia diphylla (L.) Pers. Anywhere in the range. PAPAVERACEAE Sanguinaria canadensis L. N. J., south of Middlesex and Mercer Cos. FUMARIACEAE Bicuculla canadensis (Goldie) Northern N. J. and Pa. Millsp. Capnoides flavulum (Ratf.) Middle counties of N. J. Kuntze. Capnoides aureum (Willd.) Anywhere in the range. Kuntze. New York BOTANICAL GARDEN. INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE (1910) aim of this Index is to include all current botanical literature written by Americans, published in eit or based upon American material ; the word d Amer- ica being used in its broadest sen Reviews, and papers which pees exclusively to eee agriculture, horticulture, itches products of vegetable origin, or laboratory ods are not included, and no attempt is made to index the literature of aor Rees An occasional exception is made in favor of some paper appearing in an American periodical which is devoted wholly to botany, Reprints are not mentioned unless they differ from the original in some important particular. If users of the Index will call the attention of the editor ed ndex is reprinted monthly on cards, and fornished | in this form to subscribers, at cee rate of one cent for each card. Selections of cards are not permitted ; each subscriber must take all cards published during the term of his subscription. Corre- spondence relating to the card-issue should be addressed to the Treasurer of the Torrey Botanical Clu! Anderson, J. R. Plants injured by creosote. Ottawa Nat. 24: 128. 15 O 1910. Andrews, F.M. A list of algae. (Chiefly from Monroe County, Indiana.) Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. 1909: 375-380. 1910. Andrews, F. M. Development of the embryo-sac of Hybanthus concolor. Bull. Torrey Club 37: 477, 478. f. 1-8. 5 O gto. Andrews, F. M. Some monstrosities in plants. Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. 1909: 373, 374- 1910. Andrews, F. M. Twin hybrids (/aefa and velutina) and their anatomical distinctions. Bot. Gaz. 50: 193-201. 21 5 1910. Appleman, C.O. Some observations on catalase. Bot. Gaz. 50: 182-192. feis 21S 1010, Arthur, J. C. Cultures of Uredineue in 1909. Mycologia 2: 213-240. 23S 1910. Arthur, J.C. Right and wrong conceptions of plant rusts. Acad. Sci. 1909: 383-390. 1910. Bailey, W. W. Parnassia. Am. Bot. 16:69. O 1910. Benedict, R. C. Fern leaves, ferns and fern allies. Am. Fern Jour. 1: 9-12. Au 1910. Proc. Indiana 563 A 564 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE Berry, E.W. Acretaceous Lycopodium. Am. Jour. Sci. IV. 30: 275, 276. f. 1-6. O 1910. Berry, E. W. An Eocene flora in Georgia and the indicated physical conditions. Bot. Gaz. 50: 202-208. f. 1, 2. 21 5 1910. Berry, E.W. The epidermal characters of Frenelopsis ramostssima, Bot Gaz. 50: 305-309. f. 1,2. 15 O19gI0. Bitting, K.G. The effect of preservatives on the development of Pemnicil- lium. Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. 1909: 391-416. f. I-24. 1910. Brown, N. E. Kalmia cuneata. Curt. Bot. Mag. IV. 6: pl. 8319. Je 1910. Chamberlain, C. J. Nuclear phenomena of sexual reproduction in Gymno- sperms. Am. Nat. 44: 595-603. O I9I10. [Clute, W. N.] Rare forms of fernworts—XV. Young lif brakes. Fern Bull. 18: 79, 80. Jl gto. [Illust.] Coker, W.C. A new host and station for Exoascus filicinus (Rostr.) Sacc. Mycologia 2: 247. 23S 1910. Cook, M. T. The development of insect galls as illustrated by the genus Amphibolips. Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. 1909: 363-367. Ig10. Coulter, J. M. Recent progress in botany. Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. 1909: IOI-I05. I9I0. Davis, W. T. Notes on Staten Island plants. Proc. Staten Island Assoc. Arts & Sci. 2: 161, 162. 18 Au 1910. Davis, W. T. Note on the chestnut fungus. Proc. Staten Island Assoc. Arts & Sci. 2: 128, 129. 18 Au 1910. Deam, C.C. Additions to Indiana state flora—4. Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. 1909: 381, 382. 1910. Derr, H. B. A new awnless barley. Science II. 32: 473, 474. 7 O 1910. [Illust.] Dowell, P. Notes on some ferns found during 1909. Am. Fern Jour. 1: 12-14. Au 1910. East, E. M. The réle of hybridization in plant breeding. Pop. Sci. Mo. "77° 342-355. f. I-11. O 1910. Eikenberry, W. L. An atmograph. Bot. Gaz. 50: 214-218. f. 1-4. 21S 1910. Elmer, A. D. E. A decade of new plants. Leaflets Philippine Bot. 2: 677-688. 8 Au 1810, Elmer, A. D. E. A new genus and new species of Leguminosae. Leaflets Philippine Bot. 2: 689-701. 31 Au rgro. INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 565 Elmer, A.D. E. Myrsinaceae from Mount Apo. Leaflets Philippine Bot. 2: 659-675. 5 Au rogro. Farlow, W. G., & Atkinson, G. F. The botanical congress at Brussels, Bot. Gaz. 50: 220-225. 21S 1910. Farwell, O. A. Other editions of Emory’s Report, 1848. Bull. Torrey Club 37: 479-480. 5 O 1910. Fawcett, H.S. Cladosporium Citri Mass. and C. elegans Penz. confused. Mycologia 2: 245-246. 23 S 1910. Fernald, M. L. Notes from the phaenogamic herbarium of the New England Botanical Club—I. Rhodora 12: 185-192. 17 O 1910. Frye, T. C. The Polytrichaceae of western North America. Proc. Wash- ington Acad. Sci. 22: 271-382. f. I-30. 15 Au 1910. {Gibson, H. H.]| American forest trees—84. Shingle oak. Quercus imbri- caria Michx. Hardwood Record 29": 23. 25 Mr 1910. [Illust.] [Gibson, H. H.] American forest trees-86. Spanish oak. Quercus digitata Marsh. Hardwood Record 304: 23, 24. 10 Je 1910. [Illust.] [Gibson, H. H.] American forest trees—87. Southern red oak. Quercus texana Buckl. Hardwood Record 30°: 23, 24. 25 Je rg10. [llust.] Graenicher, S. The bee-flies (Bombyliidae) in their relation to flowers- Bull. Wisconsin Nat. Hist. Soc. 8: 91-101. 6 O 1910. Graves, A. H. Woody plants of Brooklin, Maine. Rhodora 12: 173-184. 17 O 1910. Greene, E. L. Some southwestern mulberries. Leaflets 2: 112-120, 6 O 1910, Groh, H. Preliminary list of the Crataegi of the Ottawa district. Ottawa Nat. 24: 126-128. 15 O 1910. Girke, M. Echinocereus paucispinus (Engelm.) Rumpl. Monats. Kak- teenk. 20: 141. 15S 1910. Gurke, M. Opuntia Salmiana Parm. Monats. Kakteenk. 20: 109, 110. 15 Jl 1910. Gussow, H. T. Plant physiology versus psychology. Ottawa Nat. 24: 113-116. 15 O 1gIo. Hawkins, L.A. The porous clay cup for the automatic watering of plants. Plant World 13: 220-227. f. 1-3. S 1910. Heald, F. D., & Wolf, F.A. The whitening of the mountain cedar, Sabina sabinoides (H.B.K.) Small. Mycologia 2: 205-212. pat + Jos. 23 S 1910. Cyanospora Albicedrae gen. et sp. Nov. a. 566 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE erre, A. C. Suggestions as to the origin of California’s lichen flora. Plant World 13: 215-220. S I9g10. Herriot, W. The Compositae of Galt, Ont., and vicinity. Ontario Nat. Sci. Bull. 6: 55-64. 1910. \ Hollick, A. A maple tree fungus. Proc. Staten Island Assoc. Arts & Sci. 2: 190-192. 165 1910. Hollick, A. Recently introduced grasses and sedges. Proc. Staten Island Assoc. Arts & Sci. 2: 189. 165 1910. Hollick, A. The chestnut disease on Staten Island. Proc. Staten Island Assoc. Arts & Sci. 2: 125-127. 18 Au 1910. Hopkins, L. S. Notes on the botrychia. Am. Fern Jour. 1: 3-6. pl. 1. Au 1910. House, H.D. Notes ona collection of plants from western North Carolina. Muhlenbergia 6: 73-75. 30S 1910. ° Kennedy, P. B. Getting acquainted with Anulocaulis leiosolenus. Muh- lenbergia 6: 75, 76. 30S 1910. [Illust.] Kern, F. D. Further notes on timothy rust. Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. 1909: 417, 418. I9g10. Kiugh, A. B. Notes on the flora of the Nerepis Marsh, New Brunswick. Ottawa Nat. 24: 121, 122. 150 1910. Kraemer, H. The histology of the rhizome and roots of Phlox ovata L. (Phlox carolina L.) Am. Jour. Pharm. 82: 470-475. O 1910. [Illust.] Kuntze, R. E. LEchinocactus polyancistrus Engelm. et Bigelow. Monats. Kakteenk. 20: 130-134. 15 S 1910. [Illust.| Lewton, F. L. Cienfuegosia Drummondii, a rare Texas plant. Bull. Torrey Club 37: 473-475. 5 O 1910. Livingston, B. E. Relation of soil moisture to desert vegetation. Bot. Gaz. 50: 241-256. f. I-g. 15 O 1910. : MacDougal, D. T. The making of parasites. Plant World 13: 207-214. S TOF. Marshall, M. A. Lycopodium inundatum in the White Mountains. Am. Fern Jour. 1:15. Au 1910. Merrill, H. W. Polypodium vulgare in Maine. Am. Fern Jour. 1: 7-9. Au 1910. Meyer, R. LEchinocactus Poselgerianus Dietr. Monats. Kakteenk. 20: 135-138. 15 S 1910. Mitchell, F. Notes on local orchids. Ontario Nat. Sci. Bull. 6: 49-51. 1910, INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 567 Mitchell, F. Plant immigrants of 1909. Ontario Nat. Sci. Bull. 6: 66. 1910. Morris, F. J. A. Orchids of Ontario. Ontario Nat. Sci. Bull. 6: 7-33. 1910. Mottier, D. M. Notes on the sex of the gametophyte of Onoclea Struthiop- teris. Bot. Gaz. 50: 209-213. 21 S 1910 Mottier, D.M. Nuclear phenomena of sexual reproduction in angiosperms. Am. Nat. 44: 604-623. O 1910. Palmer, T. C. A newdiatom. Proc. Philadelphia Acad. Nat. Sci. 62: 460-463. pl. 35. S 1910. Navicula socialis Palmer. Penhallow, D. P. The relation of paleobotany to phylogeny. [In The paleontologic record.}|_ Pop. Sci. Mo. 77: 333-338. Pennington, L. H. The effect of longitudinal compression upon the pro- duction of mechanicai tissue in stems. Bot. Gaz. 50: 257-284. f. 1, 2. 15 O 1910. Phillips, F. J. Teratology of the banana. Plant World 13: 227-229. f. 4, 5. S 1910. Power, F. B., & Rogerson, H. Chemical examination of the tuberous root of Ipomoea Horsfalliae Hooker. Am. Jour. Pharm. 82: 355-360. Au 1910. [Illust.] Queh!, L. Echinocactus uncinatus Gal. var. Wrightti Engelm. Monats. Kakteenk. 20: 104, 105. 15 Jlroro. [Hlust.] Quehl, L. Mamillaria Emskétteriana Quehl, n. sp. Monats. Kakteenk. 20: 139, 140. 15S 1910. Quehi, L. Mamillaria Bédekeriana Quehl, n. sp. Monats. Kakteenk. 20: 108, 109. 15 Jl rg10. [Illust.] Riddle, L. W. The North American species of Stereocaulon. Bot. Gaz. 50: 285-304. f. 1-g. 15 O 1910. Rydberg, P. A. Studies on the Rocky Mountain flora—XXIII. Bull. Torrey Club 37: 443-471. 5 O 1910. Schlechter, R. Orchidaceae novae et criticae. Repert. Nov. Spec. 8: 453- 458. 10S 1910. 7 new American species described. South, F. W. The control of scale insects in the British West Indies by means of fungoid parasites. West Ind. Bull. 11: 1-30. 1910. [Illust.] 568 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE Wheeler, L. A. Some rare Vermont plants. Am. Bot. 16: 65-68. O i910. Wolff, H. Eryngia nova americana duo. Repert. Nov. Spec. 8: 414, 415. to Au 1910. E, Ekmanii from Argentina and E. Harmsianum from California. Wolff, H. Unmbelliferae {In Mexikanische und zentralamerikanische Novititen. II.] Repert. Nov. Spec. 8: 306-308. 1 Je 1910. Young, M. S. The morphology of the Podocarpineae. Bot. Gaz. 50: 81-100. pl. 4-6. 18 Au 1gt0. BoLL. ToRREY CLUB VOLUME 37, PLATE 34 VIOLA EGGLESTONI BRAINERD wih. ao BuLi. Torrey Crus Vi IME OLUME 37, PLATE 35 VIOLA EGGLESTONIL BRAINERD BOTANICAL BOOKS FRANKLIN BOOKSHOP S. N. RHOADS, PROPRIETOR 920 WALNUT ie PHILADELPHIA Dealing in second-hand books, j a - relating to all branches of Natural History. atalogs. THE BRYOLOGicT WITH THE JANUARY, 1910, NUMBER BEGINS ITS THIRTEENTH YEAR ano VOLUME It is a 16-20 page bi-monthly devoted to the study of the Mosses, Hepatics, and Lichens. It is fully illustrated with new, original, and artistic drawings and half-tones. It is indispensable to the working bryologist, professional as wellasamateur. Send for sample copy. Subscription price $1.00a Address, Mrs, ANNIE MORRILL SMITH, 78 Orange Street, Brooklyn, N. Y. INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE This Index, printed each month in the BULLETIN, is a on library catalogue cards; these are furnished to subscribers at the rate of one cent for each card. Subscriptions to the card-issue may be addressed to the Treasurer of the Torrey Botanical Club, WILLIAM MANSFIELD, CoLLecE oF PHARMACY, 115 W. 68th St., N. Y. City. From January, 1903, to December, 1909, inclusive, the Index was also reprinted on baper, on one side only, and can be furnished in that form at the rate of $7.00 @ year, Back Numbers of The Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club are wanted to complete files as follows: Vol. 7 (1880), Nos. 1 and 9 Vol. 15 (1888), No, 2 Vol. 9 (1882), No, 1 Vol. 16 (1889), No. 4 Vol. 11 (1884), Nos. 1 and 2 Vol. 17 (1890), No. 4 Vol. 12 (1885), Nos. 2 and 3 Vol. 18 (1891), No. 1 Those possessing the numbers desired are requested to state prices. Address EDITOR, TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB New York Botanical Garden Bronx Park, New York City North American Flora HIS work is designed to present descriptions of all plants growing independently i of cultivation, in North America, here taken to include Greenland, Central America, the Republic of Panama, and the West Indies, except Trinidad, Tobago, and Curagao and other islands off the north coast of Venezuela, whose flora is essentially South American ill be published in parts at irregular intervals by the New York Botanical Garden through the aid of the income of the David Lydig Fund bequeathed by Charles 1 Pe 8. aly. It pest ah 2 issue pages as ape: as they can be prepared, the extent ‘s the mode makin ossible ommence publication at any er toms The cone sit will form a series of hes with the iiloaiie edoe Vol Mycetozoa, pa ield Diatomaceae Fung ; Mas Volumes 14 and 15. Beyer hyt Volume 16, Pteridophyta ae Gymnosperma. iM ehectig pills 19. ef rei homie Volum 0 30. Dicotyle don The prensa of the work has tea Maas by the Scientific Directors of the Garden to a ap tees consisting of Dr. N. L. Britton, Dr. W. A. Murrill, and Dr, J. H. Barnhar Professor cue F. Atkinson, of ea a radars Professors Charles R. Barnes and John M. Coulter, of the University of Chicago, Mr. eta: V. Coville, of the United States a boss nt of Agriculture, Professor Edward L. Greene, of the United States National Museum, earns Byron D. Halsted, of yen tgers College, and a — or William T “Laie! f the Missouri Botanical Garden, have consented to act a advisory committee. e following parts have been published : Vol. 7. Part 1, shay ete by G. P. Clinton. Part 2, Coleosporiaceae, Ule- dinaceae, and sate iaceae (pars), by J. C. Art har ol. 9. Parts 1 and 2 Polyporacene, 7 - Murrill. Part 3, haat by W. A. Murrill ; ss aceae (pars) by W A. Mareill and G. S. Burlingh Vol. 1 Part 1, ory atsee es by ae M. Sina ines and R ce desk; os , by smundaceae and. C ratopteridaceae, | by R Benedic ; Schimeacese, Giechoneecen, an sip Bee aceae a s), by . Maxon. ol. tt; rd copa ety y P. W > Spargani a Bodega, and Hy- drocharitaceae, by EF: Rydberg ; Zaanichelincene, Zoste Cy paar Naia adaceae, and binacae by N. Taylor; Sche pei arta by N . Britton Alismaceae, by J. K. Small; Butomaceae and Poaceae (pars), by G. V. Nash. Vol _ Vol, » by G. V. Nash; Britton and J. N. Rose; Penthoraceae and as seme by P. er Ry dber Par 2; a ‘ dberg ; Canoniaceae, Iteaceae, and H grag sane by N. L. Britton ; Picsatmomssaceae, by Altingiacene, PY "P. W i Phyllonomaceae, by H. Rusby. Part 3 Grossulrie y F ¥. Coville and N.L ritton ; Platanaceae, by H. A, G Crossoso- mataceae, by J. K, Sm Saas e, by N. L. Britton; casthacces, ae bea Fe rel Rosaceae aoe, by P, A. Rydberg. Part 4, Rosa aceae (pars), by P. A. y Vol. 25. Part = Geraniaceae, by L. T. Hanks and J. K. Small; Oxalid and Linaceae, by J. K. Small; Erythroxylaceae, by N. L. Bi tton 4 Kemmis The subs seihgseee price is fixed at $1. be for each part; it is expected that four or five parts will be required for each volume. A limited number of pected — will e sold at $2.00 eac eh ess THE NEW YORK BOTANICAL GARDEN BRONX PARK, NEW YORK CITY PUBLICATIONS BY OFFICERS AND STUDENTS OF THE DEPART- MENT OF BOTANY, COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY 1. MEMOIRS OF THE espe ol. Spiers a of the North American Species of the Genus Pobiptecuk “(1895 )- -By John Kunkel Small, Fellow in Botany, 1893- 1895 ; Curator of the Herbarium, 1895-1898. Quarto, Ae pages, 84 plates. Price $6.00. onograph of the North American Potentilleae (1898). By Per oe eric, Fellow in Botany, 1896-7. Quarto, 224 pages, 112 plates. Price $6.00. 2. CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE DEPARTMENT: Vol. 1 OS. I-25. 1886-1892. Price $5.00 Vol. 2. Nos, 26-50, 1892-1894. Price $5.00 Vol. 3. Nos. 51-75. 1894-1895. Price $5.00 Vol. 4. Nos. 76-100. 1895-1896. Price $5.00, Vol. 5. Nos. ro1-125, 1896~1897. Price $5.00, Vol. 6. Nos. 126-150. 1897~1898. Price $5.00 Vol. 7. Nos. 151-175. 1898~1901. Price $5.00. Vol. 8. Nos. 176-200 -1902. Price $5.00. Vol. 9. Nos. 201-. 1903—(current). List of separate numbers available on application, Text-book of General Lichenology (1896). By Albert Schonaae ee in wgpenel 1895~189 Octavo, 230 pages, 76 plates. rae $4.2 5 (cloth) ; $3.80 (paper). Published by Willard N. Clute & Co. Binghamton, N. Y. The Department invites geese slative to ee of her- barium material for any of the above named publications. Address Dr: Ga ie n C. Curtis, Columbia Chivas. N p ee is n Illa strated Flora of the Northern United States, Canada, and the british Possessions from Newfoundland to a Parallel of the Southern Boundary of Virginia, and from the Atlantic Ocean westward to the 102d Meridian (1896-1898). By Nathaniel oti Britton, Profes- sor of Botany, 1891-1896; Emeritus Peace 1896-, and Hon. Addi- son Brown. Three volumes, royal octavo. Vol. 1, 612 pages; Vol. 2, 642 pages; Vol. 3, 588 pages; 4162 figures in n the text, (Besteathige: every species desc bed, Published by Charles Scribner’s Sons, New York. Price, in cloth, $9.00 for the three volumes; with the indexes and keys bound separ ately, — fore) : ais r Na tive Ferns and their Allies.. (Sixth Edition) 1900. By Lanes ‘Maroc Underwood, Professor of Botany, 1896-1907 Duodecimo, 158 pages, 35 figures. Published by Henry Holt & Co., New York. Price, $1.0 ; “6. Moulds, Mildews, ai "Mushrooms. By Lucien Marcus Un- derwood, Professor of Botany, 1896-1907. _ Duode cimo, 236 pages, 10 plates. Published by Henry Holt & Co. Price $1. . Nature and Development of Plants (1907). ae Carlton-Clar- ence Curtis, Assistant in Botany, 1892-1895 ; Botan 1895-1906 ; Instructor in Botany, 1906-1908 ; Adrane! Professor of Botany, 1908-1910; Associate Professor of Botany, 1910—. Octavo, 471 pages; 42 illustrations. Published by Henry Holt & Co., New York. Price $2. ESTABLISHED 1851 EIMER & AMEND 205-211 Third Ave., Corner 18th Street NEW YORK MANUFACTURERS AND IMPORTERS OF Chemicals and Chemical Apparatus Sole Agents for Our Specialties ee KAHLBAUM'S MICROSCOPES C. P. Chemicals and and Reagents ACCESSORIES e CARL ! SCHLEICHER : & SCHULL’S MICROTOMES C. P. Filters ease | SCHOTT & BALANCES GENOSSEN’S Famous Labora- and # tory Glassware WEIGHTS And for many other renowned European houses in our line. kee pe LINE OF Bacteriological Apparatus WE HANDLE EVERYTHING NEEDED FOR A LABORATORY Inspection of premises cordially invited, . ea ay Fe MEMOIRS OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB A series of technical papers on botanical a published at irregular inedeeals. Price $3.00 a yolume. Not offered in exc chan No. 1; not ick separately: — By Bailey, Liberty Hyde. pb of the types of various species af the genus Carex. — Pages 1-85. 25 My 1889. Vol. 1, No. 25 not favciehed se pareeahy = artindale, Isaac Comly. Marine pute of the New _Jersey const and idjacene | waters of Seaton. Island. Pages 87-111. 24 Au 1889 1 oO. 3; price, 75 cen Spruce, Richard. Aepaticae itiviedes: in Hers Boliviae ivientaibs anni 1885-6, acl. H. H. Rusby lectae. Pages r se Ja 1890. Vol. 1, No. 4; price, 75 cen ; Sturtevant, EGward Lewis. On seedless fruits. Fe ee 30 My 1890. Vol. 2, No. 1; not furnished : Halsted, Byron D avid, “Reserv tve food-materials in 85 "aut surrounding vars Pages 1-26, plates 1; 2. 10 S 1890 ee 2, No. 2; price, 75 cents shes Vail, Anna Murray, & Hollick, Charles Arthur. Gonidiatices to he on Virgin nia, ge beefs Mae: 4. 23 D 1890. Vol. 2, No. 3; not furnished separately : Holm, Herman Theodor. Contributions to the knowledge of the ‘inatic some North A American plants. Pages 57-108, baie eg 1 Ap Hot Vol. 2, No. 4; price, 75 e 2 Wheel William Efner. The genus Poiygata in "North Ametica. Pages — ock, 152. 30D 18or. : : Vol. 3, No 1; not furnished separately : : eee Small, John Kunkel, & Heller, Amos Arthur. bisa asa sho and contiguous territory. Pages 1-39. 20 F £892, Vo: 1 3, No. 2; price, $2.00 ; id Naiadaceae e North America. [with Ti t police dle nese ee “wee 20-74. 15 Mr 93. a ae bie 3, No. 3; dat fetubehed oe : Rusby, Henry Hurd. n enumeration of bert te ed » Bang.’- [Part 1.] Pager aes 28 A p 1893. = 5 Vol. 4, No. x not farnished separately: : Underwood, Lucien Marcus. Index Hepat Part 1, b) ¥I-9!l. Ic Je 1803. ~ : Vol. ws No. 2; not furnished separately: Small, John Kunkel, & : NE ee tion of Louies ig decay iri season, of ee, “Toes 75-82. 18 N 1893-17 Ap cae ees Henry Hurd. An dainpatinn’ tf ihe ona meee ang. “Part 2. Pages 203-274. 10 Mr-17 Ap 1895. ae ; “Vol. 4, No. 4; price, 50 cents: 8 ie 4 Pettit, A nna Stockton. Arachis aperaee I Loe 215-296, Je oa - we 4, No. 5; price, 5 Bee: sia orth Am erie d ‘ Pages a Teale is sig 1806". a Vol. 5; price, $3.00: List of Preridophyta aud pirenugcars growing without cultivation in northeastern North America. Pages 1-3 3-31 D 1894. ar % e ; price, $1.25: , Henry Hurd. An yi maar of the plants collected in Bolivia by Miguel Bang. Part 3. Pages I- 96 Vol. 6, ae 2; not furnished separately t, Abel Joel. A revision of the North American Raat and Brachythecia. Pages 131-210, 30 Jl 189 = 16 6, No. 3; pee 50 cen Hazen, Tracy Biliot. e life history Deas et Facustris ( Haematococcus® pluvialis). Sides arab gg 86, i (colored ). &Je.2 1899. Vol. fo. 4; price, 50 cents Underwood, Lucien Mar ah "A review of the genera of ferns proposed prior to 1832. Pages roerabe 1 D 1899. ol. 6, No. 5; pr ice, 25 cen Fink, Bruce. Notes on lichen distribution in sgt upper Mississippi Valley. Pages 285-307. 1 D 1899. Vol. ce, $3.00: Howe, Marshall Avery. The Abas and Anthocerotes of California. Pages 1-208, plates 88-122. a Au 1899. : Vol. 8, No. 1; not furnished icine ys a8 Pages Th e comparative embryology of the Rubiaceae. Par te a 323; parvifolia, 3225 ai ima, eflexa, os: le, 435 rs androsaemifolium, 261; bicolor, aes. 262; nabinum, 261; cann nabin num nspeuat ata. "aes hy- Arabis lyrata, 82 san - 504% capris vied nassauensis, PF undiloba, fl eae. aaa: pMin 27; wash- ingtoniana, lee Araucaria, 181, ; bladenensis, 505; Clar kii, 182; ‘elie, 182, 505 »5 gr pices oi 560; leptoclados, 560; Baascirrs uxii, 560; eek dies robusta, 58; serpyllifolia, 58 Are esa ulbosa, 433 Arge epeaeTT Oy eh 377, 380, Anserina, 375 istida, 420; stricta, 416, 417, 420, 601, 6 461; ae a ; Cha- Menziesii, llis, 460-462; monoce 462; pedunculata, 460, 462; platyphylla, 462; rhizomata, 461; rivularis, 461; Rydbergii, 460; sub- plu , 461, 462; subplumosa at- ica, 462; sylvati 462; tenuis, 460; tomentulosa, 461; ventorum, 46 Artemisi 449; a, arbuscula, 449, 453 aromatica, 449, 454; Bakeri, 451, 453, INDEX 454; borealis, 450; Bourgeauana, ~ Brittonii, 452; canadensis, 450, 4543 candic an ns, 451, i su 1533 tere um, I; desertorum 451; a ie, 450, 451, 4533 452; Carruthii, 451; is) ouglasiana, 453; dracunculoides, 449; elatior, 452, 453; floccosa, 45 orwoodii, 450, 2; 451, 4543 iranserioides, =) gnapha des, 451-453; gra mete eenver ies. 450 p a: , 452 ; » 455% hetero-, nsa nedyi, 453; latiloba, 452,45 5 ; longifolia, iana, 452 A5I, 452, 454; microcephala, 451, 454; secilsh p 450; neo-mexicana, 454; norvegi ; mova, 449, 45 abu- laris, 451; yi, 453 ; Pattersonii, 4533 Purshiana, 451, 452; rhiz ; Rothrockii, 453; saxicola, 449, 450, 453; scopulorum, 4533 ler 450; silvicola, 452-455; spiciformis, 453; spithamaea, 450, 454; stenoloba, 451; subglabra, 450; Suksdorfii, 452, 453; Underwoodii, 452; Wrightii, 451, 453, ArtTuHuR, J.C. New species of Uredineae, Arundinaria, 422; aie at sa ¥T5; A413, 419, 4 Asarum reflexum Hie a rpeniones sieeaarg a, 56r Aspidiophyllu Asplenium ithe He 124, 125 Aster, 116, as 6 cuminatus, sie albus, 146; andinus, ey borealis, 141; But- = 138, 139 sa oan ee sey 1373 nnus, etlecaaine’ oot foliaceus, 15 Fr oe. linianus, 141; Fremontii, I4I, 130; st eo, Macounii, 136; >; Meritus, 135, . 136; multiflorus, 137; r4h: proximu micoides, ptarmicoides iitescens, set Spear sol? ichard 134-1 Richa sonii, var., gigan mo 135, soley ehooind IAI; " salicifoline 141; salsuginosus, 134} INDEX riceus montanus, 1355 sibiricus, 136; 143; sub Ss, ; Tradescanti, 141; Umbachii, 144; umbellatus pubens, 1473 yee : nity . oped Wilsonii, ; Wootonii <— rt pain, Contribution to sozoic flora 19, 181, 503 Aedes arenaria, 53; pion ite Shee 361; acuminete. 363; 361; montana, 361, , 362; Penaea, 360, ; virgata, 361 Bahia, 232) 333% Chis asin alee ed desertorum, 333; dissecta, 333; - iflora, 480; multiradiata, 480 a uniflora, 414, 594 iza, 3 areyana, 327; ooke floccosa, r ; Hookeri, 326; Hookeri hirsuta, 326; incana, 326, B29 sepia eae 26, 327; Sagittata, 326, 3293 Schisabnne 326;,..3275 tomentosa, = Baptisia, 413 Baptisia Serena Barbarea riv aor, Te. stricta, 68; vul- 617 > ti 387; (1910), 439, 481, 519, 563, II Bovigz, W. T. The effects . ern = o the soil on the am available water, 273 ca ook llum, 185, 510; macrocarpum, 20 BRAINERD, E. Five new species of Viola from “at South, pe Viola palmata and ~ its allies, 58 Brasenia Schreberi, 59 Brassica aes ee. 67, 60; campes se 66, 67, 69; juncea, e, Ri gs 67; nigra 67; oleracea, 67; cle nivosa, 51 , N. L. Studies of West Indian BRITT ne: 345 Brown, H The genus Crataegus, with e ‘the eories concerning the rigin of its species, 251 se drawspe cirrhosa, I15 a Bursa-pastoris, 69 Buthotrephis, 310; gracilis, 309-311; , 311; tenuis, 309-311 Buthotrephis gracilis Hall, The name, Cajan Cajan, 515 ee edent ula, 66 _ Studies on the flora of South- ern, ce er poe Two new wip ascesie from the garis, Batrachium trichophyllum, 561 Lake Tahoe region, Relonenns cullen a, 577 Callionia, 376 Berberis Thunbergii, 63; vulgaris, 62 Caloglossa, 1 Berry, E. W. Con ashen we to the! C aa a appa 561 Mesozoic flora of i Atlantic coastal | Camocladia, 345 plain, 19, 181, 503 ampanula americana, 120 Betula, 2% 117; nigra, 114, 424; populi- | CAMPB ee i fips embryo-sac of folia, 426 Pandanus coronatu BICKNELL, E. P. Have we enough New Mee hte aro: omatis, a 417, 601 England blackberries?, 393; The ferns | Capnoides aureum, ; flavulum, 562 and flowerin ts of Nantucket, 51 | Capriola Dactylon, a Bicuculla canadensis, 562 | Cardamine arenicola, 68; flexuosa, 68; BeSoFe 328; Bigelovii, ape 329; bipin- pennsylvanica, 68 a, 328, 329; Shrevei, 359 Cardiospermum Halic: m, II5, 120 aasiade graveolens ec ata, 131; | Carduus, 541, 556; acaulescens, 547, 548; owardi attenuata, 130 acaulescen: ame us, 546 Bignonia crucigera, I15 lescens X coloradensis, 547; acaulescens Blackberries?, Have we enough New copulorum, 547; issimus, ; England, ; americanus, 545, 546, 551, 554, Blasia, 21 556; ericanus Xcoloradensis, 546; Blephariglottis cristata, 432; grandiflora, americanus X griseus, 545; americanus 432; peramoena, 433; psychodes, 433 Xspathulatus, 54 549, Boebera, 555; bipinnatus, ace nena 556; Boerhaavia erecta Butleri, 542, 543, 553; Butleri X Kelseyi, bag th ts and take trip on the 553; canalensis, 548; e 5, Warrior and Tombigbee rivers in the 557}; canovir 55; Centaureae, 551, coastal ges of Alabama, A, 10 554; coloradensis, 546, 547, 550, 554- Botanical literature, American, ( , 556 | is undulatus 550; 43; (1903-1909), 87; (1903-1908), 155; crassus, 548; dispersus, 550; (1910), 207, 265; (1909), 337; (1900-| Dr eencianl 553, 555; Eatoni, 552, 618 INDEX 553, 555; EatoniXolivescens, 553 pedata, 244; polymorpha, 232, 234; Eatonii, 555; edulis, 552; cassis ptychocarpa, 244; pubescens, 239, 244} i us, 5 a, 249; rhom 2 p . ; a Flodmanii, 550, 556, 557; FlodmaniiX tegatensis, 249; saxatilis rhomalea, 2465 megacephalus, 550; foliosus, 543, 552, Sprengelii, 245; stellulata, 245, 250 555; foliosus X scopulorum, 552; griseus, pra 245, 249, 250; Sullivantii, 230; Sw 545, 546, 548, 540, 554, 556; griseus X 246; tetanica, 231, 232, 234, laterifolius, 548; a riseus X Parryi, 549; 235; Peas ii, 232; tomentosa, griseus X scopulor 548; Hookeria- 245; triceps, 242; triceps cuspidata, 2433 nus, 543, 5543 eeckcnian ec anno triceps hirsuta, 247; triceps longicuspis, 54; Kelseyi 43, ; lacerus, I; vaginata, 232; virescens, 246-248; 543, 555; laterifolius, 548, 551; ia virescens minima, 246; virescens Swanii, cephalus, 553; Macounii, 552; mega- 246; Woodii, 231, 234; oo. cephalus, 550, 552, 555-557; mega- 246; xanthocarpa © pees ns 6 cephalus X ochrocentrus, 551; Nelsonii, | Carex, Not 556, 5573 mevadentst sis, 553; oblanceo- | Carpinus carolina, II latus, 556, 557; ochrocentrus, 550-552, | Castalia odorata, 60; ea 561 555-5573 mn Lo48 o rg = ce, iz) i= @. Es i= n & x LV wn ot 8 2, nea p = S, On ww 3 a t ata, a7 Peta ast de 246; Saakivank I : 246; ari 24 rpus betulaefolius, 149; minuti- atherodes, 245; ahaa 240, bas : orus, i, : mo: Cereus giganteus, 480 Chaenactis, 334; wer cere wm Baas alpina, 334; Douglasii, 334 uglasii montana, 334; pedicularia, pdoe Sepa Cl ethamancethalus propinquus, 360; venosus 60 S + Ned Dien lo} ° ) ag ° o <6 = oS to D> > p & Hap bi : is QO oO re on an < S&S S, 0g © hia f=} - 44; Chamaechaenactis, 334 246; gr gos 239; gra- Chamaecrista fasciata, 352 i da ipcaa is, 238; » 2493 areas ren 427, 601, 602; thyoides, Greeniana, 240; helo rei hirsuta, | 3, 426, se 242, ; hirsuta cuspidata, 241, 243; Chamaephyt x i lia, 244; Hornschuchiana, 240, | Chelidonium eee 6 241; a 245; eso 236, 238;| Chenopodium album album incom 250; erior capillacea, viride — 51s pat Ss a 53; Bos- 245; Lachendlis, Pe eee is, 235, 23 m, 560; Botrys, 53; hybridum, 53; cianu 238; — gata, 240; lagopina, 246; lanceolatum, 52; leptophyllum, 51; lanceata, ep lasiocarpa, 245; Leersii, murale, 52; opulifolium, 52; paganum, 245 250; fugues eh Thee 232, 240; 51, 52; rubrum, 53; viride, sr, 52 pempa 245; 244; Meadii, | Chondria, 104, 105 2355. 332; 9983 ney 246; montane 418 seisscass ea, 246; minima, 246; mi mira- | Chondrophora nudata, 414, 416 bilis, 244; normalis, 244; oxylepie, 239; Chastiec neta Nordengkioldi, 189 INDEX 619 Chrysopsis, 147; alba, 146, 147; pen oe i > : » 345; acuminata, + ce tifolia, 128; barbata, 130; Jowenny 12 47; dentata, 349, 350; ncaa ioe dis eivinie. 350; dentata propinqua, 350; Do domi: ee 28; gra stenophylla, 128; villo maea, 351; b ? ’ ia 0; hrysothamnus affinis attenuatus, 130; Ehrenberg 346; glabra, 349; , td 0; kii, fess iticifolia, i atu oO uatu 30; keri, 132; glaucus, dentata, 346; Hollic a : 351; “intezrifolia, 345: intermedia, 349} 1 u salicifolius, 130; cael eg 131; Vas- pilo eyi, 132; viscidiflorus, 349; platyphylla, 348, 349; propinqua, Cicca disticha, 516 348, 350; pubescens, 347; tricuspidata, Cienfuegosia Drummondii, 475; sulfurea, ; undulata, 348; velutina, 347 475; sulphurea Drummondii, 474, | Comptonia, 426; peregrina, 426 475; sulphurea glabra, 474, 475 nobea multifida, ee 121 Cienfuegosia Drummondii, a rare Texas | Conoclinium, asa plant, 473 Spee Seine se 510; Heerii, 199, 504; | Contributions t anges — ge of the intermediu , 504 tlantic coastal plain, 39s , 503 Convolvulus oe Cirsium breviotium, 557; canescens, 557; Drummondii, 555; eriocephalum, 542; eriocephalum leiocephalum, 553; folio- a, 435 ormosus, Cornophiylium vetustum ; 27 mosus magothiensis, 25; Harker Corn 27; florida, qtr 414, 416, 417, lacie 424; Forchhammeri, 27; 7 SOE Se hema: 435; Wister- 28 s19-i8 F bie porte itacea, 353 praec Cladothrix lanuginosa, 560 ones didy mus, 66 Claytonia ences 60 Crataegus, at 251-260, 397; Brainerdi, Clematis ochroleuca, 561; Viorna, 561 259; coccinea, — monn gyna, 259 Cle oes 20 alnifolia, 408, ie. Past 4I4, Crataegus, Mieke h igin rea ase dehinn The genus, 2 SI Ceci 409; monophylla, 408 Ctenopteris ‘andi 185 Clitoria Ternatea, 515 Cubelium concolor, 477 Clusia silvicola Cunn one's es, 198, 505; elegans, 186, us canescens, 557; Drummondii, 555; aie te) E ; 3; ocephalus, 2, §553| Cyca sass circularis, 182 scariosus, 543; undulatus canescens, 557 beens: Coastal plain, as observed in traveling ee ras alternifolia 513; inflexus, 123 rom rgia to thes York in July, A vipteita caule, ; 430; smaaaiagite study e more con- rien siete flavescens, 431; hir- tation of certain natural sutum, 430, 431; parviflorum, 431; pu- bescens, 431; Reginae, the Mes- | Cyrilla, 417, 420, 598; racemiflora, 414, ous vegeta a hala of the, 405 Coastal plain . Contributions ¢ ozoic acs ora of the Atla hes Coastal plain from iSeorsh ia s humicola, n| Cytius es pomeeh 597 in July, 1909, _ on the chet. ion of some plants observed in travelin through ; a Dacrydium, 510 Coastal plain Alabama, A botanical Dactslopyiim, 377 and geological trip on the ig a and a, 510; mesg 185 Tombigbee rivers in the, ae 379, Colastus truncatus, 532 ee asya, 104, 10 Coleochaete, 2 Dasystoma ‘pectinata , 413 ner onde 366 72; Biddlecomiae, | Daucus Carota, 422-425, 595 365-368; calcarea, ape ase Goebelii, | Decodon verticillatus, 419 366, 30 elphinium, 31, 32, 35; cg Ate EN Colutea arborescens, 574; primordialis, 24 2, 35; azureum, 31, 33; caloph lum Comarella, 380 36; camporum, 32-34; Cockerellii, 3 Comarum, 380 39; conferti 32, 33; cucullatum, Commelina, 573; per fans 573; ele- 41; Geye i, 34; mac 3, 40; gans, 573; erecta, 573; hirtella, 115, 119; novo-mexicanum, 33, 37-39; occiden- ale 31, 32, 41; robustum, 32, 37, 38; sulcata, 573; virginica, es 620 INDEX Sapellonis, 33, a scaposum, 32, 34;| Elaeodendron, 25; dioicum, 25; mary- scopulorum 1-33, 36; . -Sier Trae- landicum, 24, a strictum, 25 Blancae, 335 3 carne 345 tenui- | Eleusine indica, 1 sectum, 31, 32, 36; Wooton, 33 Embryo-sac of * Hiehanthas concolor, hampsia caespitosa, ai esc 570 Development 0 of air chambers in the Ricciaceae, The, 73 sy St eh t of the embryo-sac of Hy- anthus concolor, 47 Dianthera, 116, 117; americana, 115, 123 Dianthus Armeria, = preci 560 Diapedium brachia Dichromens atl, pe, . one Dickso Diodia * virginiens, II Dion; oe filifolius, ag Discoid vam’ in the leafy hepatics of New Eng 6 ee nen ‘ot fox me plants observed in ough the coastal plain from York in July, r9o9, a, 351 Doelingera renin tor 146; pubens, 7; umbellata, 147 Dolicho S Lablab, "SIs ste linearis, 54; m » 54 bs tir at THe tices oe np Island, 16 Draba verna, 69, 258 Drosera filiformis, 70; longifolia, 70, 304; rotundifolia Drymocallis, 377 379, 380 Dryo opteris, 201, 505, 510; Boottii, 201; Clinto oniana, 201, 202; Clintoniana X . marginalis, 201-203; cristata, 201; cris- tataX edia, 201; cristata mar- ginalis, 201-203; idiana, aay 5 ci media, 201; marginalis, 201- ar- zinallsXaptanions, 203; piturecleaie. 203; 8 Geyectate. ee ‘a We sesh in, 201 Dubautia Waialealae, 303, Duchesnea, 37 Dugaldea, 448; Hoopesii, 448 mi namidium, 377 Dysodia, 448; aurea, 449; papposa, 449; Doposicstiien. 449 ssodia, 449 Echinochloa ps an II5, 120 Eclipta alba, 115, pcan of Emory’ s 4 Fen 1848, Other, Riccts of adding salts to the soil on the amount of non-available water, The, 273 evelopment of the, te Sic of Pandanus coronatus, The, ee sonchifolia, 5 s Report, re Other editions of, En eta nutans, 334 Enceliopsis, 328; nutans, 328 Encephalus albus, 146 433 um arvense, ie hyemale, 124 Sarcstls hy ene S, 119 Erigeron, 313, 314, 319; acris, 315, 318; acris droebachensis, 317; alpinus, 318; asper, a aeliaenena wt canus, 319; cinere 318; colo- icanus, 318; pevaneed us, 318; ‘compositus, 31 - con- sobrinus, 316; conspicuus, 315; ait folie, 316; So 5: 317, 318 pope 316; Eato ximius, 2H filifoliue Ss, aie fabio 345; -for- mosissimu Garrettii, 319; gla- acranthus, 3 TG; nrelaapceheios 319; montanensis, 317, ; Muelleri, 318; multifid 315; nematophyllus, 316; nevadensis, 319; oblanceolatus, 16; Parryi, 316, 317; peucephyll ‘ llus, 315; pulchellus, 318; nalaschkensis, 318; radicatus, 317; foie. 315; Scribneri, 316, 317; simplex pies sclenaapieed 3155 ie eae 315, 316 viscidus, 316; yellowstonensis, 315, 317 Eriocaulon decangulare, 409, 410, 4I4, 417, 420 Eriogonum, 413; Abertianum, 480; tomen- tosum, 413, 599 Erysimum cheiranthoides, 6 Eucalyptus, 26, 195, 106, ed Q; angusta, 504, 505; angustioia, 26; Geinitzi, 26, 196; ug oe 195 Eumit Bupatorium purpureum, 423; rotundi- foliu iin j Echisg A4l4, 417, 419, 422; serotin Kachecbin pT a 597; humistrata, 115, 119; nutans, 115, 119 Experiments with Aiecaa Pollination, 529 INDEX Fagara, 8 at bijuga, 86; ee Boy granulat — Harms iana, 86; cop on 85; ao ae 25 miaotoheas on mgt $9 eo Fagus, 420, 425, coe : peeps RS II4, 419, 421, 423, 4 FARWE O. ther editions of E 3 Report, 1848, 479 mo Ferns wes hp oer plants of Nantucket, Ficus, 195, 196, 505, 506; atavina, pin 505; elastica, 195, glacoeana, 195; Krausiana, 505; o a folia, 504; Peruni, 196; St soph iiieenll, I 200 Fimbristylis autumnalis, sect 1227 om pusilla, 122; Vahlii, 115, 1 Five new species of Viola Eoin "he ce 2 F paragon magothiensis, 21 Flora notes, Local, 420, Flora of peninsular Plorida, Additions to the, 513 Flora of Southern California, Studies on tne, 2% Flora of — Atlantic coastal plain, Con- tributi to the Mesozoic, 19, 181, 503 Flora, pe as on the Rocky Mountain, 127, 313, 443, 541 F pee ipod of Pita raise ciated w 205 F lord, idiot ee ae flora ae penin- ar, 513 F eo: plants of Nantucket 51 ia, 508 = ° Fugosia, 473; Beasmencndil 473-475; sul- Gaillardia aristata , 443; arizonica, 443; Mearnsii, 443; pp aR ene 443 eras acaulis, 444, ms, Py C.- The validity ah agai Mitek prngeon'sy Gemmae i © aly ne ees ee Shee England, Disco Genista, 574; tinct Genus Crataegus, earns e theories con- cerning the origin ¢ at mooie The, 251 s Li enus Usnea and i innaean nomen- clature, The, 605 Genus Usnea, as eapaaorege o North and Middle Ameri rth the 15th parallel, A man al - the, I Geological trip on the War Tom bigbee rs in the coastal Dain of A'abama, A botanical and, 19 Gleditsiophyllum, 621 Ge pido Pproigeeenom to the Mesozoic flor the Atlantic coastal plain—VI, $03. Geranium oe 304; Robertianum, 67 ph 2 ei ge, 571 ore ateaags leditsia, 197; donensis, 197; triacanthos, 197; triacanthoides, I Gleichenia, 510; delawarensis, 20 am fluitans, 572; ie 4; albescens, a angustifolium, 324; chilense, 324; 3 ] currens, 325; exilifolium, 324; lago- podioides, 324; microcephalum ; proximus, 324; Sprengelii, 324; sul- phurescens, 323, 324; thermale, 323, 324; uliginosum, 324; Williamsii, 324; Wri pe 4 Gomphren apchahae 515; globosa, 515 Conaisiug } laevis, Gordonia, 417, pee aslewesce. 416, 419, 59 Raentis Pbuirareaaiges :. hey poate 8; integerrima, 128; 128; at Sa very nes nana, of a se Grossularia hirtella, Guettarda argentea, ee constricta, 358 Gymnadeniopsis conopsea, 432; integra, I Gymnolomia noes ies ciliata, 328; hispida ci _— 327; longifolia, aa M eaitian Gyrostachys plantaginea, a Ge 434 Habenaria, 422, 427; blephariglottis, 414, I7~-419, 422, yee ciliaris, 423 Haliserites, 395, ; Dechenian ; Dech eer o New in — 1308 pee ugh New England black- , Some n 207 Es, UCC, Gchacrveaeoue hians sp. 622 ith a revision of ig ~~ and a ticwe of the species, 215 era, 28; cecilensis, 28, on cretacea, Heder : lenium tenuifolium, 414, 417 Helianthella 328; Douglasii, 328; uni- flor Helianthus, 8 2 ; annuus, 328; aridus, : 8; 328 nteus, 328; illinoensis, 79, 81; ait eon 328; occidentalis, 79, 81, 4; occidentalis illinoensis, Br, 82, 84; etiolaris, 328 illinoensis ies, The validity m, 146 eae as a > 79 4 icarpha, oe micrantha, 123 sg acuta Hepatics of New England, Discoid gem- mae in the leafy Haspetis pasate s, 69 Hibiscus aculeatus, 409; cannabinus, 517; Drummo Sabdariffa, Hicoria aquatica, 114, MiiIesH,< £6520.) > Phe developmen of air chambers in oe Ricci: : pag By asueg 305 eerie lium ade a lenticularis, 123 Hor as , 380 ances i aga 120 ‘Howe, R. H., A manual of the genus Usnea, as bin resented in North and Middle America, h north of the 15t parallel, 1; The genus yam and its Linnaean n nomenclatire, 6 HuUMPH The name Butho- wenn. aii aa 309 Hybanthus concolor, 477 yh sane ncolor, “Developnient of the f, 477 Hybride in Dryopteris, One of the, 201 INDEX Ilex Dodonaea, 3513 oo nerd 416, 417, 419, 420; a} , 419 American ed Sante, (1909), Sah Genk 10; 87; (1903- 1908), 5; (1910), 207, 205; (1 1909 9), 3373 Gacestens). 387; (1910), 439, 481, O11 Index to 519, 563, Inoceramus labiatus, 22 88 ndii = $78) Rosa-sinensis, 517; | L 6 > IQ us, 429; versicolor, 429 bag he ; 502 sotria "afte. Jasminum grandiflorum, 517 Jatropha, 50 ah 50 Jeffersonia diphylla, 562 Juglans ee 192, 50 4 Juniperus, 117; virginiana, 114 Jussiaea decurrens, 119 Laburnum, 574; vulgare, 575 ake Tahoe region, fe greta Two new Ceca -plants from esta 201 ana arida, nas aicensis, 356; “as 3573 Pa hel see stricta lila- aay sorbose seh Jessicae, 262, + micranth areas — 31 26, Laurus, abe mere 26; ecieng 26; proteaefoli ee hepatica * fs England, Discoid n the, 365 Ce ic 197; peers age ae ence guerionetes ~s robiniifolia, Lejeunea_ cavifol 365; a i ors 64, 65; apetalum, 63; b 65; 53 virginicum aiaeeis. 63; virginicum pubescens, 63 “ 420 .} Lo] ih II5, 120 oe capitata eevices, mes 4t F. L. Cienfuegosia Drum- ae a rare Texas plant, 473 t decoeteen: 510 Lichen pepsin 9, 607, 608; barbatus, I, 7, 15, 607, 608; floridus, 2, 4, 607, 608; hirtus, 1, ee 607-6095 plicatus, I, 5, 16, H he Hymenocallis coronaria, Hymenopappus, 330 neosu : cinereus, 330; eriopodus, 330; filifolius, 330; lugens, 330; luteus, 330; glottis, 339; ochroleucus, 330; parvulus, 330; scaposus, 330; tenuifolius, 330; tomentosus, 330 sel a a 332, 448; itera 447; | Greenei, 448; ‘helenioide es, 8; Lem- moni, gris Lemmoni Greene 448; Macouni, hate aioe pie 4473 Richardson hardsoni PYRic Macouni, ar ication pumila, 447 Hypargyreu Hypericum aspalathoides, 409 Hypoxis hirsuta, 606; sulphureus, Liliaen. 427; Catesbac 417, 600, 601; superbum Limnorchis| “trons, 432; major, 432 ae enclature, The genus Usnea Dae ato 409; Styraciflua, 114, 408, INDEX 410, 411, 413, 414, 416, 419, 421, 423~ 2 623 A manual of the genus ones as rep- resented in North and, mae acai mete 425; Tulipifera, 408, 410, | Moehrin nae Seager ang 4II, » 414, 416, 419, 421, 423, 424] Moenchia Liredena opsis, 199 ollugo Setlichines 56, 1 Listera yagi 434; cordata, 434 Moriconia, 1 ee | americans, 20, 186, Literature, American hoiiemes (1909), 200; cyclot 43; ee , 87; (1903-1908), 155; Morphology a Pcecwae The, 97 (1910), 207, 265; (1909), 337; (1900—| Morus rubra, 11 1909), 387; (1910), 439, 481, 519, 563, | Musa Cave adixhi, 514; sapientum, 514 6r1 Myrica, 423; cerifera, 409, 411, 414, 416, Lobelia Fawcettii, 350; grandifolia, 350; 419- a ae ee 600, = we Oia ee IOI; + 416, 4 kauaiensis, 304 ocal flora notes, 429, 559 Wada — te Has (Coates. 200 Lophiola, 426, 427; aurea, 426 Lowellia, Nabalus cee §72 Ludwigia pilosa, 410; suffruticosa, 411 | Nacrea, 3 4; lanata, 325 aren albifrons, 151; Halli, 151, 152; | Nageiopsis, ame Ales Saha gracilis Hall, The, Le I Pesan, alba, 57; coronaria, 560; dioica, S7 309 Nantucket, The ferns and flowering plants Lycium vulgare, 569 ee Lysias orbiculata, 432 Nelumbo, 424; lutea, 424, 5099, 561; Lysimachia glutinosa, 300, 302 prim: - Neuropogon, i Machaeranthera angustifoli lae-| New En gland blackberries?, Have we 47; tevirens, 148; leptophylla, wp linearis, I Ce eaten K. K. Notes on Carex, Macrosiphoni ‘brachyeiphon, 579 5 ac 121 42r, se aectonees 114, 117; L gipes, abe obtu ee ee wa erat virgini Malapoenna, 199; ania cise. 198, 200, 09 505; georgiana, 507, 508 ual of the genus age as represented in "Nor th lidd Bree merica, north the 15th parallel, Marshallia, 418; goeeet AI4, 417, 94 a Contributions to the Mesozoic M53 of the Atlantic coastal plain— M Dad GOR, Two new seed-plants = m the pore Tahoe region, California, Or echsanac 119; axillaris, 353; umbrosa, 5 Menispermites, 504 Menispermum canadense, 121 Mesozoic flora of Atlantic coastal plain, Contributions to the, 19, 181, 503 Metzgeria, 372; crassipilis, 372; furcata, beard l ngla: “4 Discoid gemmae in the is fy hepatics of, Fob New fossil fucoid, A, 305 e, 569 New species of Viola fron the South, Five, menclat 23 Nolina, — georgiana, 413 No ure, The genus sees and its Linnaean, 05 Non-available water, The effects of adding salts to abe soil on the amount of, 273 North psc Middle pecior Pees of the 15th parallel, A ee the genus Usnea, as represe orth Carolina, Contribation to the Mesozoic flora of the Atlantic coastal lain—V, 181 otes, Local flora, 429, 559 - arex, 23 Notes on Rosaceae, 375, 487 otes on Rutaceae, 85, 437 Notes on ua 4 tribution of some plants observed traveling thro the . pain from Georgia to New York uly, » 591 NotctiGian. oe Nymphaea advena, 60, 422, 423, 425, 5399; Middle America north of the 15th parallel, vena variegata, 561; rida, 561; Kalmiana, 561; sagittifolia, 414, 598 Nyssa biflora a, 408, 410, 411, 413, 414. 624 416, 417, 419, 421, 423, 599; sylvatica, 426; uniflora, I II, 414, 419, 421 423, 596, 602 Oenothera biennis, 422; grandiflora, 119 he hybrids in Dryopteris, 201 Origin of its species 1 hie e genus Crataegus, with some theories concerning the, 251 Orontium aquaticum, 601 Osmunda, 116, 117; ci momea A 410, 413, 414, 417, Othake, 330, 3 erianum, 331; longifolium, — rolepis, 332; maximum, 331 332; sphacelatum, 331, 332; cabunieals I Other editions of Emory’s Report, 1848, soicnagaeey! make 423; arboreum, 410, 421, Geese Cimber, Oxypolis, 417, 4 sit formis, 410, 417, 595-5973 beetle Canbyi, 597 Paederia foetida, 518 oh pamepee 331; ookeriana, 330, 33 ookeriana subradiata, 331; texan, ae Paliurus, 504 Pandan 8 295; coronatus, 293, 204; tectorius, 293 Pan ees ‘coreuiae The embryo-sac of, 293 Panax quinquefolium, 126 Panicum, 117; proliferum, 119; virgatum, TFSi 0x Parthenium —— 571; Hystero- phorus, 571; incanu nds fuitans ¥24; mucronatum, II5, PATTERSO Fr W. Stemphylium Tritici see nov., associated with floret sterility ee : Waisleale, 304 Pellia, 2 Peninsular Florida, Additions to the flora f, Pent apbyttoides, hg: Pentaphyllon Nest tsb eramium chi 4343 ae 434 578 Peridermium, 578; fructigenum Perse » 4r co oO w INDEX Phegopteris hexagonoptera, 16, 417, Phoradendron 422; cg 15, 413, 416, 421, 559, 599 hragmites, I9Ql; Ter, Phryma L arog 126 Phyllanthus nivosus, 51 es andra, 55 Picradenia, 332; biennis, 448; helenioides, Picradeniopsis, 332; oppositifolia, 333; Woodhousii, 333 Pieris, 420; nitida, 419 Pinus echinata 420, 423, 424, 7 tris, 124, 408, 410-414, 416, 419, 420, 427; raritanensis, 189; rigida, 426, 427; serotina, 408—4II, 413, 414, 416, 419, 421, 422, 602; Taeda, 114, sie Ard, 416, 419, 421, 423-425, 592, , 602; vir- giniana, 423-425, 602 isonia, 192; acufeata, 192; atavia, 191; cretacea, 191; eocenica, 192; racemosa, Pist ene 198; corrugata, 190; Mazelii, 190; ordenskio' idi, 189, 200; Siratiotes, 189 Sate loriformis, Pittosporum Hosmeri, 297, 298 Aine 189 Plan 116; aquatica, I14, 5990 aor aed reahdrwengi a, 185 aang Nitin Plants, Some new ae ~ Plants, Studies of ioe Indian Pla ee II 425; erent 28; rii 3; occidentalis, 114, 424, 425 Platyschicuhria, 332. 333; desertorum, eos ; integrifolia, 333; oblongifolia, 333 luchea bifrons, 410; imbricata, 409, 594, 3 Plumiera emarginata, 356; jamaicensis, 6 Shep trivialis, 572 Podocarpus, — 188, 510; elongata, 187 Pedoconiiaa, 19 Podophyllum i eluaioa: 562 Bi icp Siar. 182; Knowl- 182 Poscaie divaricata, 433 pees tion experiments with Anonas, 529 sine tits 413; caesium, ve Polygala, 418; acuminata, osa, pom gies 418, 507; diversitaBa. "3623 domingensis, 361 3; jamaicensis, 362; ese nee 417, ait 420, 423, 597> 598; Pen 361; ramosa, 410, 414 417, 419, por Polygonum amphibium, 559; arifolium, Phaseolus lunatus, 516; vulgaris, 515, 516 559; dumetorum, 560; Hartwrightii, INDEX 625 560; littorale, 559; Rayi, 560; tenue, 2 Polypodium polypodioides, 115 a Hookeriana, 331; maxima, 330, Polysiphonia, 100; macroura, 98; per- pus: Pontedria cordata, 410, 4II, 417, 420, Populus, 16, 117; deltoides, — 413 a, 56 ca grandiflora, 56; hp Por Potent nae ore A, 495i acumi- a, 376; des ana grees aipestri is, sepa a, 500, Ol; ama- do orensis, 38 deere 3 384; Anseina, 37 4 densis, 379, 377) 380, sgn 493; comosa, 88; eee 4973 nei eform concinna “divi ee, ids oe co ens, 495, 496; dichroa, 490; digitato-flabellata, 382; dissect 96, 0, dissecta decur 405, 496; diversifolia, 385, at A495: 496; diversi- a decurrens, 496; diversifolia genuina, 495; div oaifolia glaucophylla, 495; diversifolia jucunda, ; divisa 500; angensis, 403} elegans, 4943 El » 48 ; em 494; flabelliformis, 489, 494; flabelliformis ctenophora, ; flavovirens, 382; flexu- sa, 382; aah es 402, 494; ni Rat ior 49 502; gracilis virid ns, 88; grandiflora, 377, ; grosse-serrata, 384, 4 haematochrus, 492; Hallii, 384, 385; Hassei, 407; ecpephyiies 383; heterosepal 378; Hooker iana, 499, 2; horrida, 493; ter: med , 382; intermittens, 5 ; ; 378, 382; Nicolletii, 3 81, 382 pharga, 499-501; nivea, 377, 378, 498-502; nivea altaica, 500; nivea ; cta ; d A, 4915 Pp , pyrenaica, 495; quinquefolia, 492, 497~- S$, 490; nun- Blancae, 492, 494; simplex, 377, 381; staminea, 492, iis lis, S77 S78: are ve a 498; subquinata, 498-500; subqu Pedersenii, 500, 501; subvi ‘ ern 88; supina, 377, 381; supina Nicolletii, 38 upina aradoxa, 381; tomentosa, 497 r- mentilla, 376, 377; Townsendii, 383, villosa, 501; i alate se 488, 490; Weegee 495; Wahliana, 501; Wheel- 496; Wheeleri wry aha 96 Po entillopsis, 3 377 Proto Protonbyticcindin: 185, 510 Prunus angustifolia, 410, 411 Ps = chotria auriculata, 359; rer OO ats aquilina, as rage 422 ~4 i Puccinia, 576; Car 580 schamp- siae, 570 Glaus my slobosipes, 560; stg ; Parthenii, 570; Urticae, Pastaiaran. 578; Agrimoniae, 576; um, 578 o} secptagaiata study of the more conspic- ion of certain natur al sub- Puonll 510; alba, 419-421, 423-426; 626 —— = Catesbaei, 411, 413, 414, erie a 307, 308, 5453 416-418 ysolepis, 22; cinerea, 413, 416, ars yo de 408, 411, 414, 416, AL, , 421, 423, 424; Holmesii, 22; se Bt ‘jlicifolia, 426; laurifolia, 114; lyrata 114, 117; marylandica, 410, 411, 413 aes 416, 419, 423, 426, 427; mor- risoniana, 21; nigra, 114; palustris, 424, rinus » 424; tomen- velutina, oe St, 832 0845 izeni, 22 Querco ian chinkapinensis, 22 Quinquefolium, 375, 376 Radi cula Armoracia, 68; Nasturtium- is, 6 Radula, 366; complanata, 365, 366, 3690— Hedingeri, 366, 373; tjibodensis, Ranunculus acris, 61, 62; acris Steveni alleghaniensis, pe. bulbosus, 62; : deiphinioi s, 61; Eschscholtzii, 315; obtu culus, si arena ticceints 561; sidiie. 36457 Ra aphanus apanstr, 67; sativus, 67 Ravenia, 437; Shaferi, 437 Razoum soe pusilla ’ $50 59 Report, 1848, Other, editions of Emory’s, 479 Reseda lutea, 60 Revision of the genus and a of the es ies, wie persigee ocarpus hia nov., with a eneaice nbicg ree 25; crocea pilosa, Rham ilicifolia, 153; pilosa, 1 Rhexia a semi 409, 410, 414, ved 419, 5 ees discolor, 51 Rhus aa 4213; radicans, 115 Ribes gman ides calcicola, 72 Rice ae ee 217; arvensis hirta, 74; pein aig eee Donnellii, 74; fluitans, 74; Frostii, 74-77; glauca, 74; lutescens, 73; Miyakeana, 74; natans, 73; nigrella, 74 abe von Auge ves topes ts of air mbers in the, 7 Ricciella, 73 79 » 73, 77; natans, 74-76 reagan erste Robinia Peeudo-Acacia, 424, Bote: 425 Roc new actin plants, O7 Rocky Mountain flora, Studies on the, 127, 313, 443, 5 Rondeletia elegans, 357; pallida, 358 Rosa, 25 Rosaceae, Notes on, 375, 487 INDEX abbrevians, 2; allegheniensis, 396, 397, 399- ees a ; all Saye weanling 400; Baileya s, 400; alle- heniensis X canadensis ae alleghen- iensisX Enslenii, 400; allegheniensis < fr osus, 400; allegheniensis X hispi- dus, 400; allegheniensis X nigricans, 400; allegheniensis X procum cook 400; alle niensis X vermontanu bilis, edd amnicolus, pre 401; An- drewsianus, 400; are argutus, i. 397, 4 pre ea ponie 400; nus, 401; argutusxXc argutus es Enslenii 140%; ellaris, 401; argutus pc aay ge A ease 400; argutusX ni- grican s&X procumbens, argutu Anns arundel 401; ascendens, 400, 402 396, 400, 402, 403; ot avin ila 403; Bail- aileyanus X nsis, 396, 397; us, 399; can oo 399; Canadensis “DEG ocu bens, 399; cubitans, 402 pia Sore 396; elegantulus, 3090; Ens slenii, 396, 399, 403; ee 403; Enslenii Xargutus enii X Baileyanus, 403; acre 403; ee 403; Enslénii ispi Enslenii X nigricans, dosus, 493; fla: gellar hispid ro S, 401; besitos he slenii, 1 nus, 401; hispidusXallegheniensis, 402; hispi gutus, 402; hispidus = Ba ili Moe Seg s Ens Tiina ® Saactieis 402; hispidu> TSS SAS mollis, 134; nana, 134; nivea, 133; Radula, 134 radulina, Pe serotina, a3 ikegs mieana, 132 Some n genase oe 207 Sata: a lepen ae ae Five new se i e" Viola from the, Spa hla ae cubensis, Species of U: nitty ’New » 569 reins of Vicw SR the South, Five new, 523 ae Sphaerocarpos hians sp. no with a revision sg the genus and fifue- trations of t Species, The genus °C sohesdees with some the of its, 2 Species, The validity. ot Fialiens ove ilinoens . Gegson a8 are nsis, 59 Fe cco IL73 Ae TE5,, 1190 ee 215-219, 223, 228; Ber- eri, 224; Berterii, a9 $22,:324,.228; Hla 216, 217, 228; californicus, 216, 2 Michelii_ californicus, 223; aris, .217;..S rocarpos, 216, 220, 222, 224, 225, 220; stipitatus, 215, 217, 220, 228, 230; terrestris, 216, 21-225; terrestris californicus, : texanus, 216, 220, 222-225, 227, 220; I utriculosus, 22 Sphaerocarpos hians sp. nov., with a re- eria, 56 ; dichotoma, 57, 560; vir- Stemphyi m Tritici sp. Boe’. - | ‘St INDEX ) vision of the genus and illustrations of the sate 215 | Sphaero sere see Sphaerocarpos Meme a pens, 119 ee occidentalis, 576 , The violets of, 163 agit mphylium, 205; Tritici, 205 associated ith floret sterility of wheat, 205 23 Stes “nape Stenophyllus, ‘Steril ity or ees Stemphylium Tritici ae anata, ‘91% spinulosa, 480 a a of Southern Cali- oe St udieso on he eae Mountain flora, 127, 313, Studies ys West Indian plants, 345 ~ of ee more conspicuous vegetation natural subdivisions of the coastal pain * errs in traveling m Geor w York in July, - quantitative, oe Suaeda americana, as Sym es hac je Siannige vied igeoran ib 306 Taenioma, 90, I macrourum, 98, 99; perpasium, a: Taeni , The morphology of, 97 Targionia Pica ia tia 220 Taxi Taxodium, “Bs adscendens, rae dis- kh ee 416, 417, 30 4 TAYL oca seg notes; 429, 559 ma radicans, EX5. Tee Rerratent la, 470; canescens, 470, 4735 ; ine is, - Siesta ib 443, 44. ] 445, 447; acaulis rosie eeaae 68 angusti- folia, 444, 446; 444, 446; brevifolia, 444, Pa "Crandall, 444, 446; epunctatz, ; eradiata, 445; fastigiata, + 446; glabra, 444, 446; glabriuscula, 4.1.4, 446; incaha, 4443 intermedia, 444, 446; lanata, 4453. leptoclada, 446; linearis,- 444, 446; mancosensis, 444, 446; pilosa, 444, 446; septentrionalis, 447; simplex, 5 447; stenophylla, 444, 446; T ‘orreyana, » 445 Texas plant, Cienfnegosia Drummondii, a rare, 473 INDEX Thalictrum polygamum, 62; revolutum, | 62 beers gations 306; Clarkei, 306; pas- 629 574; Commelinae, 573; inquirenda, 560; ochracea, 574; Parthenii, 570; pegaz- zinii, 573; Spirostachydis, 576; varia, 5773 Wilso 577. sifrons, Tha ogee hatbinode LB hapmani, 121 podii, 576; Coluteae, $74, Thelesperma, 329; a um, 329; inter- Phe hi 573; Genistae-tin medium, ame mar um, 329; sub- toriae, 574, 575; oe 572; Poa u , 329; tenue, 329; trifidum, 329 S725. S zzinii eories concerning the origin of the | Uropyxis, 576; jv! e, 575 — ies, The genus Crataegus, with} Urtica, 580 ee 580 251 Urticastrum div: tum, 122 Thes oe sia populnea enea, 1,3, 14, 15; , 609; angulata, 3, Thinnfeldia, 185; Par ORS A 185 12, 15, 17; articulata, 9, 10, 17, 607, 609; Thlaspi arvense articulata dimorpha, 11, ; barbata, THOMPSON S | The morphology of 6, 7, 17, 607, 609; barbata dasypoga, 7, _. Taenioma, 97 607; barb orida, 5, 608; barbata Thrinax Rex, 352 glabrescens, 607; californica, 3, 6, 15, Thuites Meriani, 186 17; capillacea, 9, 17; cavernosa, 9 Thunbergia,’517; fragrans, 517 TT; 15,707 tina, 5, 6, 606; ceratina Thymophylla, 449 scabrosa, 6; c Fag i Tillaea simplex, 70 607; dasypogoidis exasperatum, Tillaeastrum aquaticum, 70; eras 70 endochrysea, 15; filaris, 15; pasion Bs sieny 117; yee 420; usneoides, IIs, 5; florida, 3, 4, 6, 7, 15-17, 607-609; 409-4 416, Tissa perenne oi marina, 59; rubra, Tofieldia, 418; rac°>mosa, 417 Tombigbee rivers in the coastal plain of ves bama, A botanical and Br istence +i on the Warrior and, une Torment Fes 378; erecta, 376 Torrubia landed 573 Treubia, 21 Tricera accede a4 , 518 mse, 425 418; odoraisina 417, 594 Trip on the aes and Tombigbee rivers in the c gia. shia of ag eu anical aa geological, 1 u 2 578; repens nm, 187, 1 506;. plenie 181, ane Matos euaneae 560 go Cc cotymbona, 460 Usnea go its Usnea, as “represented in rt as a species, The, 79 Vegetation of certain natural subdivisions he a florida intermedia, 15; florida major, 15; florida rubigine ea, 4, 16; florida strigosa, 4 ; jamaicensis, 15; lacunosa, 15; linearis, 15; longissima. 3, 8, 9, 13, 17, 18; tabilis, 15; nodosa, a7; plicata, 3; -5~8, 15,.17, 606, 609; pli- cata barbata, 7, 15, 17, 607, : scoparia, 16; sphacelata, 16; st gosa, 3; subfusca, 16; sulphurea, 14; trichodea, 8, 9, 16, 17; trichodea ciliata, 9, 15; variegata, a6 vulgaris, 5, 17; vulgatissima, 3, 4 S isekesn nomenclature, The genu North and Middle ca, north of the r5th parallel, A sree of the genus, I Valerianoides jamaicensis X mutabilis, 356 Va. one of Helianthus illinoensis Gleason aie ro A quantitative study of the more uly, conspicuo S$, 405 Vernonia, oe angustifolia, 411, 413, 414, esquia Tournaisii, pi m, 352; arboreum, cag Two new seed-plants from the Lake| 351; glabratum, oe villosum, 351 Tahoe gion, eign ia, 261 bey enki 333; rysanthemoides, 333; Plas fattiolin, 4 Rad Unamia, 147; alba, 146, 147; lutescens, 147; ptarmicoides, 14 Uniola, 117; latifolia, 11 Uredineae, New species of, 56 Uredo Beloperonis, 576; commelinacea, | ec sta: 117, 255-257, 525, 581, 584, 585; 173; affinis Vi ibe Ss, 164, 168, 170, 171, Bri niana, 169, 179; afinie Xcucllat, EYO' ” affinis fimbriatula affinis Xhirsutula, 171; mata, soci 179; sffiae »2 pattie dares: 630 INDEX 172; affini sXsagittata, 172; affinisx | cea, 525, 590; rotundifolia, 165, sororia, 172, affinis